*l
P A n A MA T THA DIP AN I.
jfSali Ccjtt ^ociMp.
PARAMATTHADIPANI
PHAMMAPALA'S COMMENTARY ON
THE THERIGATHA.
EDITED BY
E. MULLEE, Ph. D.
Professor in the University of Berne.
LONDON :
PUBLISHED FOR THE PALI TEXT SOCIETY,
BY HENEY FROWDE,
OXFORD UNIVEKSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE, AMEN CORNER, E.G.
1893.
^
CO>s TENTS
PAGE
Introduction ... ... ... ... ... ... vii
Text 1
Index of Proper Names ... ... ... ... 303
Index of Words and Phrases ... ... ... 310
Corrections and Additions ... ... ... ... 316
ivil8;^774
INTEODUCTION.
In editing Dhammapclla's commentary on the Therigatha
I have made use of a paper manuscript in Sinhalese cha-
racters which was sent to me by Subhilti in the beginning
of 1891, and which is a copy of the palm-leaf manuscript
described by Pischel in the preface to his edition of the
Therigatha, p.. 119 (C). This manuscript was copied and
corrected very carefully by Subhuti and his pupils, and, in
fact, a great many of the clerical errors which occur in
Pischel's extracts of the commentary, and therefore must
belong to the original manuscript, have been avoided in
this copy. A certain number of blunders, however, have
escaped Subhiiti's care, and for correcting these, as far as
the prose text is concerned, I had to resort to conjecture,
since all the trouble I took in obtaining a second manu-
script of this portion of the Paramatthadipani proved
useless.
For the poetical part I had better chances. The Theri-
gatha itself has been edited critically by Professor Pischel,
and his readings could be adopted in most cases, although
they do U'^t always agree with those of the commentary.
Professor Pischel justly remarks that the text of the Therl-
giltha must have been corrupted already at the time when
Dhammaprda wrote his commentary ; otherwise such mis-
understandings as theriti for te rindl in the explanation of
verse *26o would be quite impossible. In this and similar
cases I have put the correct reading in the Therigatha
text ; but I have not ventured to alter the reading in
viii INTEODUCTION.
Dhammapala's commentary, except when a clerical error
could be assumed with certainty.^
In the notes to my text of the Therigatha I have only
given the various readings found in my manuscript of the
Paramatthadipani (marked cd.) and those of a Therigatha
manuscript in Burmese characters belonging to the Man-
dalay collection of the India Office in London (No. 169),
which Pischel could not yet compare. The readings of
this manuscript are marked by the letter m. In a few
cases, especially when they agreed with those of the com-
mentary, I have preferred them to Pischel's readings.
We now have to deal with the portions of the Theri
Apadana embodied in our text. For these I used two
MSS. in Burmese characters belonging to the Mandalay
collection of the India Office Library (Nos. 141 and 142)..
These MSS. are beautifully written and very correct ; their
readings are generally better than those of the Para-
matthadipani MS., and agree nearly throughout the whole
text. In the notes I have marked them by the letter A,
and in a few cases, where there is a difference, No. 141 is
marked by Aj and No. 142 by A2. The readings of the
Paramatthadipani MS. in these Apadana portions are
marked by the letter P.
I have also compared the Apadana MS. of the Biblio-
theque Nationale in Paris, which, in a few cases, offers
better readings than A and P ; the readings of this MS.
are marked by the letter B.
The arrangement of the theris in the Therigatha is
made according to the number of stanzas pronounced by
each theri, and the commentator Dhammapala inserts
behind the prose preface, which introduces each stanza in
his commentary, the respective portion of the Apadana, if
there is anything corresponding in this collection. In
^ I believe Kern's explanation of rindi=driti (Bijdrage
tot de verklaring van eenige woorden in Pah, p. 15 f.) to
be the correct one ; yet we might assume, with Morris,
that it is a mistake for ritti, ' empty.'
INTRODUCTION.
IX
order to enable the reader to draw a parallel between the
Theri Gatha and the Theri Apadana, I give here a list of
the theris in the order in which they are arranged in the
TherT Gatha, and on the other side the corresponding
names in the Theri Apadfma, with the numbers they bear
in this collection. It will be seen from this list that in a
certain number of cases the names of the theris do not
agree in both collections, although the verses as given in
the Apadana and in the ParamatthadipanT are identical ;
it will also appear which of the 73 theris belonging to the
Theri Gatha do not occur in the Theri Apadana, while those
belonging to the latter collection only may be left out of
question here.
Therigatha.
1 Aimatara theri 1
2 Mutta 2
3 Punna 3
4 Tissa sikkhamana ... 4
5 Tissa theri 5
6 Dhira 6
7 Aiinatara Dhira 7
8 Mitta 8
9 Bhadda 9
10 Upasama 10
11 Mutta 11
12 Dhammadinna 12
13 Visakha 13
14 Sumana 14
15 Uttara 15
16 Sumana vuddhap° ... 16
17 Dhamma 17
18 Sahghcl IS
19 Nanda 19-20
20 Jenti 21-22
21 Sumahgalanjuta .. 23-24
22 Addhakcisi 25-26
23 Citta 27-28
Apadana.
Maudapadayika 3
Sahkamanadayika 4
Nalamalika 5
Dhammadinna 23
Pindapatadciyika 6
Addhakasi 37
Nalamalika 5
INTRODUCTION.
Therigatha.
24 Mettika 29-30
25 Mitta 31-32
26 Abhayamata 33-34
27 Abhayattheri 35-36
28 Sama 37-38
29 Annatara Sama... 39-41
30 Uttama 42-44
31 Annatara Uttama 45-47
32 Dantika 48-50
33 Ubbiri 51-53
34 Sukka 54-56
35 Sela 57-59
36 Soma 60-62
37 Bhadda Kapilani 63-66
38 Annatara bhik-
khuni apannata 67-71
39 Vimala 72-76
40 Siha 77-81
41 Sundarmandci ... 82-86
42 Nanduttara 87-91
43 Mittakali 92-96
44 Pakula 97-101
45 Sona 102-106
46 Bhadda Kun-
dalakesa ... 107-111
47 Patacara 112-116
48 t i m s a m a 1 1 a
bhikkUnniyo 117-121
49 Candfi 122-126
50 pancasata Pata-
cara 127-132
51 Vasetthi 133-138
52 Khemfi 139-144
53 Sujata.... 145-150
54 Anopama 151-156
55 Maliapajtlpati
Gotami 157-162
Apadana.
Siimekhala 2
Nalamali 16
Katacchu 7
Uppaladayika 8
Salalapupphika 12
Ekuposathika 11
Timodaki 13
Nalamalika 5
Ekasanadayika 14
Sukka ^ 35
Dipadayika 9
Uppaladayika ... 8 (1 nloka)
Kapilani 27
Varanand a 25
Sakula 24
Sona 26
Kundala 21
Patacara 20
Khema 18
Gotami
INTRODUCTION.
XI
Therigatha.
56 Gutta 163-
57 Vijaya 169
58 Uttara 175-
59 Gala 182-
60 Upacala 189-
61 Sisiipacala 196-
62 Yaddhamata ... 204-
63 Kisagotami ... 213
61 Uppalavainia... 224
65 Pimna 236
Qij xlmbaprdi 252-
67 Eobim 271-
68 Capa 291-
69 Sundari 312-
70 Subha Kamma-
radblta 338-
71 Subha Jivam-
bavanika ... 366-
72 Isidasi 40')-
73 Smnedha 448-
Apadana.
-168
-174
-181
-188
-195
-203
-212
-223 GotamT
-235 Uppalavanna
-251 Piinna
-270 Ambapall
-290
-311
-337 Katacchu
22
19
38
39
-365
-399
-447
-512
Sumedha
Among the theris named in the above Hst there are a
number of historical persons. First of all, MahapajapatI
Gotami, Buddba's foster-mother, at whose instigation he
established the order of female mendicants. We learn
from the Apadana portion (verse 118) that her father was the
Sakya prince Aiijana, and her mother Sulakkhana (in the
Mahavamsa, chap. II., their names are Aiijana and Yaso-
dhara), while in Dhammapilla's introduction (p. 140) the
father is called Mahasuppabuddha of Devadaha (he is
given as her brother in the Mahavamsa).
Besides Mahapajapati GotamT, another of Gotama's rela-
tions entered the order of female mendicants — viz., his
sister Nanda (No. 41). In order to distinguish her from
the other Nanda (No. 19), she is called Suudarlnanda Jana-
padakalyani in our text. The Apadana explains the name
Nanda as given to her because her whole family was de-
Xli INTRODUCTION.
lighted (nandita), and Janapadakalyani because she was the
prettiest among the young girls in the city of Kapila-
vatthu, excepting always Yasodhara. In the commentary
to Dhammap., verse 150 (p. 313 ff.), she is called Eiipananda
Janapadakalyani. When her brother had become a Buddha,
and Eahula, his son, Nanda, her brother, Mahapajapati,
and Yasodhara had all taken holy orders, she thought :
" All the members of my family have entered the priesthood ;
what shall I do at home by myself? I will follow their
example." Thus she became a priestess, " through love to
her family, not through faith." Her further adventures
are related at length in the Apadana. The teacher, seeing
that she was not yet firmly established in the true religion,
created by his supernatural power a beautiful young
woman, similar to an apsaras, and placed her before
Nanda's eyes. While she was lost in amazement at this
unusual sight, he made the woman pass from youth to
middle age, and then to old age, broken-toothed, grey-
haired, and wrinkled, until she fell in a heap on the floor.
Nanda was frightened by this sudden change, thinking
that this woman's fate would also befall her one day ; but
then the teacher consoled her by reciting the stanzas
aturam asucim putim, etc., and the Dhammapada verse
(150) atthinam nagaram katam, etc. Thereupon Nanda
realised arahatship and pronounced stanzas 85 and 86 :
tassa me appamattaya, etc.
Dhammapala, in his introduction, refers the reader to
the commentary on Abhirupananda (No. 19)^; but he
notices a difference between the two theris in the fact that
Sundarinanda's mind was prepared to receive instruction in
the Kammatthanas, while concerning Abhirupananda this
must not have been the case. There is a Sundarinanda,
daughter of Thullananda, alluded to several times in the
^ There also the legend is not given in its whole extent ;
but we have it in Dhammapala's introduction to Khema's
stanzas (No. 52) and in the Dhammap. commentary to
stanza 150.
INTRODUCTION. Xlll
first chcapters of the Bhikkhunivibhaiiga, but I do not
believe that the two are identical.
I will now say a few words about this Abhiriipananda,
although I am not certain that she is an historical person.
At the time of the Buddha Vipassi she was born as the
daughter of a wealthy man at Bandhumati, and married
Prince Bandhumji. In this dispensation she was the
daughter of the Sakya prince Khemaka at Kapilavatthu ;
on account of her beauty she was called Abhirupananda.
Her bridegroom, Carabhuta, having died on the wedding-
day, she was compelled by her parents to take holy orders.
Intoxicated with her own loveliness, she thought : The
teacher will declare there is sin in beauty, and she
would not go to see him. The Buddha, having seen in
what state of mind she was, ordered Mahapajapatl that all
the nuns should come to the exhortation (ovada). Abhiru-
pananda, however, did not come herself, but sent another
nun in her stead. The Buddha said : When your turn has
come, you should go yourself, and not send another one in
your stead. Thereupon she was obliged to go, and then the
Blessed one proceeded with her in the same way as with
Sundarinanda (see above), and spoke to her stanzas partly
the same, partly similar in meaning.
In our review of the historical persons of our text we now
come to the two aggasavikas Khema and Uppalavanna. They
were both the daughters of King Kikl of Kasi at the time of
the Buddha Kassapa. At the time of the Buddha Koiui-
gamana Khema, together with DhananjanT and Sumedha
gave an arama as a present to the priesthood. In this
Buddhuppada Khema was born as the daughter of the
Madda king at Sagala, in the Magadha country, and after-
wards married King Bimbisara. Soon after her marriage
the king's attendants took her to the Buddha, who resided at
the Veluvana vihara. The Buddha proceeded with regard
to her very much in the same way as he had done with
regard to Sundarinanda (see above), and then when she was
frightened he consoled her by reciting the stanza ye raga-
rattanupatanti sotam, etc. (Dhp. verse 347).
Xiv INTRODUCTION.
Shortly afterwards Khema realised arahatship, but before
this event took place she was tempted by Mara, who
addressed to her stanza 139 (=Samy. V. 4, 2). Khema
resisted the temptation ; her refusal is contained in stanzas
140-144 (140 corresponds to Samy. V. 4, 5 ; 141 to Samy.
V. 1, 6.) Comp. Caroline Foley, "Women Leaders of the
Buddhist Reformation," p. 8-10.
In my Glossary of Pali proper names, printed in the
Society's Journal for 1888, I have given the theri Khema
as one person, and the aggasavika Khema, who is generally
mentioned together with Uppalavanna, as another. After
careful consideration I now come to the conclusion that
they are one and the same. A totally different person,
however, is the Arhati Kshema, daughter to King Prasena-
jit of Kosala, whose conversion is related in the Avadana
Cataka VIII. 9 (Annales du Musee Guimet, XVIIL, p.
293 K).
The second of Gotama's aggasavikas was the theri Uppa-
lavanna. The name occurs several times in the Vinayapi-
taka (C.X. 8; Par. 1. 10, 5; Niss. 5, 1) and also in the Jataka,
but we do not know whether the persons mentioned in
these passages are identical with our Uppalavanna. Accord-
ing to a statement in the London Apadana MSS., which is
omitted in my Paramatthadipani MS. (p. 192, verses 28,
29), she was born at Aritthapura as the daughter of the
l)rahmin Tiritavaccha, and was called Ummadanti. This
reminds us of the Ummadantijataka (Jat. V., p. 209 ff.), of
the story of the Piahandama Uppalavanna in Buddhaghosa's
parables, trans, by Rogers, p. 188-190, and of the Unmada-
yantljataka, the 13th story of the Jatakamala (p. 80 in
Kern's edition). It appears from all these stories that
Ummadanti was known to be the name of Uppalavanna in
one of her former births. The name of her father is given
as Kiritavatsa in Sanskrit, and as Tiritavaccha in Pali.
About the other adventures she met with in her different
births the Apadana gives us no information, but Dhamma-
pala in his introduction has a long and detailed account
how, under the name of Padumavati, she married the King
TNTTIODUCTION. XV
of Benares; how the other wives of this king, out of jealousy,
bribed her servant girl to substitute a blood-stained wooden
puppet for the child she had born, and how the king,
having learned the truth, gave her his other wives as slaves.
In this Buddhuppfida she was born as the daughter of a
rich merchant at Savatthi, and was called Uppalavanna on
account of her colour, which was similar to that of the lotus.
When she was grown up all the kings and princes of -Jam-
budlpa sent messengers to ask her in marriage, but her
father thought that he could not satisfy the mall, and pro-
posed to his daughter to take holy orders. She consented,
and, after having spent some time in a nunnery, she realised
arahatship.
We learn from Therlg., verses 230-285, that Uppalavanna
also, like the other aggasavika Khema, was tempted by
Mara. Stanza 230 contains the words that Mara spoke to
her, and stanzas 281-235 her answer. This whole dialogue,
together with one or two sentences explaining the situation,
occurs again Samy. V. 5.
A particular difficulty seems to lie in the first stanzas
attributed to Uppalavanna, viz., stanza 224 and 225. In
order to explain these two stanzas Dhammapfda gives us a
special story of the thera Gangatiriya,^ who married his own
mother and sister (p. 195 f.). After having recognised her
daughter by a mark on the head, the mother went into
a nunnery at Eajagaha and took holy orders. This story is
considered as an episode in one of Uppalavanna's former
lives, although I cannot say why Dhammapala did not com-
bine it with his introductory chapter. The first half of
stanza 226, where she gives the reason why she renounced
the world, corresponds to Sutta Nipata, verse 424.
Another historical person is the courtezan AmbapalT, who
presented the fraternity of bhikkhus with the Ambapali
grove. She is mentioned several times in the Mahavagga
and in the Mahaparinibbana sutta, but the narrative of her
previous existence is only given here in Dhammapala's
Cf. Theragatha, 127, 128.
XVI INTRODUCTION.
introduction and in the Apadana. She was born as a
member of the royal family at the time of the Buddha
Sikhi, and became a priestess. One day, when going to
worship a certain shrine, in company with other nuns, in
the course of their circumambulation of the relic, one of
them happened to sneeze, and a part of the mucus fell to
the ground. The princess, however, who had not seen her
sneezing, exclaimed: "What courtezan has defiled this
place ? " In consequence of having thus insulted a sacred
person, she was, during an immense period, in different
hells enduring great pain ; at last, however, she was reborn
in an apparitional (opapatika) birth at the foot of the mango-
tree in the garden of the Licchavi princes at Vesali, and
therefore was called Ambapali. After having been a
courtezan during a certain time, she obtained spiritual
instruction from her son, the thera Vimalakondaniia and
renounced the world.
We now proceed to deal with those theris concerning
which it is difficult to say whether they are historical or
not. One of them has often been alluded to in books on
comparative mythology and folk-lore — viz . , Kisagotami. She
was born at the time of the Buddha Kassapa, as the fifth
daughter of King Kiki of Kasi, and was called Dhamma. In
her last birth she was the daughter of a poor merchant, and,
when married, she was ill-treated by the family of her rich
husband. Her only son died at the time he was able to
walk by himself, and when she asked the Buddha for a
medicine that would do him good, he told her to bring some
mustard-seed from a house where no son, husband, parent,
or slave had died. As all her efforts in this direction
proved useless, the Buddha consoled her by reciting the
stanza : " Yo ca vassasatam jive," etc. (Dhp. verse 114).
The whole narrative is given in full length in the Dhamma-
pada commentary to this verse ((/. Thiessen : Die Legende
von KisagotamT. Breslau, 1880). Comp. Samy. V. 3.
A similar story to the preceding one is that of the theri
Patacara (No. 47). She was born at the time of the Buddha
Kassapa as the third daughter of King Kiki of Kasi, and
INTRODUCTION. XVll
was called Bhikkhunl. In this Buddhuppada she was the
daughter of a merchant at Savatthi, and ran away with her
lover against the will of her parents. When she had given
birth to two children she wanted to return home, and, being
on the way, she was overtaken by a fearful thunderstorm.
Her husband hastened to prepare a shelter for her and the
children, but while doing so he was bitten by a poisonous
snake and died. Patacrira continued her way with the
children, and came to a broad river, which she had to cross.
She left the elder of the children behind and took the
younger one across the river, but when she was on her way
back a hawk seized one of them and carried it away, while
the other one fell into the water and was drowned. Thus
she entered Savatthi all by herself ; at the gate she met a
man who told her that her parents and her brother had
been killed in the previous night by the collapsing of their
house. Patacara grew nearly mad from sorrow, and cried
about the streets of Savatthi ; the people drove her away,
but the Buddha, who resided at the Jetavana, offered her a
refuge, and consoled her by reciting the stanzas " Catusu
samuddesu," etc., " Na santi putta tanaya," etc., and "Yo
ca vassasatani jive,*' etc. The last of these occurs also Dhp.
verse 118, and I suppose that in the commentary to this
stanza the legend of Patacara must be given ; unfortunately
Fausboll has not printed it in his edition.
The third then of our collection, who, like Kisagotami
and Patacara, lost her child and entered monastic life as a
relief from sorrow, is YasetthI (No. 51).
No. 48 contains the gilthas of some theiis who received
their instruction from Patacara. The number of these
theris is given as twentj^ by Dhammapala in his introduc-
tion, while at the end we find the statement : Timsamatta-
nam therinam gathavaiinana samatta. Stanzas 117 and
118 are first spoken by Patacara in order to exhort the
theris and then repeated by these together with their own
gathas 119-121. In No. 50, on the contrary, we have the
gathas of five hundred theris who all, like Patacara, had lost
their children, and came to her rocjuesting that she might
1*
XV) 11 INTRODUCTION.
console them. The arrangement is analogous to that in
No. 48. The first four stanzas were originaJly spoken hy
Patacara in order to console the five hundred women before
their pabbajja, and all the six stanzas were afterwards
uttered severally by these women when they had become
bhikkhunis. Stanza 131 occurs again in the Sujatajataka
Jat. III. 157, and in the Migapotakajataka Jat. III. 215
(Comp. Caroline Foley, p. 10).
We now have to consider the theris Dhammadinna,
Visakha, and Bhadda Kundalakesa. They all were at the
time of the Buddha Kassapa daughters of King Kiki of
Kasi, and sisters to Khema, Uppalavanna, Patacara, and
Kisagotami. In this Buddhuppada Dhammadinna was
born as the daughter of the setthi Visakha at Kajagaha.
One day Visakha, having received instruction from the
Buddha, refused to touch his daughter's hand, and ate his
meal in silence. Being questioned by Dhammadinna about
the reason of this behaviour, he said that he considered him-
self unworthy to touch a woman's hand and to talk during
his meal. At the same time he advised her to take holy
orders. When her instruction was completed she went to
Eajagaha, where Visakha lived, and had with him a con-
versation about the most difficult questions (gambhire
nipune panhe). This conversation is known as the Calla-
vedallasutta, and forms the 44th Sutta of the Majjhimani-
kaya (p. 299 in Trenckner's edition). In consequence of
the skill she displayed in answering these questions
Dhammadinna was placed by the Buddha at the head of
the dhammakathikas (cf. Ahgutt. I. 14, 5).
About Visakha's (No. 13) life Dhammapala gives us no
details ; but in the introduction to Bhadda Kundalakesa
(No. 46) a story is related which bears close resemblance
to the Sulasajataka (Jat. III. 435 ff.). The name of the
thief who wanted to kill Bhadda Kundalakesa, but finally
found his death at her hands, is Sattuka in the Jataka and
Satthuka in our text (both Apadana and Paramatthadipam).
The woman is called Sulasa in the Jataka. According to
Dhammapala her name was simply Bhadda when she was
INTRODUCTION. XIX
the daughter of a merchant at Rajagaha and took a fancy
to the chaplain's son, Satthuka. The second name, Kunda-
lakesa, was added when, after Satthuka's death, she resorted
to a Nigaiitha monastery, and had her hair shaven accord-
ing to the Nigantha fashion. Later on she had a theo-
logical discussion with the Dhammasenapati (Sfiriputta),
which led to her conversion, and received the upasampada
ordination from the Buddha himself (stanza 109). In
Pischel's edition of the Therigcltha her name is given as
Bhadda PurananigaiithT (which also alludes to her former
creed), and this seems to be the reading of all the Therl-
gcltha MSS. A similar story is that of Cyama Mahavastu
II., 166 ff.
The first theri of the ilpadana collection, and at the same
time the last in our text, is the therl Sumedhii. At the
time of the Buddha Konagamana she associated with
Khema and Dhananjani in pious works, and was allowed
to enter the Tavatimsa heaven. Later on, at the time of
the Buddha Kassapa, she was the daughter of a setthi at
Benares, and kept friendship with the seven daughters of
King Kiki (see above). In this Buddhuppada she was the
daughter of King Konca of Mantavatinagara. Her parents
wanted to give her in marriage to King Anikaratta of
Varanavatlnagara ; but she, being accustomed from her
early childhood to visit the nunneries, did not comply with
their desire, but preferred to take holy orders, and was
encouraged in this intention by Anikaratta himself.
The courtezan, Addhakasi (No. 22), had a similar fate as
Ambapali (see above). She also had insulted another nun
by calling her ganika, and therefore was condemned to live
in hell. In this dispensation she was a courtezan at
Benares, and had received the pabbajja from the bhikkhunis.
The manner in which she obtained the upasampada
through a messenger is descril)ed in Cullavagga X. 22 :
and Dhammapala, in his introduction, quotes the beginning
of this chapter almost verbatim. The meaning of her nick-
name Addhakasi is explained in the commentary to stanza
25, cf. Vinaya Texts, transl. by Ehys Davids and Oldenberg
II. 195 note.
XX INTRODUCTION.
We now come to a group of theris who made their first
appearance in this world at the time of the Buddha Padu-
muttara. One of them is the theri Mutta (11). She was
born in this dispensation as the daughter of a poor brah-
min, Oghataka, in the Kosala kingdom, and married a
hump-backed brahmin. This is the reason why she says
in her stanza that she has been released of three crooked
things, viz., of the mortar and the pestle (which obliged
her to bend her back when pounding the grain), and of her
husband.
Another is the therl Ubbiri (No. 33). She was the
daughter of a householder at Savatthi, and married the
King of Kosala, by whom she had one daughter, Jivanti.
This daughter died very young, and the mother, grief
distraught, would not leave the cemetery where her child
was buried. The Buddha asked her about the reason of
her sorrow, and being acquainted with it he said : " In this
cemetery 84,000 daughters of thine are buried, which of
these doest thou lament ?" The story bears great resem-
blance to those of Kisagotami and Patacara, and a metrical
version of it is given in the Petavatthu XL 13. The name
of the woman in this version is Ubbarl, and the one whose
death she laments is, not her daughter, but her husband,
King Brahmadatta of Pancala. Verse 14 and 15 corre-
spond to our stanzas 52 and 53.
Bhadda Kapilani (No. 37) was, at the time of the Buddha
Padumuttara, the wife of the setthi Videha, at Hamsavati,
and obtained the first place among those theris who
remembered the former states of existence (Aiigutt. I. 14,
5). Later on, when living in Benares, she had a quarrel
with her sister-in-law, who had given a portion of rice to a
begging Paccekabuddha. Bhadda Kapilani took away the
rice from him and filled his bowl with mud ; but as the
bystanders blamed her for thus illtreating the Pacceka-
buddha, she gave him honey and ghee, and expressed the
wish that his body might be as white as the colour of the
ghee. In another birth she was the queen of King Nanda
(cf. the commentary to Petavatthu IL 1, 16), and in this
FNTRODTCTION. XXI
capacity she continually served on five hundred Pacce-
huddhas. In this dispensation she v^^as born at Silgala,
in the Madda country, as the daughter of the brahmin
Kapila. She obtained spiritual instruction from the disciple
Kassapa, " who knew tlie former states of existence and
had realised the threefold knowledge," and after having
vanquished ]\Iara, she entered Nibbana together with her
teacher. One Bhadda KapilanT is mentioned several
times in the Bhikkhunivibhahga, but as no details are
given there about her life, we cannot ascertain whether she
is the identical person.
Pakula (No. 44) was born at Hamsavatinagara as the
daughter of King Ananda, and as the step-sister of the
Buddha Padumuttara, Nanda by name. In this Buddhup-
pada she was the daughter of a brahmin at Savatthi ;
and after having been instructed by the teacher she
obtained the first rank among those therls who possessed
the heavenly eye. Pischel gives her name as Sakula, and
this is also the reading of the Apadana MSS. A and B, and
of Ahgutt. I. 14, 5.
We now proceed to consider those theris whose history
begins at the time of the Buddha VipassT. The first is
Mutta (No. 2), then follows Metta (No. 25). She was the
wife of prince Bandhuma at Bandhumati, and, in conse-
quence of her pious works, she was allowed to enter the
Tavatinisa heaven. In this dispensation she was born as
the daughter of a Sakya prince at Kapilavatthu and received
religious instruction from Mahapajapati GotamT.
Sama (No. 29) was a kinnari on the banks of the river
Candabhaga. One day, when the Buddha YipassT was
wandering about there, she presented him with a bunch
of Salala flowers, and thereby obtained admission into
the Tavatinisa heaven. In this Buddhuppada she was
born at Kosambi and became the friend of Sjimfivati.
After the tragical death of this queen she took holy
orders, but could not obtain tranquillity of mind during the
first twenty-five ^^ears after her ordination (stanza 39).
Uttama (No. 31) was a slave girl at Bandhumati and
XXU INTRODUCTION.
presented the Buddha Vipassi, who happened to come
there on his begging rounds, with three cakes. For this
reason she is called Timodaki in the Apadana.
Sukka (No. 34) after having performed meritorious
actions through innumerous kalpas was born in her last
birth at Eajagaha in the family of a rich householder ;
she was ordained by Dhammadinnri and took it upon her-
self to teach the Dhamma to the citizens of Eajagaha, who,
as it seems, did not pay her great attention. (Cf. Caroline
Foley, women leaders of the Buddhist Eeformation, p. 17 f.)
A different person from ours is the Arhati Cukla, daughter
of Eohina, mentioned in the Avadana Cataka viii. 8 (An-
nales du Musee Guimet xviii. 271).
Punnii (No 65) was born as the daughter of Anathapiiidi-
ka's slave girl at Savatthi. One day, at winter time, when
going to the river to fetch water she met a brahmin who
emerged from the flood shivering from cold. Punna, full
of compassion, asked him why he had bathed in the river
in such a bad season. The brahmin replied : " Thou
knowest very well, o Punna, that in doing so I have
accomplished a good deed and prevented a bad one."
Punna said: *'Who told you that by ablutions one can
be purified from sin. If this were the case all the frogs
and tortoises and other aquatic animals would go to
heaven and thieves and murderers might get rid of their
crimes by performing ablutions ; moreover, if the river did
take away the bad deeds from thee it would also take
away the good ones. If thou art really afraid of bad
actions take care not to commit any, that will be a better
plan than to perform ablutions afterwards." The brahmin
was convinced by Punna's arguments and became an ad-
herent of the Buddhist faith. In the Dhammapada stanza
226 is ascribed to one Punna, but we do not know whether
our Punna is meant or the slave girl of Sujata mentioned
in the introduction to the Jataka I. p. 69 ff.
EohinI (No. 67) was the daughter of a brahmin at
Vesali, and had a conversation with her father about the
merit of the samanas which led to his conversion. The
INTRODUCTION. XXIU
name Eohini, but with the epithet Khattiyakaiinri occurs
again in the Commentary to Dhp. vs. 221.
The therl Abhayamatfi's (No. 26) history begins at the
time of the Buddha Tissa, whom she presented with a
portion of rice when she met him on his begging rounds.
In this dispensation she was the courtezan Padumavati at
Ujjenl. King Bimblsara fell in love with her and she had
one son by him who was called Abhaya. This Abhaya
became a thera ^ and converted his mother who, after
her conversion, changed her name into Abhayamata.
The stanzas 33 and 34 were, according to Dhammapilla,
first uttered by Abliayatthera and then repeated by his
mother.
Abhayamata's friend was Abhayattheri (No. 27). xit the
time of the Buddha Sikh! she was the wife of King Aruiia,
of Arunavati (Samy. vi. 2, 4), and honoured the Buddha,
who resided at her husband's palace by presenting him
with a bunch of water-lilies. In this Buddhuppada she
was born at Ujjeni, and after having been ordained by
Abhayamata she went together with her to Eajagaha ;
there the teacher addressed her stanzas 35 and 36.
The theri Soma (No. 36) has, according to Dhammapala,
the same Apadana as Abhayattheri. After having realised
arahatship she was tempted by Mara, who reproached her
the women's two-finger intellect which renders it im-
possible for them to reach a high point of knowledge
(stanza 60). This stanza and the first of those by which
Soma rebuked Mara (61) occur again in the Bhikkhuni-
samyutta v. 3. (Comp. Caroline Foley, p. 6). The arhati
Soma mentioned in the Avadana Cataka YIII. 4 seems to
be altogether a different person.
Sela (No. 35) was the daughter of the King of Alavi and
was also called Alavika. Mara addressed her stanza 57
and she rebuked him in stanzas 58 and 59 with the same
^ To him are ascribed stanzas 26 and 98 of the Thera-
gatha.
XXIV INTRODUCTION.
words Kbema had spoken at a similar occasion (stanzas
141, 14'2). In the Bhikkhunlsamyutta of the Samyutta-
nikaya Sela and Alavika are considered as two different
persons. Both are tempted by Mara, but our stanzas 57
and 58 are given under the heading '' Alavika " (Samy. Y.
1, 3, and 6).
No 38 contains the gathas of Mahapajapati's nurse Vad-
dhesi. After having renounced the world, she was troubled
during 25 years by sensual desires and could not find
tranquillity of mind even for a minute (stanza 67) until,
at last, she took her refuge to Dhammadinna, who preached
her the Dhamma.
Yimala (No. 39) was the daughter of a courtezan at
Yesali, and tried to seduce Moggallana when she met
him on his begging rounds. Most probably she did so at
the instigation of the Titthiyas. The thera rebuked her
and gave her an admonition (ovada) which, according to
Dhammapala, is to be found in the Theragatha. I have,
however, not been able to discover Yimala's name in the
portion ascribed there to Moggallana (1146-1208). Comp.
Caroline Foley, p. 8.
Siha (No. 40) was the daughter of the Licchavi General
Siha's sister, and was called after her uncle. Together
with him she received religious instruction from the Buddha
(cf. Mahavagga YI. 31) and was ordained, but during
seven years she was engaged in evil thoughts and could
not obtain tranquillity of mind. In her despair she seized
a rope, passed it round her neck, and was going to fasten
it at a tree, when suddenly her mind was '' freed from
the asavas " and she could realise arahatship.
Gala (No 59), Upacala (No. 60), and Sisupacala (No. 61)
were the daughters of the brahmin woman Suriipasari
at Nalakagama in the Magadha country and sisters to
Sariputta. They were all tempted by Mara, and their
respective gathas contain a dialogue in which Mara tries
to persuade them to enjoy the sensual pleasures, but the
theris refuse. These stanzas, with a few introductory words,
are also contained in the Bhikkhunisamyutta Y. 6-8, but
INTRODUCTION. XXV
their order is inverted. The stanzas spoken hy CTda ' in
the Therigfitha are attributed here to Sisupacfila, those
spoken by Upacrda are attributed to Cilia, and those
spoken by Slsupacala are attributed to Upacala.
Vaddhamata (No. 62) was born as the daughter of a
noble family at Bharukaccbanagara. Her proper name not
being given in the Commentary, we only know her as
'' Yaddha's mother." The stanzas ascribed to her form a
dialogue between herself and her son Yaddha.- Stanzas
•204-20() ;ire spoken by Yaddhamatfi to her son in order to en-
courage him to give up the world and to follow the example
of the *' raunayo." Stanza 207 is Vaddha's reply, 208 and
209 are again spoken by his mother, and in stanzas 210-
212 Yaddha sums up the result of his mother's exhorta-
tions which led to his reaching arahatship.
Capa (No. 68) was the daughter of a hunter in the
Yankahara country. Her husband was Upaka, an adherent
of the ajTvaka sect ; Dhammapala, in his introduction, tells
us all he knows about the life of this mendicant. When
Buddha was on his way from Uruvela to Benares, he was
seen by Upaka, the naked ascetic, who asked him : "In
whose name have you retired from the world ? "Who is
your teacher ? Whose doctrines do you profess ? " There-
upon the Blessed One addressed him the stanzas : Sabba-
l)hibhii sabbavidii 'ham asmi, &c.3 Upaka replied : " You
profess then, friend, to be the absolute Jin a." Buddha
said : '' I have overcome all states of sinfulness, therefore,
Upaka, I am the Jina." When he had spoken thus,
^ Or by Mara to Cala.
2 To him are ascribed stanzas 335-839 of the Thera-
gatha.
^ Cf. Majjhima Nikaya 170 f., Mahavagga I. 6, 7 seq.
and the Commentary on Dhp. stanza 393, where the whole
story is repeated ; a short allusion only is found Jat. I. 81.
For the northern version of the legend, whieli agrees almost
vrrho tenus with the Mahavagga, see Lalitavistara, pp. 526--
528.
1**
XXVI INTRODUCTION.
Upaka replied : " It may be so, friend," shook bis head,
and went to the Yankabara country. There he fell in love
with a hunter's daughter, Capa, married her, and had a
son by her who was called Subhadda. Capa, however,
insulted her husband by giving him all sorts of nicknames,
and when he could endure her abuse no longer he left her,
went to Benares and inquired if any one knew the absolute
Jina. The people directed him to the Jetavana at Savatthi
where the Buddha resided. On his arrival he was admitted
by the Buddha in spite of his old age, and, after his death,
he was born in the Avriha heaven. There were only seven
theras ^ who realised arahatship after having been born in
the Avriha heaven, and he was one of them.
When Upaka had left her, Capa was in despair. The
stanzas ascribed to her contain a dialogue between hus-
band 2 and wife, in which the latter tries to persuade the
former that he should return to the domestic life. Seeing,
at last, that all her efforts in this direction were useless,
Capa abandoned her child, went to Savatthi, and following
her husband's example, sought admission to Gotama's order.
Sundari (No. 69) was the daughter of the brahmin
Sujata at Benares. Grieving for her brother's death and
imitating her afflicted father, who had been converted by
the theri Yasetthi, she entered the order with her whole
family. The paribbajika Sundari mentioned Jat. II. 415 f.,
Udana lY. 8, and in the Commentary to Dhp. 306 seems to
be a different person. The story of Ka9isundari as given in
the Avadana Cataka YIII. 6 (Annales du Musee Guimet,
xviii. p. 284 f.) agrees more with the introductory tale to
No. 54 (Anopama) than with this one.
Subha Jivambavanika (No. 71) was the daughter of a
brahmin at Eajagaha. One day, when she had gone to
1 The list is repeated Samy I. 5, 10 ; II. 3, 4, with the
difference that instead of Salakantha we have Phalaganda,
and instead of Bahunandi we have Bahuraggi in the
Samy.
2 Upaka is always called Kala in the stanzas.
INTRODUCTION. XXVll
rest in the Jivakambavana/ a young man from Eajagaha
followed her and solicited her affection. Sublia tried to
show him the guilt of evil desires, and to preach him the
Dhamma, but as this proved useless and he did not listen
to her, she pulled out one of her eyes and presented it to
him on the palm of her hand. Having seen this the young
man was frightened and withdrew, while Subha took her
refuge to the Buddha, who restored her eye in its ancient
place. A story analogous to this is that of " the prince
who tore out his own eye " in the Kathasaritsagara trans-
lated by Tawney, I. 247, and further analogies are given in
Tawney's note on p. 248, and in two articles by Whitley
Stokes and Henri Gaidoz in the Revue Celtique, III. 448 ft'.,
and Y. 129 f.
No. 72 comprises the gathas of the theri Isidasl. Stanzas
400-402 are attributed to the sangitikaras, and tell us
that two bhikkhunis belonging to the Sakya race Isidasl
and Bodhi met on their begging rounds at Pataliputta and
uttered the following verses. Stanza 403 is spoken by
Bodhi to Isidasl, and stanza 404 again by the saiigitikaras.
The following stanzas are all uttered by Isidasi, who tells
us her whole life. She was born as the daughter of a setthi
at Ujjeni. Her father gave her in marriage to a setthi of
Saketa, but in spite of all the trouble she took she could
never satisfy her husband, and was sent back to her parents.
A second marriage, which was concluded for half the prize
(upad(lhasunkena) had no better results. Then her father
advised her to receive religious instruction from the tlier!
Jinadatta and to take holy orders ; seven days after she had
been ordained she knew the history of her former births.
She remembered that she had been a goldsmith at Eraka-
kaccha and had loved another man's wife, in consequence
of which misdeed she was reborn, one after another, in
the wombs of a monkey, a goat, and a cow ; later on she
was the child, neither male nor female, of a slave girl, and
I This grove belonged to Jivaka Komarabhacca, the phy
sician to Kin^ Bimbisara.
Xxviii INTRODUCTION.
then the daughter of a carter ; in this last capacity she
married Giridasa, the son of another carter, and created
enmity between him and his first wife. All these adven-
tures Isidasi related to her friend Bodhi while sitting on a
sand-bed in the river Ganges.
I have now briefly examined all the historical and mytho-
logical matter contained in Dhammapala's introductions,
and in the Therl Apadana as far as the theris of the Theri
Gatha collection are concerned. Only a small number of
them has been left out, as about these there was nothing
particular to say. Of course I might have given a great
deal more analogies from other collections of fables, both
Oriental and Occidental, had I not feared that this intro-
duction would be too extensive.
My best thanks are due to Subhuti for procuring me the
Paramatthadipani MS., and to Dr. Eost in London as well
as to the authorities of the Bibliotheque Nationale in Paris,
for the loan of their Apadana and Therigatha MSS.
E. MULLER.
Berne, July, 3893.
Paramatthadipani
NAMO TASSA BHAGAVATO ARAHATO SAMMASAMBUDDHASSA.
Idani therigathrinam attbasamvaiiiianriya okaso anup-
patto. Tattlia yasma bhikkliuninam adito yathil pabbajja
upasampada ca patiladdba tarn pakasetva atthavannanaya
kayiramcinaya tattha tattha grithanam atthuppatti vibbave-
tum sukara hoti supakatri ca, tasma tarn pakasetum adito
pattbaya samkhepato ayam anupubbikatba.
Ayam bi lokanatbo manussattam liiigasampattinyadina
vuttani attbaiigani samodbanetva Dlpaiikarassa bbagavato
padamule katamababhinibaro samatimsaparamiyo purento
catuvisatiya buddbanam santike laddhabyakaranato anuk-
kamena paramiyo piiretva iianattbacariyaya lokattbacari-
yciya buddbattbacariyaya ca kotim patva ^ Tusitabbavane
nibbattitva tattba yavatayukam tbatva dasasabassacakka-
valadevatabi buddbabbavaya :
Kalo kho te mabavira uppajja matukuccbiyam
sadevakan tarayanto bujjbassu amatam padam
ti ayacitamaniTssupapattiyo tasam devatandm patimiam
datva katapancamabavilokato Sakyarajakule Suddboda-
namabarajassa gebe sato sampajano matukuccbi-okkanto
dasamase sato sampajano tattba tbatva sato sampajrmo
tato nikkhanto Lumbinlvane laddbilbbijatiko vividba dhatiyo
adikatva inabata paribarena sammade (?) paribariyamano
anukkamena vuddbipatto tisu pasadesu vividbanatakajana-
parivuto devo viya sampattim anubbavanto jinnavyadbi-
matadassanena jiltasamvego nanassa paripakam gatatta
kamesu adlnavam nekkbamme ca aDisamsam disva Eabu-
lakumarassa jatadivase Channasabayo Kantbakam assa-
kotipatva, cd.
2
•J INTRODUCTION.
rajam aruyba devatrihi vivatadvarena addharattikasamaye
mahabhiDikkhamanam nikkhamitva teneva rattavasesena
tini rajjani atikkamitva Anomanaditlram patva Ghati-
karamahabrabmuna anite arabattadbaje gabetva pab-
bajito. Tavad ev'assa Sattbikathero viya akappasam-
panno butva pasadikena iriyapatbena aiiukkamena Eaja-
gabam patva tattba pindaya caritva Pandavapabbatapab-
bbare piiidapatam paribbunjitva Magadbarajena rajjena
nimantiyamano tarn patikkbipitva Bbaggavassaramam
gantva tassa samayam pai'igaiibitvci tato Alariiddakanam
samayam pariggabitva tarn sabbam analamkaritva anuk-
kamena Uruvelam gantva tattba chabbassani duldvarakari-
kam katva taya ariyadbammapativedbassabbavam iiatva
nayam maggo bodbayati olarikam abaram abaranto katipa-
heiia balam gabetva Visakbapunnamadivase Sujataya din-
navarabbojauam bbunjitva suvannapatim imdiya patisotam
kbipitva ajja buddbo bbavissamiti katasannittbano sayan-
hasamaye Kalena nagarajena abbittbutaguno Bodhimandam
aruyba acalatthane pacinalokadbatuabbimukbo aparajita-
pallanke nismno caturangasamannagatam viriyam atittbaya
suriye anattbangamine yeva Marababim vidbamitva patba-
mayame pubbenivasam amussaritva majjbimayame dibba-
cakkbum visodbetva paccbimayame paticcasamuppade na-
nam otaretva ^ anulomapatilomam paccayakaram samma-
santo vipassanam vaddbetva sabbabiiddhebi adbigatam
ananiiasadbaranam sammasambodbim adbigantva nibba-
narammanaya pbalasamapattiya tattbeva sattabam vitina-
metva teneva nayena itarasattabe pi Bodbimande yeva viti-
nametva Eajayatanamule madhupindikabbojanam bbunjitva
puna AjapalanigTodbamule nisinno dbammataya dbamma-
gambbiratam paccavekkbitva appossukkataya cittena matte
mababrabmuna ayacito buddbacakkbuna lokam oloketva
tikkbindriyamudindriyadike satte disva mababrabmuno
dbammadesanilya katapatinno " kassa nu kbo aham patba-
mam dbammani desissami" ti avajjanto Alaruddakanam
kalakatabbavam ilatva " babupakara kbo me pancavaggiya
^ cd. okaretva
IXTKODUCTiO??. 3
ye main padhrmapcibhiunam iipattbaliimsu. Yanuuuuliaiii
tesam pancavaggiyrmam pathamam dhammam deseyyan "
ti cintetvfi Asalhipuiinamayam mababodhino Baranasim
uddissa attbrirasayojauam maggam patipajjanto antarfi-
magge Upakena ajivikena saddbim mantetva anukkamena
Isipatanam patva tattba pancavaggiye sannripetva dve me
bbikkbave anta pabbajitena na sevitabb.i ti Dbammacak-
kappa vatt anas ut t ant adesanay a Aiinako n dannap amukba a t -
tbai-asa Brabmakotiyo dbammamatam payetva patipade
Bhaddajittheram pakkbassa dutiyayam Yappattberam pak-
kbassa tatiyayam Mabanamattberam catuttbiyam Assajit-
tberam sotapattimagge patittbapetva pancamiyam pana
pakkbassa anattalakkbaiiasuttantadesanaya sabbe pi ara-
batte patittbapetva tato param Yasadarakapamukbe pafica-
pannasapurise Kappasikavanasande timsamatte Bhaddavag-
giye Gayasise pittbipasjlne sabassamatte pnranajatile ti
evam mabajanam ariyabbumim otaretva Bimbisarapamu-
kbani ekadasanabutani sotapattipbale ekanabutam saranat-
taye patittbapetva Yeluvanam patiggabetva tattba viba-
ranto Assajitberassa adbigatapathamamagge Sanjayam
apuccbitva saddbim parisaya attano santikam upagate Sari-
puttamoggaUane aggapbalam saccbikatva savakaparamiya
mattbakam patte aggasavakattbane thapetva KaHidriyittbc-
rassa abbiyacanaya Kapilavattbum gantva manattbaddbe
natake yamakapatihariyena dametva pitaram anagamipbale
Mabapajapatim sotapattipbale patittbapetva Nandakumfi-
ram Eabulakumaram ca pabbajetva punad eva Eajagabani
paccagacchi.
Atbaparena samayena sattbari Yesalim ^ upanissaya
kutagarasablyam vibarante Suddbodanamabarajil setaccbat-
tass'eva hettba va arahattam saccbikatva parinibbayi.
Atba Mabapajripatigotamiyil pabbajjriya cittam uppajji.
Tato Piobaninaditire Kalabavivadasuttantadesanaya pariyo-
sane nikkbamitvil pabbajitanam paucannam kumarasatanam
padaparicilrika ekajjbasaya 'va butva Mabapajapatiya
santikam gantva : " sabbil 'va sattbu santike pabbajissama "
^ Yesali, cd.
4 I. THERIKA.
ti Malicipajapatim ^ jettliikam katva satthu santikam gantu-
kama ahesum. Ay am ca Mahapajapati pubbe pi ekavaram
sattharam pabbajjam yacitva nalattha. Tasma kappakam
pakkosapetva kese chindapetva kasayani acchadetva sabba
ta Sakiyaniyo adaya Vesalim gantva Anandattherena dasa-
balam ^ yacapetva atthagarudhammapatiggahanena pabbaj-
jam upasampadanca alattha. Itara pana sabba pi ekato
upasampanna ahesum. Ayam ettha samkhepo. Vittharato
pan' ettha vatthum tattha tattha paliyam agatam eva.3
Evam upasampanna pana Mahapajapati sattharam
upasankamitva abhivadetva ekam antam atthasi. Ath' assa
sattha dhammam desesi. Sa satthu santike 4 kammattha-
nam gahetva arahattam papuiii. Sesa pancasata bhikkhu-
niyo Nandakovadapariyosane arahattam papunimsu. Evam
bhikkhunisamghe suppatitthite puthuLhute tattha tattha
gamanigamajanapadarajadhanisu kulitthiyo kulasunhayo
kulakumariyo buddhasubuddhatam dhammasudhamma-
tam samghasuppatipattim ca sutva sasane abhippasanna
samsare ca jatasamvega attano samike 5 matapitaro natake
ca anujanapetva sasane uram datva pabbajimsu.^ Pabba-
jitva 7 ca silacarasampanna satthuno ca theranam ca
santike ovadam labhitva ghatentiyo vayamantiyo na cirass'
eva arahattam sacchakamsu. Ta hi udanadivasena tattha
tattha bhasita gatha paccha samgitikarakehi ekajjham
katva ekanipatadivasena samgitim aropayimsu. Ima
theriya gatha nama ti. Tasam nipatadivibhago hettha
vutto yeva. Tattha nipatesu eko nipatadi. Tattha pi :
Sukham supahi Therike katva colena paruta
upasanto hi te rago sukkhadakam va kumbhiyan ^ ti
ayam gatha adi. Tassa ka uppatti. Atite kira annatara
^ Mahapaja pati, cd. 2 dasaphalam, cd.
3 See espeeialhj Cullavagga x. 1. 4 bhikkhu santike, cd.
5 samikri, cd. 6 pabbajjimsu, cd.
7 pabbajjitva, cd. 8 kumbhiya,' cd.
therT gatha. '6
kuladhltfi Konugamauassa bhagavato kale sasanc abliippa-
sanna hutva sattliTiraip nimantetva dutiyadivase sfikliriman-
(lapam karetva vrdikaiu attbaritva ii[)arivitriiiaiu bandbitva
gandbapuppbridTni pujaiu katva sattbu kalam arocapesi.
Sattbii tattba gantva paunatte Tisane nisTdi. Sa bhaga-
vantani vanditva panltena kbadanlyeua bbojaniyena pari-
bhunjapetva bbagavantam bhuttrivim^ onTtapattapanim
ticivarena accbridesi. Tassa bbagava anumodanain vatva
pakkrimi. Sa yavatayiikam punnani katva ayupariyosane
devaloke nibbattitva ekam buddbantaram sugatim samsa-
rantl Kassapabbagavato ktlle patikule - nibbattitvri vimiutam
patvil samsare jatasamvegfi sasane pabbajitvanpasampridetva
visati vassasabassani sllam puretyfi putbiijjanakalakiriyam
katva sagge nibbatta ekam buddbantaram saggasampattim
anubbavitva imasmim buddbuppfide Yesriliyam khattiyama-
basabikule nibbaiti. Tarn tbirasantasarlrataya Tberika ti
voharimsu. Savayappatta kulapadesadinji samanajatikassa
kbattiyakumarassa matapituhi dinna patidevata '^ butva
vasati.4 Sattbu Yesclb'gamane sasane patiladdbasaddha upa-
sika hutva aparabbage Mabapajapatigotamitberiya santike
dhammam sutva pabbajjaya rucim uppfidetva " abam pab-
bajissamiti " samikassarocesi. Samiko nanujanati. Sasane
katadbikarataya yatbasukbam dbammam paccavekkhitva
ruparupadbamme pariggabetva vipassanam aniiyutta viba-
rati. Atb' ekadivasam mabanase vyaiijane paccamane
mahati aggijabi utthabi. Sa aggijabi sakalabbajanam tata-
tatayantam jhayati. Sa tarn disva tam evarammanam katva
suttbutaram aniccatam upattbabantam upadbaretva tato
tattba dukkbaniccanantatan ca aropetva vipassanam anuk-
kamena ussukkapetva maggapatipatiya anagamipbale patit-
tbabi. Sa tato patthfiya abbaraiiam vTi alamkaram va na
dbfireti. Tassa 5 samiko : " kasma tvam bbadde idani pubbe
viya fibharanam vji alamkaram va na dbaresT " ti vutte at-
tano giblbbave al)babljabbavam arocctvcl pabbajjain anuja-
napesi. So Visrddia-upasako viya Dbammadinnam^' mabatti
^ bhuttavl, ed. - patikule, cd. ^ patidevatTi, cd,
4 vasanti, cd, ^^ tassa, cd, ^ Pbammadiniiri, cd,
6 I. THERIKA.
pariharena Mahapajapatigotamiya santikam netva : " imam
ayya pabbajetha " ti aha. Atha Pajapatigotami tarn pabba-
jetva upasampadetva vibaram netva sattharam dassesi.
Sattha tassa pakatiya dittharammanam eva vibhavento
s u k h a m s u p a h i ti gatham aha.
Tattba s u k h a n t i bhavanapumsakaniddeso. S u p a h i
ti anattivacanam. T h e r i k e ti amantavacanam. K a t v a
c 0 1 e n a p a r u t a ti appicchataya niyojanam. Upasanto
hi t e r a g 0 ti patipattikittanam. S n k k h a d a k a m v a
ti iipasametabbassa kilesassa asarabhavanidassanam.
kumbhiyan ti tadadharassa aniccatucchadibhavani-
dassanam. Sukhan ti cetam itthadhivacanam sukheDa
nidiikkha hutva ti attho. S u p a h I ti nippajjanidassanam
cetam catmmam iriyapathanam. Tasma cattaro pi iriya-
pathe sukhen' eva kappehi snkham vihara ti attho.
T h e r i k e ti idam yadi pi tasma namakittanam anvattha-
saiinabhavato pana thire sasane thirabhavappatte thirehi
sihididhammehi samamiagato ti attho. Katva colena
paruta ti pamsukulakacolehi civaram katva acchadita-
sarlra. Tarn nivattha c'eva paruta ca. Upasanto hi te
r a g 0 ti. Hi saddo hetvattho. Yasma tava santiine uppajja-
nakakamarago upasanto anagamimaggananaggina daddho
idiini tadavasesam ragam aggamaggananaggina dahitva
snkham supahiti adhippayo. S u k k h a d a k a m v a k u m -
bhiyan ti yatha tarn pakke bhajane appakam dakavyaii-
janam mahatiya aggijalaya pacamanam jhayitva sussantam
vupasammati yatha va udakamisse dakavyanjane uddha-
nam aropetva pacamane udake tarn ciccitayati udake pana
chinne upasantam eva hoti, evam tava santane kamarago
upasanto i+arampi upasamitva sukham supahi ti. Theri
indriyanam yatha paripakam katatta satthu desanavilasena
ca grithapariyosanesahapatisambhidahi arahattam papuni.
Tena vuttam Apadane :
Konagamanabuddhassa mandapo karito maya.
dhuvam ticivaram dasim buddhassa lokabandhuno. 1.
Yam yam janapadam yami nigame rajadhaniyo ^
^ rajatthaniyo, A.
THEPJ GATTTA. 7
sabbattlia pfijito homi piifiriakammass' idam plialam. 2.
Kilesfi jhapitri mayliam bhavfi sabbe samiibatfi
nfigl va bandlianaiu chetva viharrimi anfisava. 3.
Svilgatam vata me ilsi buddbasetthassa santike
tisso vijja aniippattfi katam biiddbassa susanam. 4.
Patisambbida catasso vimokkba pi ca attba me
ehabibbirina saccbikat;! kataiu buddbassa susanam. 5.
Arabattani pana patva tberl iidrmcutl tarn eva gatham
abbasi. Tenayam gatbfi tassfi tberiya gatbii abosi. Tattba
tberiy.i vuttagiltbriya ^ auavaseso ra,i;o pariggabito agga-
maggena, tassa vupasamassa adbipetatta rfigavupa&a-
men'eva c'ettba sabbesampi kilesanam vupasamo vutto ti
dattbabbam. Tadekattbataya sabbesani kilesadbammanam
viipasamasiddbito tatba bi vuccati
** Uddbaccavicikiccbribi - yo mobo sabajo mato
pabauekattbal)bavena ragena sarakebi so" ti.
Yathil c'ettba sabbesam kilesanam vupasamo vutto evam
sabbattbapi tesam viipasamo vutto ti veditabbam. Pubba-
bbage tadaiigavasena samatbavipassanakbane vikkbam-
bbanavasena lakkbane patipassaddbivasena vupasama-
siddbito, tena catubbidbassfipi pabanassa siddbi veditabbri.
Tattba tadaiigapabanena silasampada siddbi vikkbambba-
nappabanena samjidbisampadri siddbi. Itarebi paimasam-
pada siddbi dassit.l boti. Pabanabbisamayo 'va sijjbanto
yatba bhavanabhisamayam sadbeti. Tasmim asati tada-
bbfivato tatbcl saccbikiriyjibbisamayam parinnabbisam-
ayam ca sadbeti evati caturasTtisamayasiddbiya tisso
sikkha patipattiyfi tividbakalyanatfi pattivisuddbiyo ca
paripunna imfiya gfitbriya pakasita bonti ti veditabbam.
Aunatara tberi amiritati namagottfidivasena apfdvatii,
ekri tbcrilakkbanasampanna bbikkbunl imain gatbam
abbiisi ti adbippfiyo.
Anfiatarjiya tberiya gatbavaniiana samatta.
vuttag°, cd. * °ncikiccabi, cd.
II. MUTTA.
II.
Mutte muficassu yogehi cando Eahuggaho iva
vippamuttena cittena anana ^ bhunja pindakam ti. 2.
Ayam Muttilya nama sikkhamanaya gatha. Ayam pi
purimabuddhesu katadbikara, tattha tattba bbave vivattu-
panissayam kusalam upacinanti Vipassissa bhagavato
krde kulagehe nibbattitva vinnutam patva ekadivasam
sattharam rathiyam gaccbantam disva pasannamanasa
pailcapatittbitena vanditva pitivegena satthu padamille
avakujja nippajji. Sa tena punnakammena devaloke
nibbattitva aparaparam sugatisu yeva samsaranti imas-
mim buddhuppade Savatthiyam brahmanamahasalakule ^
nibbatti. Mutta ti 'ssa namam ahosi. Sa upanissaya-
sampaniiataya visativassakale Mahapajapatigotamiya san-
tike pabbajitva sikkhamana hutva kammatthanam katba-
petva vipassanaya kammam karoti. Sa ekadivasam
bbattakiccam katva pindapatapatikkanta therinam bhik-
khuninam vattam dassetva divattbanam gantva raho nisinna
vipassanamanasikaram arabhi. Sattha surabbigandha-
kutiya nisinno 'va obbasam vissajjetva tassa purato nisinno
viya attanam dassetva Mutte muccassu yogebi ti
imam gatbam aha.
Tattha Mutte ti tassa alapanam. muccassu yogehi
ti maggapatipatiya kamayogadihi catiihi yogebi muccahi
vimuttacitta hobi. Yatha kim ? cando Eahuggaho
iva ti Eahusaiikhatato gahato cando viya upakkilesato
muccassu. Vippamuttena cittena ti ariyamagge
samucchedavimuttiya sutthu vimuttena cittena. Ittham-
bhutalakknanam cetam karanavacanam. A n ajn a ^ b h u n j a
p i 11 (1 a k a n ti kilesainam pahaya anana 4 hutva rattha-
pindam bhunjeyyasi. Yo hi kilese appahaya satthara
anuimfitapaccaye paribhmijati so sano bhunjati nama
yatbrdia fiyasma Vakkulo : Sattaham eva kho ayam avuso
^ anana, cd. 2 og^j^yg^ \^^^Iq^ q^^
3 Anana, cd. 4 anana, cd.
THEPJ OATHA. ± 9
sano ratthapindam bliunjati. Tasmfi sasanc pabbajitena
krunaceliandridiinani pahaya anano ^ hutva saddliadeyyain
paribliuiijitab])ani. P i n d a k a n ti desanrisisam ova cattfiro
pi paccaya ~ ti attho. Abbinham ovadati ariyamaggap-
pattiyfi, iipakkilese 3 visodbento l)abuso ovridam deti, sa
tasmim ovade tbatva nacirass' eva arabattani papuni,
Teua vuttam Apadane :
Vipassissa bbagavato lokajetthassa tadino
ratbiyam patipannassa tarayantassa pfinino 1.
Gbarato nikkbamitvana avakujja nipajj' abaiii
auiikampako lokanatbo 4 sisante akkami mama. '2.
Akkamitvana sambuddbo agama lokanayako
tena cittappasadena Tusitam iipapajj' abam.^ 3.
Kilesa jbapita maybam — pe — katam buddbassa sasa-
nanti. 4.
Arabattam patvana sa tarn eva gatbam udanesi. pari-
punnasikkba upasampajjitvri aparabbage parinibbanakale
tarn eva gatbam ajjbabbrisi ti.
Muttaya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
III.
P u n 11 e p ii r a s s u d b a m m e b I ti Punnaya uama
sikkbamaniiya gatba. Ayam piirimabuddbesu katadbikarji
tattba tattba bbave vivattiipanissayam kusalam upacinanti
buddbasmlne loke Candabhagaya nadiyil tire kinnariyoni-
yam nibbattii. Ekadivasam tattba afinataram paccekabiid-
dbam disva pasannamanasri nalamfdaya tarn pujitva ^ anja-
lim pagga3'ba attbasi. Sa tena pmmakammena sugatisu 7
samsaranti imasmim ])uddbuppade Savattbiyam gabapa-
timabasalakule nibbatti. Punmi ti 'ssa namam abosi. Sa
upanissayasampannatriya s vTsati vassani vasamrma Maba-
pajapatigotamiya santike dbammam sutva patiladdba-
^ anano, cd. ^ paccayo, cd. ^ upakkileso, cd.
4 lokajettbo, A. => agamas' abam, A.
^ pujitri, cd. 7 sugatiyo,, cd. ^ upanissatava, cd.
10 III. IV. PUNNA AND TISSA.
saddhfi pabbajitva ^ sikkhamana eva biitva vipassanam
arabhi. Sattha tassa gandbakutiyam nisinno eva obbasam
vissajjitva :
Punne piirassu dbammebi cando pannarase-r-iva |
paripunnaya pannaya tamokkhandbam padalaya ti.ji 3,
Imam gatham aha. Tattba Punne ti tassa alapanam.
P ii r a s s u dbammebi ti sattatimsabodhipakkbiya-
dbammebi paripnnna bobi. C a n d o p a n n a r a s e - r - i v a
ti. Piakriro padasandbikaro. Pannarase punnamasiyam.
Sabbabi kabibi paripunno cando viya. Paripunnaya
pannaya ti solasannam kiccanam paripuriya paripun-
naya arabattamaggapannaya. T a m o k k b a n d b a m
padalaya ti tamokkbandbam ~ bbavasesato bbinna-
samuccbinnamohakkbandbapadalanena sab'eva sabbe pi
kilesa padalita honti. Sa tarn katbam sutva vipassanam
vaddbetva arabattam papuni. Tena vuttam Apadane :
Candabbaganaditire abosim kinnari tada
addasam virajam buddbam sayambhum aparajitam. 1.
Pasannacitta sumana vedajata katanjall
nalamalam gabetvana sayambbum abbipujayim. 2.
Tena kammena sukatena agaiichim tidasam ganam '^
cbattimsa devarajunam mabesittam akarayim. 3.
Dasannam cakkavattmam mabesittam akarayim
samvejayitva me cittam pabbajim 4 anagariyam. 4.
Catunavute ito kappe yam puppbam ^ abbipujayim
duggatim 6 nabbijanrmii buddbapiijay' idam pbalam. 5.
Kilesa jb.:pita maybam — pa — katam buddbassa sasanam
ti. 6.
Arabattam pana patva7 sa tberl tam eva gatbam udanesi.
' pabbajjitvii, cd. ^ tamobakkbandbam, cd.
3 tidasam gatim, A. 4 pabbajjim, P.
5 yapuppbam, P. ^^ duggati, P. 7 patvapana, cd.
TTTE-RT TrATHA. 8. 4. 11
Ayam eva c'assfi aimii ^ vyakaranagfitha liotl ti.
Puiiiiaya theriya .i;atbrivannauri samatta.
IV.
T i s s e s i k k li a s a u s i k k li a y a - ti Tissfiya sikkha-
mfmriya grithii. Ayam pi purimabuddbesu katadhikara
tattba tattba l)bave vivattupaiiissayain kusalam upacinitva
sambbatakusalapaccaya imasiniui baddbuppade Kapila-
vattbusmim Sakyarajakule 3 nibbattitva vayappatta bodbi-
Rattassa orodbabbuta paccba Mabapajfipatigotamiyjl sad-
dbini iiikkbamitva4 pabbajitva vipassauriya kammam karoti.
Tassa sattbfi betthavuttanayen'eva obbasam vissajjitva :
Tisse sikkhassu sikkbaya mfi tarn yoga iipaccaguni |
sabbayogavisamyutta cara loke anasava ti.,; 4.
gatbam abbasi.
Tattba Ti s se titassfdapanam. Sikkbassu sikkbaya
ti adbisilasikkbadikiiya tividbaya sikkbaya sikkha, magga-
sampayuttji tisso sikkbayo sampadebT ti attbo. Idani
tasam sampadane karanarp aha. Ma tarn yog a u p a c -
c a g u m ti manussattani indriyfi vekallam buddbuppado
saddbapatiblbbo ti. Ime yogfi samaya dullabbakkbana
tarn ma atikkamnm. Ivamayogadayo eva va te cattaro
yoga. Ma u p a c c a g u m mil abbi])baveyyum. Sabba-
yogavisamyutta ti sabbebi kamayogadibi yogebi
vimutta tato eva anasava butva loke ca dittbadbamma-
sukbavibfirena vibarabiti attbo. Sa tarn gritham sutva
vipassanam vaddbetva arabattam pfipuiiT ti adinayam
bettba vuttanayen'eva veditabbam.
Tissaya theriya gathavannana samatta.
Y— X.
Tisse yunjassus dbammehi ti Tissaya theriya
^ afinam, cd. ^ sikkha susikkbaya, cd.
3 Sakyar° cd. 4 nikkamitva, cd, 5 ynfija siulb°, cd,
12 V.-X. VARIOUS.
gatha, tassa vattliu Tissaya sikkhamanaya vatthusadisam.
Ayam pana then hutva arahattam papuni. Yatha ca ayam
eva ito para DhTra Dhira Mitta Bhadra Upasama ^ ti
pancannam thermam vatthu ekasadisam eva. Sabba pi
ima Kapilavatthuvasiniyo bodbisattassa orodhabbiita
Mabapajapatigotamiya saddbim nikkbanta^ obbasagatbaya
ca arabattam patta tbapetva sattamim.3 Sa pana obbasa-
gatbaya vina samvegam sattbu santike laddbam ovadam
nissaya vipassanam iissukkapetva arabattam papunitva 4
udanavasena D b I r a d b i r e b I ti gatbam abbasi. Itara
pi arabattam patva :
Tisse yunjassu dbammebi kbano tarn ma upaccaga
kbanatita bi socanti nirayambi samappita. 5.
Dbire nirodbam pbussebi pannavupasamam sukbam
aradbayabi nibbanam yogakkbemam anuttaram. 6.
Dbira dbirebi dbammebi bbikkbun! bbavitindriya
dbarebi antimam debam jetva Maram savabanam. 7.
Saddbaya pabbajitvana Mitte mittarata bbava
bbavebi kusale dbamme yogakkbemassa pattiya. 8.
Saddbaya pabbajitvana Bbadre bbadrarata bbava
bbavebi kusale dbamme yogakkbemam anuttaram. 9.
Upasame tare ogbam maccudbeyyam suduttaram
dbarebi antimam debam jetva Maram savabanam ti. 10.
gathayo abbasimsu.
Tattba yunjassu d b a m m e b i t i samatbavipassana-
dbammebi ariyebi bodbipakkbiyadbammebi ca yuiija
yogam karobi. Kbano tarn ma upaccaga ti yo
evam yogabbavanam na karoti tarn puggalam patirupadese
uppattikkbano cbannam ayatananam avekallakkbano
buddbuppadakkbano saddbaya patiladdbakkbano sabbo pi
ayam kbano atikkamati nama. So kbano tarn ma
atikkami. K b a n a 1 1 1 a ti ye bi kbanam atita yebi ca
puggalebi so kbano atito te nirayambi samappita
Upasamadbi, cd. 2 nikkbandba, cd.
sattamam, cd. 4 papunetva, cd.
TllERl GATIIA. 5-10. 13
liutvil s 0 c a n t i. Tattha nibbattitva mabaclukkham
paccauubbavanti ti attbo.
N i r 0 d b a m p b u s s e b I ti kilesanirodbam pbussa
patiiribhani. Sannrivupasamam sukham aradbayjlhi
n i b b a n a n ti kamasarinridTnam pripasamianam upa-
samain nibbrmain accantasukbani nibbanam aradbebi.
D b i r a d b i r e b i d b a m m e h i ti viriyappadbanataya
dbirebi tejussadebi ariyamaggadbammebi. Bbavitindriya
vaddbitasaddbadiindriya. Dbira bbikkbuni vattbukamebi
saYfibanam kilesamaram jinitvri ayatipunabbbava bbavato
a n t i m am d e b a m d b Ti r e b I ti tberl ailnam viya
katva attanam ^ dasseti.
M i 1 1 e ti tarn alapati. M i 1 1 a r a t a ti kalyanamittesu
abbirata. Tattba sakkarasammanarata bobi. Bhavehi
k u s a 1 e d b a m m e ti ariyamaggadbamme vaddhebi.
Yo g a k k b e m a s s a arabattassa nibbanassa ca p a 1 1 i y a
adhigamaya.
B b a d r e ti tarn alapati. B h a d r a r a t a ti bbadresu
siladidbammesu rata abbirata bobi. Y o g a k k b e m a m
a n u 1 1 a r a n ti catiibi yogebi kbemam anuppadavam.
xlnuttaran ti suduttaram nibbanam. Tassa pattiya
kusale bodbipakkbiyadbamme bbavehi ti attbo.
Upasame ti tarn alapati. Tare o g b a m m a c c u-
d bey yam suduttaran ti. Maccu ettba dbiyati ti
maccudbeyyam. Anupacitakusalasambbarebi suttbu dutta-
ran ti suduttaram samsaramabogbain. Tare
ariyamagganavaya taressami. Dharebi ant imam
deb am ti tassa dbarane no antimam debam dbaiii bobi ti
attbo.
Tissaya tberiya gathavannana samattii.
Nittbita patbamavaggavannana.
XL
Sumutta sadbu mutt' ambi ti adika Muttatberiya
giltha. Ayam pi purimabuddbesu katadbikara tattba
atthanam, cd.
14 XI- ^lUTTA.
tattba bhavesLi kusalam npacinitva imasmim buclclliuppride
Kosalajanapade Oghatakassa nama daliddabrahmaiiassa-
dhita hutva nibbatti. Tarn vayappattakale ekassa khujja-
brabmanassa adamsu. Sa tena gbaravasam arocati. Tarn
anujanapetva pabbajitva ^ vipassanaya kammam karoti.
Tassa bahiddharammaiiesu cittam vidhavati. Sa tarn
nigganhati.- S u m u 1 1 a s a d b u m u t t'a m h i ti gatham
vadanti yeva vipassanam ussukkapetva saba patisambbidabi
arahattam papuni, Tena vuttam Apadane :
Padumuttaro nama jino sabbadbammesu cakkbnma
paiiino anuganbanto pindaya pfivisi puram. 1.
Tassa agaccbato sattbu sabbe nagaravasino
battbatuttha samagantva valika akarimsu te. 2.
Yitbisammajjanam katva kadalipiinnaivaddbaje
dbmnam cunnam ca malam ca sakkaram katvana sat-
tbuno 3.
Mandapam patiyadetva nimantetva vinayakam
mabadanam daditvana sambodbim ^ abbipattbayi. 4.
Padumuttaro mabaviro tarako sabbapaninam
anumodaniyam katva vyakasi aggapuggalo. 5.
Satasabasse atikkante kappo bessati bbaddako
bbavabbave sukbam laddba papunissati bodbijam. 6.
Hattbakammaii ca ye keci kadaci naranariyo
anagatasmim addbane sabbe bessanti 4 sammukba. 7.
Tena kammavipakena cetanapanidbibi ca
uppanna devabbavanam tuybam te paricarika. 8.
Dibbasukbam asaiikbeyyam 5 manusam ca asankheyyam ^
anubbon+i ciram kalam samsaritva bbavabbave. 9.
Satasabasse ito kappe yam kammam akari tada
sukbumfda manussesu atbo devapuresu ca 10.
Eiipam bhogam sayam ayu atbo kitti sukbam piyani
labbfimi sattbu tarn sabbam sukatam kammasampadam. 11.
Paccbime bbavasampatte jataham brabmane kule
I pabbajjitva, cd* 2 nigganbati, cd.
3 sambodbi, P. 4 hissanti, P.
5 asankbe.yyum, P« ^ manusayam ca asankbayam, P,
TIIERI GATIIA. 11. 15
suklmmriLahattliapridri ramaniyc nivGsane. 12.
Sabbakalam pi patbavim apassam' anaLaiikataiu
cikkbalbibhumim asucim ' apassrimi kuclricanam. 13.
Kilesa jbripitfi maybam kataiu buddbassa sasanan ti. 1*1.
Arahattani paua patva udanenti :
Sumuttri sadbu mutt' ambi tibi kbiijjebi muttiyfi |
udukkbalena musalcna patina kbnjjakena ca |
mutt' ambi jfitimarana bbavanctti samiibatriti. 11.
Imam gatbam abbasi. Tattba sumutta ti sulUm
mutta. S a d b u m u 1 1' ambi ti sadbu sammad eva mutia
ambi. Kuto paua sumutta sfidbu muttfi ti fiba ? T T b i
k h u j j e b i m u 1 1 i y a ti vaiikakebi parimuttiyfi ti attbo.
Iti tani sariipato dassenti u d u k k b a 1 e n a m u s a 1 e n a
pat i na k b u j j a k e n a c a ti aba. Udukkbale hi dbannam
pakkbipantiya parivattentiya musalena kottentiya pitthi
onametabba botl ti.- Kbujjakaraiiahetutaya tad ubbayam
kbujjan ti vuttam. Samiko 3 pan assa khujjo eva. Idani
yassa muttiya nidassanavasena tibi khujjebi mutti vutta
tarn eva dassenti mutt' ambi j a t i m a r a n a ti vatva
tattba karanam aba. B h a v a n e 1 1 i s a m u b a t a ^ ti
tass' attbo na kevalam mabatikbujjebi eva mutta. Atba
kbo sabbasma jaramarana pi yasma sabbassa pi bbava-
nettinilyika tanha aggamaggena maya samuggbatita ^ ti.
Muttatheriya gathavannana samatta.
XII.
C b a n d a j a t a a v a s a ye ti Dbammadinnattheriya
gatha. Sci kira Padumuttarabuddbakrile Hamsavatinagare
paradbinavuttika hutva jivati.^ Nirodbato vuttbitassa
aggasavakassa piijasakkarapubbakam danam datva devaloke
nibbattci. Tato cavitva devamanussesu samsaranti Pbus-
sassa bbagavato kale sattbu vematikabbatikanam kammi-
I obhiimi asuci, P. 2 hohTti, cd. 3 samika, cd.
-^ samohata, cd. ^ sammuggbo, cd. ^ jivanti, cd.
16 XII. DHAMIMADINNA.
kassa gehe vasamananam danam paticca ekam dehi ti
samikena vutte dve denti bahum punnam katva Kassapabu-
ddbakale Kikissa Kasikaranno gehe patisandhim gahetva
sattannam bhagininam abbhantara butva visati vassasa-
hassani brabmacariyam caritva ekam buddhantaram
devamanussesu samsaranti imasmim buddhuppadeKajagahe
kuLagehe sa nibbattitva vayappatta Visakbassa setthino
gehe gantva — ath' ekadivasam Visakho setthi satthu
santike dhammam sutva anagami hutva gharam gantva
pasadam abbhubanto sopanamatthake dbitaya Dhamma-
dinnaya saritabattham analambitva 'va pasadam 'bbiruhitvri
bhunjamano pi tunhibhiito va bhuiiji. Dhammadinna tarn
apadbaretva *' ayyaputta kasma tvam mama hattham
nalambi, bhunjamano pi na kiiici kathesi ? Atthi nu kho
mayham doso " tiaha? Visakho " .Dhammadinne^ na te
doso atthi, aham pana ajja patthaya itthisariram phusitum
ahare ca lolabhavam katum anaraho. Tadiso maya dhammo
patividdho, tvam pana sace icchasi imasmim yeva gehe
vasa, no ce icchasi yattakena dhanena te attho tattakam
gahetva kulagharam gacchahi " ti aha. "Naham ayyaputta
tassagantugamanam agamissami, pabbajjam me anujanabi "
ti Visakho "sadbu^ Dhammadinne" ti tarn suvannasivikaya
bhikkhunJupassayam pesesi. Sa pabbajitvakammattbanam
gahetva katipaham tattha vasitva vivekavasam vasitukama
acariyupajjhayanam santikam gantva " ayye akinnatthane
mayham cittam na ramati gamakavasam gacchami" ti aha.
Bhikkhuniyo tarn gamakavasam nayimsu. Sa tattha vasati.
Atite madditasamkharataya nacirass'eva saha patisam-
bhidahi arahattam papuni.
Tena vuttam Apadane :
Padumuttaro nama jino sabbadhammana paragu
ito satasahassamhi kappe uppajji nayako. 1.
Tadaham Hamsavatiyam kule aiinatare ahum
parakammakari asim nipaka silasamvuta. 2.
Padumuttarabuddhassa Sujato aggasavako
I Dhammadinna, cd. 2 gadhu om., cd.
ther! gatha. 12. 17
vibara abhinikkhamma piiidapataya gaccbati.^ 3.
Gbatam gabetva gaccbanti tadji udakabarika
tarn disva adadam puvam^ pasanna sebi panibi. 4.
Patiggabetva tattbeva nisinuo paribhunji so
tato netvana tarn gebam adfisim tassa bbojanam. 5.
Tato me ayyako tuttho akari sunisam sakam
sassuya samagantvanas sambuddbam abhivridayim. 6.
Tada so dbammakatbikam bbikkbunim 4 parikittayam
tbapesi etadaggambi ; tarn sutva mudita abam. 7.
Nimantayitva sugatam sasamgbam lokanayakam
mabadiuiam daditvanas tarn tbanam abbipattbayim, 8.
Tato mam sugato aha gbananinnadasussare ^
samuttbauaniggata tvam sasamgbaparivesike. 7 9.
Saddbammasavane yutte gunavaddbitamauase ^
bbadde bbavassu9 mudita laccbase panidbipbalam.iQ 10.
Satasabasse ito kappe Okkakakulasambhavo
Gotamo nama namena sattba loke bbavissati. 11.
Tassa dbammesu dayada orasa dbammanimmita
Dbammadinna ti namena bessasi" sattbu savika. 12.
Tarn sutva mudita hutva yavajivam mabamunim ^^
mettacitta paricarim paccayebi vinayakam. 13.
Tena kammena sukatena cetanapanidbibi ca
jabitva manusam debam tavatimsam agaccb' abain. 14.
Imasmim bbaddake kappe brabmabandbu mabayaso
Kassapo nama namena uppajji vadatam varo. 15.
Upattbako mabesissa tada asi narissaro
Ivasiraja Kiki nama Baranasipuruttame. 16.
Cbattba tassas' abam dbita Sudbamma iti vissuta
dbammam sutva jinaggassa pabbajjam samarocayim. 17.
Nanujanasi mam tato/^ agare va tada mayam ^-^
^ pattam adayag^, A. ^ adadim, P. ; piipam, A.
3 sabagantvana, A. ^ bbikkbunl, P. 5 adatvana, P.
^ gbaradinnasassurika, P. ; mamupattbananirate, A.
7 samgbaparivesika, P. ^ yutta ^manasa, P.
9 avassam, P. ^o laccbam sapan°, P.
" bessati. A. 12 mabamuni, P.
^3 anujani tato tato, P. ^4 agare talaya mayam, P.
18 XII. DHAMMADINNA.
Visa vassasahassani vicarimha ^ atandita^ 18.
Komarim 3 brahmacariyam 4 rajakanna sukhedhita
buddhopatthananirata 5 mudita satta dhitaro. 19.
Samani Samanagutta ca Bhikkhuni Bhikkhudayika
Dhamma ceva Sudhamma ca sattami Samghadayika. 20.
Khema Uppalavanna ca Patacara ca Kundala
Gotanii ca aliam c'eva Visakha hoti sattami. 21.
Tebi kammehi sukatebi cetanapanidbibi ca
jabitva manusam debam tavatimsam agaccb' abam. 22.
Paccbime ca bbave dani Giribbajapuruttame
jata setthikule pbite^ sabbakamasamiddbme.7 23.
Yada^ rupagunopeta patbame yobbane tbita
tada parakulam gantva vasim sukbasamappita. 24.
Upetva 9 lokasaranam sunitva dhammadesanam
anagamipbalam patto samiko me subuddbima. 25.
Tada tarn anujanetva^^ pabbajim anagariyam
Naciren' eva kalena arabattam apapunim. 26.
Tada upasako so mam ^^ upagantva apuccbatba
gambhire nipune ^^ panbe, te sabbe vyakarim abam. 27.
Jino tasmim gune tuttbo etadagge tbapesi mam
bbikkbunim dbammakatbikam,n'aiinampassamiedisam. 28.
Dbammadinna yatba dbira evam dbaretba bbikkbavo
evabam pandita bomi ^3 nayakenanukampita. 29.
Paricinno maya sattba ^4 katam buddbassa sasanam
obito garuko bbaro bbavanetti samubata. 30.
Yass'attbaya pabbajita agar asm anagariyam
so me attbo anuppatto sabbasamyojanakkbayo. 31.
Iddbisu ca vasi bomi dibbaya sotadbatiiya
paracittani janami satthu sasanakarika. 32.
Pubbemvasam janami dibbacakkbum visodbitam
khepetva asave sabbe visuddb' ambi sunimmala. 33.
^ vicaramhi, P. ^ atandika, A. 3 komari, P.
4 brabmacariya, P. 5 ^niyata, P. ^ tbite, P.
7 osamiddbino, P. ^ tada, P. 9 upeta, P.
^° tadabam anujanitva, P. ^^ samam, P. ^^ nipune, P.
^3 evayam pandita jata, P. ^4 paricinno yo tattha, P.
THERl GATHA. 12. 19
Kilesii jbapitii maybam — pa — katani buddhassa sasanam
ti. 34.
Arabattam pana patvil maybam mattbakam pattam,
idfmi idba vasitvii kim karissrimi. "Eajagabam eva gantva
sattbaran ca vandiss;imi babii ca me nataka puiinani karis-
santT " ti bbikkbunlbi saddbim Eajagabam eva paccagata.^
Yisakbo tassa agatabbavam fiatva sutva tassfi ^ adhigamam
vImamsanto3 pancakkhandbadivasena panbam pucchi.
Dbammadinna sunissitena4 sattbena kumudanale cbin-
dauti viya puccbitam panbam vissajjesi. Visilkbo sabbam
puccbavissajjananissayain sattbu arocesi. Sattba " pandita
Yisakba Dbammadinna bbikkbuni" ti adina tarn pasamsanto
sabbannutananena saddbim sandbetva 5 vyakatabbavam
paveditva tam eva Ciilavedallasuttam atthuppattim katva
tarn dbammakatbikanam bbikkhunmam aggattbane
tbapesi. Tada pana sa tasmim gamakavase vasantl
bettbimamagge adbigantva aggamaggattbaya vipassanam
patthapesi. Tada :
Cbandajata avasaye ^ manasa ca pbuta siya
kamesu appatibaddbacitta uddbamsota vimuccati ti. 12.
Imam gatbam abbasi. Tattba cbandajata ti aggap-
pbalattbam jataccbanda. A v a s a y e ^ ti. Avasayo vuccati
avasanam nitthanam, tam pi kamesu appatibaddbacitta-
taya7 uddbamsota ti vakkbamanatta samanakiccassa nit-
tbanam veditabbam yassa kassaci. Tasma padadvayenapi
appattamanasa anuttaram yogakkbemam pattbayamana ti
ayarn ettbo vutta%oti. Manasa c a pbuta s i y a ti
bettbimebi nitimaggacittebi nibbanam pbuta phusita
bbaveyya. Kamesu ca appatibaddbacitta 9 ti
anagamimaggavasena kamesu na patibaddbacitta.^° U d -
d b a m 8 0 1 a ti uddbam eva maggasoto samsarasoto ca
^ paccbagata, cd. - tassa, cd. 3 vimamsato, cd.
4 sunisitena, cd. s sanditva, cd. ^ avasayi, cd.
7 appatipannacitto, cd. s vutto, cd.
9 appatibandbac°, cd. ^^ patibandbacQ, cd.
20 XIII. XIV. VISAKHA AND SUMANA.
ekissa ti uddhamsota anagamino hi yatha aggamagga ca
uppajjati. Na anna evam avihadlsu uppannassa ya va
kanittha uddham eva uppatti hoti ti.
Dhammadinnaya theriya gathavannana samatta.
XIII.
Karotha buddhasasanan ti Visakhaya theriya
gatha. Tassa vatthu Dhlratheriya vatthusadisam eva»
Sa arahattam patva vimuttisukhena vitinamenti : —
Karotha buddhasasanam yam katvananutappati
khippam padani dhovitva ekamante nisidatha ti. 13.
Imaya gathaj^a aiinam vyakasi. Tattha karotha
buddhasasanan ti buddhanam sasanam ovadam anu-
sittham karotha yathanusitthi patipajjatha ti attho. Yam
katvananutappati ti anusitthikatva karanahetu
na anutappati takkarassa sammad eva adhippayanam
samijjhanato. Khippam padani dhovitva eka-
mante nisidatha ti. Idam yasma sayam paccha-
bhattam pindapatapatikkanta acariyupajjhayanam vattam
dassetva attano divatthane padam dhovitva raho nisinna
arahattamatthakam papesi. Tasma tattha aiine pi niyo-
jenti avoca.
Visakhaya theriya gathavannana samatta.
XIV.
Dhatuyo dukkhato disva ti Sumanaya theriya
gatha. Tassa vatthu Tissatheriya vatthusadisarn. Imissa
pi hi sattha obhasam vissajjetva purato nisinno viya atta-
nam dassetva :
" Dhatuyo dukkhato disva ma jati punar agami
bhave chandam virajetva upasanta carissasi." 14.
Imam gatham aha. Sa gathapariyosane arahattam
THERI GATHA. 13. 14. 21
papuni. Tattha dhrituyo dukkhato disva ti san-
tatim pariyapanna dukkhcididhatuyo ^ itarii pi ca udayab-
bayassa - patipilanfidinci dukkhjl ti iianacakkhunri disva
m a j a t i p u n a r ji g a m I ti puna jatiayatipunabbhavam
ma ugganchi. B h a v e c b a n d a m v i r fi j e t v a ti
krimabhavJidike sabbasmim bhave tanbfi cbandam vira-
gasamkbatena maggena pajabitva up as ant fi caris-
8 a s i ti sabbaso na kilesatfiya nibbuta vibarissasi.3 Ettha
ca d b a t u y 0 d u k k b a t o disva ti iminji dukkbanu-
passanamukbena vipassana dassita. B b a v e cbandam
Y i r cl j e t V a ti imina maggo. Upa8anta4 carissasi
ti imina saupadisesa nibbanadbatu. Ma jati punar
a g a m I ti imina anupadisesa 5 nibbanadbatu dassita ti
dattbabbam.
Sumanaya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
XV.
Kayena samvuta asi ti Uttaraya tberiya gatba.
Tassa pi vattbu Tissatberiya vattbusadisam. Sa pi bi
Sakyakulappasuta bodbisattassa orodbabbiita Mabapajil-
patigotamiya saddbim nikkbanta obbasagathaya arabattam
patva pana :
Kayena samvuta asi vacaya uda cetasa
samiilam taubam abbuyba sitibbut' ambi nibbuta ti'i 15.
Udanavasena tarn eva gatbam abbasi. Tattba kayena
samvuta asiti kayikena samvuta abosi ti. Vacaya
ti vacasikena samvuta asi ti yojana. Padadvayenapi samsa-
samvaram aba. U d cl ti atba. C e t a s a ti samadbicittena.
Etena vipassanabbavanam aba. Samulam tan bam
abbuyba ti sanusayam. Sabava avijjaya bi paticcba-
danadlnave bbavattaye tanba uppajjati.
Aparo nayo kayena samvuta ti sammakamman-
' cakkbadicatuyo, cd. 2 udayabbassa, cd.
^ vibarissati, cd. 4 maggopasanta, cd. s anupada, cd.
252 XV. XVI. UTTARA AND SUMANA.
tena sabbasc micchakammantassa pahana maggasam-
varen'eva kayena samvuta asi. V a c a y a ti sammavacaya
sabbaso micchavacaya pahana maggasamvaren'eva vacaya
samvuta asi ti attho. C e t a s a ti samadhina. Cetoslsena
h'ettba samadhi vutto. Sammasamadhigahanena eka-
lakkhana sammadittbiadayo gahita 'va honti ti maggasam-
varena abbijjhadikassa asamvarassa anavasesato pahanam
dassitam boti. Ten'eva samulam^ tanbam ab-
buyba^ sitibbut' ambi nibbuta ti sabbaso ki-
lesaparilahabbavena sitibbavappatta anupadisesanibba-
nadhatuya nibbuta ambiti.
Uttaraya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
XVI.
Sukham tvams vuddbike sehi ti Sumanaya
vuddhapabbajitaya gatha. Ayam pi purimabuddhesu
katadhikara tattba tattha bhave kusalam upacinitva4-
imasmim buddhuppade Savattbiyam Mahakosalaranno
bbagini butva nibbatti. Sa sattbara raimo Pasenadissa
Kosalassa " cattaro kho maharaja daharaS na uniiatabba "
ti adina desitam dbammam sutva laddhapasada saranesu
silesu ca patitthaya pabbajitukama ^ pi " ayyakam patijag-
gissami " ti cirakalam vitinametva aparabhage ayyikaya7
kalamkataya raiina ^ saddhim mabagghani attbarana-
pavuranani gabapetva viharam gantva samghassa dapetva
sattbu santike dbammam sutva anagamipbale patittbita
pabbajjam yaci. Sattha tassa nanaparipakam disva :
Sukham tvam vuddbike sehi katva colena paruta
upasanto hi te rago sitibhuta 9 si nibbuta ti. 16.
Imam gatham abhasi. Sa gathapariyosane saha ^° pati-
I tenevassamo, cd. ^ abbuyha ti, cd. 3 tvam om. cd.
4 upanicitva, cd. s dahara ti, cd. ^ pabbajjituk°, cd.
7 ayyika, cd. 8 rafinaya, cd.
9 sitibbut'ambi, cd. lo qq}^[^ q^^
THERI GATHA. 15. 16. 23
sambhidahi arahattam patva udanavasena tarn eva gatham
abhasi. Idam eva c'assfi ailfiam vyakaranam ahosi. Sa
tavad eva pabbaji.^ Gathaya pana vaddhikehi vuddbo
yo vuddbo ti - attbo. Ayam ]3ana sibidiguiiebi pi vuddba.
Tberiya vuttagiltbriya catuttbapade sltibbiit' ambi nibbuta
tiyojetabbani. Sesam vuttauayam eva.
Vuddbapabbajitaya Sumauaya gathavannana samatta.
XVII.
Pindapatam caritvana ti Dbammaya tberiya
gatha. Ayam pi purimabuddbesu katadbikara tattha
tattha bhave vivattiipanissayam kusalam upacinitva
sambhava puniiasambbara imasmim buddbuppade Savat-
tbiyam kulagbare nibbattitva vayappatta patirupassa
samikassa geham gantva sasane patiladdbasaddba pabba-
jitukama hutva samikena ananuiiiiata paccha samike ka-
laiikate pabbajitva vipassanaya kammam karontl ekadi-
vasam bbikkbaya caritva vibaram agaccbanti parivattitva
tarn eva arammanam katva vipassanam vaddbetva saba
patisambhidabi arabattam patva :
Pindapatam caritvana dandam olubbba dubbala
vedhamanehi gattebi tattb'eva nipati cbama
disva adinavam kaye atba cittam vimucci 3 me ti. 17.
Udanavasena imam gatbam abbasi. Tattba pinda-
patam caritvana dandam olubbba ti piiida-
patattbaya yatthiupattbambbena nagare vicaritva bbik-
kbaya abindetva. Cbama ti cbamayam. Bbumiyam
padaya avasanena bbumiyam nipatantl ti attbo. Disva
adinavam kaye ti asubbaniccadukkbanantatadibi
nanappakarehi pade dosam pamiacakkhuna disva.
Atba cittani vimucci me ti adlnavanupassanaya
parato pavattehi nibbidanupassanadibi vikkbambbana-
pabbajji, cd. ^ vuddbe ti, cd. 3 vimucca, cd.
24 XVII. XVIII. DHAMMA SAMGHA.
vasena mama cittam kilesacittam kilesehi vimucci ^ puna
maggaphalehi yathakkamam samucchedavasena ceva pati-
passaddhivasena ca sabbaso vimucci. Vimuttam na
dani'ssa vimocetabbam ^ atthiti. Idam eva c'assa annam
vyakaranam ahosi ti.
Dhammaya theriya gathavannana samatta.
XVIII.
Hitvas ghare pabbajita ti Samghaya theriya
gatha. Tassa vatthu Dhiratheriya vatthusadisam. Gatha
pana :
Hitva gliare pabbajitva 4 hitva puttam 5 pasupiyam
hitva ragaii ca dosam ^ ca avijjan ca virajiya
samiilam tanham abbuyha upasant' amhi nibbuta ti. 18.
gatha abhasi. Tattha hitva ti chaddetva. Ghare
ti geham. Gharasaddo7 hi ekasmim abhidheyye kadaci ba-
husu bijam viya riilhivasena vohariyati. Hitva puttam
pasu piyam ti piyayitabbe ceva gavadimahisadikesu
ca tappatibandhachandaragappahanena pahaya. Hitva
raganca dosaii cati rajjanasabhavam ragam dussana-
sabhavam dosam ca ariyamaggena samucchinditva. A vij-
jan ca virajiya ti sabbakusalesu pubbaiigamam
moham ca virajitva maggena samugghatetva icceva attho.
Sesam vuttanayam eva.
Samghaya theriya gathavannana samatta.
Ekanipatavannana nitthita.
XIX.
Dukanipate a t u r a m a s u c i m ^ p u t i n 9 ti adika
Abhiriipanandaya sikkhamanaya gatha. Ayam kira Vipas-
I vimuccina, cd. 2 imeva, cd. 3 hetva, cd.
4 pabbajita, cd. 5 muttam, cd. ^ desam, cd.
7 ogadda, cd. 8 asuci, cd. 9 sutin, cd.
THERl GATHA. 17. 18. 25
sissa bhagavato krde Bandhumatinagare gahapatimahasri-
lassa dhita hutva satthu santike dhammam sutvji saraiiesu
ca sTlesu ca patitthita satthari parinibbute dhatucetiyam
ratanapatimanditena suvannachattena pujam katva kalam
katva sagge nibbattitva aparriparam sugatisu yeva sam-
saranti imasmim buddhuppade Kapilavatthunagare Khema-
kassa Sakkassa aggamahesiyti kucchiRmim nibbatti. Nanda
ti'ssa namam ahosi. Sa atthabhavassa ativiya rupasobhag-
gappattiya abhirupa dassaniya pasadika.
Abhiriipananda nama tveva paniiayittha. Tassa vayap-
pattaya^ dhareyyadivase yeva Carabhiito Sakyakumaro
kalam akasi. Atlia nam mjltapitaro akamam pabbajesum.
Sa pabbajitva pi riipam nissaya uppannamada. Sattha
rupam vivanneti- garahati anekapariyayena riipe adina-
vam dassetl ti buddhupatthanam na gacchati. Bhagava
tassa nanapariprikam natva Mahapajapatim 3 anapesi
*' sabba pi bhikkliuniyo patipatiya ovadam agacchantu " ti.
Sa attano vare sampatte annam pesesi. Bhagava " vare
sampatte attano 'va agantabbam na annam 4 pesetabban
ti" aha. Sa5 satthu anam langhitnm asakkonti l)hikkbu-
nihi saddhim buddhupatthanam ^ agamasi. Bhagava
iddhiya ekam abhiriipam mapetva puna jarajinnam das-
setva samvegam uppadetva :
Aturam asucim piitim 7 ^Dassa Xande samussayam
asubhaya cittam bhavehi ekaggam susamahitam. 19.
Animittam ca bhavehi mananusayam ujjaha
tato manabhisamaya upasantii carissasi ti. 20.
Ima dve gatha abhasi. Tasam attho hettha vuttanayo ^
eva. Gathapariyosane Abhiriipananda arahattam papuni.
Tena vuttam Apadane :
Nagare Bandhumatiya Bandhuma nama khuttiyo
tassa ranno aham bhariya carikam carayam' aham.9 1.
I vayappatta, cd. ^ vivanneti, ed.
3 Mahapajapati, cd. -^ anna, cd. 5 So, cd.
^ baddhup*^, cd. 7 piiti, cd. ^ vuttanaya, cd.
^ ekaccam vadayamaham, B. ; ekicchfi carayam' aham, A.
26 XIX. ABHIRUPANANDA.
Kahogata nislditva evam cintes' aliam tada ^
adaya gamaniyam hi kusalam n'atthi me katam.^ 2.
Mahabhitapam katukam ghorariipam sudarunam
nirayam niina ^ gaccbami ettha me n'atthi samsayo. 3.
"^ Evaham cintayitvana pahamsetvana manasam 4
rajanam upasamgamma^ idam vacanam abravim. 4.
6 Itthita mama yam deva purisanugata sada ^
ekam me samanam dehi bhojayissami khattiya. 5.
Adasi me tada raja 7 samanam bhavitindriyam
tassa pattam ^ gabetvana paramannena piirayim. 6.
Piirayitva paramannam sahassagghaDaken' aliam
vatthayugena chadetva adasi tntthamanasa. 7.
Tena kammena sukatena cetanapanidhihi ca
jahitva manusam deham Tavatimsam agaiicbi 'ham. 8.
Sahassam devarajunam mahesittam akarayim
sabassam cakkavattinam mahesittam akarayim. 9.
Padesarajjam vipulam gananato asamkhayam
nanavidbam babu pmmam tassa kammapbalam tato. 10.
Uppalass' eva me vanna abbirupa sudassana
ittbisabbangasampanna abbijata jutindbara. 11.
Pacchime bhavasampatte ajayim Sakiyakule
narisabassapamokkha Suddbodanasutass' abam. 12.
Nibbinditva agare 'ham pabbajim anagariyam
sattamim rattim sampatva catusaccam apapunim. 13.
Civaram pindapatam ca paccayam sayanasanam
parimetum na sakkomi pindapatass' idam phalam. 14.
Yam maybam purimam kammam kusalam janitam muni
tuyh' attbaya mahavira paricinnam bahum maya. 15.
Ekatimse ito kappe yam danam adadim tada
duggatim nabbijanami pindapatass' idam phalam. 16.
Duve gati pajanami devattam atha manusam
aimam gatim na janami pindapatass' idam phalam. 17.
^ evam cintesi tavade, P.
" kusalam me katam n'atthi adaya gamiyam mama, P.
3 nidassam niina, P. ^ — 4 not in A.
5 upasamgantva, P. 6 — 6 ^^gf {^^ ^^
7 maharaja, A. 8 tappayim, A. B.
THERI GATHA. 19. 27
Ucce kule pajanilmi tayo sale mahadhane
annam kulam na janami piiulapatass' idam phalam. 18.
Bhaviibliave samsaritva sukkamuleiia coditfi
amanapam na passrimi somanassakatain pbalam. 19.
Iddhisu ca vasi homi dibbaya sotadbiituya
cetopariyanaiiassa vasi bomi mabtimune. 20.
Pubbenivasam jTiDami dibbacakkbum visodhitam
sabbasava parikkbina n'attbi dani punabbbavo. 21.
Attbadbammaniriittisu patibbilne tatb' eva ca
uauam mama mabavira uppannam tava santike. 22.
Kilesa jbapita maybam — pa — katam buddbassa sasa-
nan ti. 23.
Arabattam patva pana sa sayam pi udauavasena ta
yeva gatba abbasi. Idba-m-eva c' assa annaiii vyakaranain
abosi ti.
Abbirupanandaya theriya gathavannana samatta.
XX.
Ye i m e s a 1 1 a b o j j b a u g a ti adika Jentaya tberiya
gatba. Tassa atltam paccuppannam ca vattbu Abbirupa-
nandavatthnsadisam. Ayam pana Vesaliyam Liccbavira-
jakule nibbatti ti. Ayam eva viseso : Sattbara desitam
dbammam sutva desanapariyosane arabattam patva attano
adbigatam visesam paccavekkbitva pTtivasena :
Ye ime satta bojjbaiiga maggii nibbanapattiya
bbavita te may a sabbe yatba buddbena desita. 21.
Dittho hi me so bbagava antimo 'yam samussayo
vikkhino jatisamsaro n'attbi dani punabbbavo ti. 22.
Ima dve gatba abbasi. Tattha ye ime satta boj-
j b a 11 g a ti ye ime satta ^ dbammavicayaviriyapitipas-
saddbisamadbiupekkba samkbata bodbiya yatbavuttaya
^ ime sati, cd.
28 XX. XXI. JENTA AND SUMANGALAMATA.
dhammasamaggiya bodhissava bojjhangassa samangino
puggalassa angabhutatta bojjhanga ti laddhanama satta
dhamma. Magga nibbanapattiya^ti nibbanadhiga-
massa upayabhuta. Bhavita te may a sabbe yatba
buddhena desita ti te sattatimsa bodhipakkhiya-
dhamma sabbebi maya yatba buddbena bbagavata desita
tatba maya uppadita ^ vaddbita ca. Ditthobismeso
bhagava ti bisaddo hetuattbo. Yasma so bbagava
dbammakayo sammasambuddbo attano adbigataariya-
dbammadassanena dittbo tasma a n t i m o 'yam s a m u-
ssayo 'ti yojana. Ariyadbammadassanena bi buddba
bhagavanto aniie ca ariya dittha nama honti, na rupakaya-
dassanamattena yatbaba : " Yo kho Vakkali dbammam
passati so mam passati" ti. " Sutava ca kbo ariyasavako
bbikkbave ariyanam dassavi " ti ca adi. Sesam vuttana-
yam eva.
Jentaya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
XXI.
S u m u 1 1 i k e ti adika Sumaiigalamataya tberiya gatba.
Ay am pi purimabuddhesu katadbikara tattba tattba bbave
kusalam upacinitva imasmim buddbuppade Savattbiyam
daliddakule nibbattitva vayappatta afiiiatarassa nalaka-
rassa dinna patbamagabbhe yeva paccbimabbavikam
puttam labbitva tassa Sumangalo ti namam abosi. Tato
pattbaya Sumangalamata ti pannayittba. Yasma pan'
assa namam 4gottam na pakatam, tasma annatara bbik-
kbmii r; ^.amlata ti 5 paliyam vutta.^ So pi 'ssa putto ^
viniiutam patto pabbajitva saba patisambbidahi arabattam
patva Smnangalatbero ti pakato abosi. Tassa mata
bbikkhuni pabbajitva vipassanaya kammam karonti ekadi-
vasam gibikale attana pattadukkbain paccavekkbitva sam-
I nibbanapo, cd. 2 uppadika, cd.
3 dittbo ti, cd. 4 nama, cd.
5 asanna ti, cd. 6 yuttam, cd. 7 putto, oui. cd.
THERI GATHA. 20. 21. 29
vegajdtri vipasscanam vaddlietva salia patisambhidcihi ara-
hattam patva udrmentT :
Sumuttike sumuttika sadhii muttik' ^ amhi iimsalassa
ahii-iko me cliattakam yH pi ukkhalikamedaddubhava.- 23.
Eagan ca aliam dosan ca vicchindanti viharami ^
sa rukkhamulam upagamma alio sukham ti sukhato jha-
yami ti. 24.
Ima dve gatha abhasi. Tattha s u m u 1 1 i k e ti sumutta.
Kakciro padapuraiiamattam. Sutthu mutta vata ti attho.
Sasane attana patiladdhasampattim disva pasadavasena
tassa YR pasamsavasena amantetva vuttam sumuttike
sumuttika ti. Yam -^ pana giliika visesato ^ jiguccbati
tato vimuttim ^ dassenti : s a d b u muttik' a m b i adim
aha. Tattha s a d b u muttik' a m h I ti sammad eva
mutta vata ambi. M u s a 1 a s s a ti musalato. Ayam
kira daliddabbavena gihikale sayam eva musalakammam
karoti, tasma evam aba.
A h i r i k 0 me ti mama samiko 7 abiriko nillajjo. So
mama na ruccati ti vacanaseso. Pakatiya 'va kamesu
virattacittataya kamadhimuttanam pavattim ^ jigucchanti
vadati : c h a 1 1 a k a m v a s i ti. Jlvitahetukena kariya-
manam chattakam pi me na vuccati ti attho. Yasaddo
avuttasamuccayattbo. Tena pelacangotakadi samganbati.
Yeludandadmi gabetva divase divase cbattadinam kara-
navaseua dukkhajivitam jigucebaDti vadati 9 : a h i t a k o
me tato ti. Keci tato ti vatvil abitako jaravaho
gihikale ^° mama sarlrato vilyatl ti attham vadanti. Apare
pana abitako paresam duggandhataro ca mama sarlrato
vayati ti attham vadanti. U k k li a 1 i k a me d a 1 i d d a-
b h a V a " ti me mama bhattapacanabhajanam cirapari-
^ sadhu muttik', ow. cd. ^ deddubh°, M.
3 vicchindi, cd.; vibanami, m. 4 ya, cd.
^ sesato, cd. ^ vimutti, cd. 7 savako, cd.
^ pavatti, cd. 9 vadasi, cd.
^° jaravabhogihikale, cd. ^^ daddubhava, corr. cd.
30 XXII. ADDHAKASi.
vasikabhavena aparisuddhataya udakasabbagandham va-
yati. Tato ayam sadhu muttik' amhl ti yojana.
Eagaii ca aham dosaii ca vicchindanti vi-
haramiti aham kilesajetthakam ragan ca dosaii ca
vicchindanti viharami ti. Imina saddhena saddhi viharami
vinasemi vijahami ti attho. Sa kira attano samikam jiguc-
chantl tena divase divase piliyamananam dukkham velu-
dandadlnam saddam arahanti. Tassa pahanam ragado-
sappahane samam katva avoca. Sa rukkhamulam
u p a g a m m a ti sa aham Sumangalamata vivittam rukkha-
mulam upasamkamitva. S u k h a t o j h a y a m i ti su-
khan ti jhayami. Kalena kalam samapajjanti phalasu-
kham ca pativedayamana phalajjhanena jhayamT ti attho
A h 0 s u k h a n ti idam pan' assa samapattito paccha
pavattamanasikaravasena vuttam. Pubbabhogavasena ti
pi yujjate.i
Sumangalamataya theriya gathavannana samatta.
XXII.
Yava Kasijanapado^ ti adika Addhakasiya the-
riya gatha. Ayam kira Kassapassa dasabalassa kale kula-
gehe nibbattitva viniiutam patva bhikkhuninam santikam
gantva dhammam sutva patiladdhasaddha pabbajitva
bhikkhuni sile thitam annataram patisambhidapattam
khinasavatherim 3 ganikavadena akkositva tato cuta niraye
pacitva imasmim buddhuppade Kasiratthe ularavibhave
setthikule nibbattitva vuddhippatta pubbe katassa vaci-
duccarita^^a nissandena dhatuto parittba ganika ahosi na-
mena Addhakasi nama. Tassa pabbajja ca dutena upa-
sampada ca khandhake agata yeva, vuttam h'etam : Tena
kho pana samayena Addhakasi ganika bhikkhunisu pabba-
jita4 hoti, sa Savatthim gantukama hoti " bhagavato santike
upasampajjissami " ti. Assosum kho dhutta : " Addhakasi
I yujjato, cd. 2 yava kapij° cd.
3 sakhinris°, cd. 4 pajjita, cd.
THERI GATHA. 22. 31
kira ganika Sfivattliim gantukamri " ti, te magge pari-
yutthimsu. Assosi ^ kho AddbakfisI ganika " dhutta kira
magge pariyutthita" ti, sfi bhagavato santike dutam pahesi:
*' aham pi upasampajjitukrunri kathaiu tu maya patipajji-
tabbam " ti. Atha kho bbagavfi etasmim nidfiije dbammi-
katham katva bhikkbii amantesi: Anujanilmi bbikkbave
diitena pi upasampadetum ti. Evam laddbupasampada
pana vipassanaya kammain karonti nacirass' eva saba
patisambbidabi arabattam papuni. Tena vuttam Apa-
dane :
Imambi bbaddake kappe brabmabandbu mabayaso
Kassapo nama namena uppajji vadatam varo. 1.
Tadabam pabbajitvana ^ tassa buddbassa sasane
samvuta patimokkbamhi indriyesu ca pancasu 2.
Mattannu mcaasane 3 siitta jagariye pi ca
vasanti yuttayogabaip '^ bbikkbunim vigatasavam 8.
Akkosim dutthacittabam '* ganike " ti bbanin tada 5
tena papena kammena nirayambi apaccisam. 4.
Ten'eva kammasesena ^ ajayim ganikakule
bahuso parivattanti 7 paccbimayam pi jatiyam.^ 5.
Kasikaratthe settbikule 9 brabmacarabalen' abam
accbara viya devesu abosim riipasampada. 6.
Disvana dassanlyam mam Giribbajapiiriittame
ganikatte nivesesnm akkosanabalena me. 7.
Sabam sunitva saddbammam ^° biiddhasettbena desitam
pubbavasanasampanna pabbajim ^^ anagjiriyam. 8.
Tad upasampadattbaya gaccbanti jinasantikam.
magge dbntte tbite sutva labhim duto 'pasampadam. 9.
Sabbakammam ^- parikkbinam puiinam ^3 papam tatb'
eva ca
^ Assosum, cd. 2 pabbajjitvilna, P.
3 abhiasane, P. 4 yuttayogani, P.
^ sabi tada, P. 6 ^ena kammavasesena, A.
7 babuso 'va paradblna, A. ^ paccbimaya ca j^, A.
9 Kasisu settbikulaja, A. 1° sutvana saddbammam, A.
" pabbajji, P. ^^ sabbakamma, P. ^3 punna, P.
32 XXII. ADDHAKASI.
sabbasamsaram uttinna ^ ganikattaii ca khepitam. 10.
Iddhisu ca vasi homi dibbaya sotudhatuya
cetopariyananassa vasi homi mahamune. 11.
Pubbenivasam janami dibbacakkham visodhitam
sabbasava parikkhina n'atthi dani punabbliavo. 12.
Atthadhammaniruttisu patibhane tath' eva ca
fianam mama mahavlra uppannam tava santike. 13.
I^ilesa jhapita mayham — pa — katam buddhassa sasa-
nam. 14.
Arahattam pana patva udanavasena :
Yava Kasijanapado sunko me tattako ^ ahu
tarn katva negamo aggham agghe 3 'naggham thapesi
mam. 25.
Atha nibbind' abam rupe nibbindam ca virajj' aham
ma puna jatisamsaram 4 sandhaveyyam punappunam
tisso vijja sacchikata katam buddhassa sasanam ti. 26.
Ima gatha abhasi. Tattha yava Kasijanapado
s u li k 0 me t a 1 1 a k o ^ ahu ti Kaslsu janapadesu gato
sunko Kasijanapado. So yavatako ^ tattha mayham sunko
ahu ahosi. Kittako pana so ti sahassamatto Kasiratthe
kira tada suiikavasena ekadivasam raiiiio uppajjanakaayo
ahosi. Sahassamatto imaya pi purisanam hatthato ekadi-
vasam laddhadhanam tattakam. Tena vuttam yava
Kasijanapado sunko me t a 1 1 a k o 7 ahu ti. Sa
pana Kasisunkaparimanataya Kasi ti samannam labhi.
Tattha yebhuyyena manusso ^ sahassam datum asakkonto
tato upaddham datva divasabhagam eva ramitva gaechati^
tesam vasenayam Addhakasi ti pannayittha. Tena vuttam
tarn katva^o negamo aggham agghe 'naggham
thapesi man ti. Tarn paiicasatamattam dhanam
I uttinna, P. 2 tatthako, cd. ^ addhe, m.
4 osamsaro, cd. 5 tatthako, cd. ^ yavatthako, cd.
7 hatthako, cd. s manussa, cd.
9 gacchanti, cd. 10 vuttakam katva, cd.
THERI GATHA. 22. 33
a g g b a m k a t v a n e g a m o nigamavasl jano ittbirata-
nabhiwena anaggbam pi samanam aggbena aggbanimittam
Addbakasi ti samafinrivasena mam tbapesi, tatba mam
vobari ti attbo. A t b a n i b b i n d ' a b a m ^ r u p e ti evam
rupupajivini butvfi tbita. Atba paccbfi sasanam nissaya
rupe abam nibbindanti iti pi riipam aiiiccam iti rupam
dukkbam asubbau ti passantl tattba ukkantbi. N i b -
b i n d a n c a v i r a j j ' a b a m ti nibbindanti cab am tato
param viriigam apajjin ti nibbindagabanena c' ettba taru-
navipassauam dasseti. Yiragagabanena balavavipassanam
nibbindanto virajjati viraga vimuccatT ti bi vuttam. M a
p u n a j a t i s a m s a r a m s a n d b a v e y y a m p u n a p-
p u n a m ti imina nibbindanavirajjanakarena dasseti.
Tisso vij ja ti adina tesam attham kappati, tarn vutta-
nayam eva.
Addbakasiya tberij'a gatbavannana samatta.
XXIII.
Kim c a p i k b o 'm b i k i s i k a ti adika Cittaya tbe-
riya gatba. Ayam pi purimabuddbesu katadbikara tattba
tattba bbave vivattupanissayam kusalam upacinanti ito
catunavute kappe Candabhagaya nadiya tire kinnaiiyoni-
yam nibbatti. Sa ekadivasam ekam paccekasambuddbam
rukkbamule nisinnam disva pasadamanasa attba puppbebi
piTJam katva vanditva aiijabm gabetva padakkbinam katva
pakkami. Sa tena puiinakammena devamanussesu samsa-
ranti imasmim buddbuppade Rajagabe gabapatimabasala-
kule nibbattitva vinnutam patva sattbu Eajagabappavesane
patiladdbasaddba paccba Mabapajapatigotamiya santike
pabbajitva maballikakale Gijjbakutapabbatam abbirubitva
samanadbammam karontT vipassanam vaddbetva saba
patisambbidabi arabattam papuni. Tena vuttam Apa-
dane :
Candabbaganadltire abosim kinnarl tada
addasam virajam buddbam sayambbum aparajitam. 1.
nibbindayam, cd.
4
34 XXIII. CITTA.
Pasannacitta sumana vedajata katanjali
nalapuppham ^ gahetvana Sayambhum abhipujayim. 2.
Tena kammena sukatena agaiichim tidasaganam
chattimsadevarajunam mahesittam akarayim. 3.
Dasannam cakkavattinam mahesittam akarayim
kilesa jhapita mayham bhava samghatita mama. 4.
Sabbasava parikkhina n'atthi dani punabbhavo.
Samvejayitva me cittam pabbajim anagariyam. 5.
Catunavute ito kappe yam puppham abhipujayim
duggatim nabhijanami buddhapujay' idam phalam. 6.
Kilesa jhapita mayham katam buddhassa sasanam ti. 7.
Sa pana arahattam patva attano patipattim paccavek-
khitva :
Kincapi kho 'mhi kisika gilana balhadubbala
dandam olubbha gacchami pabbatam abhiruhiya. 27.
Sanghatim nikkhipitvana ^ pattakam ca nikujjiya ^
sele khambhesi attanam tamokkhandham padaliya4 ti. 28.
Ima dve gatha abhasi. Tattha k i m c a p i kho 'mhi
kisika ti aham jarajinna appamamsalohitabhavena kisa-
sarira amhi. Gilana balhadubbala ti dhatvadivi-
karena gilana ten'eva gelannena ativiya dubbala. D a n -
dam olubbha gacchami ti yattha katthaci gacchan-
ti kattarayatthim alambitva 'va gacchami. Pabbatam
abhiruhiya ti evambhuta vivekakamataya Gijjhakuta-
pabbatam abhiruhitva. S a m g h a t i m s n i k k h i p i t v a n a ti
santaruttara eva hutva yatha samghatiamse thapitam sam-
ghatihatthapasse thapetva. Pattakam ca nikuj-
jiya^ ti mayham valaiijanamattika mattikapattam
adhomukham katva ekamante thapetva. Sele kham-
bhesi attanam tamokkhandham padaliya7
ti pabbate nisinna imina dighena addhuna apadalitapubbe
mohakkhandham padalitva ten'evaca mohakkhandhapada-
^ A. nalamalam. 2 nikkhepetvana, cd.
3 nikucchiya, cd. 4 padalaya, cd. 5 samghati, cd.
6 nikucchiya, cd. 7 padalaya, cd.
THERI GATE A. 23. 24. 35
lanena attfinain attabhfivam khambliesi mama sattanam
ayatim amippattidhammatfipadrinena vikkhambbesi ti attho.
Cittaya theriya gfithaya vannanfi samatta.
XXIV.
Kim c a p i k li o ' m b i d u k k b i t a ti adi Metti-
kaya^ tberiya gatba. Ayam pi purimabuddhesu kata-
dbikaril tattba tattba bbave vivattupanissayam punilam
upacinanti Siddbattbassa bbagavato kille gabapatikule
nibbattitva vifiiiutam patva sattbu cetiye ratanena pati-
manditaya mekbabiya - piijam akasi. Sa tena pumiakam-
mena devamanussesn eamsaranti imasmim buddbuppade
Ecijagabe brabmanamabiisalakule nibbatti. Sesam anan-
tare vuttasadisam. Ayam pana patibbagakiitam abbirii-
hitva samanadbammam karonti vipassanam vaddbetva
saba patisambbidabi arabattam papuni. Tena vuttam
Apadane :
Siddbattbassa bbagavato tbiipakaradbika abum 3
xQekbalika maya dinna navakammaya sattbuno. 1.
Nittbite ca mabatbupe mekbalam 4 puna das'abam
lokanatbassa munino pasanna sebi panibi. 2.
catnnavute ito kappe yam mekbalam adam5 tada
duggatim nabhijanami tbiipapujay' ^ idam pbalam. 3.
Kilesa jbapita maybam — pa — katam buddbassa sasanam
ti. 4. ' *
Arabattam pana patva attano patipattim paccavekkbitva
udanavasena :
Kim cfipi kbo 'mbi dukkbita dubbabi gatayobbana
dandam olubbba gaccbami pabbatam abbirubiya. 29.
Nikkbipitvana samgbatim 7 pattakam ca nikujjiya
^ Pettikaya, cd. ^ makbabiya, cd.
3 Supakarapure abu, P. 4 mekbali, P. 5 adi, P.
6 tbupakarass', A. 7 samgbati, cd.
36 XXIV. METTIKA.
nisinna c'ambi selamlii atha cittam vimucci me
tisso vijja anuppatta katam buddhassa sasanam. 30.
Ima gatha abhasi. Tattha d u k k b i t a ti rogabbibba-
vena dukkbita sanjatadukkbappatta. D u b b a 1 a ti taya
ceva dukkbappattiya jarajinnataya balavirabita.^ Tenaba
gatayobbana ti addbagata ti attho. Atba cittam
vimucci me ti. S e 1 a mbi pasane. Nisinna c'ambi
atbavanantaram viriyasamataya sammad eva yojitatta
maggapatipatiya sabbebi pi asavebi mama cittam vimucci.
Sesam vuttanayam eva.
Mettikaya ^ tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
XXV.
Catuddasi pancaddasiti adika aparaya Mettaya
tberiya gatba. Ayam pi purimabuddhesu katadbikara tattba
tattba bbave vivattupanissayam kusalam upacinanti Vipas-
sissa bhagavato kale kbattiyakule nibbattitva viniiutam
patva Bandbumassa raiifio antepurika butva Yipassissa
bbagavato savikam ekam kbinasavam tberim disva pasanna-
manasa butva tassa battbato pattam gabetva panitassa
kbadaniyabbojaniyassa puritva mabaggbena satakayugena
saddbim adasi. Sa tena puiinakammena devamanussesu
samsaranti imasmim buddbuppade Kapilavattbusmim Sak-
yarajakule nibbattitva viilnutam patva sattbu santike
dbammam sutva patiladdbasaddba upasika abosi. Sa
aparabbage Mabapajapatigotamiya santike pabbajitva kata-
pubbaki':ca vipassanaya kammam karonti nacirass' eva
saba patisambbidabi arabattam papuni. Tena vuttam
Apadane :
Nagare Bandbumatiya Bandbuma nama kbattiyo
tassa raiino abam bbariya carikam caraj^am' abam.3 1.
Rabogata nisiditva evam cintes' abam tada
^ pbalavirabitata, cd. 2 Pettikaya, cd.
3 ekiccba carayam abam, A. ; caritam cariyam', P.
THERi GATHA. 24. 25. 37
adaya gamaniyam hi kusalam n'atthi me katam. 2.
Mahabhitapam katukani ghorarfipam sudarnnam
nirayam uuna gacchami tattha me n'atthi samsayo. 3.
EajTmam upasaiikamma ^ idani vacanam abravim
" ekam me samaiiam dehi bhojayissami khattiya." 4.
Adfisi me mahfirajfi samanam bhavitindriyam
tassa pattam gahetvrma paramannena tappayim. 5.
Piirayitva paramannam gandhalepam akas' aham
- sahassagghanaken'eva - vatthayugena chadayim. 6.
Arammanam mama etam sarami yavajivitam
tattha cittam pasadetva Tavatimsam agaiich'aham.3 7.
Timstmam devarajimam mahesittam akarayim
manasa patthitam 4 mayham nibbattati yathicchitam. 8.
Visanam cakkavattinaip mahesittam akarayim
ocitatta 5 ca hntvana samsarami bhavesu 'ham. 9.
Sabbabandhanamuttaham asekkha me upadika ^
sabbasava parikkhina n'atthi dani punabbhavo. 10.
Ekanavute ito kappe yam danam adadim tada
duggatim nabhijanami pindapatass' idam phalam. 11.
Kilesa jhapita mayham — pa — katam buddhassa sasa-
nam. 12.
Arahattam pana patva7 attano patipattim paeeavek-
khitva pitisomanassajata ndanavasena :
Catuddasi pancadasi ya va pakkhassa atthami
patiharikapakkhan ca atthangasusamilgatam
uposatham upaganchi devakayabhinandinl.s 31.
Sajja 9 ekena bhattena mnnda sahghatiparuta
devakayam na patthe'ham vineyya hadaye daram ti. 32.
Ima dve gatha abhasi. Tattha c a t n d d a s I ^° p a n c a-
^ upasangamma, A.
- — 2 jalena pidahitvrma, A. B. ; mahatelena ch°, B.
3 anchiyam, P. 4 patthitam, B. 5 ocitattha, A.
6 apeta me upaditfi, B. 7 patva om. cd.
2 °abhinandani, cd. 9 sajja, cd. ^° catuddasi, cd.
38 XXV. APARA METTA.
d a s i ti cuddasannam piirani catuddasi ^ pancadasannam
purani pancadasi ti. Catuddasi pancadasi ya va pakkhassa
ti sambandbo. Accantasamyoge c'etam upayogavacanam.
Y a V a p a k k b a s s a a 1 1 b a m i ti ya ca ^ ti yojana. Pa-
t i h a r i k a p a k k h a il c a ti paribaranakapakkban ca ca-
tuddasipancadasiattbamlnam yatbakkamam adito antato
va pavesanigamavasena uposatbasilassa paribaritabbapak-
khan ca. Terasispatipadasattamlnavamisu ca ti attbo.
Attbangasusamagatan ti panatipata veramania-
dibi attbabi angebi suttbu samannagatam^ u p o s a t b a m
upagancbi ti upagamim upavasin ti attbo. Yam san-
dbaya viittam :
Panam na bane na cadinnam adiye
iiiusa na bbase na ca majjapo siya.
Abrabmacariya virameyya methuna
rattim na bbmije^'ya vikalabbojanam.
Malam na dbare na ca gandbam acare
mance cbamayam va sayetba santbate.
Etam bi attbaugikam ab' uposatbam
buddbena dukkhantaguna ^ pakasitan ti.
Devakayabbinandini ti nandiipapattiakam-
kbavasena^ catumabarajikadevakayam abbipattbenti uposa-
tbam upagailcbin ti yojana. Sajja7 ekena b bat-
ten a ti sa abam ajja imasmim yeva divase ekena bbatta-
bbojanakkbanena munda samgbatiparuta ti
munditakesa samgbatiparutasarira ca butva pabbajita^ ti
attbo. Devakayam na patthe 'bam ti aggamag-
gassa adbigatatta kimcid eva nikayam abam na pattbaye.
Ten' evaiia vineyya badayedaran ti cittakatam
kilesapatbam samuccbedavasena vinlta ti attbo. Idam
eva c'assa aniiam vyakaranam abosi.
Aparaya Mettaya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
^ catuddasi, cd. 2 attbami yan ca, cd. 3 terasa, cd.
'^ sampannagatam, cd. 5 dukkbandhaguna, cd.
6 oakamkbav°, cd. 7 sajja, cd. ^ pabbajjita, cd.
THERI GATHA. 'J5. 2G. 39
XXVI.
U d d h a m p fi d a t a 1 a ti cldika Abhayamataya theriya
grithtl. Ayani pi purimabuddliesu katridliikara tattha tattha
bhave punnrmi upacinautT Tissassa bbagavato kille kula-
gehe nibbattitvri vinnutain patva ekadivasam sattharam
piiiibiya carantam disva pasannamanasa pattam gabetva
kataccbumattam bbikkbam adasi. Sii tena pumiakammena
devamanussesu samsaranti imasmim buddhuppade tadisena
kammanissandena ^ Ujjeniyam PadumavatT nama nagara-
sobbani abosi. Eaja Bimbisaro tassa rupasampattiadike
guue sutva purobitassa acikkbi: " Ujjeniyam kira Paduma-
vatT nama ganika abosi, tarn abam datthnkamo 'mbi " ti.
Purobito ''sadbu deva " ti mantabalena Knmbbiram nama
yakkbam avabetva yakkbanubbavena rajanam tavad eva
Ujjenlnagaram nesi. Raja taya saddbim ekarattim samva-
sam kappesi. Sa tena gabbbam ganbi ranfio ca arocesi :
" Mama kuccbiyam gabbbo patittbabi " ti. Tarn sutva
raja nam '* sace putto bbaveyya vaddbetva mam dassebi "
ti vatva muddikam datva agamasi. Sa dasamasaccayena
puttam vijayitva namagabanadivase Abbayo ti namam
akasi, puttaii ca sattavassikakale " tava pita Bimbisara-
raja " ti ramio santikam pabini. Eaja tarn passitva putta-
sinebam patilabbitva kumarakaparibfirena vaddbesi. Tassa
saddbapatilabbo pabbajjavisesadbigamo ca bettba agato
yeva. Tassa mata aparabbage puttassa Abbayattberassa
santike dbammam sutva patiladdbasaddba bbikkbunisu
pabbajitva vipassanaya kammam karontl nacirass' eva saba
patisambbidabi arabattam papuni. Tena vuttam Apa-
dane :
Pindapatam ~ carantassa Tissanamassa sattbuno
kataccbubbikkbam paggayba buddbasettbass' adas*
abam. 1.
Patiggabetva sambuddbo Tisso lokagganayako
vltbiya samtbito sattba 3 aka me anumodanam. 2.
°nisandena, cd. ^ pindacaram, A. 3 sattbu, P.
40 XXVI. ABHAYAMATA.
Katacchubhikkham clatvana Tavatimsam gamissasi
chattimsa devarajunam mahesittam karissasi. 3.
Paiinasam cakkavattinam mahesittam karissasi
manasa patthitam ^ sabbam patilacchasi sabbada. 4.
sampattim ^ anubbotvana pabbajissasi 'kincana
sabbasave parinnaya nibbayissasi 3 'nasava. 5.
Idam vatvana sambuddho Tisso lokagganayako
nabham abbhuggami dhiro hamsaraja va ambare. 6.
Sudinnam me danavaram suyittba yagasampada 4
katacchubhikkham datvana pattaham acalam padam. 7.
Dvenavute ito kappe yam kammam akari tada s
duggatim nabhijanami bhikkhadanass' idam phalam. 8.
Kilesa jhapita mayham — pa — katam buddhassa sasanam
ti. 9.
Arahattam pana patva a.ttano putt ana Abhayatberena
dhammam katheutena ovadavasena ta gatha^ bhasita,
udanavasena sayam pi ta eva paccudaharanti :
Uddham padatala amma adho ve kesamatthaka
paccavekkhassu 'mam kayam asucim putigandhikam. 33.
Evam viharamanaya sabbo rago samiihato
pari}aho samucchinno sitibhilt' amhi nibbuta ti. 34.
aha. Tattha pathamagathaya tava ayam samkhepattho :
Amma Padumavatl padatalato uddham kesamatthakato
adho nanappakaram asucipucchitaya asuci sabbakalam
piitigandhavayanato putigandhikam imam kucchitanam
yatha yathayam sariram iianacakkhuna paccavekkhasu ^ ti.
Ayam hi sa putteua ovadadanavasena bhasita gatha.
Sa tarn sutva arahattam patva udanenti acariyapujavasena
tarn eva gatham pathamam vatva attano patipattim^
katheuti, evam viharamanaya ti dutiyagatham aha.
Tattha evam viharamanaya ti evam mama puttena
Abhayatberena; Uddham padatala ti adina dinne ovade
^ patthitam, B. ^ sampatti, P. 3 nibbayissati, B.
4 carasampada, P. 5 yam danam adadin tada, A.
6 sagatha, cd. 7 patiavekkhasu, cd. ^ patipatti, cd.
THERi GATHA. 26. 27. 41
thatvil sabbaktiyam asubhato disvci ekaggacitta tattha
bbutupadaya bhede riipadhamme tappatibandbe vedana-
dike arupadbamnie pariggabetv.! tattba tilakkbanam aro-
petva aniccrmupassanfidivasena vibaramanaya s a b b o
r a g 0 s a in u b a t 0 ti vuttbilnagaminivipassanaya mag-
gena gbatitfiya maggapatipatikfiya aggamaggena sabbo rago
maya samiibato samnggbatito. P a r i 1 fi b o s a m u c -
c b i n n 0 tato eva sabbo kilesaparilabo sammad eva
uccbinno tassa ca samuccbinnatta evam sitibbiita
saupadisesaya nibbfinadbatuya n i b b u t a ambi ti.
Abbayamatilya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
XXYII.
A b b a y e b b i d u r o kayo ti adikil Abbayatberiya
gatbci. Ayam pi purimabuddbesu katadhikfira tattba tattba
bbave Yivattupanissayam puiinam upacinanti Sikbissa
bbagavato kale kbattiyamabasalakule nibbattitva viniiu-
tam patva Arunaranno mabesi abosi. Eaja tassa ekadiva-
sam gandbasampannani rattauppalani adasi. Sa tani
gabetvanime imebi pilaudbebi '' yanminaham imebi tarn
bbagavantam piijissami " ti cintetva nisidi, bbagava ca
bbikkbacaravelayam rajanivesanam pavisi. Sil bbaga-
vantam disva pasannamanasa paccuggantva tebi puppbebi
pujetva pancapatittbitena vanditva-sa tena punnakammena
devamanussesu samsaranti imasmim biiddbuppade Ujjeni-
yam kulagebe nibbattitva viniintam patta Abbayamatu
sabayika butva taya pabbajitaya sinebena sayam pi pabba-
jitvfi taya saddbim Rajagabe vasamTma ekadivasam asu-
bbadassanattham Sitavanam agamasi. Sattba gandba-
kutiyam nisinno'va tasscinubbiitapubbam arammanam
purato katvil tassa uddbumatakadibbavam ^ pakasesi.
Tain disva samvegamanasa attbasi. Sattba obbasam
pbaritva purato nisinnam viva attanam dassesi :
Abbaye bbiduro kayo yattba satta putbiijjana
nikkbipisscim' imam debam sampajana satTmati.^ 35.
uddbumatakadiribbavam, cd. ^ satimata, m.
42 XXVII. ABHAYATHERI.
bahuhi dukkhadhammehi appamadarataya me
tanhakkhayo anuppatto katam buddhassa sasanan ti. 36.
Ima gatha abhasi. Sa gathapariyosane arahattam
papuni. Tena vuttam Apadane :
Nagare Arunavatiya Aruno nama ^ khattiyo
tassa raiino aliam bhariya carikam carayam' ^ aham. 1.
Satta mala gahetvana uppala devagandhika
nisajja pasadavare evam cintesi tavade : 2.
Kim me imabi malabi sirasi ropitahi 3 me
varam me buddbasettbassa fianamhi abbiropitam. 3.
Sambuddbam patimanenti dvarasanne nisid'aham
yadi ebiti sambuddbo pujayissam mabamunim.4 4.
Kakudbo vilapanto 5 va migaraja va kesaii
bhikkhusaiigbena sabito agauchi vitbiya jino. 5.
Buddbassa ramsim ^ disvana battba samviggamanasa
dvaram apapuritvana buddbasettbam apiijayim. 6.
Satta uppalapuppbani parikinnani 7 ambare
cbadim ^ karonti 9 buddbassa. Matthake dbarayanti te. 7.
Udaggacitta sumana vedajata katanjali
tattha cittam pasadetva Tavatimsam aganebi 'ham. 8.
Mahanilassa chadanam i° dbarenti mama muddbani
dibbam gandbam pavayami, sattuppalass' ^^ idam pbalam. 9.
Kadaci niyamanaya natisamgbena me tada ^^
yavata parisa ^3 maybam mahanilam ^4 dbariyatL^s 10.
Sattati devarajunam mabesittam akarayim
sabbattba issara butva samsarami bbavabbave. 11.
Tesattbi cakkavattinam mabesittam akarayim
sabbe mam amivattanti : adeyyavacana ^^ abam.i7 12.
^ Arunava nama, A.
2 varitam Yar°, A. : naralam padayam', B.
3 ropitebi, A.B. 4 mabammii, P. 5 vilasanto, A.
6 ramsi, P. 7 parikkbinani, P. s cbadi, P.
9 karonto, A. lo mabanelassa chadanam, A. B.
" sattuppabm', P. ; satta malan', B. ^^ mamtada, A.
^3 yava taya disa, P. 14 mahanelam, A. B.
^5 padissati, P. 16 adbeyyav°, P. ^7 ahum, A.
THERI GATHA. 27. 43
Uppalass' eva me van no gandlio c'eva pavilyati
dubbanniyam na jrinami ^ buddhapujay' idam phalam. 13.
Iddbipadesu kusala ~ bojjliai'igabbrivanri rata
abbiimaparamlppatta buddbapujay' idam pbalam. 14.
Satipattbanakusabl samadbijjbauagocarri
sammappadbrinamanuyuttfu buddbapujay' idam pbalam. 15.
Viriyam me dburadboraybam yogakkbemridbivabanam 4
sabbasava parikkbliiri ii'atthi driui puuabbbavo. 16.
Ekatimse ito kappe yam kammam akari tada^
duggatim nribbijanfimi puppbadcinass' idam^ phalam. 17.
Ivilesa jbapita maybam — pa — katam buddbassa sasa-
nam. 18.
Arahattam paua patva udauentl til eva gjltba parivat-
titva abbasi. Tattba A b h a y e ti attrmam eva alapati.
B b i d u r 0 ti bbijjauasabbilvo anicco ti attbo. Y a 1 1 h a
s a 1 1 a p u t b u j j a n a ti yasmim kbaiie bliijjauaslle
asuciduggandbajiguccbapatikulasabbave kaye ime andba-
putbujjana satta lagga laggita. Nikkbipissam'
imam d e b a m ti abarn paua imam debam putikayam
puna anadanena nirapekkba kbipissami. Tattba karanam
aba : sampajana satimati ti^ babiibi dukkbadham-
mehi jatijaradibi auekebi dukkbadbammebi pbutthaya ti
adbippayo. A p p a m a d a r a t a y a ti taya eva duk-
kbokinnataya patiladdbasamvegatta sati avippavasasaii-
khate appamiide ratfiya. Sesam vuttanayam eva. Ettba
ca satthara desitaniyamena nikkbiprdii imam debam ^
appamadarataya te tanbakkbayam papunati. Karobi
buddbasasauam ti patbo. Tberiya vuttaniyamen'eva paua
saiigiti aropita appamadarataya tassa bbavitabban ti
attbo.
Abhayatheriya gatbavannana samatta.
^ duggatinabhijanami, B. ; ajanami, P.
2 kusalo, P. 3 samapadhanamayatta, B.
4 °kbemanivrib°, P. ^ yam puppbam abbipujayim, A. B.
^ buddbapujay' idam, A. B.
7 satimata ti, cd. ^ idam deham cd.
44 XXVIII. SAM A.
XXVIII.
Catukkhattum pancakkhattum ti adika Sa-
maya theriya gatha. Ayam pi piirimabuddhesu katadhikara
tattha tattha bhave vivattiipanissayam kiisaiam •apacinitva ^
sugatisu yeva samsaranti imasmim buddhuppade Kosambi-
yam gahapatimahasalakule nibbattitva Samati 'ssa namam
ahosi. Sa viiinutam patta Samavatiya upasikaya piya-
sahayika hutva taya kalam kataya saiijatasamvega pabbaji.
Pabbajitva 'va Samavatikam arabbha uppannasokam vino-
detiim asakkonti ariyamaggam ganhitum nasakkhi. Apa-
rabhage asanasalaya nisinna Anandattherassa ovadam
sutva vipassanam patthapetva tato sattame divase saha
patisambhidabi arahattam papuni. Arahattam pana patva
attano patipattim paccavekkbitva tarn pakasenti :
Catukkhattum pancakkhattum vihara upanikkhami
aladdha cetaso santim citte avasavattmi. 37.
Tassa me atthami ratti tanha iDayham samiihata.
Bahiihi dukkhadhammehi appamadarataya me
tanhakkhayo anuppatto katam buddhassa sasanan ti. 38.
Udanavasena dve gatha abhasi. Tattha catukkhat-
tum pancakkhattum vihara upanikkhami
ti mama vasanakavihare vipassanamanasikarena nisinna
samanakiccam matthakam papetum asakkonti utusappaya-
bhavena "na nu kho mayham vipassanamaggena ghatteti "
ti cintetva cattaro panca ca ti nava vare vihara upassayato^
bahi nikkhami, tenaha aladdha cetaso santim
citte v4;Vasavattini ti. Tattha cetaso santin ti 3 ariya
maggasamadhim4 sandhayaha. Citte avasavattini
ti viriyasamathaya abhavena mama bhavanacittena vasa-
vattini ti. Sa kira ativiya paggahitaviriya ahosi. Tassa
me atthami ratti ti yato patthaya Anandattherassa santike
ovadam patilabhi, tato patthaya rattindivam atandita
^ upacinetva cd. 2 upapassayato, cd.
3 santi ti, cd. 4 ogamadhi, cd.
THERI GATHA. 28. 45
vipassauaya kammam karontl rattiyam catukkbattum pan-
cakkbattum vibfirato nikkliamitva mauasikaram pavattenti
visesam anadbigantva attbamiyam rattiyam viriyasama-
tbam labbitva maggapatipatiya kilese kbepenti ti attbo.
Tena vuttam t a s s a me a 1 1 b a m T r a 1 1 i y a t o
t a 11 b a s a m u b a t a ti. Sesam vuttanayam eva.
Sjimaya tberiyu gatbaya vaiiiiana samatta.
Dukanipritavaniianfi uittbita.
XXIX.
Tikanipate p a n n a v i s a t i^ v a s s a n I ti adika aparaya
Samaya tberiya gatba. Ayam pi purimabuddbesu kata-
dbikara tattba tattba bbave vivattupanissayam knsalam
upaciuaiiti Vipassissa bbagavato kale Candabbagaya nadiya
tire kinnaiiyoniyam nibbatti. Sa tattba kinnarebi saddbim
kilapasuta vicarati. Atb' ekadivasam sattba sattakusa-
labijani ropanattbam tattba gantva naditire cankami. Sa
bbagavantam disva battbatuttba salalapuppbani adaya
sattbu santikam gantva vanditva tebi puppbebi bbagavan-
tam pujesi. Sa tena pumiakammena devamanussesu
samsaranti imasmim buddhuppade Kosambiyam kulagbare
nibbattitvci vayappattji Samfivatiya sabayika butva tassa
maranakale ^ samvegajata pabbajitva paficavlsati vassani
cittasamodbanam alabbitva maballakakale sugatovadam
labbitva vipassanam vacblhetva saba patisambbidclbi ara-
battam papuni. Tena vuttam Apadane :
Candabbaganaditlre abosi kinnarl tada
atb' addasain devadevam cankamantam narasabbam. 1.
Ocinitvana salalam buddbasettbassa das' abam
upasiugba mabavira salalam devagandbikam. 2.
Patiggabetva sambuddbo Yipassi lokanayako
upasiiigbi mabaviro pekkbamanaya me tada. 3.
Anjalim paggabetvana vanditva dipaduttamam
pannavisati, cd. ^ manakale, cd.
46 XXIX. APARA SAMA.
sakam cittam pasadetva tato pabbatam aruhi. 4.
Ekanavute ito kappe yam puppham abhipujayim
cluggatim nabhijanami buddhapujay' idam phalam. 5.
Kilesa jbapita mayham — pa — katam buddhassa sasanam. 6.
Arabattam pana patva attano patipattim ^ paccavek-
khitva udanavasena :
Pannavisati vassani yato pabbajitaya me
nabhijanami cittassa samam laddham kudacanam. 39.
Aladdha cetaso santim ^ citte avasavattini
tato samvegam apadi saritva jinasasanam. 40.
Babiibi dukkhadbammebi appamadarataya me
tanhakkhayo anuppatto katam buddhassa sasanam.
Ajja me sattami ratti yato tanha visosita ti. 41.
Ima gatha abhasi. Tattha cittassa samam ti
cittassa vupasamam cetosamathamaggaphalasamadbl ti
attho. Tato ti tasma. Cittavasam vattetum asamattha-
bhavato samvegam apadi t i satthari dharante pi
jjabbajitakiccam matthakam papetum asakkonti paceba-
katham papissasi ti samvegaiianutrasam apajji. Saritva
jinasasanan ti kanakacchapupamadi satthu ovadam
anussaritva. Sesam vuttanayam eva.
Aparaya Samaya theriya gathavannana samatta.
XXX.
C a ' a k k h a 1 1 u m p a n c a k k h a 1 1 u m ti adika
Uttamaya theriya gatha. Ayam pi purimabuddhesu kata-
dhikara, tattha tattha bhave vivattiipanissayam kusalam
upacinanti Vipassissa bhagavato kale Bandhumatinagare
aniiatarassa kutimbikassa gehe gharadasl hutva nibbatti.
Sa vayappatta attano ayyakanam veyyavaccam karonti
jivati. Tena ca samayena Bandhumaraja anuposatham
^ patipatti, cd. 2 g^nti, cd.
ther! gatha. 29. 30. 47
uposathiko liutva purebhattcam drmriui datva pacchfibhattam
dhammain sunati. Atlia mahrijauri yatha nija patipajjati
tath'eva anuposatham uposathangrmi samridaya vattanti,
ath' assfi dasiya etad aliosi : " Etarahi kbo nyTi mabfijana ca
uposatbangani samadriya vattanti, yannunabam uposatba-
divasesu uposatbasilam samadaya vatteyyan ti." Sa tatba
karonti suparisuddbam uposatbasilam rakkbitva Tavatim-
sesu nibbatta, aparaparam sugatisu yeva samsaranti imas-
mim buddbuppride Savattbiyam settbikule nibbattitva,
vinnutam patta, Patacarilya tberiyfi santike dbammam
sutva pabbajitvri vipassanam pattbapetva tarn mattbakam
pcipetum nasakkbi. Patacara tbeii tassa cittacaram natva
ovadam adclsi. Sa tassa ovade tbatYfi saba patisambbi-
dabi arabattam pfipuni. Tena vuttam Apadane :
Nagare Bandbumatiya Bandbuma nama kbattiyo
divase puniiamayam so upagaiicbi uposatbam. 1.
Abam tena samayena kumbbadasi abum tabim
disva sarajikam ^ senam evabam cintayim tada. 2.
Kaja pi rajjam cbaddetva upagaiicbi uposatbam
sapbalam vata - tarn kammam janakayo pamodito. 3.
Yoniso paccavekkbitva duccajam ca daliddakam 3
manasam sampahamsitva ^ upagaiicbim uposatbam. 4.
Abam uposatbam katva sammasambuddbasasane
tena kammena sukatena Tavatimsam agailchi 'bam. 5 5.
Tattba me sukatam brabmam ubbbayojanam uggatam
kutagaravariipetam mabasayanabbusitam.*^ 6.
Accbarasatasabassani ^ upatittbantimam sada
aniie deve atikkamma ^ atirocami sabbadji. 7.
Catusattbi devarajilnam mabesittam akarayim
tesattbi cakkavattinam mabesittam akarayim. 8.
Suvannavanna butvana bbavesu samsaram' abam
sabbattba pavara bomi, uposatbass' idam pbalam. 9.
^ sarajakam, A. ^ sapbalam niina, A.
3 duggaccan ca daliddakam, A. 4 sampablsitva, P.
^ agaccb' abam, A. ^ mabasanasubbusitam, A.
7 °satasabassa, A. ^ atikkama, P.
48 XXX. UTTAMA,
Hatthiyanam assayanam rathayanam va kevalam ^
labhami sabbam etan ^ ca, uposathass' idam phalam. 10.
Sovannamayam 3 rupimayam atho pi phalikamayam
lohitankamayam 4 c'eva sabbam patilabham' aham. 11.
Koseyyakambaliyani khomakappasikani ca
mahagghani ca vatthani sabbam patilabham' aham. 12.
Annapanam kbadamyam vatthasenasanani ca
sabbam etam patilabhe, uposathass' idam phalam. 13.
Varagandhaii ca malan ca cunnakam 5 ca vilepanam
sabbam etam patilabhe, uposathass' idam phalam. 14.
Kutagaram ca pasadam mandapam hammiyam guham
sabbam etam patilabhe, uposathass' idam phalam. 15.
Jatiya sattavassaham pabbajim anagariyam ^
addhamase asampatte arahattam apapunim. 16.
Ekanavute ito kappe 7 yam uposatham upavasim 7
duggatim nabhijanami uposathass' idam phalam. 17.
Kilesa jhapita mayham — pa — katam buddhassa sasanan
ti. 18.
Arahattam pana patva attano patipattim paccavekkhitva
udanavasena :
Catukkhattum pancakkhattum vihara upanikkhami
aladdha cetaso santim ^ citte avasavattini. 42.
Sa bhikkhunim 9 upagaiichi ya me saddhayika ahii
sa me dhammam adesesi khandhayatanadhatuyo. 43.
Tassa dhammam sunitvana yatha mam anusasi sa
sattaham ekapallahke nisidi pitisukhasamappita.
atthamiya pade pasaremi tamokkhandham padaliya^° ti. 44.
Ima gatha abhasi. Tattha s a bhikkhunim"
^ rathayanaii ca sivikam, A. 2 etam pi.
3 sonnamayam, A. 4 lohitangamayam', A.
^ cunnakam, P. ^ anagariyam, A.
7 — 7 yam kammam akarim tada, A.
s santi, cd. 9 bhikkhuni, cd.
1° padcllaya, cd. " bhikkhuni, cd.
THERI GATHA. 30. 49
u p a g a n c li i y fi me s a d d h a y i k a a li u ti ja maya
saddhatabbri saddheyyavacaua abosi, tain bbikkhunim ^
sahani upagancbi upasanikaini. Patricfiratberim- saudbaya
vadati. S a b h i k k b u n I upagancbi y a me s a d -
d h a y i k a y i pi patbo. Sil Patacara bbikkbuni anukam-
paya mam upagaucbi yii maybam padattbassa sadbika ti
attbo. S a me d b a m m a m a d e s e s i k b a n d b a y a-
t a n a d b a t u y o ti Patacara tberl ime pailcakkbaudba
imaui dvadasayatanani ima attbarasa dbatuyo ti kbandba-
dike virajetva dassenti maybam dbammam adesesi. T a s s a
dbammam sunitvana^ ti tassa patisambbidapan-
iiaya tberija santike kbandbadivibbagapubbaiigamam
ariyamaggam papetva desitasanbasukbumavipassanadbam-
mam sutyfi. Y a t b a mam a n u s a s i s a ti sa tberi
yatba mam annsasi [ovado] tatba patipajjanti patipattimat-
tbakam papetva pi. S a 1 1 a b a m e k a p a ] 1 a n k e 4
n i s 1 d i . Katbam ? Pitisukbasamappita jbanava-
yena pitisukbena samangibbilta. Atthamiya pade
pasaresi tamokkbandbam padaliya^ti ana-
vasesamobakkbandbam aggamaggena padaletva attbame
divase pallankam abbinandanti ^ pade pasaresi. Idam eva
c'assa 7 annam vyakaranani abosi.
Uttamaya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
XXXI.
Ye ime s a 1 1 a b o j j b a ii g a ti adika aparaya Utta-
maya tberiya gatha. Ayam pi pm'imabuddbesu katadhi-
kara tattha tattha bbave vivattiipanissayam kusalam
upacinanti Vipassissa bbagavato kale Bandbumatinagare
kuladcisi hutva nibbatta. Sa ekadivasam sattbii savakam
ekam kbinasavatberam pindilya carantam disva pasaniia-
miinasa tiui modakani adasi. Sa tena pumiakammena
^ bbikkbuni, cd. ^ otheri, cd. 3 sunitvana, cd.
"^ ekapallaiikena, cd. ^ padrdaya, cd.
^ abbinandati, cd. 7 ca sa, cd.
5
50 XXXI. APARA UTTAMA.
cTevamanussesu samsarantl imasmim buddhuppade Kosala-
ianapade annatarasmim brahmanamahasalakule nibbattitva
vinnutam patta janapadacarikam carantassa satthu santike
dhammam sutva patiladdhasaddha pabbajitva nacirass'eva
saha patisambhidahi arahattam papuni. Tena vuttam
Apadane :
Nagare Bandhumatiya kumbhadasi ahosi 'bam
mama bhagam gahetvana agaiicbim udakabarika. 1.
Pantbambi ^ samanam disva santacittam samabitam
pasannacitta sumana modake tini das' aham. 2.
Tena kammena sukatena cetanapanidbibi ca
ekanavuti kappani vinipatam na gancbi 'bam. 3.
Sampattikam karitvana^ sabbam anubbavim abam
modake tini datvana pattabam acalam padam. 4.
Kilesa jbapita maybam — pa — katam buddbassa sasanan
ti. 5.
Arabattam pana patva attano patipattim paccavekkbitva
udanavasena :
Ye ime satta bojjbanga magga nibbanapattiya
bbavita te maya sabbe yatba buddbena desita. 45.
Sunnatassanimittassa 3 labbini 'bam yad iecbakam
Orasa dhita buddbassa nibbanabbirata sada. 46.
Sabbe kama samuccbinna ye dibba ye ca manusa
vikkbino jatisamsaro n'attbi dani punabbbavo ti. 47.
Ima gatha abbasi. Tattba sunnatassanimittassa 4
1 a b h ' n i 'bam yad i c c b a k a n ti sunnata-
samapattiya animittasamapattiya ca abam yadiccbakam
labbini. Tattba yam yam samapajjitum iccbami yattba
yattha yada yada tarn tarn tattba tattba samapajjitva
viharami ti attbo. Yadi pi bi suniiatagbanam bitani nama
yassa kassaci pi maggassa suniiatadibbedatividbam pi
I patbambi, P. B. 2 sapattikamitvana, B.
3 suiinatassa nim°, cd. 4 sunnatassa nim^, cd.
THERI GATHA. 31. 82. 51
balam sambbavati, a3'am paua tber! sunriatridinimittasama-
pattij'O ca samapajji ti.^ Tena vuttam s u n n a t a s s a n i -
m i 1 1 a s s a 1 a b b i n I ' h a in y a cl i c c h a k a n ti.
Yebbuyyavasena vfi etam vuttam. Nidassanamattam etan
ti. Apare ye d i b b a ye c a m a n n s a ti ye devaloke
pariyapanna ye ca manussaloke pariyfipanna vattbukama
te sabbe pi tappatibandbacbandaragappabanena sammad
eva iiccbinna ~ aparibbogfiraba. Vuttam bi : abbabbo
fivuso kliTiifisavo bbikkbu kame paribbunjitum. Seyyatbapi
pubbe anagclriyabhiito ti. Sesam vuttanayam eva.
Aparfiya Uttamaya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
XXXIl.
Divavibara nikkbamma ti adika Dantikatheriya
gatha. Ayam pi purimabnddbesu katadbikara, tattba
tattba bbave vivattupanissayam kusalam upacinanti
buddbasunnakale 3 Candabbaganaditire kinnarlyoniyam
nibbatti. Sa ekadivasam kinnarebi saddbim kilanti
vicaramana addasa aniiataram paccekabuddbam aiinata-
rasmim rukkhamiile divavibaram nisinnam. Disvana
pasannamanasa upasamkamitva puppbebi piijam katva
vanditva pakkami. Sa tena punnakammena devamanussesu
samsaranti imasmim buddbuppfide Savattbiyam Kosala-
ranno purobitabrabmanassa gebe nibbattitva viufiutam
patta Jetavane patiladdbasaddba upasika butva paccba
Mabapajapatigotamiya santike pabbajitva Rajagahe vasa-
mana ekadivasam pacchabbattam Gijjbakutam abhirubitva
divavibaram nisinna battbarobassa abbirubanattbaya
padam pasarentam batthim4 disva tarn eva arammanam
katva vipassanam vaddbetva saba patisambbidabi
arabattam papuni. Tena vuttam Apadane :
Candabbaganaditire abosim kinnarJ tadcl
addasam virajam buddbam sayambbum aparajitam. 1.
^ samapajjim, cd. 2 uccbina, cd.
3 buddbassunna°, cd. 4 battic, cd.
52 XXXII. DANTIKA.
Pasannacitta sumana vedajata kataiijall
salamalam ^ gahetvana sayambhum abhipujayim. 2.
Tena kammena sukatena cetanapanidhihi ca
jahitva manusam deham Tavatimsam agacchi 'ham. 3.
Chattimsa devarajunam mahesittam akarayim
2manasa pattliitam mayham nibbattati yath' icchitam." 4.
Dasannam cakkavattmam mahesittam akarayim.
2 Ocitatta 'va hutvana samsarami bhavesvaham.^ 5.
Kusalam vijjate mayham pabbajim anagariyam
piijaraha aham ajja Sakyaputtassa sasane. 6.
Visuddhamanasa ajja apetamanapapika
sabbasavaparikkhina n'atthi dani punabbhavo. 7.
Kilesa jhapita mayham katam buddhassa sasanan ti. 8.
Arahattam pana patva attano patipattim paccavekkhitva
pitisomanassajata udaiiavasena :
Divavihara nikkhamma Gijjhakutamhi pabbate
nagam ogaha-m-uttinnam naditiramhi addasam. 48.
Puriso ankusam adaya " dehi padam " ti yacati.
nago pasarayi padam, puriso nagam ariihi. 49.
Disva adantam damitam manussanam vasam gatam
tato cittam samadhemi khalu taya vanam gata ti. 50.
Ima gatha abhasi. Tattha nagam ogaha-m-
uttinnam ti hatthinagam nadiyam ogaham katva
ogayha tato uttinnam. 0 g a y h a - m - u 1 1 i n n a m ti va
patho. Makaro padasandhikaro. Naditiramhi addasan
ti Candabhaganadiya tire apassi. KarontI ti c'etam
dassetiim vnttam puriso ti adi. Tattha dehi padam
ti rajavithiarohanattham padam pasaretum saiinam deti,
yatha paricitam sanfiam dento idha yacati ti vutto.
Disva adantam d a m i t a n ti pakatiya pubbe adantam
idani hatthacariyena hatthisikkhaya damitadamitam
upagatam kiriyam. Manussanam vasam gatam
yam yam manussa anapenti tarn tarn disva ti yojana.
I nalamalam, A. 2 — 2 q^j^^ p.
THERI GATIIA. 82. 83. 53
T a t 0 c i 1 1 a m s a m Ti d h e m i k li a 1 u t il y a v a n a m
gatil ti. Klialu ti avadhriranatthe nipjito. Tato
hattbidassanato pacclia. Tfiya Imttbino kiriyfiya
lietubliutriya v a n a m arannam g a t a c i 1 1 a m s a m a-
d h e m i yeva. Katbam ^ ayam pi tiracchanagato batthi
hattbidamakassa vasena damanam gato ? Kasma manu-
ssabbiitaya cittam purisadamakassa sattbii vasena
damanam na gamissati ti samvegajata vipassanam vad-
dbetvii aggamaggasamridbina ^ mama cittam samadbemi 3
accantam samadanena sabbaso kilese kbepesi ti attbo.
Dantikaya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
XXXIIL
Am ma J i v a 'ti adika Ubbiriya tberiya gatba. Ayam
pi purimabuddbesu katadbikara tattba tattba bbave
vivattupanissayam kusalam upacinanti Padumuttarassa
bbagavato kale Hamsavatmagare kulagebe nibbattitva
Tinnntam patta ekadivasam matapitusu maiigalam
anubbavitum gebantaragatesu adutiya sayam gehe obina
upakattbaya vebxya bbagavato savakam ekam kbinasa-
vattberam gebadvarasamipena gaccbantam disva
bbikkbam datukama bbante idba pavisatba 'ti vatva
tbere gebam pavittbe pancapatittbitena tberam vanditva
gonakadihi asanam paniiapetva adasi. KIsidi tbero
pamiatte asane. Sa pattaiii gabetva pindapatassa puretva
tberassa batthe tbapesi. Tbero anumodanam katva
pakkcimi. Sa tena pumiakammena tavatimsesu nibbattitva
tattba yavatayukam ulfiradibbasccmpattim anubbavitva
tato cuta sugatisu yeva samsaranti imasmim buddbuppade
Savattbiyam gabapatimabfisalakule nibbattitva Ubbiri ti 4
nama abbirupa dassaniya abosi. Sa vayappattakale
Kosalaranno attano gebe nlta katipayasamvaccbaratikka-
mena ekam dbitaram labbi. Tassa Jlvanti ti namam
^ Katam, cd. ^ samadbinam, cd. ^ samademi, cd.
^ Ubbira ti, cd.
54 XXXIII. UBBIRI.
akamsu. Raja tassa dhitaram disva tutthamanaso
Ubbiriya abhisekam adasi. Dhita pan' assa adhavitva
paridbavitva vicaranakale kalam akasi. Mata yattha tassa
sariranikkhepo kato tarn susanam gantva divase divase
paridevesi. Ekadivasam sattbu santikam gantva vanditva
thokam nisiditva gata. Aciravatiya nadiya tire thatva
dbitaram arabbba paridevati.^ Tarn disva sattba gandba-
kutiyam yatba nisinno 'va attanam dassetva " kasma
vippalapasi " ti puccbi. " Mama dbitaram arabbba vippa-
lapami^ bbagava " ti. "Imasmim susane jhapita tava dbitaro
caturasiti sabassamatta, tasam kataram sandbaya vippa-
lapasi " ti. Tasam tarn tarn alabanattbanam dassetva:
Amma Jiva ti vanambi kandasi attanam adbigaccba
Ubbiri.
culasitisabassani sabba Jivasanamika
etamb' alabane daddba tasam kam anusocasi ti. 51.
upaddbagatbam aba. Tattba amma Jiva ti matu-
pacaranamena dbituya alapanam. Idam c' assa vippala-
panakaradassanam. Vanambi k a n d a s i ti vanamajjbe
paridevasi. Attanam adbigaccba Ubbiri ti
Ubbiri tava attanam eva tava bnjjbassu yatbavato jaiiabi.
Culasiti sabassani ti caturasiti sabassani. Sabba
Jivasanamika ti ta sabba pi Jivantiya samanana-
mika. Sabassamatta sukbam sandbaj^a tvam anusocasi
anusokams apajjasi ti. Evam sattbara dbamme 3 desite
desananusarena Hanam pesitva vipassanam arabbitva
sattbu desanavilasena attano betusampattiya yatba tbita 'va
vipassanim ussukkapetva maggapatipatiya aggaphale
arabattam patittbasi. Tena vuttam Apadane :
Nagare Hamsavatiya abosim babka tada
mata ca me pita ca^ me kammantam agamamsu te. 1.
^ paridevasi, cd. 2 vippalapasi, cd.
3 anu anusokam, cd. 4 dbamma, cd. s pitapica, A.
THERI GATHA. 33. 55
Majjhantikamlii suriyo addasam samanam aham
vlthij-a anugacchaiitam. Asanam pafniripes' ^ aham. 2.
Gonakavikatiktihi - paunripetvfi tad asanam 3
pasannacitta sumanfi idam vacanam abravim. 3.
Santattfi kiitliitri4 bbiimi siiro majjbantike tbito
mfduta ca na vayanti kalo c'ettba upattbito.5 4.
Paimattam Tisanam idam tav' attbaya mabamuni
auukampam upadaya nislda mama asane. 5.
Nisldi tattba samano sudanto*^ suddbamanaso
tassa pattam gabetvaua yatbrirandbam7 adas' abam. G.
Tena kammena siikatena cetanripaiiidblbi ca
jabitva mfmusam debam Tavatimsam agancbi 'bam. 7.
Tattba me sukatam brabmam asanena^ snnimmitam
sattbiyojanam ubbedbam9 timsayojanavittbatam. 8.
Sonnamaya^° manimaya atbo 'pi" pbalikamaya
lobitaiikamaya^2 c'eva pallauka vividba mama. 9.
TiiHkavikatikabi ^^ kattbissacittakabi ^4 ca
uddbaekantalomi ^s ca pallauka me susaiitbita. 10.
Yada iccbami gamanam basakbiddasamappita ^^
saba pallankasettbena gaccbami mama pattbitaiii.^7 11.
Asiti devarajilnam mabesittam akarayiin
sattati cakkavattinam mabesittam akarayim. 12.
Bbavabbave samsarantT mababbogam labbam' abam
bboga me imaka ^^ n'attbi, ekasanapbalam idam. 13.
Duve bbave samsarami devatte ^9 atba manuse
aiiiie bbave na janami, ekasanapbalam idam. 14.
^ paiinapem', P. ; pailuapetvana as°, P.
2 vikatikadihi, P. ^ mam' asanam, A.
4 kutita, A2 ; santaka kutika, P.
5 kalo c'ev' ettba me biti, A. ^ sunando, P.
7 yatbaladdbam, P ; yatharantam, B. ^ asane, P.
9 ubbiddham, A. ^° sovannamaya, P.
" atbo 'si, P. 12 lobitangamS A. ^3 tulitav°, P.
i^ kattissacitt°, P. ; kattissac^, A.
15 uddbam ca kandalomibi, P. ^^ pasadinnas°, P.
^7 pattbitam, B. ^s bboge me linata, A.
19 devattbe, A.
56 XXXIIL UBBIRI.
Duve kule pajayami khattiye capi brahmane
uccakulina^ sabbattha, ekasanapbalam idam. 15.
Domanassam na janami cittasantapanam^ mama
vevanniyam na janami, ekasanapbalam idam. 16.
Dbatiyo mam upattbanti 3 kbujja celataka4 babu
angenas aiigam gaccbami, ekasanapbalam idam. 17.
Aniia nbapenti^ bhojenti aiina ramanti7 me sada^
anna gandbam vilimpanti,9 ekasana]3balam idam. 18.
Mandape rukkbamiile va sunnagare vasantiya
mama sankappam aiiilaya pallanko me upattbabi.^o 19.
Ayam paccbimako maybam" carimo^^ vattate bbavo
ajjapi rajjam cbaddetva^3 pabbajim anagariyam. 20.
Satasabasse ito kappe yam dauam adadim tada
duggatim nabbijanami, ekasanapbalam idam. 21.
Kilesa jbapita maybam — pa — katam buddbassa sasanan
ti. 22.
Arabattam pana patva attano adbigatam visesam paka-
senti :
Abbabi vata me sallam duddasam badayanissitam
yam me sokaparetaya dbitu sokam apanudi. 52.
Sajja^4 abbiilbasallabam niccbata parinibbuta
buddbam dbammam ca sangbam ca upemi saranam mnnim
ti. 53. *
di^^addbagatbam aba. Tattba abbahi vata me
sallam duddasam badayanissitam ti aniipaci-
takusalasambbarebi yatbavato. D n d d a s a m ^5 mama cit-
tasannissitam pilajananato dmimbaranato anto nudakato ca
' kulika, A. ^ ogantasanam, P. a upattbenti, A.
4 celapika, A ; celayika, B. 5 anga, P.
6 anfie tapenti, P. 7 aiiiie ramanti, P.
s dumenti mam, P. 9 anne g° vilepenti, P.
^° pallanko upatittbati, A. ^^ maimani, P-
'^ carime, P. 13 cbattetva, A.
^4 Sajja, cd. 15 duddassam, cd.
THERI GATIIA. 33. 34. 57
sallan ti laddhanamain sokamtanbam ca. A b b a h i v a t a
nlharivata.^ Yam me s o k a p a r e t ft 3' a ti yasma sokena
abbibbiitaya maybam dbitu sokam vyapaniidi auavasesato
nibari, tasma abbabi vat a me sallan ti yojana.
S a j j a a b b u 1 b a s a 1 1 a b a n ti sa abain ajja sabl)aso
uddbatatanbfisalla tato eva 11 i c c h fi t Ti p a r i n i b b u t a,
M u n i n ti sabbannubuddbani. Tassa dositaiu magga-
pbalam nibbanappabliedanavividbam lokuttaradbammam
tattba patittbitam attbaariyapuggalasamubasamkbiitam
samgbaii ca. Annttarebi tebi yojanato sakalavattadukkbam
vinasanato saranam tanam lenam parayanan ti upemi
upagaccbami- bujjbami sevami ca ti attbo.
Ubbiriyfi theriya gatbavaniiana samatta.
XXXIV.
Kim m e 3 k a t a E a j a g a h e ti adika Sukkaya
tberiya gatba. Ayam pi piirimabuddbesii katadbikara
tattba tattba bbave vivattilpanissayam kusalam upacinanti
kulagehe nibbattitva vinnutam patta upasikabi saddbim
vibaram gantva sattbn santike dhammam siitva patilad-
dbasaddba pabbajitva babussuta dbammadbara patibbana-
vatl abosi. Sa tattba babimi vassasatani brabmacariyam
cai'itva putbujjanakrdakiriyam eva katvfi Tusite nibbatti.
Tatba Yipassissa bbagavato Yessabbussa Ijbagavato kale
ti evam tinnam sammasambiiddbanam sasane sllam
rakkbitva ■+ babussuta dbammadbara abosi. Tatba
Kakusandbassa Konagamanassa ca bbagavato sasane
pabbajitva visuddbasila babussutfi dbammakatbika abosi.
Evam sa tattba tattba Imbu punnam upacinitvfi sugatlsu
yeva samsaranti imasmim buddbuppade Efijagabanagare
gahapatimabcisalakule nibbattitva Sukka ti 'ssa namam
abosi. Sa vinnutam patta sattbu Eajagahappavesane
I nibari va jayam, cd. 2 ogaccba, cd,
3 Ki me, cd. 4 rakkbetva, cd.
68 XXXIV. SUKKA.
laddhapasacla upasika butva aparabhage Dhammadinnaya
theriya santike dbammam sutva samjatasamvega tassa eva
santike pabbajitva vipassanaya kammam karonti nacirass'
eva saba patisambbidabi arabattam papuni. Tena vuttam
Apadane :
Ekanavute ito kappe Vipassi nama nayako
uppajji carudassano sabbadbammavipassako. 1.
Tadabam Bandbumatiyam jata annatare kule
dbammam sutvana munino pabbajim anagariyam. 2.
Babussuta ^ dbammadbara patibbanavati ^ tatba
vicittakatbika capi ^ jinasasanakarika. 3.
Tada dbammakatbam sutva 4 bit ay a janatam babum ^
tato cuta 'bam Tusitam upapanna yasassini. 4.
Ekatimse ito kappe Sikbi piyasikbi jino
tapanto yasasa loke ^ uppajji vadatamvaro. 5.
Tadapi pabbajitvana buddbasasanakovida 7
jotetva jinavakyani ito pitidivam ^ gata. 6.
Ekatimse 'va kappambi Vessabbu nama nayako
uppajjittba9 mabaiiani tada pi ca tatb' ev' abam. 7.
Pabbajitva dbammadbara jotayim jinasasanam
gantva marupuram rammam anubbosim mabasukbam. 8.
Imasmim bbaddake kappe Kakusandbo anuttaro ^°
uppajji narasarano tada pi ca tatb' ev' abam. 9.
Pabbajitva munimatam jotayitva yatbasukbam ^^
tato cuta 'bam tidivam agam sabbavanam ^^ yatba. 10.
Imasmim yeva kappambi Konagamananayako
uppajji lokasarano^^ arano amatangato. 11.
Tada pi pabbajitvana sasane tassa tadino
babussuta dbammadbara jotayim jinasasanam. 12.
Imasmim yeva kappambi Kassapo purisuttamo ^4
^ babutvata, A. 2 patibbanavasi, P.
3 casi, A. B. 4 katva, A. B. 5 janasam pari, P.
6 na patto 'yam saba loke, P. 7 oj^ovidba, P.
8 tato pitid°, A. 9 uppajjitva, P. 1° jinuttamo, A. B.
II yatbayukam, A. B. ^^ sasavanam, P.
^3 uppajjitva dipavaro, B. ^4 muni-m-uttamo, A. B.
THEKl GATHA. 34. 59
uppajji lokanri3\iko ^ sarano - maraiiautagii. 13.
Tassa pi iiaravTrassa pabbajitvana sasane
pariyapuni saddhammam 3 paripuccbiwisilrada. 14.
Susib"i lajjinT 4 c'eva tlsu sikkbfisu kovidfi
babiim dbammakatbam katyfi yrivajivam mabamune. 15.
Teua kammavipakena cetanapanidbibi ca
jabitva -^ mrmusam debam Trivatimsam agancbi 'bam. 16.
Paccbime 'va bbave dani Giribbaje puruttame
jata settbikule pbite mabaratanasancaye. 17.
Yadti bbikkbiisabassena pareto^ lokanfiyako
upfigami Eajagabam sabassakkbena vaniiito, 18.
Danto dantehi saba puranajatilebi ca 7
vippamiitto vippamuttebi singinikkbasavanno
Eajagabam pavisi bbagava. 19.
Disva buddbanubbavan tarn sutva 'va gunasancayam
buddbe cittam pasadetva pujayim tarn yatbabalam. 20.
Aparena ca kalena Dbammadinnaya santike
agara nikkbamitvana pabbajim anagariyam. 21.
Kesesu cbijjamanesu kilese jbapayim abam
uggabim sasanam sabbam pabbajitva ciren'abam.^ 22.
Tato dbammam adesesim mabajanasamagame
dbamme desiyamanambi 9 dbammabbisamayo abil. 23.
Nekapanasabassanam tarn viditva ^° 'ti vimbito
abbippasanno me yakkbo bbamitvana " Giribbajam. 24.
Kim me^2 ]jata Eajagabe manussa madbumpita 'va accbare^^
ye Sukkam na upjisauti desentim ^4 amatam padam. 25.
Tarn ca appativaniyam ^5 asecanakam ojavam
pivanti maiirie sappaiiua valabakam iv'addbagil.^^ 26.
^ lokasarano, A. B. ^ arano, A. B.
3 pariyapntasaddbamma, A. B. 4 lajjibi, P.
^ jabetva, P. ^ apareto, P. " ca om. A.
s cirena tarn, P. 9 desl3'amrinebi, P.
lo samviditva, B. ^^ bbavitva bi, P. B.
12 ki me, A. P. ^s accbaye, P.
^4 desenti, P. B. ^5 appatibbaniyam, B.
^^ vab\bagam ivantagii, P. ; kanakam iva vantagu, B.
60 XXXIV. SUKKA.
Iddhiya ^ ca vasi homi dibbaya sotadhatuya
cetopariyananassa vasi homi mahamune.^ 27.
Pubbenivasam janami dibbacakkhum visodhitam
sabbasava parikkhina n'atthi dani punabbbavo. 28.
Atthadhammaniruttisu patibhane ^ tath'eva ca
nanam mama mahavTra uppannam tava santike. 29.
Kilesa jhapita mayham — pa — katam buddbassa sasanan
ti. 30.
Arahattam pana patva pancasatabhikkhuniparivara ma-
hadhammakathika ahosi. Sa ekadivasam Kajagaham
pindaya caritva katabbattakicca bbikkhuniipassayam pavi-
sitva4 sannisinnaya mahatiya parisaya madbnbhandam pi-
letva sumadhuram payantl viya amatena abhisincanti viya
dhammam deseti. Parisa c'assa dhammakatham ohitasota
avikkbitta sakkaccam sunati. Tasmim kbane tberiya
caiikamanakotiyam rukkhe adhivattha devata dbammade-
sanaya pasauna Eajagaham pavisitvas ratbiyaya rathiyam
siiighatakena siiighatakam vicaritva tassa guiiam vibha-
venti :
Kim me kata Kajagabe manussa madhn pita'va acchare ^
ye Sukkam na upasanti desentim buddbasasanam. 54.
Tail ca appativaniyam asecanakam ojavam
pivanti manne sappamia vahihakam iv' addbagu ti. 55.
Ima gatha abhasi. Tattba k i m m e k a t a Pi a j a g a b e
m a n 11 s s a ti ime Eajagabamannssa kim kata 7 kismim
nama kicce vyavata. M a d h u pita 'v a a c c h a r e ti
yatba bbandam gahetva ^ madhum pivanta 9 visailnino ^°
hutva sisam ukkbipitum na sakkonti evam ime pi dham-
masaimaya visamiino hutva manne sisam ukkbipitum na
sakkonti, kevalam accbanti yeva 'ti attbo. Ye Sukkam
I iddhisu, A. ^ mabamuni, P. 3 patibhane, P.
4 pavisetva, cd. 5 pavisetva, cd.
6 acchaye, cd. 7 kikata, cd.
^ gahetva am. cd. 9 pivanto, cd. i° vissannino, cd.
TIIKRl GATHA. 34. 61
n a u p a s a n t i d e s c n t i ip ^ b u d d h a s a s a n a n ti
buddhassa bhagavato sasanam yatbfivato desentim paka-
sentim Sukkatherim - na upasanti na payirupasanti. Te
ime Rajagahe manussa kim katfi ti 3'ojana. Tarn c a a p p a -
ti vii ni ya n ti tan ca pana dhammam anivattitabhrivavaham
niyyfmikams abhikkantatfiya tbasotujanasavanamanobara-
bbavona avaseeaniyam a s e c a k a m anfisittakam pakatiya
'va maiiarasam tato eva ojavantam. 0 s a d h a n ti pi pali.
Vattam dukkbavyadhihi kiccbaya osadbam bbiitam pivanti
mafme. Sap pan 11 a valabakam iv'addbagu ti
vabibakantarato nikkbantaudakam nirudakakantare san-
haka viya tarn dbammam sappaiiiia panditapurisa pivanti
maniie pivanta vij^a sunanti.4 Manussa tarn sutva pasan-
namanasa tberiya santikain upasamkamitva sakkaccam
dhammam sunimsu. Aparabbage theriya ayupariyosane
parinibbanakale sasanassa niyyanikabbavanattbams aMam
vyakarontT :
Sukka sukkehi dhammebi vltaraga samabita
dbjirebi antimam debam jetva Maram savabanam ti. 56.
Imam gatbam abbasi. Tattba S u k k a ti Sukka tberi
attanam eva param viya dasseti. Sukkebi dhammebi
ti suddbehi lokuttaradhammehi. V i t a r a g a samabita
ti aggamaggena sabbaso vitaragcl arabattaphale samadhina
samabita. Sesam vuttanayam eva.
Sukkaya theriya gathavannana samatta.
XXXY.
N ' a 1 1 h i n i s s a r a 11 a m 1 0 k e ti adika Seblya tberiya
gatha. Ayam pi purimabuddbesu katadbikilra tattba tattba
bhave vivattiipanissayam kusaL^m upacinanti Hamsavatina-
gare kulagehe nibbattitva viniiutam patta matapitubi sama-
desenti, P. ~ desenti pakclsenti Sukkatheriye, cd.
niyanikam, cd. ^ sunanti, cd. 5 niyanika°, cd.
62 XXXV. SELA.
najatikassa kulaputtassa clinna. Tena saddhim bahimi vas-
sasatani sukhasamvasam vasitva tasmim kalam kate sayam
pi addbagata vayo anuppatta samvegajata kim kusalam
gavesini kalena kalam aramena aramam vih arena viharam
anuvicaranti " samanabrahmananam santike dbammam
desessami " ti sa ekadivasam sattbu bodbirukkbam upasam-
kamitva "yadi buddbo bbagava asamo samasamo appatipug-
galo dassetu me ayam bodbipatibariyan " ti nisidi. Tassa
tatba cittuppadasamanantaram eva bodbi pajjali, sabbasov-
annamaya sakba upattbabimsu, sabba disa virocimsu, sa tarn
patibariyam disva pasannamanasa garucittikaram upattha-
petva sirasi anjalim paggayba satta rattindivam tattbeva
nisidi. Sattame divase ularam pujasakkaram akasi. Sa
tena pmiiiakammena devamanussesu samsaranti imasmim
buddbuppade Alaviratthe Alavikassa raiino dbita butva
nibbatti, Sela ti 'ssa namam abosi. Alavikassa pana raniio
dbita ti katva Alavika ti pi nam vobaranti. Sa vinnutam
patta sattbari Alavikam ^ damitva tassa battbe pattaciva-
ram datva tena saddbim Alavim nagaram upagate darika
butva ranila saddbim sattbu santikam upagantva dbammam
sutva patiladdbasaddba upasika abosi. Sa aparabbage
sanjatasamvega bhikkbunisu pabbajitva katapubbakicca
vipassanam pattbapetva saiikhare sammasanti upanissaya-
sampannatta paripakkanana nacirass' eva arabattam
papuni. Tena vuttam Apadane :
Nagare Hamsavatiya cariki ~ as' abam tada
aramena ca aramam 3 carami kusalattbika. 1.
Kalapakkbambi divase addasam bodbim uttamam
tattl U; cittam pasadetva 4 bodbimiile nisidi 'bam. 2.
Garucittam pattbapetva ^ sire katvana anjalim ^
somanassam pavedetva evam cintesi tavade. 3.
Yadi buddbo amitaguno asamappatipuggalo
dassetu patiblram me, bodbi 7 obbasatu ayam. 4.
I AJavakam, cd. 2 carini, B.
3 aramena vibarena, P. 4 uppadetva, B.
5 upatthitva, A. ^ anjali, P. 7 odhi, B.
TIIERI GATHA. 35. 63
Saha avajjite mayhniu Ijodbi pajjali tfivade
sabbasoiinamayfi ^ asi disfi sabbfi virocati. 5.
Satta rattindivani tattba bodbimfde nisid'abam ^
sattame divase putte 3 dipapujam akfis'abam.^ 6.
Asanam parivjiretvfi paiica dlpani pajjalum 5
j'fiva udeti suriyo dipfi me ^ pajjalum 7 tada. 7.
Tena kammena sukatena cetanfipanidbibi ca
jabitva manusam debam Tavatimsam aganch' aham. 8.
Tattba me sukatam brabmam pafica dlpa ti vuccati ^
sattbivojanam 9 ubbiddbam ^° timsayojanavittbatam. 9.
Asamkbayani dlpani parivare ^^ jalimsu me
yavata devabbavanam dipa lokena jotati. 10.
Parammukba nisTditva yadi iccbami passitiim
uddbam adbo ca tiriyam ^^ gabbam passami cakkbumi. 11.
Yavata abbikankhami dattbum sukatadukkate
tattba avaranam ^3 n'attbi rukkbesii pabbatesu va. 12.
Asiti devarajnnam mabesittam akarayim
satanam ^-^ cakkavattinam mabesittam akarayim. 13.
Yam yam yo mipapajjami devattam atba manusam
dipasatasabassani parivare ^^ jalanti me. 14.
Devaloka cavitvana uppajji matu kuccbiyam
matukuccbigata santi akkbi me na nimllati.^^ 15.
Dipasatasabassani puuilakammasamangita ^7
jalanti siitike ^^ gelie. Paiica dlpan' idam pbalam. 16.
Paccbime bbavasampatte manasam vimvattayimi9
ajartlmatam ~° sTtibbavam nibbanam pbassayim -^
abam. 17.
I 8abbasovannam°, P. ^ nisldayam, P.
3 sampatte, P. ^ adas'abam, P. ^ pajjalam, P.
6 diva me, P. 7 pajjalam, P. ^ dIpTtivuccati, P.
9 oyojana, P. ^° ubbedbam, B.
II parivaretvcl, P. ^- adbo tatba tiriyam, P.
13 me varanam, B. ^4 sattannam, P. ^^ parivriretva, P.
i6 nimmilati, P. ; nimissati, B. ^7 samangino, P.
i8 siitika, P. B. 19 vinivattayam, P. B.
20 ajaramaranam, P. ^^ passayim, A. ; pbussayl, P.
64 XXXV. SELA.
Jatiya sattavassaham ^ arahattam apapunim
upasampadayi budclho gunam aniiaya Gotamo. 18.
Mandape rukkhamule va snmiagare vasantiya
sada pajjalate dipam. Panca dipan' idam phalam. 19.
2 Pacchime bhavasappanno 'gare vasantiya sada
sada 3 pajjalate dipam. Pailca dipan' idam phalam. ^ 20.
Dibbacakkhu visuddham me samadhikusala aliam
abhimiaparamippatta. Panca dipan' idam phalam. 21.
Sabbe tepitake nana 4 katakicca anasava
panca dipa mahavira pade vandami ^ cakkhuma. 22.
Satasahasse ito kappe yam dipam abhipujayim ^
dnggatim nabhijanami. Panca dipan' idam phalam. 23.
Kilesa jhapita mayham — pa — katam bnddhassa sasa-
nam ti. 24.
Arahattam pana patva theri Savatthiyam viharati.7
Ekadivasam pacchabhattam Savatthito nikkhamitva divavi-
haratthaya Andhavanam pavisitva aiiiiatarasmim rukkha-
mule nisidi. Atha nam Maro vivekato vicchinitukamo aii-
natakarupena upagantva :
N'atthi nissaranam loke kim vivekena kahasi ^
bhufijahi kamaratiyo mahu 9 pacchanutapini ti. 57.
gatham aha. Tass' attho : imasmim loke sabbasamayesu
pi uparikkhiyamanam nissarananibbanam kim vivekam na-
ma n'atthi. Tesam tesam samanabrahmananam chandaso
patinnayamanam va chavatthum ev'etam, tasma kim vive-
k e n a kahasi evarilpe sampannapathame vaye thita
imina kayavivekena kim karissasi ? Atha kho b h u li j a h i
kamaratiyo vatthukamakilesakamasannissita khid-
(laratiyo paccanubhohi, tasma mahu p a c c h a n u fc a-
1 sattavassava, P.
2 — 2 0,,^^ ^, 3 gacla om. P. 4 sabbavositavosana, A.
5 vandati, A. ^ yam dipam adadim tada, A.
7 theriyil Savatthiyam viharanti, cd.
2 vivekakahasi, cd. 9 matu, cd.
THERf GATIIA. Hi). (55
pinT.^ Nissanmtam bmlimcicariyain carami, tad cva nib-
bauain n'attbi, ten' eva tarn nadhigatain kamaraofo ca
parihino anattbo vata inaybau ti vippatisririnl - mahosi ti
adhippayo. Tarn sutva theii '' l)alo vatayain ^Iriro yo mama
paccakkhabhiitain nibbanani patikkbipati kamesu ca mam
pavareti, mama kbliiasavabhavam na janati, banda Dam
tain jclnripetva tajjessami " ti ciutetva :
Sattisubjpama krima kbandbanam adbikiittana 3
yam tvam kamaratim brusi arati dani sfi mama. 58.
Sabbattba vibata nandi tamokkbandbo padcilito
evam janabi papima nihato tvam asi antaka ti. 59.
Imam gatbcidvayani aha. Tattha s a 1 1 i s ii 1 ii p a m fi
k Ti m cl ti kama nama yena adbittbita tassa sattassa vinivij-
jbanato nisitasatti viya sulam viya ca dattbabbji. K h a n -
d h a ti upadanakkhandba. N'attbi t e s a m a d h i k u t -
t a n ci 4 ti kbandbanudittbanam ^ accridanan ti attho. Yato
kbandbu accadaya sattfi kfimebi chijjabhijjani papiinanti.
Y a ni t V a m k Ti m a r a t i m ^ b r u s i arati d Ti n i s ;i
m a m an ti 7 *' papima tvam yam kamaratim ramitabbam
sevitabbam katva ^ tvam vadasi, sa dani mama niratijati-
kassa milbasadisfi, na taya mama koci attho atthi ti tattha
karanam aha. Sabbattba vibata nandl ti adina
tattha eva m j ii n a h T ti sabbaso pahinataiiba vijjtl ti
mam janahi. Tato eva vrdavidbamanavipassanatikkamehi9
antaka himaka ^° va Miira tvam m a y a nihato
badhito. Asinclham taya badhitabbriti attho. Evam theriya
Marc santajjito tatth' ev' antaradhasi. Therl pi phalasamTi-
pattisnkhena Andhavane divasabbagam vltinametva
siiyanbe vasanatthiinam eva gata.
Selaya theriya gathavannana samatta.
^ paccanutapi, cd. - vippatisriri, cd.
3 adhikuddana, cd. •♦ adhikuddana, cd.
^ candanuditthanani, cd. ^ kamarati, cd.
7 mamata ti, cd. s kumarati, cd.
9 °vipassati°, cd. ^° lamaka, cd.
66 XXXVI. SOMA.
XXXVI.
Yam tarn i s i b i ^ p a 1 1 a b b a n ti aclika Somaya
tberiyil g^itha. Ayam pi purimabuddhesu katadhikara
tattba tattba bhave vivattiipanissayam kusalam upacinanti
Sikhissa bbagavato kale kbattiyamabasalakule nibbattitva
vinnutam patta Arunavato ramio aggamabesi abosi. Sab-
bam atitavattbum Abbayatberiya vattbusadisam. Paccup-
pannavattbum pana : ayam tberi tatba devamanussesu
samsaranti imasmim buddbuppade Rajagabe Bimbisarassa
raniio purobitassa dbita butva nibbatti. Tassa Soma ti
namam abosi. Sa vinnutam patta sattbu Eajagabappavese
patiladdbasaddba upasika butva aparabbage samjata-
samvega bbikkbunisu pabbajitva katabuddbakicca vipassa-
naya kammam karonti nacirass' eva saba patisambbidabi
arabattam papuni. Tena vuttam Apadane :
Nagare Arunavatiya Arunavil nama kbattiyo
tassa raniio abam bbariya earikam - carayam' abam. 1.
Yavatakam b u d d b a s s a s a s a n a n ti sabbam Abba-
yatberiya Apadclnasadisam. Arabattam pana patva vimut-
tisukbena Savattbiya vibaranti ekadivasam divaviba-
rattbaya Andbavanam pavisitva anfiatarasmim rukkbamule
nisidi. Atba nam Maro vivekato viccbinditukamo adissa-
manarupo upagantva akase tbatva :
Yan tarn islbi pattabbam tbanam ^ durabbisambbavam
na ^i>m dvaiigulisannaya sakka pappotum ittbiya ti. 60.
Imam gatbam aba. Tass' attbo : silakkbandbadinam
esanattbena isibi 4 biddbanamebi buddbadibi mabapaniiebi
p a 1 1 a b b a m, 5 tarn aiinebi pana durabbisambba-
V a m dunnippbadaniyam ^ yan tarn arabattasankbatam
paramassasat tbanam. N a tarn d v a n g u 1 i s a ii ii a y a
I isiti vattabban, cd. ^ vaditam, P. ^ santam, cd.
4 isi ti, cd. 5 sattabbam, cd. ^ nu dun°, cd.
ther! gatha. 36- 67
i 1 1 h i y a papunitum sakka. Itthiyo hi sattatthavassa-
kcllato pattbaya sabbakalam odanam pacantiyo pakkutbite^
udake tandule pakkbipitva ettavata odauam pakkan ti na
jananti. Pakkutbiyamane paua tandule dabbiya uddha-
ritva dvibi angulibi pilitva jTinanti, tasma dvangulisaniiaya
ti vutta. Tain sutva tbeii Maram apascidenti :
Ittbibbavo no kim kayira cittambi susamabite
nanambi vattanicinambi samnia dbammaiii vipassato. 01.
Sabbattba vibata nandi tamokkbaudbo padrdito
evam janabi papinia, nibato tvam asi antaka ti. ()2.
Itara dve gatba abbasi. T a 1 1 b a ittbibbavo no
kim kayirfi ti miitugilmabbavo ambcikam kim kareyya ^
arabattapattiya kidisam bandbanam^ uppiideyya. Cittam-
b i susamabite ti citte aggamaggasamadbina suttbu
samahite. X a n a m b i v a 1 1 a m a n a m h I ti tato
arahattamagganane pavattamrme. S a m m a d b a m m a m
vipassato ti catusaccadbammam parinnildbividbina
sammad eva passato, ayam b'ettba samkbepo. Papima
ittbl va botu pnriso va botu aggamagge adbigate arabattam
battbagatam eva ti. Idani tassa attano adhigatabbavam
ujukatam eva dassenti sabbattba vibata nandi
ti gatbam aba. Tarn vuttattbam eva.
Somaya theriya gatbavannana samatta.
Tikanipatavannana nittbita.
XXXVII.
Catukkanipate p u 1 1 o b u d d b a s s a d a y a d o ti
adika Bbaddaya Kapilaniyfi tberiyil gatba. Sa kira Padu-
muttarassa bbagavato kale Hamsavatinagare kulagebe
nibbattitva vinnutam patta sattbu-^ santike dbammam
sunanti sattbaram ekam 5 bbikkbunim pubbenivcisam
^ pakkudhite, cd. ^ kareyyum, cd.
3 kidisavibandbam, cd. '^ sattba, cd. 5 etam, cd.
68 XXXVIl. BHADDA KAPILANI.
anussarantinam aggatthane thapentam disvci adhikara-
kammam katva sayam pi tarn thanam patthetva yavajivam
puniiani katva tato cuta ^ devamanussesu samsarati.^
Anuppatte buddlie Varaiiasiyam kulagehe nibbattitva
patikulam gantva ekadivasam attano nanandaya saddhim
kalaham karontl tcl3^a paccekabuddhassa pindaprite dinne
" ayam imassa danam datva nhlrasampattim labhissatl "
ti paccekabuddhassa hatthato pattam gahetva bhattam
chaddetva kalalassa piiretva adasi . Mab aj ano garahi : ' * Bale
paccekabuddho te kim aparajjhi " ti. Sa tesam vacanena
lajjamrma puna pattam gahetva kalalam niharitva dhovitva
gandhacunnena ubbattetva 3 catumadhurassa piiretva upari
asittena padumagabbhavannena sappina vijjotamaDam
paccekabuddhassa hatthe thapetva " yatha ayam pindapiito
obhfisadato, evam obhasadatam me saiiram hotii " ti
patthanam thapesi. Sri tato cavitva sugatisu4 yeva
samsaranti Kassapabuddhakale Baranasiyam mahavibha-
vassa setthino dhita hutva nibbatti. Pubbakammaphalena
duggandhasarira manussehi jigucchitabba hutva samvega-
jata attano abharanehi suvannitthakam karetva bhagavato
cetiye thapesi uppalahatthena ca piijam akasi. Ten' assa
sariram tasmim yeva bhave sugandham manoharam
jatam. Sa patino piya manapa hutva yavajivam kusa-
1am katva tato cuta sagge nibbatti, tatthapi yavajivam
dibbasukham anubhavitva tato cuta Baranasiraiiiio dhita
hutva tattha devasampattisadisam sampattim anubhavanti
cirakalam paccekabuddhe upatthahitva tesu parinibbutesu
samvegajatii tapasapabbajjaya pabbajitva uyyane vasanti
jhanani bhavetva brahmaloke nibbattitva tato cuta Sagala-
nagare Kosiyagottassa brahmanakulassa gehe nibbattitva
mahata pariharena vaddhitva vayappatta Mahatitthagame
Pippalikumarassa gehanita. Tasmim pabbajitum nikkhante
mahantam bhogakkhandham natiparivattam pahaya pab-
bajjatthaya nikkhamitva panca vassani Titthiyarame
vasitva aparabhage Mahapajapatigotamiya santike pabbaji
^ cute, cd. 2 samsaranti, cd.
3 ubbiritva, cd. 4 suggatisu, cd.
TiiEnl GATiiA. 87. 69
iipasiimpaclan oa labliitva vipassanam patthapotva naoirass'
eva arabattaiu pripiini. Tena vuttain Ajiadanc :
Padumuttaro nama jino sabbadhaminesu cakkbnma
ito satasabassambi kappe uppajji iiayako. 1.
Tadabu '^ Hamsavatiyani Vidobo nama nfimako
setthi pabiitaratano tassa jaya abosi 'baiii. 2.
Kadaci so naradiccani upccca - saparijano
dliammam assosi buddbassa sabbadukkbabbayappabani.3 8.
Savakani dbutavadanani aggam kittesi nayako
•sutva sattabikam danam datyfi buddbassa tadino. 4.
Nipacca ^ sirasa pade tarn tbanain abbipattbayi
pabasanto saparisam 5 tadfdia narapungavo. 5.
Settbino anukamp^iya ima gatba abbasatba :
laccbasi pattbitam ^ tbrmam nil)buto bobi 7 puttalca. H.
Satasabasse ito kappe Okkrdvakulasambbavo
Gotamo nama namena sattba loke l)bavissati. 7.
Tassa dbammesu dayado oraso dbammanimmito
Kassapo nama namena bessati sattbu sfivako. 8.
Tarn sutvri mudito butva yrivajTvani tada jii'iaiu
mettacitto paricari paccayebi vinayakam. 9.
Sasanam jotayitvana so madditva kutittbiye ^
veneyye 9 vinayitvana nibbuto so sasavako. 10.
Nibbute tambi lokagge pujanattbriya sattbuno
ilatimitte samanetva saba tebi akrirayim 11.
Sattayojanikain ^^ tbupaiu ubbiddbam " ratanamayam
jalantam sataramsT va srdarrijani '- va puppbitam.^3 12.
Sattasatasabassani patiyo tattba karayiiu
nalaggi viya jotante ^^ rataneb' ^^ eva sattabi.^^^ 13.
Gandbatelena pi'iretva dipa 'nujjalayini ^" tabirii
^ tadati, P. - upacca, B. ; iippajja, P.
3 odukkbakkbaya abani, P. ^ nipajja, P.
-^ pabasayanto, 13. ; pabasaranto parisam tada so nara°, P.
^' pattbitam, B. 7 boti, P. •"' kubttbiye, P.
9 veneyyam, A. i° tattba yojo, P. ^^ ubbedbam, P.
- sfilarajava, P. ^3 pbullitam, P. m jTitante, P.
3 rataneva sova. ^^ sattati, P. ^7 divfuiujjalayi, P.
70 XXXYIT. BHADDA KAPILAN'I.
piijanatthaya mahesissa sabbabhiitannkampino. 14.
Sattasatasahassani punnakumbhani ^ karayim
rataneh' eva punnani pujatthaya mahesino. 15.
Majjhe sattattha^ kumbhani ussita kancanagghiyo
atirocanti vannena 3 sarade va divakaro. 16.
Catudvaresu sobhanti torana ratanamaya 4
ussita phalaka ramma sobhanti ratanamaya. 17.
Virocanti parikkhitta avatamsa ^ sunimmita
ussitani patakani ^ ratanani virocare. 18.
Surattam sukatam cittam 7 cetiyam ratanamayam
atirocati vannena sasimajjhe ^ divakaro. 19.
Thiipass' imadi patiyo 9 haritalena purayim
ekam manosilay'ekam i° anjanena ^^ ca ekikam. 20.
Pujam etadisam ramniam ^^ karetva varavadino
adasi danam sanghassa yavajivam yathabalam.^^ 21.
Saha'va ^4 setthina tena tani punnani sabbaso
yavajivam karitvana saha'va sugatim ^^ gata.^^ 22.
Sampattiyo 'nubhotvana devatte atha manuse
chaya viya sarlrena saha ten'eva samsarim.^7 23.
Ekanavute ito kappe Vipassi nama nayako
uppajji carudassano sabbadhammavipassako. 24.
Tadjiyam ^^ Bandhumatiyam brahmano sadhusammato
andho santo gunenapi dhanena ca siiduggato. 25.
Tada pi tassaham asim brahmani samacetasri ^9
kadaci so dijavaro"*^ sangamesi -^ mahamunim. 26.
^ so'ham satasahassani punnakumbha panamika, P.
- atthattha kumbhlnani, A.
3 vannani, P. 4 ratanamaya, P.
5 bhctvitamsa, P. ^ dassitani satakani, P.
7 cetam, P. 8 sasanchava, A.
9 satiyo, B. ; padiyo, P. ^° eka manosilayeka, P.
" ancayena, P. ^^ pnjiyam tadisam kammam, P.
^3 yathaphalam, P. ^4 sahaya, B. ; pahaya, P.
^5 sugatT, P. i6 aham, P.
^7 samsari, P. is tada hi, P.
'9 sammac°, B. ; mama c°, P. -° divagantva, P.
^' samgame pi, P.
TITEPJ GATIIA. o7. 71
NisiiiDaiu janakfiyamlii desentani ^ amatam padani
sutva dbammam pamudito adasi ekasutakaiu. 27.
Gbarani ekena vattliena gantvrmedain mam abravi '-'
anumoda maliapufine ^ diunain buddhassa satakam. 28.
Tadrdiam anjaliiu katva anumodiin supiiiitri
sudinno satako sami 4 buddbasettbassa tadino. 29.
Sukbito pabbajito butvas samsaranto bbaval)bave
BaranasTpure ramme rajTi asi'^ mabipati. 80.
Tada tassa mabesi 'bam ittblgumbassa uttama
tassatidayita 7 asim publ)asnebena c'uttari.^ 31.
Pindaya viearante '^ te attba paccekanayake
disva pamuditri butvri datva piiidam mabfirabam 82.
Puna nimantayitvana katva ratanamandapam
kammclrebi katam pattam sovannam vata tattakam ^° 88.
Samrinetvrma te sabbe ^^ tesam danam adasi so
senasane^- pavittbanam pasanno sebi panihi.^s 84.
Tarn pi danam sabridrisim Kasirajen'abam tada
punabam ^4 Baraiiasiyam raja pi dvaragamake.^5 85.
Kutimbikakule pbite sukbito so sabbatuko
jettbassa bbatuno jaya abosi supatibbata. 86.
Paccekabuddbam disvana mama bbattu kaniyasa ^^'
bbagannam tassa datvabam agate tambi^7 pavadim. 87.
Xabbinandittba ^^ so danam ^9 tato tassa adas' abaiii
ukba amy a tarn annam puno ^o tass' eva so ada. 88.
Tad annam cbaddayitvana duttha -^ buddbass' abam tadil
pattam kalalapuiiiian tarn adasim tassa tfidino. 89.
^ desenti, P. ^ gantvanetam samabravi, A.
^ °puilfia, P. 4 sapi, P. ^ sajjito hutva, A.
'^ I'cij'a rdiu, P. 7 tassa bi dayitva, P.
° bbattari, P. ; uttarfi, B. " vicarantesu, P.
^° sovannasatabatthakam, B. ; vata battbakam, P.
^^ tarn sabbam, P. ^- soiinasane, A. B.
^3 pfmibbi, A. ^4 puna pi, P.
^3 ajanetvana kamato, P. ^^ kbaniyasa, P.
^7 agate tassa, P. ^s iibbin°, P.
'9 buddba aniyatam danam, B. 20 puna, P.
21 uttba, P.
72 XXXVTI. BHADDA KAPILANI.
Dane ca gabane c'eva apace paduse pi ca ^
samacittamuldiam ~ disva tadahaip samvijim 3 bhusam. 40.
Puno 4 pattam gabetvana sodbayitva sugandbina
pasannacitta puretva 5 sagbatam sakkaram adam, 41.
Yattba yattbdpapajjami suriipa bomi danato
biiddbassa apakarena dnggandba vadanena ca. 42.
Puna Kassapadbirassa ^ nittbapentambi 7 cetiye
sovannam ittbakam varam^ adasim mudita abam. 48.
Catnjjatena gandbena nicayitva^ tarn ittbakam
mutta diiggandbadosamba sabbaiigasamupagata.i° 44.
Satta pcltisabassani ^^ rataneb' eva sattabi
kriretva gbatapurani vattini ^- ca sabassaso.^3 45.
Pakkbipitvri padlpetva ^-^ tbapayim satta panti^^o ^-^
piijattbam lokanatbassa vippasannena cetasa. 46.
Tadapi tambi punnambi ^^ bbjiginl 'bam visesato
puna Kasisu sanjato Sumitto iti vissuto. 47.
Tassabam bbariya asim sukbita sajjita piya ^7
tadabam paccekamune ^^ adasi ghanavetbanam.^9 4B.
Tassapi bbagini ^o asim moditva danam uttamam
puna pi Kasirattbambi jata"^ Koliyajatiya. 49.
Tad a Koliyaputtanam satebi saba pancabi
paiica paccekabuddbanam satani samupattbabi. 50.
Temasam tappayitvana -^ adamsu -^ ca ticlvare
jaya tassa tada asim punnakammapatbanuga. 51.
Tato onto abu raja Nando nama mabayaso
tassapi mabesT asim sabbakamasamiddbini. 52.
^ amacce manase pi ca, B.
2 samacittam sukbam, P. 3 samvijjbim, P.
4 puna, P. 5 puritva, P.
^ Kassapavirassa, A. 7 nidbayantambi, A.
lO Oc
ittbakagbaram, B. 9 necayitva, P.
^susamagata, A. B. ^^ patis°, P. ^^ vaddbini, P.
^3 sabassayo, P. 14 pasiditva, P. ^^ paniyo, B.
^^ tasmim kule, P. 17 siya, P.
^^ paccekabuddbassa, P. ^9 gana°, B. ^o bbagini, P.
-^ jato, A. 22 tapayitvana, P. 23 adasi, P.
THEnT CATTTA. 37.
Tadfi rfija bbavitvfina ^ Bralimaclatto mahlpati
radiimavatTputtuuani paccckamuninam taclfi. 53.
Satuni pane' anuuani yrivajivani iipaitliahim
rrijiiyyiine nivasetva nibbutani ca piijayiiu. 5-1.
Cetiyiiui ca karetvcl pabl)ajitvri ubbo mayaiu
l)bavetva appamamiayo brabmalokani agambase. or).
Tato cuto mabatitthe Sujfito Pippabiyano -
Milta SumanadevT ti Kosigotto dijo pita. 50.
Abam Madde janapade Sagablyani 3 puruttame
Kapibissa 4 dijassrisim dbitjl,5 matfi Sucimati. 57.
GbaDakan cana bimbena ^' nimminitvana mam pita
ada KassapadbTrassa karaehi^ vajjitassa mam.s oS.
Kadaci so kfirnniko gantva kammantapekkbako
krdvadikebi9 kbajjante pane disvana samviji. 59.
Gbare vabam i° tile jate ^^ disvanatapatapane ^-
kimikakebi kliajjante samvegam alabbim tada. 00.
Tadfi so pabbaji dbiro abam tarn anupabbajim
panca vassani nivasim ^^ paribbajavate abam. 01 .
Yada pabbajita asi GotamI jinaposika ^4
tadribam tam upagantva ^5 buddbena anusasitfi. 02.
Xaciren' eva kalena arab attain apapunim
abo kalyanamittatam Kassapassa sirlmato. 03.
Suto ^'5 buddbassa dayado Kassapo susamabito
pnbl)enivasain yo vedi saggapayan ca passati. ()4.
Ato jatikkbayam patto abbinnavosito muni
etabi tibi vijjfdii tevijjo boti brabmano. 05.
Tatb'eva Bbadda Kapibuil ^7 tevijja maccubayini ^^
dhareti antimam debam jetva ^9 Maram savabanam. GO.
I tato abu cavitvrma, P. - ajato Pippale kule, P.
3 Sakalaya, A. ^ Kappilassa, A.
-^ dijassapi tbitva, P. ^' dbammena, B.
7 kamabi, P. ^ otr^gg^ ,^^^^ y. 9 kakfidike, P.
^° va sa, B. ^^ jato, P.
^= °tapane, P. ; disvana tapanasano, J). ^3 nivasi, P).
^4 °posita, A. B. ^"^ samnpag°, B. ^^' sutto, P.
^7 Kapiblnl, A. ^^ paccubayini, P. ; DiaecubririnT, A.
f^ jitva, A.
74 XXXVII. BHADDA KAPILANI.
Disva aclTnavam loke ubbo pabbajita mayam
ty amba ^ khinasava danta sitibbnt' amba nibbuta. 67.
Kilesa jhapita maybam — pa — katam buddbassa sasanam
ti. 68.
Arabattam pana patva pubbe nivasanane cinnavasi ahosi,
tattba satisayam katadbikaratta. Aparabbage tarn sattba
Jetavane ariyaganamajjbe nisinno l)bikkbuniyo patipatiyji
tbanantaresu tbapento pubbenivasam anussarantinam
aggattbane tbapesi. Sa ekadivasam Mahakassapattberassa
gunabbittbavanapubbakam attano katakiccakatadivibbava-
namnkbena udanam udanenti :
Putto l)uddbassa dayado Kassapo susamabito
pubbenivasam yo vedT saggapayan ca passati. 63.
Ato jatikkbayam patto abbinnavosito muni
etabi tibi vijjahi tevijjo boti brabmano. 64.
Tatb'eva Bbadda Kapilanl tevijja maccuhayinl ^
dhareti antimam debam jetva Maram savabanam. 65.
Disva admavam loke ubbo pabbajita mayam
ty amba kbinasava danta sitibbiit' amba 3 nibbuta ti. 66.
Ima gatba abbasi. Tattba putto buddbassa da-
yado ti buddbanam buddhabbavato sammasambuddbassa
anujatabbiito. Tato eva tassa dayadabbiitassa navalokut-
taradbammassa adanena dayado Kassapagotto lokij^a-
loknttarebi samadbibi suttbu samabitacittataya susa-
mabito. Pubbenivasam y o v e d i ti yo Maba-
kassapattbero pubbenivasam attano paresan ca nivuttbak-
kbandbasattanam pubbenivasanussatinanena pakatam katvii
a V e d i annasi patibujjbati. Saggapayan c a p a s -
sat! ti cbabbisati devalokato saggam catubbidbam apa-
yafi ca dibbacakkbuna batthatale amalakam viya passati.
Ato j a t i k k b a yam patto ti tatoparam jatikkbaya-
saiikbatam arabattam patto. A b b i fi n ay a abbivisuddbena
nanena abbinnaya dbammam abbijanitva pariiineyyam
tamba, P, = paccuh°, cd, ^ ambi, cd,
TTTET^I G.\Tn.\. *>< . 7')
parijanitvfi paliatabbaip pahfiya saccbikatabl)ani saccliT-
katvfi. Yosito nittbappatto katakicco risavakkbayapan-
nasankbatam moDam pattatta m u n i. T a t b ' e v a
B b a d d a k a p i 1 a n T ti yatba Mabakassapo etabi yatba-
vattabi tibi vijjabi tevijjo maccubriyi ^ ca, tatb' eva Bbad-
dakapilanl t e v i j j d m a c c u b a y i n i - ti . Tato eva
d b a r e t i a n t i m a ni d e b a m j e t v a M a ram s a v a-
b a n a n ti attrmam eva param viya katva dasseti. Idrmi
yatbri tberassa patipattiadimajjbapariyosanakalyanam
evam ambasT ti dassenti d i s v a a d I n a v a n ti osanaga-
tbam fiba. Tattba ty am ha khinasava danta ti
te mayam Mabakassapattbero aban ca uttamena damanena
danta sabbaso k b I n a s a v Ti 3 ca amba s T t i b b ii t' amlia
n i b b u t a ti. Tato eva kilesaparilababbavato sltibbiita
saupadisesaya nibbanadbrituyri nibbuta ca.
Bbaddakapilanitberiyci gritbavannana samatta. Catuk-
kanipatavannana nittbitfi.
XXXVIII.
Pailcakanipate p a n n a v I s a t i v a s s a n T ti adika
annataraya tberiya gatba. Ayam pi purimal)uddbesu kata-
dbikara tattba tattba bhave vivattupanissayam kusalaip
upacinantl imasmim buddbuppade Devadabanpgare Maba-
pajapatlgotamidbatl butva VaddbesT iirima, gottato pana
apafinata ahosi. Sa MahapajapatTgotamiya pa])bajitakale
sayam pi pabl)ajitva pancavTsati samvaccbarani kamarfi-
gena upadduta aecbarasanigbatamattain pi krdam cittekag-
gatam alabbantl baba paggayba kandamana Dbammadin-
nattberiya santike dbammam sutva krimebi vinivattitama-
iiasa kammattbanam gabotva bbavanam anuyunjantl na
cirass' eva chalabbinna butva attano patipattiiu paccavek-
kbitva udanavascna :
^ pacciihayT, cd. = paccub°, cd.
3 kbinaso kblnasava, cd.
7G XXXYIII. ANNATARA THEPJ.
PannavTsati vassani j^ato pabbajita aham
n'accharasamgliatamattam ^ pi cittass' upasam' ajjha-
gam. 07.
Aladdha cetaso santim kamarrigen' avassuta
baha paggayha kandanti viharam pavisim aham. 68.
Sa bhikkbimim ^ upagaccbi ya me saddhayika abu
sa me dbammam adesesi khandhayatanadhatuyo. 69.
Tassa dbammam sunitvana ekamante npavisim
pubbenivasam janami dibbacakkhu visodbitam. 70.
Ceto paricca fianaii ca sotadhatn visodbita
iddbi pi me saccbikatfi patto me asavakkbayo.
Cba me 'bbinua saccbikata katani l)uddbassa sasanan
ti. 71.
Ime gatbfi abbasi. Tattba a c c b a r a s a 1 1 g b a t a m a t -
tarn pT ti gbatikamattam 3 pi kbaiiam aiigulipotbauamat-
lam pi kalan ti attbo. Cittass' upasam' a j j b a g a n
ti cittassa upasamam cittekaggam na ajjbagaman tiyojana.
Na patilabbT ti attbo. K a m a r a g e n ' a v a s s u t a ti
kamagunasankbatesu vattbukamesu dalbatarabbinivesitaya
bahulena 4 cbandarilgena tintacitta. S Ti b b i k k b ii n i n ^
ti Dbammadinnattberim sandbaya vadati. C e t o p a r i c-
c a 11 a n a n c a ti cetopariyananaii ca visodbitaii ti sam-
baiidbo. Adbigatan ti attbo. Sesam vuttanayam eva.
Afnlatarriya tberiya gatbrivannaiia sammatta.
XXXTX.
M a 1 1 a V a n n e n a r ii p e n a ti adika Vimablj'a tberiya
gfitba. Ayam pi pm'imabiiddbesii katadbikaril tattba tattba
bhave vivattupauissayam knsalam npacinitva imasmini biid-
dhuppade Yesabyam aiifiatar<1ya rupupajlvini}' a ittbiya dbita
butva nil)batti. Yimabi ti'ssa namam abosi. Sa vayappattfi
tato duccintitam ^' kappentl ekadivasam ayasmantam ]\raba-
I accbara°, cd. - bbikkbuni, cd. 3 gbatikam°, ed.
4 babalena, cd. 5 l)bikkbnni ti, cd, ^^ ducintitam, cd.
TIIEPJ GATIIA. 08. 39. 77
moggallunain Vesrdiyaiu piinlaya caraiitaia disva palibad-
ilbacittri butva tlierassa vasauatthruiain gantva theram
uddissa palobhanakamniam kfituin arabbi. Titthiycbi
uyyojita tatba akrisi ti keci vadanti. Tbero tassa asubhavi-
bhrivanamukhena ^ santajjanaiu katva ovadaiu adfisi. Tani
bettba tberaj^atbabi agatain eva. Tatba pana therena
ovade diune sa sainvcgajata liirottappaiii paccupattbripetva
sasane patiladdhasaddbfi nprisika butva aparabbage bliik-
kbunlsu pabl)ajitvri gbatenti vayamantT hetusaiupannataya
11a cirass' ova araliattaiu patva attauo patipattini - pacca-
Yukkbitvri udrmavasena :
Matta vannena riipena sobbaggena yasuna ca
yobbanena c' iipattbaddba anna Hamatimanni 'bam. 7*2.
Yibbiisitva imam kriyam sucittam brdrdapanani 3
atthrisi vesidvarambi laddo pasam iv' oddiya.-^ 73.
Pilandbanam vidainsentT -^ guyliani pakrisikani baliuni
a.kasi vividbam mayam ujjbagghanti^ balium janani. 7-1.
Sajja piiidam caritvana munda sangbatiparuta
nisinnri rukkbamulamhi avitakkassa blbbini. 75.
Sabbe yoga samuccbinna ye dibba ye ca manusri
kbepetvci fisave sabbe sTtibbiit* ambi nibl)uta ti. 70.
Ima gatba abhasi. Tattba matt a v a n 11 e n a r 11 -
p e n a ti gunavannena c'eva rupasampattiya ca. S 0 b b a g -
gen a ti subbagabbrivena. Yasena ti parivarasampat-
tiya. Mattri van namadarupamadasobhaggamadaparivara-
madavascna niadani fipanna ti aitbu. Yobbanena
c ' u p a 1 1 b a d d b a ti yobbanamadciia uparuparittbaddba
yobbanena nimittena abanikarena iipattbaddbacitta anupa-
sautamanasa. A n ii Ti s a m a t i m a ii 11 i ' b a ni ti aiiiiil
jttbiyo attano vannadiguiiebi sabbatbTi pi atikkamitvii
manni. Abani aimasani vfi ittbinaiu vannadigune atimaniii.
Atikkamitva aniiaavamanam akasini.
' ovibbavana^, cd. ^ patipatti, cd.
3 brdalapanani, cd. m. "^ oddiyam, cd. m.
^ pi gbamsanti, cd. '^ ujjhayanti, cd.
78 XXXIX. XL. VIM ALA AND SIHA.
V i b h u s i t V ii imam k a y a m s u c i 1 1 a m b a 1 a -
1 a p a n a n ^ ti imam nanavidbaasucibharitam jeguccham
aham mama ti balaoam lapapanato vacanato balalapanam ^
mama kayam cbaviragakaranam kesathapanadina sucittam
vattbabbaranebi vibhilsitva sumanditapasadhitam katva.
A 1 1 b a s i V e s i d V a r a m b i 1 u d d o p a s a m i v ' o d d i-
y a n 3 ti migaUiddo viya miganam bandhanattbaya danda-
vaguradimigapasam Marapasabhiltam yathavuttam mama
kayam v e s i d v a r a m b i vesiya gbaradvare oddiyitva
attbasi. Pilandbanam vidamsentl'^ guybam
p a k a s i k a m 5 b a b u ti ilrujagbanadassanadikam guybaii
c'eva padajanusiradikam pakasan ca ti guybam pakasikaii
ca babum nanappakarapilandbanaabbaranam dassenti.^
A k a s i V i V i d b a m m a y a m u j j b a g g b a n 1 1 b a -
b u in j a n a n ti yobbanamadamattam babu balajanam
vippalambbetum basanti gandbamalavattbabbaranadibi
sarirasabbcivapaticcbadanena yava vilasabbavakadibi tebi ca
vividbam nanappakaram vaiicanani akasi.
S a j j a pi n d am c a r i t v a n a — pa — a vitakkassa
labbiniti sa abam evam samavibarinl samana ajja
idani ayyassa Mabamoggalhxnattberassa ovade tbatva sasane
pabbajitva m u n d a s a n g b a t i p a r u t a biitva pindam
caritvana bbikkbabaram bbunjitva. E u k k b a m ii 1 a m b i
rukkbamule vivittasane n i s i n n a dutiyajjbanapadakassa
aggapbalassa adbigamena avitakkassa labbini
ambi ti yojana. Sabbe yoga ti kamayogadayo cattaro
pi yoga s a m u c c b i n n a ti patbamamaggadina yatbara-
ham sammad eva uccbimia pabina. Sesam vuttanayam eva.
Vimalaya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
XL.
Ayoniso manasikara ti adika Sibaya thetiya
I balalapanan, cd. 2 balalapana, cd.
3 iv'addiyali, cd. 4 vidbamsenti, cd.
5 pakasitam, cd. 6 dassanti, cd*
TlIKRf (lATIiA. 3\K 10. 79
gathri. Ayaiii pi piiriinabiiddhesu katridhikrirri tattlia
tattba bliave vivattiipaDissayani kusalaiu upacinitva
imasmiiu buddliuppride Vcsrdh'ani Slhaseiiapatino bliagi-
niyd dhitu hutvri nibbatti. Tassfi " niatubissa nrimam
karotba " ti Sibri ti namaiii akaiusu. SA vinnntaiu patta
L'kadivasam satthari ^ Sibassa senapatino dhamme dcsiya-
mane tarn dbammam sutva paiiladdbasaddba matapitaro
anujanfipetva pabbaji. Pabbajitva ca vipassanam ilrabhitva
pi bahiddhasubbrirammaiie vidbavantani cittani nivattetuin
asakkonti satta samvaccbarani miccbavitakkebi dbaviya-
mana cittassadam abxbbanti " kim me imina papajivitena
ubbandbitvfi ^ marissami" ti pasam gabetva rukkbasilkbaya
laggitva tarn attano kantbe patimuncantl pubbacinnavasena
vipassanaya cittam abbinlbari. Antiniabbavikataya pasassa
bandbanam glvattbane abosi nanassa paripilkam gatatta
till tavad eva vipassanani vaddhetva saba patisambbidabi
arahattani papuni. Arabattani pattasamakrdam eva ca
pasabandbo givato muiicitva vinivatti. Sa arabatte pa-
tittbita udanavasena :
Ayoniso manasikara kamaragcna attita
abosi uddbata pubbe citte avasavattinl. 77.
Pariyuttbita kilesebi sukbasaniianuvattini
samam cittassa nfdabhi ^ ragacittavasanuga. 78.
Kisa panduvivanna ca satta vassaiii cari 'bam
nabam diva va rattim va sukbam vindi sudukkbita. 79.
Tato rajjum gabetvana pavisi vana-m-antaram
varam me idba ubbandbam yaii ca blnani pun' acare. 80.
Dalbam pasam karitvana rukkbasclkbaya bandbiya ^
pakkbipi pasam givayain atba cittain vimucci me ti. 81.
Ima gatha abhasi. Tattba a y o n i s o manasikara
ti anupayamanasikarena asubbe subhan ti vipalbisaggjl-
bena. K a m a r a g e n a a 1 1 i t a ti kamagunesu cbanda-
ragena pilita. Abosi uddbata^ pubbe citte
avasavattinl ti pubbe mama citte maybam vase
I satthara, cd. - ubandbitva, cd. 3 nama bibbi, cd.
4 bandbiya oin. cd. 5 uddbata, cd.
80 XL. XLI. SIHA AND StJNDAEINANDA.
avattamane uddhata nanarammane vikkhittacitta asama-
hita abosi. P a r i y u 1 1 h i t a k i 1 e s e h i s u k li a-
s a il n a n u V a 1 1 i n I ti pariyutthauapattehi kamaraga-
dikilesehi abhibliuta rnpadisu sukhappattaya ^ kamasannaya
anuvattanasilam s a m a ni c i 1 1 a s s a ^ n a 1 a b li i
r a g a c i 1 1 a V a s a n u g a kamaragasampayuttacittassa 3
vasam anugacchantl isakam pi cittassa samam cetosa-
mathacittekaggatam na alabhi. K i s a pa n d u v i v a n n a
ca evam ukkantbitabhrivena kisa dhamaiiisanthatagatta
uppandupandukajcxta tato eva vivaniia vigatacliavivanna
ca hutva. S a 1 1 a v a s s fi ii I ti satta samvaccharani
carl ti cari abam. Nab am diva varattim va
s u k b a m v i n d i s u d u k k b i t a ti evam sattasu
samvaccbaresu evam kilesadukkbena dukkbita ekada pi
diva vil rattim va samanasukbam na patilabbi. Tato
ti kilesapariynttbanena samanasukbalabbabbavato.
K a j j u m g a b e t v a n a p a v i s i v a n a m a n t a r a n
ti pasam rajjum adaya vanantaram pavisi. Kim attbam
pavisi ti ce abam ? V a r a m m e i d b a u b b a n d b a in
y a n 4 c a b i n a m p ii n ' a c a r e ti yadabam samana-
dbammam katum asakkonti binam gibibbavam puna
acareyyam anutittbeyyam tato satagunesu sabassagunesu
imasmim vanantare ubbandbanam bandbitva maranam
varam settban ti attbo. Atba cittam vimucci
me ti yada rukkbasakbaya baddbapasam 5 glvayam
pakkbipi atba tadanantaram eva vuttbanagaminivipassa-
namaggena gbatitatta maggapatipatiya sabbasavebi mama
cittam vimuttam boti.
Sibaya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
XLI.
Aturam asucin ti adika Sundarinandaya tberiya
gatba. Ayam kira Padumuttarassa bbagavato kale
I sukhantipp°, cd. 2 mama cittam, cd.
3 °yuttacitassa, cd. 4 ubbandbayan, cd.
^ bandbapasam, cd.
THERI GATHA. 40. 41. 81
Hamsavatlnagare kulagelie nibbattitva virinutani patvfi
satthu santike dbammam sunanti satthfiram ^ ekam
bhikkhunim jbri5'mTnam aggattbaue tbapentani disva
adhikarakammam katva tarn tbriuantaraiu patthetva
kusaLam upacinauti kappasatasabassam devamanussesu
samsaranti iinasmim buddbuppfide Sfikyarajakule nibl)atti.
Nanda ti 'ssfi nrimam akamsu. Aparabbage rupasam-
pattiya Sundarlnanda Janapadakalyani ti ca pannciyittba.
Sa ambakam bbagavati sabbannutam patva anupubbena
Kapilavattbusmim gaiitva Nandakumfiran ca Rabulakumri-
ranca pabbajetva gate Suddbodanamabfiraje ca parinibbute
Mabapajapatigotaraiya Rahulamataya ca pabbajitaya
ciutesi : " Maybam jettbabbata cakkavattirajjam pabilya
pabbajitva loke aggapuggalo buddho jato, putto pi 'ssa
Eabulakumaro pabbaji, bbata^ pi me Nandaraja mata pi
MabapajapatigotamI bbagini pi Eabulamata pabbajita.
Idanabam gebe kim karissami pabbajissami " ti bhikkbu-
niipassayam gantva iiatisinebena pabbaji no saddbaya.
Yasmas pabbajitva pi rilpam nissaya uppannamada, sattba
riipam vivaiineti garabati anekapariyayena nlpe adinavam
dasseti ti buddhupattbanam na gacchati ti adi sabbam
bettha x\bbirnpanandaya vattbusmim vuttanayeu' eva
veditabbam. Aj'am pana viseso : sattbara nimmitam
ittbirupam anukkamena jarabhibbiitam disva aniccato
dukkbato manasikarontij^a tberiya kammattbanabbimu-
kham cittam abosi. Tarn disva sattba tassa sappayavasena
dbammam desento :
Aturam asucim putim passa Naiide samussayam
asubbaya cittam bbavehi ekaggam susamabitam. 82.
Yatha idam tatba etam yatba etam tatba idam
duggandham piitikam vati bahlnam abbinanditam. 83.
Evam etam avekkbanti rattindivam atandita
tato sakaya panilaya abbinibbijja dakkbisan ti.4 84.
Ima tisso gatba abhasi. Sa desananusarena nanam
I sattbara, cd. 2 bbatta, cd.
3 tasma, cd. 4 rakkbasi ti, cd. (see pp. 85, 86.)
g2 XLI. SUNDARINANDA.
pesetva sotapattiphale patitthahi. Tassa upari maggattha-
ya kammatthanam acikkhanto ''Nande imasmim sarire
appamattako pi saro n'atthi mamsalohitalepano jaradmam
avasabhuto atthipuiijamatto evayam " ti dasRetnm :
Atthinam nagaram katam mamsalohitalepanam
yattha jara ca maccu ca mano makklio ca obito ti.
Dbammapade imam gatbam aba. Sa desaiiavasane
arabattam papnni. Tena vuttam Apadane :
Padumuttaro nama jino sabbadbammana paragu
ito satasabassambi kappe uppajji nayako. 1.
Ovadako vimiapako tarako sabbapaninam
desanakusalo buddbo taresi janatam babum. 2.
Anukampako karuniko bitaya ^ sabbapaninam
sampatte tittbiye sabbe pancaslle patittbabi.^ 3.
Evam nirakulam asi sunnatam 3 tittbiyebi ca
vicittam arabantebi vasibbutebi tadibi. 4.
Eatanan' attbapaiinasam 4 uggato 5 'va mabamuni
kancanaggbiyasankaso battimsavaralakkbano. 5.
Vassasatasabassani ^ ayu vijjati tavade
tavata tittbamano so taresi janatam babum. 6.
Tadabam Hamsavatiyam jata settbikule abum
nanaratanapajjote mabasukbasamappita. 7.
Upagantvabam 7 Mabaviram assosim dhammadesanam
amatam paramassadam paramattbanivedakam. 8.
Tada nimantayitvana sasamgbam lokanayakam ^
datva tassa mabadanam pasanna sebi panibi.9 9.
Jbayijanam bbikkbnnmam aggattbanam apattbayim ^°
nipacca sirasa viram ^^ sasamgbam lokanayakam. 10.
^ bitesi, P. 2 patittbasi, A. 3 sannatam, P.
4 opannasa, P. s uggato so, P. ; iiggabo, B.
6 tassasata°, P. 7 upetva tarn, A. B.
^ sasarngbain tarn bbagavantam, P. 9 panibbi, A. B.
lo apattbayim, B. " dbiram, A.
I
THERI GATIIA. 11. 83
Tada anantadamako tilokasarano pabbii
vyakfisi narasarathi : lacclias' etam supatthitam.^ 11.
Safcasabasse ito kappe Okkakakiilasambliavo
Gotamo nfirna nfimena sattbfi loke bbavissati. 12.
Tassa dbammesu dayada orasa dbammanimmita
Nanda ti nfima namena hessasi^ sattbu savikji. 13.
Tarn sutva muditil 3 hutvjx ytivajTvam tada jinam
mettacitta paricarim paccayebi vinfiyakam. 14.
Tena kammena snkatena cetanapanidhlbi ca
jabitva miinusam debam Tavatimsam aganchi 'bam. 15.
Tato cuta Yamasaggam4 tato 'bam Tusitam saggamS
tato ca Nimmanaratim Yasavattipuram gata.^ 16.
Yattba yattbiipapajjami tassa kammassa tbjimasa ^
tattba tattbeva rfijunam mabesittam akarayim. 17.
Tato ciita manussatte rajiinani ^ cakkavattinam
mandalinan ca rajiinam mahesittam akarayim. 18.
Sampattim anubbiltvana devesu manujesu ca
sabbattba sukbita biitva nekakappesu samsarim. 19.
Paccbime bbavasampatte suramme Ivapilavbaye
ramio Suddbodanassabam 9 dbita asim anindita. 20.
Siriya rupinim i° disva nanditam asi tarn kulam
tena Nanda ti me namam sundaram pavaram ^^ abu. 21.
Yuvatman ca sabbasam kalyam ti ^^ ca vissuta
tasmim pi nagare ramme tbapetva hi Y"asodbaram.i3 22.
Jettho bbata ti lokaggo paccbimo araba tatba
ekakinl gabattbabam ^4 matara ^s paricodita : 23.
Sakiyambi kule jata putte ^^ buddbanuja tuvam ^7
Nandena pi vina bbiita agare kim na accbasi.^^ 24.
1 laccbam evam upatthitam, P. ; sumatthitam, B.
2 hessati, A. B. 3 mudika, P.
4 Yamam agam, A. 5 Tusitam agam, A.
6 opuram tato, A. 7 vfibasri, A. B. ^ rajanam, A.
9 Suddbodanassiba, P. ^° sir! ca riipinl, P.
11 tena Nanda ti namena sundara pavaril, P.
12 kalyanibi, P. ^^ tbapetva tain yaso dbanam, P.
14 gahatthabu, P. ^^ matuya, P. ^^ piitto, P. B.
17 buddbcinujatiyam, B. ^^ kim na lajjasi, P. B.
84 XLI. SUNDARINANDA.
Jaravasanam ^ yobbaniiam rupam asucisammatam
rogantam api carogyam ^ jivitam maranantikam. 25.
Idam pi te subham nipam sasikantam 3 manoharam 4
bhusananam alamkaram sirisanghatasamiibliam.5 26.
Punjitam ^ lokasaram va 7 nayananam rasayanam
pumianam kittijananam Okkakakiilananclanam. 27.
Naciren' eva kaleiia jarayam adhisessati ^
vihaya geham karuiiiie9 cara dhammam anindite.^° 28.
Sutvaliam matu vacanam pabbajim anagariyam
dehena na tu cittena rupayobbanalalita.^^ 29.
Mahata ca payattena ^^ jhanajjhanaparam ^3 mama
katun ca vadate ^4 mata na caham tattba ^5 ussuka. 30.
Tato mabakaruniko disva mam kamalalasam
nibbindauattbam rupasmim mama cakkhupatbe jino 31.
Sakena anubbavena itthim ^^ mapesi sobhanim
dassaniyam siiruciram mamato pi siirupinim.^7 32.
Tarn abam vimbita disva ativimbitadehinim ^^
cintayim sapbalam me ti ^9 nettalabbam ca manusam.-° 33.
Tam abam " ebi subhage yen' attho tarn vadehi me
kulan te namagottam ca vada me yadi te piyam." 34.
Navaii ca ^i kalo subbage uccbange mam nivasaya ^2
nisidanti ^3 mam'angani pasuppaya mubuttakam.24 35.
Tato sisam mam'aiige sa ^5 katva sayi sulocana
tassa nalate patita ^6 ludda paramadaruna.27 36.
^ rajavasanam, B. 2 arogyam, P.
3 pasikantam, B. 4 parikantamanoraham, P.
5 sirisanketasan°, P. ; sirisankatasan°, B.
6 pinditam, P. 7 lokasaraii ca, P.
s jarayo sankbarasati, P. 9 karmiiiena, P.
1° vara dbammam atandite, B. ^^ °lalite, A. ; ogajita, P.
12 va sayattena, P. 13 jbanajjbena°, A.
^4 kattu ca vasate, P. B.
15 navciham tatra, P. ; na caba tattba, A. ^^ itthi, P.
17 vism-upini, P. is odehini, P. ^9 neti, B.
20 manasam, P. 21 napanca, P. 22 13^^111 nivesa tarn, P
23 sidantl 'va, A. 24 sasupiyam mub°, P. ; passapiyam, B.
25 sisam mama kesa, P. 26 panita, P. 27 j^ta par°, P.
THERI GATITA. 11. 85
Sabca tassa nipfitcna pilakfi upapajjatlui.'
Paggbarimsu pabbinna ca kunapji pubbalobitfi. SI.
Pabliinnam vadanam cApi kunapani putigandbikain ^
uddbumatam vinlbin ca pubbafi capi 3 saiirakaiu. 38.
Sti pavedbitasabbaiigT 4 nissasanti muhum mubuin
vedayanti sakani diikkbam karunam paridevayi.5 39.
Diikkbena diikkbitjl bomi pbnsajanti ca vedanii
mabridukkbe nimugg' ambi saranani bobi me sakbl. 40.
Kuhim vadanasobban te kubin te tuiiganilsika
tambabimbavarottban ^ te vedaiian te kubim gatam. 41.
Kubim saslnibham vattam kambugiva 7 kubim gatfi
dolatula va ^ te kanna vevannam 9 samupilgata. 42.
Makulakbarakakcira kalasci ^° va payodbara
pabbinna pntikuiiapa duttbagandbitvam agata. 43.
Vedimajjha " 'va sussoni suna vanitakibbisa ^^
jata amajjbabbarita.^3 Abo riipam asassatam. 44.
Sabbam sarirasaiijatam piitigandbam bbayanakam
susanam iva jeguccbam ^4 ramante yattba balisa.^s 45.
Tada mabakaruniko bbata me lokanayako
disva samviggacittam mam ima gatba abbasatba : 46.
Aturam asucim piitim passa Nande samussayam
asubbaya cittam bhavehi ekaggam snsamabitam. 47.
Yatba idam tatba etam ya.tba etam tatba id am
duggandbam piitikam vati balanam abbinanditam. 48.
Evam etam avekkbanti rattindivam atandita
tato sakaya pailiiaya abbinibbijja dakkbisam.^^ 49.
Tato 'bam abhisamvigga sutva gatba subbasita
tatra tbita vipassanti ^7 arahattam apapunim. 50.
I pilakam udapajjatba, P. ^ putigandbanam, A.
3 sabbaii capi, P. 4 sa saveditfi sabbaiiga, P.
^"^ paridevati, P. ^ tampa°, A.
7 kampugo, A. ^ dolakela va, B. ; dolalulhi, A.
9 vevanna, P. '° kalaka, A.
^^ vedimajja, A. ; vedimajjba putbusatl, P.
12 vanita°, A. ; sunakbinltakib^, P. ^3 amajjabb°, A.
1"^ siisana-r-iva, P. ; iva vebbaccam, A. ^5 baliya, A.
^^ dakkbasi, B. ; dakkbayi, A. ^7 tbita 'va bamsanti, A. B
86 XLI. SUNDAEINANDA.
Yattha yattha nisinnaham sada jhanaparayana
jino tasmim gune tuttbo etadagge tbapesi mam. 51.
Kilesa jbapita mayham — pa — katam buddhassa sasanam
ti. 52.
Arabattam pana patva attano patipattim paccavekkbitva
udanavasena : A t u r a m a s u c i n ti adina sattbara
desitatibi gatbabi saddbim :
Tassa me appamattaya vicinantiya yoniso
yatbabbiitam ayam kayo dittbo santarababiro. 85.
Atba nibbiudi 'bam kaye ajjbattan ca virajj' abam
appamatta visamyutta upasanta bi nibbuta ti. 86.
Ima gatba abbasi. Tattba e v a m e t a m a v e k-
k h a n 1 1 — pa — d akkbisan^ ti etaiii aturadisabbavam
kayam. Evam yatba idam tatba etan ti adika
vuttappakarena r a 1 1 i n d i v a m sabbakalam a t a n d i t a
hutva parato gbosabetukam sutamayaiianam muncetva
tato tarn nimittam attaniyam bbiitatta manasikarabbavana
maya yaya pannaya yatbavato gbanavinibbbogakaranena
a b b i n i b b i j j a. Katbam nu kho d a k k b i s a m pas-
sissan ti abbogapiii'ecarikena pubbabbagaiianacakkbuna
avekkbanti vicinanti ti attbo.
Tenaba : Tassa me appamattaya ti adi. Tass'
attbo tassa me satiavippavasena appamattaya. Yoniso
upayena aniccadivasena vipassanapamiaya. Y i c i n a n t i-
ya vimamsantiya. Ayam kbandbapancakasankbato kayo
sasantanaparasantanavibbagato santarababiro ya-
tbabbiitam dittbo. Atba tatba dassanato paccba.
N i b b i n rV abam k ji y e vipassanapaiiiiaya sabitaya
maggapaimaya attabbaveoa nibbisesato ajjbattasantane
virajjim viragam apajjim. Abam tatbabbiitaya appa-
madapatipattiya mattbakappattiya appamatta sabbaso
samyojananam samiiccbinnatta visamyutta u p a-
s a n t a ca nibbuta ca ambi ti.
Sundarmandaya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
padakkbiyan, cd.
THERl GATHA. 42. 87
XLIL
A g g i m I c a n d ;i m c a ti adikci Nanduttarriya tberiyu
gfitba. Ay am pi purimabuddhesu katridliikrirfi tattha
tattlia bbave vivattupauissayam kusulam upacinitva
imasmim buddbuppfide Kururatthe Kaminassadamma-
nigame brabmanakule ni])battitva ekaccanaiii vijjrittbanrmi
sippayatanani ca uggabetva nigantbapabbajjani upagautva
vadasuta jambusakbam gabetva Bbadda Kundakikesi vi^'a
Jambudlpatale vicarantl MabamoggaUanatberam upasanka-
niitva panbam puccbitvfi parajayam pattil tberassa ovade
tbatva sasane pabbajitva samanadbammam karonti na-
cirass' eva saba patisambbidabi arabattam patva attauo
patipattim paccavekkbitva udanavasena :
Aggim - candam ca suriyam ca devata ca namassi 'ham
nadltittbani gantvana udakam orubami 'ham. 87.
Babuvatasamadana 3 addbam 4 sisassa ohkbi
chamaya seyyam kappemi rattibhattam na bbunji 5
'bam. 88.
Vibbiisanamandanarata nbapanucchadanebi ca
upakasi imam kayam kamaragena attita. 89.
Tato saddbam labbitvcina pabbajim anagariyam
disva kayam yatbabbutam kamarago samiibato.^ 90.
Sab be bhava samuccbinna iccha ca pattbana pi ca
sabbayogavisamyutta santim papuni cetaso ti 91.
Ima paiica gatha abhasi. Tattha a g g i n7 c a n d a n c a
s u r i y a n c a d e v a t a c a namassi 'h a in ti aggi-
sammukha deva ti indanam devanam aradbanattbam
abutim ^ paggabetva aggim ca mase mase sukkapakkhassa
dutiyaya candam ca divase sayampiitam suriyafi ca annaii
ca babirahiramiagabbhadayo devata ca visuddhimag-
gam gavesanti namassi abam namakkaram abam akasim.
' aggi, cd. 2 aggi, cd. 3 bahuv°, cd.
■i ada, cd. 5 abhunji, cd. ^ samobato, cd.
7 aggi, cd. 8 abuti, cd.
88 XLII. NANDUTTARA.
N a d i t i 1 1 h a n i g a n t v a n a u d a k a m o r u h a m'
a b a m ti gaiigadinam piijatitthani upagantva sayampatam
iidakam otarami. Udake nimiijjitva aggisiiicanam karomi.
Bahiivatasamadana ti pancatapatappanadibahuvi-
dhavatasamadana.^ Gathasukhattbam babu ti digbakara-
nam. Add ham sisassa olikbin^ ti maybam pi
si sassa addbam eva mundemi. Keci a d d h a m sisassa
o 1 i k b i n 3 ti kesakalapassa addbam jatabandhanavasena
bandbitva addbam vissajjesin ti attbam vadanti. C b a-
maya seyyam kappemi ti tbandilasayini bntva
autarabitaya bbumiya say ami. Kattibb attain na
bbunji4 'ban ti rattiiparata butva rattiyam bbojanam
na bbunjim.
Vibbusanamandanarata ti cirakalam attakila-
matbannyogena kilantakaya evam sarirassa kilamanena
n'attbi pannasuddbi. Sace pana indriyanam tosanavasena
sarirassa kampanena suddbi siya ti ? Manta imam kayam
anuganbanti vibbiisayam mandane ca rata vattbalankarebi
alankarane gandbamaladibi mandane ca abbirata. N b a-
panuccbadanebi ca ti sambabanadini ^ karetva nba-
panena uccbadanena ca. Upakasi imam kayan ti
imam mama kayam anuganbim santai^pesim. K a m a r a-
gena attita ti evam kayadalbibabula butva ayoniso-
manasikarapaccaya pariyuttbitena i^amaragena attita ti
abinbam upadduta abosim. Tato saddbam labbi-
t V a n a ti evam samadinnavatani bbinditva kayadalbiba-
bula vadapasuta butva tattba tattba vicaranti tato paccba
aparabbage Mabamoggallanattberassa santike laddbovada-
nusasana saddbam patilabbitva. Disva kayam ya-
t b a b b fi t a m ti saba vipassanaya maggapannaya imam
mama kayam yatbabbutam disva. Anagamimaggena sab-
baso k a m a r a g 0 s a m u b a t o. Tato param aggamag-
gena sabbe bbava samuccbinna iccba ca pat-
t b a n a pi c a ti paccuppannavisayabbilapasankbata
iccba ayatibbavabbilapasaiikbata pattbana pi sabba samuc-
^ pancatapakappo, cd. ^ olikban, cd. 3 olikan, cd.
4 abbuiiji, cd. 5 ati sammabanadini, cd.
TIIERl GATIIA. -12. IS. 89
chinna ti yojanfi. S a n t i m ^ p a p u n i c e t a s o ti ac-
cautasantiarabattapbalam pripunim ^ adhigaccliin ti attlio.
Nanduttaraya tberiyfi gathrivaiinanri samatta.
XLIII.
8 a d d h a y a p a b b a j i t v a n a ti adika Mittjikalikatbe-
riya gatbil. Ayam pi piirimabiiddhesu katfidbikara tattba
tattba bbave vivattupaiiissayam kusalam upacinantT ima-
smim bnddhuppade Kuriirattbe Kammassadammanigame
brabmanakule nibbattitva viiinutam patta Mahasatipattba-
nadesanaya patiladdbasaddba bbikkbnnisn pabbajitvri satta
samvaccbarani bibbasakkaragiddbika bntva samanadbam-
mam karonti tattba tattba vivaditva aparabbage yoniso
uppajjanti samvegajata butva vipassanam pattbapetva
nacirass' eva saba patisambbidabi arahattaip patva attano
patipattim 3 paccavekkbitva udanavasena :
Saddbaya pabbajitvnna agarasinanagariyam
vicari 'bam tena tena bibbasakkaraussuka. 92.
EiiicitYa paramam attbam binam attbam asevi 'ham
kilebanam vasam gantva samaimattbam nirajji 'bom. 93.
Tassa me abu samvego nisinnaya vibarake
ummaggapatipann' amhi tanbaya vasam agatil. 94.
Appakam jivitam mayham jarti vyadbi vimaddp.ti
purayam bhijjati kayo iia me kalo pamajjitum. 95.
Yatbabbiitam avekkbanti kbandbanam udayabbayam
vimuttacitta uttbasi katam buddhassa sasanan ti. 96.
Ima gatba abbasi. Tattba vicari 'bam tena tena
1 a b b a s a k k a r a u s s u k a ti bibbe ca sakkare ca ussuka
yuttapayuttfi butva tena tena babusaccadbammakatbadina
blbbuppildabetuncX vicarim abani. li i n c i t v a p a r a-
m a m a 1 1 b a n ti jbanavipassanamaggapbabldiuttamam
attbam jabitva chadditva. Hinam attbam asevi
santi, cd. ^ papuni, cd. 3 patipatti, cd.
90 XLIII. MITTAKALIKA.
'ban ti catupaccayasankhataamisabbavato niblnam lama-
kam attbam ayonisopariyesana parisevim abam. Kile-
sanam vasam gantvati manamadatanbadmam kile-
sanam vasam upagantva s a m a n n a 1 1 b a m ^ samanakic-
cam n i r a j j i na janim abam.
Nisinnaya vibarake ti mama vasanakaovarake
nisinnaya a b u s a m v e g o. Katban ti ce aba u m m a g-
g a p a t i p a n n' a m b I ti. Tattba ummaggapatipann'
ambi ti yavad eva anupadaya parinibbanattbam idam
sasanam tattba sasane pabbajitva kammattbanam amana-
sikaronti tassa ummaggapatipaDna ambi ti. T a n b a y a
vasam agatati paccayuppadanatanbaya vasam upa-
gata.
A p p a k a m j i v i t a m m a y b a m ti pariccbinnakala
jivito babupaddavato ca mama jivitam appakam parittam
labukam. Jara vyadbi ca maddati ti tan ca
samantato apatitva nippotbento pabbata viya jara ca
vyadbi ca maddati nimmatbati. Maddate tica patbo.
J a r a y a m b b i j j a t i kayo ti ay am kayo bbijjati jara-
yam.2 Yasma tassa ekamsiko bbedo tasma n a me k al o
p a m a j j i t u m ayam kalo attbakkbanavajjito, navamo
kbano so pamajjitum na yntto ti. Tassabu samvego ti
yojana.
Yatbabbiitam avekkbanti ti evam jatasamvego
vipassanam pattbapetva aniccadimanasikarena yatbabbu-
tam avekkbanti. Kim avekkbanti ti aba. K b a n d b a-
nam udayabbayam ti avijjasamudaya mpasamudayo
ti adina samapaiiiiasabbedam paiicannam upadanakkban-
dbanam uppadanirodban ca udayabbayanupassanaya avek-
kbanti ^.ipassanam ussukkapetva maggapatipatiya sabbaso
kilesebi ca vimmicitva u 1 1 b a s i ubbato upattbanena
maggena bbavattayato pi vuttbita abosim. Sesam vutta-
nayam eva.
Mittakabya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
^ samaiinattam, cd. 2 j^j.^^ q^^
THERI GATHA. 44. 91
XLIY.
A gel r a s m i 111 ^ v a s a n t i ti Tidikri Pakulriya tlieriyfi
grithii. Ayaiii kira Padumuttarassa bhagavato kale Haiiisa-
vatlnagare Auaudassa - ranfio dhitfi hutva nibbatta sattbu
vematikabliagini Nandfi ti nfimena. Si'i vinnutam patta
ekadivasam sattliu santike dhammain sunanti sattharam
ekam bhikkhunim dibbacakkhuklnam 3 aggatthane tba-
pentam disvfi ussahadevata adhikrirakammam katvfi sayam
pi tarn thcinantaram 4 patthenti paiiidhrmam akasi. Sa
tattha yavajTvam bahuni ularaiii kusalaiii kammam katva
devaloke nibbattitva aparaparam sugatisu yeva samsaranti
Kassapassa bhagavato kale brahmaiiakule nibbattitva
paribbtijakapabbajjam pabbajitva ekacarini vicar anti eka-
divasam telabhikkhaya ahinditva telam labhitva tena telena
sattbu cetiye sabbarattim dipapiijam akasi. Sa tato cuta
Tavatimse nibbattitva suvisuddbadibbacakkhuka hutva
ekam buddbantaram devesu yeva samsaritva imasmim
buddhuppade Savatthiyam brahmaiiakule nibbatti. Pakula
'ti 'ssa namam ahosi. Sa viniiutam patva sattbu Jetava-
napatiggabane patiladdhasaddha upasika hutva aparabhage
aniiatarassa khiiiasavattherassa santike dhammam sutva
samjatasamvega pabbajitva vipassanara thapetva ghatenti
vayamanti nacirass' eva arahattani papuni. Tena vuttam
Apadane :
Padumuttaro nama jino sabbadhammana pjiragn
ito satasahassamhi kappe uppajji nilyako. 1.
Hitaya sabbasattanam sukhaya vadatam varo
atthaya purisajaiiiio patipanno sadevake. 2.
Yasaggappatto sirima kittivaniiagato jino
pujito sabbalokassa disa sabba suvissuto. 3.
Uttinnavicikiccho so vltivattakathamkatho
sampunnamanasaiikappo 5 patto sambodhim uttamani. 4.
Anuppannassa maggassa uppadeta naruttamo
anakkhatan ca akkhasi asanjatafi ca sanjani. 5.
^ agarasma, cd. ^ Ananassa, cd. 3 ocakkhukanam, cd.
4 thanantam, cd. 5 sampannam°, P.
92 XLIV. PAKULA.
Maggannu ca maggavidii maggakkhayi narasabho
maggassa kusalo ^ sattha sarathlnam varuttamo. 6.
Tada mahakaruniko - dhammam desesi nayako
nimiigge kamapankamhi ^ samuddharati panino. 7.
Tadaham Hamsavatiyam jcita khattiyanandana
surupa sadhana capi dayita ca sirimati. 8.
Anandassa maharanno dhita paramasobliana
vemata bhagini capi Padumuttaranamino. 9.
Kajakannahi sahita sabbabharanabhusita
upagamma 4 MahavTram assosim dhammadesanam. 10.
Tada hi so lokagaru bhikkhunim dibbacakkliukim 5
kittayam parisamajjhe aggatthane thapesi tam.^ 11.
Sunitva tarn aham hattlia danam datvana sattliuno ^
pujetvana ca sambuddham dibbacakkhum apatthayim. 12.
Tato avoca mam sattha Nande lacchasi patthitam
padlpadhammadananam ^ pbalam etam yathicchitam.9 13.
Satasahasse ito kappe Okkakakulasambhavo
Gotamo nama namena sattha loke bhavissati. 14.
Tassa dhammesu dayada orasa dhammanimmita
Pakula^° nama namena hessasi" satthu savika. 15.
Tena kammena sukatena cetanapanidhihi ca
jahitva manusam deham Tavatimsam aganch' aham. 16.
Imamhi bhaddake kappe brahmabandhu mahayaso
Kassapo nama namena uppajji vadatam varo. 17.
Paribbajikini asim tadaham ekacarini
bhikkhaya vicaritvana alabhim tehamattakam.^^ ig^
Tena dipam padipetva upatthim sabbasamvarim
cetiyam dvipadaggassa vippasannena cetasa. 19.
Tena kammena sukatena cetanapanidhThi ca
jahitw: mflnusam deham Tavatimsam aganchi 'ham. 20.
^ maggakusalo, P. 2 mahakaruniko sattha, A.
3 nimuggam mohapahk", P. -^ uppagamma, P.
5 °cakkhuki, P. 6 thapesi ^lam, P.
7 'bhinanditvana satthnno, A. 8 0(j^nena, P.
etam sunicchitam, A. ^o Sakuhi, A. ^^ hessati, A.
^2 tena mattakam, B.
tfier! gatha. 44. 93
Yattha yatthupapajjruni tassa kammassa pfikasfi ^
samjalanti- mahridTpa tattha tattha gatiiya me. 21.
Tirokuddam 3 tiro^elam samatip;,cjayha pabbatam
passiim' abam yad iccbfimi, dipadanass' idam pbalaiu.4 22.
Visuddhadassana 5 bomi yasasa pajabim' abam
saddba pannavatT '^ c'eva, dipadanass' idam pbalaip. 23.
Paccbime ca bbave 'dilnijata vippakule abam
pahutadbanadhafmamhi mudite rajapiijite.7 24.
Abam sabbaiigasampannri sabbabbaranabbiisita
purappavese ^ sugatam vatapane tbita abam. 25.
Pisva jalantam yasasa devamanussasakkatam
anuvyanjanasampannam lakkbanebi vil)busitam 26.
Udaggacitta sumana pabbajjam samarocayim
nacii-en' eva kalena arabattam apapunim. 27.
Iddbisu ca vasi bomi diljibaya sotadhatuya
paracittani janami sattbu sasanakarika. 28.
Pubbenivasam janami dibbacakkbum visodbitam
kbepetva asave sabbe visuddbasim snnimmabl. 29.
Paricinno maya sattba katam buddbassa s;lsanam
obito garuko bbaro bbavanetti samiibata. 30.
Yass'attbaya pabbajita agarasmanagariyam
so me attbo anuppatto sabbasamyojanakkbayo. 31.
Tato mabjikaruniko etadagge tbapesi mam
" dibbacakkhukinam 9 agga Pakiiba ^°" ti naruttamo. 32.
Kilesa jbapita mayham — pa — katam buddbassa sasanan
ti. 33.
Arabattam pana patva katadbikarataya dibbacakkbmlane
cinnavasi abosi. Tena tarn sattba dibbacakkbnkinam "
bbikkbuninam aggattbane tbapesi. Sfi attano patipattim
paccavekkbitva pitisomanassajata udanavasena :
I vahasa, A. B. ^ samsaranti, P. ; saiicaranti, B.
3 tirokutam, A. '^ balam, A.
5 visuddbanayana, A. ^ pannrisatT, P.
7 mudita rrijapujita, P. ^ purampavesa, P.
9 ocakkbukanam, P. '° Sakubi, A. B.
II °cakkbakrinam, cd.
94 XLIV. PAKULA.
Agarasmim vasanti 'ham dhammam sutvana bliikkhuno
adclasam virajam dhammam nibbanapadam accutam. 97.
Saham puttam ca dhitam ca dhanadhannam ca chaddiya
kese chedapayitvana pabbaji anagariyam. 98.
Sikkhamana ah am santi bhaventi maggam aiijasam
pahasi ragadosam ca tadekatthe ca asave. 99.
Bhikkhum upasampajja pubbajatim anussarim
dibbacakkhu visodhitam vimalam sadhu bhavitam. 100.
Sankhare parato disva hetnjate palokine
pahaya asave sabbe sitibhut' amhi nibbuta ti. 101.
Ima gatha abhasi. Tattha agarasmim vasanti
'ham dhammam sutvana b h i k k h u n o ti aham
pubbe agaramajjhe vasamana aiinatarassa bhinnakilesassa
bhikkhuno santike catusaccagabbham ^ dhammakatham
sutva. Addasam virajam dhammam nibba-
napadam accutanti ragarajadinam abhavena vira-
jam vanato nikkhantatta nibbanam maccunabhavato adhi-
gatanam accutahetukaya ca nibbanam accutani padan ti ca
laddhanamasaiikhatadhammam sahassanayapatimanditena
dassanasankhatena dhammacakkhuna addasam passim.
S a h a n ti sa aham vuttappakarena sotapanna homi.
Sikkhamana aham santi ti aham sikkhamana
vasamana pabbajitva vasse aparipunne evam bhaventi
maggam a n j a s a n ti majjhimapatipattibhavato aiija-
sam uparimaggam uppadenti. Tadekatthe ca^ asave
ti ragadosehi sahajekatthe pahanekatthe ca tatiyamagga-
majjhe asave pahasi samucchindi.^
Bhikkhuni upasampajja ti vasse paripunne
upasam . ajjitva bhikkhuni hutva. V i m a 1 a n ti avijjadihi
upakkilesehi vimuttataya vigatamalam sakkacca-d-eva
mama bhasitam. S a d h li ti va buddhadihi bhavitam
uppaditam dibbacakkhum visodhitan ti sam-
bandho. S a ii k hare ti tebhumakasankhare. Parato
ti anattato. Hetujate4 ti paccuppanne. Palokine
^ catusaccam g°, cd. 2 qq^ ^,^^^ q^^
3 samucchin ti, cd. 4 hetujato, cd.
TiiEra GATiiA. 14. 45. 95
ti palujjanasabhrive pabbangurena pannacakkbunri disva.
P a b fi s i fi s a V e s a b b e ti aggamaggena avasitthe
sabbe pi fisave pajabini kbepesin ti attbo. Sesam vutta-
nayam eva.
PakuL\ya tberiya gathavannana samatta.
XLV.
Das a piitte vijayitva ti aclika Sonaya tberiya
gcitba. Ayam pi Padumiittarassa bbagavato kale Hamsa-
vatinagare kiilagebe nibbattitva viiinutam patva ekadiva-
sam Pattbu santike dbammam sunantl sattbjlram ^ ekam
bbikkbunim araddbaviriyanam bbikkbnninam aggattbane
tbapentam disva adbikarakammam katva sayam pi tarn
tbanantaram pattbetva yavajivam pimiiani katva, tato cuta
kappasatasabassam devamannssesu samsaritva imasmim
biiddbnppade Savattbiyam kulagebe nibbattitva vayappatta
patikulam gata dasa puttadbitaro bibbitva Babuputtika ti
paniiayittba. Sa samike pabbajite puttadbitaro gbaravfise
patittbapetva sabbam dbanam puttanam vissajjetva adasi,
na kinci attano thapesi. Tarn putta ca piittabbariya ca
katipabam eva npattbabitva paribbavam akamsu. '^ Kim
maybam imebi paribbavaya ghare vasantiya" ti bbikkbimiyo
upasamkamitva pabbajjam yaci. Tarn bhikkbuniyo pabba-
jesum. Sa laddbiipasarapada " abam maballikakfile pabba-
jitva appamattaya bbavitabban " ti bbikkbunmam vatta-
pativattam karonti " sabbarattim samanadbammam karis-
sami " ti bettha pasade ekam tbambbam battbena gabetvcX
tarn avijjamana samanadbammam karonti caiikamamana
pi " andbakai'e tbane rnkkbadlsu yattba tattbaci me slsam
patibaiineyya " ti rukkham battbena gabetva tarn avijaba-
mana 'va samanadbammam karoti. Tato pattliaya sa
araddbaviriyataya pakata abosi. Sattba tassa iianapari-
^ sattbara, cd.
96 XLV. SONA.
pakam disva gandhakutiyam nisinno 'va obhasam pharitva
sammukhe nisinno viya attanam dassetva :
Yo ca vassasatam jive apassam dhammam uttamam
ekaham jivitam seyyo passato dhammam uttaman ti.
gatbam abliasi. Sa gatbapariyosane arabattam papuni.
Tena vattam Apadane :
Padumuttaro nama jino sabbadbammana paragii
ito satasabassambi kappe uppajji nayako. 1.
Tada ^ setthikule jata sukhita pujita piya^
upetva 3 tarn munivaram assosim madhuram vacam. 2.
Araddbaviriyan' aggam vannentam bhikkbmiim jinam
tarn sutva mudita butva karam katvana satthuno 3.
Abbivadiya sambuddbam tarn tbanam4 pattbayim tada.
Anumodi mabaviro " sijjbatam panidbi tava." 5 4.
Satasabasse ito kappe Okkakakulasambhavo
Gotamo nama namena sattba loke bbavissati. 5.
Tassa dbammesu dayada orasa dbammanimmita
Sona ti nama namena bessasi ^ sattbu savika. 6.
Tarn sutva mudita butva yavajivam tada jinam
mettacitta paricarim paccayebi vinayakam. 7.
Tena kammena sukatena cetanapanidbibi ca
jahitva manusam debam Tavatimsam agancbi 'bam. 8.
Paccbime ca bbave dani jata settbikule abam
Savattbiyam puravare iddbe pbite mahaddbane. 9.
Yada ca yobbanappatta gantva patikulam abam
dasa puttani ajanim surupani visesato 10.
Sukb' dbita7 ca te sabbe jananettamanobara
amittanam pi rucita mama pag eva te piya ^ 11.
Tato maybam akamaya dasaputtapurakkbato
pabbajittba sa me sattba devadevassa sasane. 12.
I tadaham, P. 2 dassita siya, P. 3 tbapetva, P.
^ tbanam tarn, A. 5 panidbihi ca, P.
6 bessati, A. 7 sukhe tbita, P. § ^e siya, P.
THERI GATHA. 45. 97
Tad ekikii vicintesiin : jivitenfilam attbu ine
jinaya ^ patiputtehi - vuddhaya ca varrikiyri.3 13.
Aliam pi tattha gacchissam sampatto -+ yattba mc pati 5
evfdiam cintayitvana pal)l)ajim anag;iriyam. 14.
Tato ca mam ^ bliikklmniyo ekain bhikklmnupassaye
vihaya gaccbiim / ovridam " tclpelii udakam " iti. 15.
Tada udakam abitva okiritvana kumbbiya
cule tbapetva aslna ^ tato cittam samadabim.9 IG.
Khandbe aniccato disva dukkbato ca anattato
cbetvana ^° asave sabbe arabattam apapunim. 17.
Tadfigantva bbikkbuniyo unbodakam apuccbisum ^^
tejodbjitum adbitthaya kbippam santapayim ^^ jalam. 18.
Vimhita ta jinavaram etam attbam abhavayum ^3
tarn sntvri mudito natbo imam gatham abbasatba : 19
" Yo ca vassasatam jive kusito binaviriyo
ekabam jivitam seyyo viriyam arabbato dalham." 20.
Aradbito mabaviro mama suppatipattiya ^4
araddbaviriyan' aggam mabapanno mabamuni. 21.
Kilesa jhapita mayham — pa — katam buddbassa sasanan
ti. 22.
Atba nam bhagava bbikkbuniyo patipatiya thanantare
tbapento araddbaviriyanam aggatthane thapesi. Sa ekadi-
vasam attano patipattim paccavekkbitva udanavasena :
Dasa putte vijayitva asmim rupasamussaye
tato 'bam dubbahi jinnTi ^5 bhikkbunim upasamkamim. 102.
Sa me dhammam adesesi khandhayatanadbatuyo
tassa dbammam sunitvana kese cbetvana ^^ pabbajim. 103.
I jinaya, MSS. - patiputtebi, P.
^ buddbaya ca parakiya, P. 4 passuto, B.
5 sattba me sati, P. ^ mama, P.
7 gacche, P. ^ asina, P.
9 pasjldayim, P. ; samadayi, P. ^° kbepetva, A. B.
^^ °dakasamuccbisum, P. ^- santapayim, A.
^^ pasavayum, P. ^4 mama supapavattiya, P.
^5 ciuiia, cd. ^^ bitvana, cd.
8
98 XLV. SONA.
Tassa me sikkhamanaya dibbacakkhu visodhitam.
pubbenivasam janjimi yattha me vusitam pure. 104.
Animittam ca bhilvemi ekagga susamahita
anantaravimokkhasim anupadaya nibbntaJ 105.
Panca kkhandha parinnata titthanti chinnamulaka
thitivattliuj ' anej' amhi n'attlii dam punabbhavo 'ti. 106.
Ima gathcl abhasi. Tattha r u p a s a m u s s a y e ti
rupasaiikhclte samussaye. x\yani rupasaddo cakkbuni ca
paticca nipe ca uppajjati cakkhuvinnaiian ti adisu rilpaya-
tane agato. Yam kiiici rupam atitanagatapaccuppannani
ti adisu rupakkbaudhe piyarupe satarupe rajjati ti adisu
sabhave babiddba rupani passati ti adisu kasinayatane nipi
rupani passati ti iidisu rupajjhane attbiil ca paticcanbarum
ca paticca cammam ca paticca mamsam ca paticca akaso
parivarito rupan tveva saiikbam gaccbati ti adisu rilpakaye
idhapi rupakayo 'va dattbabbo. Samudayasaddo pi attbi-
nam sarlrassa pariyayo satan ti samudayo ti adisu attbi-
pariyaye a t u r a m a s u c i ni p ii t i ni p a s s a N a n d e
s a m u s s a y a n ti adisu sarire idhjlpi sariro^ eva dattbabbo.
Tena vuttam r upas a m u s s a y e ti rupasaiikbate samus-
saye sarire ti attho. Tbatva ti vacanaseso.
A s m i m r u p a s a m u s s a y e ti imasmim rupasamus-
saye tbatva imam rilpakayam nissaya dasa putte vijayitva
ti yojana. Tato ti tasma dasaputtavijayanahetu. Sa bi
pathamavayam atikkamitva puttake vijayanti anukkamena
dubbalasarira jinna 'va abosini. Tena vuttam: Tato
'b am d u b b a 1 a j i n ii a ti. Tassa tato t a s s a ti va tassa
santike. Puna va tassa ti karane samivacanam. Triya ti
attbc S i k k b a m a n a y a ti tisso pi silvkba sikkliamana.
A n a n t a r a v i m 0 k k b Ti sin ti aggamaggassa anantara
uppannavimokkba risiin. Eiipi rupani 3 passati ti ildayo bi
attba pi vimokkba 4 anantaravimokkba nrima na bonti.
Maggrmantaram anuppatta 5 ti phalavimokkbri pana sama-
pattikale^ pavattamana pi pathamamagganantaram eva
^ nibbuti, cd. 2 sarire, cd. ^ j-^jp^ rupani, cd*
•+ vimokkhanam, cd» s anuppatto, cd.
^ phalavikkbapanasamapattikale, cd.
TIIEKI GATIIA. 15. H). 91)
siimuppattito tain iipudclya aiiantaraviuiokkho nauia.
Yatha ^ maggasamadhi anautarikasamadhi ti vuccati.
A n u p a d a y a n i b b u t Ti ti rupadisu kinei pi agahetva
kilesaparinibbaucna nibbuta asini. Evam vijjc'ittayam
vibhavetva arahattapbalena kutam ganbin ti ndanetva idfini
jaraya cirakalam upadduta garabitam vigarabanti saba
vattbuna tassa samatikkantibbilvam vibbavetum p a il c a
k k b a n d b a pari n h a t -d ti osanagatbam aba. Tattba
t b i t a V a 1 1 b u j ' a n c j ' a m b i ti aiigrmain sitbihibbava-
karanadina jammi bmiake jane tuybani dbi atthu tava
dbikaro botu. N 'a 1 1 b i d Ti n i p u n a b h b a v o ti tasma
tvam may?! atikkantcl abbibbuta si ti adbippayo.
Sonaya theriya gatbavaniiana samatta.
XLYI.
L u n a k e s i ti c'ldika Bbaddriya Kundalakesaya tberiya
giltba. Ayam pi Padumuttarassa bbagavato kale Hamsa-
vatinagare kulagebe nibbattitva viimutam patta ekadivasam
satthu santike dbammani sunanti sattbaram - ekam bbik-
kbunim kbippabbinfianam aggattbane tbapentam disva
adbikarakammam katva tarn tbanantaram 3 paitbetva
yavajivam punfiani katva kappasatasabassain devamanus-
sesu samsaritva Kassapabuddbakale Kikissa Kasiraiino gebe
sattannam bbagininam abbbantara butva vTsati vassasa-
bassani dasa sihini samadriya komarabrabmacariyam
carantT saiigbassa ca pana parivenam karetva ekam
buddbantaram sugatisu yeva samsaritva imasmim bud-
dbuppade Eajagabe settbikule nibbattitva Bbadda ti 'ssa
namam abosi. Sri mabata parivarena vaddbamana vayap-
patta tasmim yeva nagare purobitassa puttam Sattbukam
nama coram sabodbam gabetva rajanaya ^ nagaraguttikena^
maretuni agbatanam ^ niyamanam sibapaiijare olokentT
^ yato, cd. ^ sattbTirri, cd. ^ tbanantarani, cd.
4 rajanaya, cd. 3 nagaraguttikanani, cd.
6 agbiitam, cd.
100 XLVI. BHADDA KUNDALAKESA.
disva patibaddhacittfi hutva " sace tarn labhami jivissami
no ce marissami " ti sayane adhomukha nipajji. Ath' assa
pita tarn pavattim sutva ekadhitaja balavasineho sahassa-
lancam ^ datva npayena coram vissajjapetvti gandhodakena
nhapetva sabbabLaranapatimanditam karetva pasadam
pesesi. Bhadda pi paripunnamanoratha atirekalaiikarena
alankaritva tarn paricarati. Sattbuko katipaham vitina-
metva tassa abharanesu uppannalobbo " Bhadde abam
nagaraguttikena gahitamatto 'va corapapate adhivattbaya
devataya sac' abam jivitam labhami tuyham balikammam
upasambarissami ti patthanam ayacim tasma baHkammam
sajjapebi" ti. Sa ^'tassa manam puressrimi " ti balikammam
sajjapetva sabbabharanavibhiisita samikena saddhim ekam
yanam abbiruyba "devataya balikammam karissami " ti
corapapatam abbiruhitum ^ araddha. Satthnko cintesi
*' sabbesu abbiriibantesu 3 imiesa abharanam gahetum na
sakk'ambi " ti parivarajanam tattb' eva thapetva tam eva
balibbajanam gabapetva pabbatam abbirubanto taya sad-
dhim piyakatham na kathesi. Sa iiigiten' eva tassadhip-
payam annasi. Sattbuko "Bhadde tava uttarisatakam
omuiicitva kaytlrulhapasadhanam bhaiidikam karoh! " ti.
Sa pi " mayham ko aparadho " ti. " Kim bale balikam-
mattham 4 agato ti sannam karosi ? " Balikammapadesena
pana tava abharanam gahetum agato 'ti. " Kassa pana
ayya pasadhanam kassa s ahan " ti. " Naham etam vibha-
gam janami^" ti. " Hotu ayya, ekam pana me adhippayam
pilrehi, alahkataniyamenaalingitum dehi" ti. So "sadhu"
ti sampaticchi. Sa tena sampaticchitabhavam natva purato
ahiigitva pacchato aliiiganti viya pabbatapapate patesi.
So patitva cunnavicunnam ahosi. Taya katam acchariyam
disva pabbate adhivattha devata kosallam vibhaventl ima
gatba abhasi :
Na so sabbesu thanesu puriso hoti pandito
itthi pi panclita hoti tattha tattha vicakkhana.
' °lancham, cd. 2 abhiruyhitum, cd.
3 abhiruyhantesu, cd. 4 balikammam, cd.
kissa, cd. 6 janami, cd. om. ti.
TIIERI GATTTA. K). 101
Na so sabl)csu Ihrmcsu puriso lioti pandito
itthi pi paudita lioti mulmttam api ciutaye ti.
Tato Bhadda cintesi : *' Na sakkfi maya iminfi uiyfimena
geham gantuni, ito gantvri ekam pabbajjain pabbujissami "
ti nigaiithariimam gantvii niganthapabbajjam yfici. Atba
naiu te ahamsu : "Kena niyfimena pabl)ajja hotii" ti? *' Yaiu
tumbAkam pabbajjaya uttamam tad eva karotba " ti. Tu
" sadhu " ti tassa talattbina kese luficitva pabbajesuni. Puna
kesa vaddbanta kundalavatta ^ hutvfi vaddbesum. Tato
pattbaya sa Kundalakesa nama jatci. Sa tattba iiggabe-
tabbam samayam vadamaggan ca uggahetva " ettakam
nama imejananti, ito uttarim viseso n'attbl " ti fiatva tato
apakkamitva yattba yattba panditfi atthi tattba tattba
pjantva tesam jananasippam uggabetva attana saddbim
katbetum samattham adisva yam yam gamam va nigamam
va pavisati tassa dvare valikarasim katvfi tasmim ^ jambu-
sakbam tbapetva ''yo mama vadam aropetum sakkoti so
imam sakbam maddatii " ti samipe tbitadarakanam samiam
datva vasanattbanam gaccbati. Sattabam pi jambusakbfiya
tatb' eva tbitfiya tarn gabetva pakkamati.
Tena ca samayena ambakani bbagava loke uppajjitva
pavattavaradbammacakko annpubbena Savattbim npanis-
saya .Jetavane vibarati. Kundalakesa pi vuttanayena
gamanigamarajadbanisu vicar anti Savattbim patva nagara-
dviire valikarasimbi jambusakbam thapetva c'arakanam
sannam datva Savattbim pavisi.
Ath' ayasma dbammasenripati ekako 'va nagaram pavi-
santo tarn sakbam disva tarn dametukamo darake puccbi :
" Kasmayam sfikbas evam tbapita " ti ? Darakfi tarn
attbam arocesum. Tbero : " yadi evam, imam srddiam
maddatbfi" ti Tdia. Darakfi tarn maddimsu. Kundalakesa
katal)hattakicca nagarato nikkbamanti tarn sakbam mad-
ditam disva "ken' idam madditan" ti puccbitva, tberena
maddapitabhavam natva " apakkbiko vado na sobbatl " ti
Savattbim pavisitva vlthito vitbim vicaranti " passeyyatha
kundalavatta, cd. - tassa, cd. 3 sakbam, cd.
102 XLYI. BHADDA KUNDALAKESA.
samanehi Sakyaputtij^ehi saddhim maybam vadan " ti
ugghosetva mabajanaparivutfi ^ anilatarasmim rukkhamule
nisinnam dhammasenapatim upasaiikamitva patisantharam
katva ekamantam thita " kim tumhehi mama jambusakha
maddapita " ti aha ? '' Ama maya maddapita " ti. " Evam
sante tumbebi saddhim maybam vado hotu " ti. ''Hotu
bhadde." '' Kassa puccba kassa vissajjana " ti ? " Puccha
nama ambakam patta, tvam yam attanil jananakam puccba "
ti. Sa sabbam eva attana jananavadam puccbi. Tbero
sabbam vissajjesi. Sa uparipuccbitabl)am ajanantl tunbT
ahosi. Atha nam tbero aba : " Taya babum puccbitam,
aham pi tarn ekam panbam puccbissami " ti. *' Puccbatba
bbante " ti. Tbero *' ekam nama kin " ti imam panbam
puccbi. Kundalakesii n'eva antam na kotim passant!
andbakaram pavittba viya butva *' na janami bbante" ti aba.
" Tvam ettakam pi ajanantl aiinam kim janissasi " ti vatva
dbammam desesi. Sa therassa padesu patitva " bbante
tumbe saranam gaccbami " ti aha. " Ma mam tvam Bhadde
saranam gaccha, sadevake loke aggapuggalam bbagavantam
eva saranam gaccha "ti. "Evam karissami bbante " ti.
Sfi sayanhasamaye dbammadesanavebiya satthu santikam
gantva pancapatittbitena vanditva ekamantam attbasi.
Sattha tassa iianaparipakam ilatva :
Sabassam api ce gatba anatthapadasamhita
ekam gathapadam seyyo yam sutva upasammatl ti
imam gatbam aba. Gatbapariyosane yatha thita 'va saha
patisambhidabi arabattam papuni. Tena vuttam Apa-
dane :
Padumuttaro nama jino sabbadhammana paragii
ito satasabassambi kappe uppajji nayako. 1.
Tadaham Hamsavatiyam jata settbikule ahum
nfinaratanapajjote mabasukbasamappita. 2.
Upetva tarn Mabaviram assosim dhammadesanam
°pnrivuto, cd.
TIIERl GATHA. 10. 10P>
tato jfitapasadrihaiu npesiiu ^ saranani jinani. ^.
Tadu maliakarunil^o radumuttaranrimako ~
kliippribhinfiriiiama<:;;gantc-^ thapesi bbikkhuDini siibliaiu. I.
Tarn siitva mudita hiitva danam datva niahesino
nipacca sirasa 4 pfide tarn tlianaiu abhipattliavini. 5.
Anumodi mabavTro Bbadde yan te 'bbipattbitani 3
samijjbissasi " tani sabbam siikbiiiT liobi iiibbut;i. (>.
Satasabasse ito kappe OkkrikakubisambbaNo
Gotamo naina nauiena sattbn loke bhavissati. 7.
Tassa dbammesu dayadri orasa dliamiiianiinmita
Bbadda Kuiidalakesa ti liessasi ~ sattbn savika. 8.
Tena kammena sukatena cetanapaiiidbTbi ca
jahitva maniisam debam Tavatiinsam agancbi 'bam. 9.
Tato ciita Yclmasaggam ^ tato ca Tusitam gatfi
tato ca Nimmrinaratiiii Yasavattipuram gata. 10.
Yattba yattliupapajjami tassa kammassa vabasfi
tattha tattb'eva rajimain maliesittam akarayim. 11.
Tato cutci maniissesn rajimam cakkavattinam
mandalTnan ca rrijunam maliesittam akilrayim. 12.
Sampattim anubbotvana 9 devesu maniisesu ca
sabbattba sukhita liutva nekakappesu samsarim. 1;>.
Imasmim bliaddake kappe brahmabandhu mahayaso
Kassapo nrima nameaa uppajji vadataiu varo. 14.
Upatthiiko mahesissa tada asi narissaro
Kasiraja Kikl nama Baranasipuruttame. 15.
Tassa dliitcl catuttbasim Bhikkliadayl ^^ ti vissu^a
dbammaiu sutva jinaggassa pabbajjam samaroeayim.'^ 10.
Anujc'ini ^- ua no tato agare 'va tada mayani ^3
visam ^4 vassasahassani vicarimha atandita 17.
Komilrim bralimacariyam ^5 rfijakannri sukhedhita
buddliopattbclnanirata muditri satta dbitaro. 18.
I upemi, P. 2 oji^;^yako, A. 3 kbippfibhinnjiya, P.
4 Sirasa, MSS. ^"^ yan te si p° P. " samijjbissati, A.
7 hessati, MSS. '' Yamamagam, A. 9 anubhutvana, P.
1° BhikkhudayT, A. '^ mama rocayi, P.
^- anujanami, P. ^^ agfu'e tada mayani, P.
^■^ visa, A. ^3 komarabrabmacariya, P.
104 XLVI. BHADDA KUNDALAKESA.
SamanI Samanagutta ca Bhikkhuni Bhikkhadayika i
Dhamma c'eva Sudhamma ca sattami Samghadayika 19.
Kkema Uppalavanna ca Patacara ahan tada ^
Kisagotami Dhammadinna Visaklia hoti sattami. 20.
Tehi kammehi sukatelii cetanapanidhilii ca
jahitva manusam deliam Tavatimsam aganchi 'ham. 21.
Pacchime ca bhave dani Giribbajapuruttame
jcita setthikule phite yadaham yobbane thita 22.
Coram vadhattham nlyantam disva ratta tahim aham
pita me tarn saliassena 3 mocayitva vadha tato 23.
Adasi tassa mam tato viditvana manam mama
tassaham asi vissattha 4 ativa dayita ^ hita. 24.
So me bhiisanalobhena balimajjhasayo ^ diso
corapapatam netvana pabbatam cetayi7 vadham. 25.
Tadaham panamitvana ^ Satthukam "^ sukataujali
rakkhanti attano panam idam vacanam abravim : 26.
Idam suvannakeyiiram muttaveluriya babii
sabbam varassu ^° bhaddan te mancadasi " ti savaya.^^ 27.
Oropayassu kalyani ma balham paridevayi ^^
na caham abhijanami ahautva ^4 dhanam abhatam. 28.
Yato sarami attanam yato patto 'smi vimiutam
na caham abhijanami annam piyataram taya.^5 29.
Ehi tarn upagiihissam ^^ katvana tarn padakkhinam
na ca dani puno atthi ^7 mama tuyham ca saiigamo. 30.
Na hi sabbesu thanesu puriso hoti panditp
itthi pi pandita hoti tattha tattha vicakkhana. 31.
Na hi sabbesu thanesu puriso hoti pandito
itthi pi pandita hoti lahum atthavicintika.^^ 32.
I Bhikkhudayo A. 2 g^y^^ tada, P. 3 sahassehi, P.
-1 vissattha, A. P. 5 dassita, P.
^ bahpaccaharam, B. ; bahmajjhasara, P.
7 cetasi, P. s panam°, P. 9 Sattukam, A.
° sadassa, B. ; varasii, P. i^ mancadasiti, P.
savassa, P. 13 bahum pari°, P. ; paridevasi, A.
^■^ aham tva, P. i5 tassa, P. ^^ upagayhissam, P.
^7 dani punapatti, P. is oyjcintita, P.
12
THERI OATIIA. 4G. 105
Lahuri ca vata khippan ca inkattbe ^ samacetayim =
migam puiiiiayateu' eva 3 tadrihani Sattbukaiu vadliim. 83.
Yo ce 4 uppatitam 5 attliam na kliippam anubujjhati
so hamiate mandamati coro'va girigabbhare. 34.
Yo ce ^ uppatitam attbaiu kbippam cva nibodbati7
muccate sattusambadbfi ^ tadfihani Sattbuka 9 yatba. 35.
Tadrdiam patayitvrina giriduggambi Sattbukam ^°
santikam setavattbanain upetvri paljbajim abam. 3G.
Sandrisena ca kese me ^^ kmcitva sabbaso tada
pabbajitvana samayam acikkbimsu iiirantaram. 37.
Tato tain uggabetvrdiam nislditvrma ekikfi
samayam tarn vicintesim ^^ suvana mrmusam ^3 karam. 38.
Chinuam gayba ^4 samipe me patayitva apakkami
disva nimittam alabbim attbam tarn pulavrdvulam.^-^ 39.
Tato uttbaya ^^ samvigga apuccbim sabadbammike
te avocum '' vijananti tarn attbam Sakyabbikkbavo." 40.
Sabam tam attbam puccbissam upetva buddbasrivake
temam ridaya^/ gaccbimsu buddbasettbassa santikam. ^^ 41.
So me dbammam adesesi kbandhayatanadbiituyo
asubbaniccadukkba ti anatta ti ca nayako. 42.
Tassa dbammam sunitvabam dbammacakkbum ^9 viso-
dbayim
tato viimatasaddbamma pabbajjam upasampadam. 43.
Ayacito tada aba -° '' ebi Bbadde " ti miyako
tadabam upasampanna parittam toyam addasam. 44.
Padapakkbalanenabam ^i fiatva saudayabbayam
tatba sabbe pi samkbare Idisam — cintayim tadil. 45.
^ nikante, P. " samacetasi, P.
3 migamunna yatba evani, A. P.
4 Yo ca, P. ^ uppattitam, P. ^' yo ca, P.
7 nibodhayi, P. ^ sattbus^, P. 9 Sattuka, A.
^° Sattukam, A. ^^ kesam me, P. ^- vicintemi, P.
^3 manussam, P. ^4 Cbinnagaybam, B. P.
^5 hittban tam muttbivalukam, P.
^^' tato — m — uttbaya, P. ^7 te samadaya, P.
^s sautike, P. ^9 dibbacakkbum, P. ^o tadfi abam, P.
-^ pfidapakkbrditenabam, P. ^- itisam, l\
100 XLVI. BHADDA KUNDALAKESA.
Tato cittam vimucci me anupiidaya sabbaso
khippabhimianamaggam me tada paimapayi jinoJ 40.
Iddhisu ca vasl homi dibbaya sotadhatuya
paracittcini janami - satthu sasanakarika. 47.
Pubbenivasam janami ^ dibbacakkbum visodbitam
kbepetva asave sabbe visuddbasim 3 sunimmaLl. 48.
Paricinno maya sattba katam buddhassa sasanam
obito garuko bbaro bbavanetti samubata. 49.
Yass' attbaya pabbajita agarasmrmagariyani
so me attho anuppatto sabbasaiiiyojanakkbayo. ^"50.
AttbadbammaniruttTsu patibbriiie tatb'eva ca
nanam mevipulam^ suddham buddbasetthassa srisane.s 51.
Kilesa jbapita mayham — pa — katam buddbassa sasanan
ti. 52.
Arabattam pana patva tavad eva pabbajjam yaci.
Sattba tassa pabbajjam anujani. Sa bbikkhuniipassayam
gantvana pabbajitva pbalasukbena nibbanasukbena vTtina-
menti attano patipattim paccavekkbitvii ud;inavasena :
Lunakesi pankadbarl ekasati ^' pure cari
avajje vajjamatini vajje cavajjadassinT. 107.
Divavihara nikkhamma Gijjbakutamhi pabbate
addasam virajam buddham bhikkbusangbapurakkba-
tam. 108.
Nihacca janiim 7 vanditva sammukba paiijali aham
ebi Bbadde ti mam avaca. Sa me as' upasampada. 109.
Cinna ^ Ai'iga ca Magadba Yajji Kasi ca Kosala
anana pannasavassani 9 rattbaiDindam abbunji 'bam. 110.
Pmlnam ca pasavim ^Q babum sappaimo vatayam upjisako
yo Bbaitdaya civaram adasi vippamuttaya sabbagandbebi
ti. 111.
^ kbibbabb°, A. ; °abbiilnayamaggan te tadri viniiapayi, P.
- — - om.. A. 3 visnddbapi, P. 4 yimalam, A.
3 vabasa, P. ^' ekasati, cd. ^ januni, cd.
° cinna, cd. 9 pannapav°, cd.
1° vata passavim, cd. m.
TIIKUT C.ATIIA. IG. 107
Tma g;itlia abliasi. Tattlia luiiakcsT ti Ifina hifjcita
kesil mayhan ti lunakesi. Nigaiiihesu pabbajitfi ' laitliina
luncitakesfi, tarn sandhaya vadati. p a n k a d h a r I ti -
dantakatthassa akhcldanena dantesu inalapankadliaranato
pankadharT. E k a s a t T ti nigantbacarittavasena 3 ekasa-
taka. Pure car in ti iiigantbT hutvri evam vicari.
A V a j jo V a j j a m a t i n J ti nbrmucbadanadanta-
kattbakhadanadike t anavajje srivajjasanna. Vajje c a-
V a j j a d a s s i n T ti mrinamakkbapablsavipaUasadike
s a vaj j e ana vajj* adi 1 1 bl .
D i V a V i b a r Ti n i k k b a m m a ti attano divaviliara-
ttbanato nikkbamitva. Ayain bi majjbantilvavebiyani
tberena sabagata tassa pafdiassa visajjanena dbamma-
desanaya ca nihatamrmadappa ^ pasannamanasri butva
sattbu santikam upasankamitukama 'va attano vasana-
ttbanam gantvfi divattbane nisTditvci sfiyanhasamayo
sattbu santikam upasaiikamitva. N i b a c c a ^ j a n u m
van dit V fi ti janudvayam 7 patbaviyam nibantvfi pati-
ttbapetvti pancapatitthitena vanditva. S a m m u k b a
p a n j a 1 1 ^ a b a n ti sattbu sammukba dasanakhasa-
modbanasamujjalam anjalim akasi.
E b i B h a d d e t i mam a v a c a. S a me as'
u p a s a m p a d a ti yam mam bhagavri arabattr.m patvfi
pabbajjan ca upasampadan cayacitva tbitam '^ebi Bbadde
bbikkhuniipassayam gantva bbikkbunlnani santike pabbaj-
jam upasampajjassu " ti avaca, anapesi. Sa sattbu ana
mayham upasampadaya kriranatta upasampadfi fisi abosi.
C i n 11 Ti ti adika dve gatba annavyrdvaraiiagritba. Tattba
c i n n a A ii g a c a j\1 a g a d b a ti ye ime Aiigil Magadha
ca Vajjl ca Kiisi ca Kosabl ca janapadfi pul)besaranaya
maya rattbapindam bbufijantiya cinnfi carita, tesu yeva
sattbrirfi samagamato pattbaya ana n a 9 niddosa apaga-
takilesa hutva p a fi n ti s a s a m v a c c b a r a n i r a 1 1 h a-
^ pabbajjiyatfi, cd. - paiikadbarin ti, cd.
3 ocarita°, cd. ^ iiban°, cd. "^ °dabba, cd.
^ nibajacca, cd. 7 otyfiblii jTinu", cd.
8 aiijall, cd. 9 an an a, cd.
108 XLVII. PATACAPtA.
p i n (1 a m a b h u fi j i 'h a m. Yena atlia pasamiama-
nasena upasakena attano civaram dinnam tassa puniiavi-
sesakittanamukhena aiiuam vyakaronti.
P u ii n a m v a t a p a s a v i m ^ b a li u n ti osanaga-
tham aha, sa suvinneyya ^ eva.
Bhaddaya Kundalakesaya tlieriya gathavannana samatta.
XLVII.
N a 11 g a 1 e h i k a s a m Iv h e t t a n ti Mika Patficaraya
theriya gatha. Ayam hi Padiimuttarassa bhagavato kale
Hamsavatinagare kulagehe nibbattitva viiinutam patva
ekadivasam satthu santike dhammam sunanti satthclram
ekam bhikkhunim vinayadharanam aggatthane thapentam
disva adhikarakammam katva tarn thanantaram patthesi.
Sa yavajivam kusalam katva devamannssesu samsaranti
Kassapabuddhakale Kikissa Kasikaranno gehe patisandhim
gahetva sattannam bhagininam abbhantara hutva visati
vassasahassaai brahmacariyam acari, bhikkhusaiighassa
parivenam akasi. Sa devaloke nibbatta ekam buddhanta-
ram dibbasampattim aniibhavitva imasmim buddhuppade
Savatthiyam setthigehe nibbattitva vayappatta attano gehe
ekena kammakarena saddhim kilesasanthavam akasi.
Tarn matapitaro samajatikassa kumarassa datum divasam
ganhapesum.3 Tarn natva sa hatthisaram 4 gahetva tena
katasanthavena purisena saddhim aggadvarena nikkhami-
tva ekasmim gamake vasanti gabbhini ahosi. Sa pari-
punnegalbhe '*kim idha anathavasena, kulagehe gacchama
sami " ti vatva, tasmim " ajja gacchama sve gacchama" ti ka-
lavikkhepam karonte "nayam balo mam nessati" ti tasmim
bahi gate gehe patisametabbam patisametva " kulagharam
gata ti mayham samikassa katheta " ti pativissakagharava-
sinam acikkhitva '* ekika va kulagharam gamissami " ti mag-
passavi, cd. ~ suviiineyyam, cd. ^ ganhapesum, cd.
4 hatthasaram, cd., and Jfit. i, 114.
TIIERI GATHA. 47. 109
gaiii i)atipaiji. So figantvri geho tarn a|:)assanto palivis-
sake puecliitva " kula,«;liaram gatii " ti sutva " maiii nissaya
kuladhitri anatha jfitri " ti padfinupadam gantvci sampapuni.
Tassfi antaramagge eva gabbliaviiUbrmam abosi. Sa
pasutakahito pattbaya patippassaddbri gamain anuyuttji
srimikam gabetva nivatti. Dutiyavaram pi gabbbini abosT
ti Tidi sabbam purimaiiayen' eva veditabbam. Ayam pana
viseso : Yadci tassil antarrimagge kammajavatri calimsu
tada mabaakalamegbo udapadi, samantato vijjulatabi
adittam viya megbadbanitebi bbijjainanam viya dbaranipa-
tanirantaram nabbam abosi. Sa tarn disva ** sami me
anovassakam tbanam janabl" ti aba. So ito c'ito ca olo-
kento ekam tinasamcbannam gumbam disva tattba gantva
battbagataya vasiya tasmim gumbe dandake chinditukamo
tinebi sailcbaditavammikasTsante uttbitarukkbadandakam
cbindi. Tavad eva ca nam tato vammikato nikkbamitva
gboraviso aslviso damsi. So tattb' eva patitvfi krdam akasi.
Sa mabadukkbam anubbavanti tassa agamanam olokenti
dve pi darake vatavuttbim asabamane viravante urantare
katva dvibi janukebi dvibi battbebi ca bbumim ^ nppllitva
yatba tbita 'va rattim vitinametva vibbataya rattiya
mamsapesivannam ekam puttam pilotikacumbatake ^ nipaj-
japetva battbebi urebi ca pariggabetva itaram " ebi tfita
pita te ito gato " ti vatva samikena gatamaggena gaccbanti
tarn vammikasamipe 3 kalam katam nisinnam disvfi "mam
nissa^^a mama samiko mato " ti rodanti paridevanti sakala-
rattim 4 devena vuttbatta jannnkappamanam tanuppama-
nam udakam savautims antarilmagge nadim'^ patva attano
mandabuddbitaya dubbalataya ca dvibi darakehi saddbim
udakam otaritum avisabantl jet-tbaputtam orimatlrc tba-
petva itaram Tubiya paratirani gantvci s^ikbabbaiigam attba-
ritva tattba pijotikacumbatake 7 nipajjapetva " itarassa
santikam gamissamT " ti brdaputtakam pahatum asakkonti
punappunam nivattitva olokayamana^ nadim otarati.
I bbiimi, cd. ^ pilotikac°, cd. ^ vammikam s°, cd.
4 sakalaratti, cd. 5 savanti, cd.
^ nadi, cd. ^ pilotikac^, cd. "^ olokiyamana, cd.
110 XLVII. PATACARA.
Ath' assa nadlmajjliam gatakale eko seno tarn darakam
disva mamsapesi ti sannaya akasato garni. Sa tarn disva
ubho hatthe ukkhipitva su su ti tikkhattum mahasaddam
niccharesi. Seno darabhavena tarn anadiyanto kumara-
kam gahetvci vehasam uppati. Orimatire thito putto ubho
hatthe ukkhipitva mahasaddam niccharayamanam ^ disva
mam sandhaya vadati ti sannaya vegena udake pati. Iti
balaputtako senena, jetthaputto udakena hato. Sa '* eko
putto senena gahito, eko udakena viilho, panthe me pati
mato " ti rodanti paridevantJ gacchantl Savatthito agaman-
tam ekam purisam disva pucchi : " Kattha vasiko si " ti.
" Savatthivasiko 'mhi amma " ti. '' Savatthiyam asukavithi-
yam asukakulam nama atthi, tarn janasi^ tata " ti. " Janami
amma, tarn pana ma puccha, aiiiiam puccha " ti. " Aiinena
me payojanam n'atthi, tad eva pucchami tata " ti. " Amma
tvam attano acikkhitum na desi.3 Ajja te sabbarattim 4
devo vassanto dittho " ti. *' Dittho me tata, mayham eva
so sabbarattim vuttho, tarn karanam paccha kathessami ;
etasmim tava me setthigehe pavattim ^ kathehi " ti.
*' Amma ajja rattiyam setthim ca bhariyaii ca setthiputtaii
ca tayo pi jane avattharamane gehe ^ patite ekacitakayam
jhapenti,7 svayam^ dhumo pannayati amma" ti. Sa
tasmim khane nivatthavattham pi patamanam na saiijani,
sokummattakam nama patva. Jatarupen' eva :
Ubho putta kalankata, panthe mayham pati mato
mata pita ca bhata ca ekacitakasmim dayhare ti.
vilapanti paribbhamanti tato patthaya tassa nivasana-
mattena < i vatthena patitenacaratta 9 Patacara tveva sam-
aiina ahosi. Tarn disva manussa " gaccha ummattike " ti
1 nicchariyamo cd. ^ tarn janati, cd. 3 demi, cd.
4 sabbaratti, cd. 5 pavatti, cd.
^ avattharamanam geham, cd.
7 jhayanti, cd. s tvayam, cd.
9 omattena pi vatthena pi vatthena acarato patitacaratta,
cd.
TIIEni GATIIA. 17. Ill
kcL'i kacavaniiji mattluike khipauti, anne panisuin okiranti,
apare leddn kliipauti. Sattba Jetavane mabjiparisamajjlic
nisiditvil dliammani desento tain tatlia paribl)hamantim'
disva naiiapariprikau ca oloketva yatha viliriraljbimukbi
agaccbati tatba akasi. Parisa tani disva " imissa iimmat-
tikaya ito agantum - ma dattba " ti aba. Bbagava " mri
uani varayittba" ti vatva, avidurattbanaiu agatakrdc **satim^
patilabba'^ bbagini " ti Tdia. Sa tilvad eva buddbrmublia-
vena satiin 5 labbitva nivattbavattbassa patitabbavaiii
salhikkbetva birottappain paccupattbripetva ukkutikani
sampatinipajjava nisldi. Eko puriso uttarisritakaiu kliipi.
Sa tani nivasetva sattbarani upasarikamitva pancapatittbi-
tena vanditvri "bbante avassayo me liotba. Ekam me
puttam seno ganbi, eko udakena vulbo, paiitbc pati mato,
matripitaro bbata ca gebeua avattbata mat.l ekacitakasmim
jbayanti " ti sfi sokakaranani acikkbi. Sattba '' Patacare
ma cintayi, tava avassayo bbavitum samattbass' eva santi-
kam agata si. Yatba bi tvam idani puttadlnam maraiuini-
mittam assiini pavattesi, evam anamatagge samsare putta-
dinaiu maraiiabetu pavattitam assu catunnam mabasamud-
dciDaiii udakato balmtaran " ti dassento :
Catusu samuddesu jalam parittakam
tato babum assujalam anappakain
dukkbena pbuttbassa narassa socato ^
kiinkclraiia socavasa pamajjasi ti
gfitbani abbasi. Evaiii sattbari anamataggapariyayaka-
tbani katbeuLc tassa soko tanutarabbavaiu /" agamiisi. Atba
nani tanubbiitasokam natva " Patacare ° puttadayo nama pa-
ralokani gaccbautassa taiiaiu vfi lenani va saranam Vc"i bba-
vitum ua sakkonti ti. Yijjamana pi te na santaye va.'-^
^ paribbbamanti, cd. - agantu, cd. ^ sati, cd.
4 patilabbi, cd. 5 sati, cd. ^ socatil, cd.
7 taDutarain , cd. ^ Patucfiri, cd.
'J si te na santi evam, cd*
112 XLVII. PATACARA.
Tasma panditena attano silam visodhetva nibbanagami
maggo yeva sadhetabbo " ti dassento :
Na santi piitta tanaya na pita na pi bandhava
antakenadhipannassa n'atthi iiatisu tanata.
Etam atthavasam iiatva pandito silasamvuto
nibbanagamanam maggam khippam eva visodhaye ti.
Imahi gtitbahi dhammam desesi. Desanavasane Pata-
cara satapattipbale patitthapita pabbajjam yaci. Sattha
tarn bhikkhunmam santike netva pabbajesi. Sa laddhupa-
sampada uparimaggattbaya vipassanaya kammam karontl
ekam divasam ^ ghatena udakam adaya pade dhovanti
udakam pi asincitam thokam tbanam gantvti paccbijji.
Dutiyavaram asittam tato duram pgamasi. Tatiyavaram
asittam tato pi diirataram agamasi. Sa tad eva aramma-
nam gahetvil tayo vare paricchinditva " maya patbamam
asittam udakam viya ime satta pathamavaye pi maranti
tato duram gatam dutiyavaram asittani udakam viya
majjbimavaye pi, tato durataram gatam tatiyavaram asit-
tam udakam viya paccbimavaye pi maranti yeva " ti
cintesi. Sattba gandhakutiyam nisinno va obhasam pba-
ritva tassa sammukhena kathento viya : " Evam eva
Patacare sabbe p'ime satta maranadbamma tasma pancan-
nam khandhanam udayabbayam apassantassa vassasatam
jivato 2 tarn passantassa ekabam pi ekakkbanam pi jivitam
seyyo ti imam attbam dassento :
Yo ca vassasatam jive apassam udayabbayam
ekriiam jivitam seyyo passatos udayabbayam ti.
gatbam aha. Gathapariyosane Patacara saha patisam-
bhidabi arahattam papuni. Tena vuttam Apadane :
Padumuttaro nama jino sabbadbammana paragii
ito satasabassamhi kappe uppajji nayako. 1.
ekan ti divasam, cd. ^ jivanato, cd* 3 passante, cd.
THEKI (iATllA. 17. 113
Tadriliani Ilainsavatiyaiii jrit;! sctlhikulo aliiiin
nanaralaiuipajjoic; ' iiiali;isukliasaiuap[)it<i. *2.
Upetvii tani mali;iviraiu assosini (lliainiiiadosaiiain
tato jatappasrulrihaiii - upesiiu "* savaiiain jiiiani. -5.
Tato viiiayadlianiiaiu a,u;,i;"ani vaiuiesi iitiyako
bhikkhuniiu 4 lajjinim "^ tadini kappfdvappavisaradaiu. 4.
Tada muditacittahaiu tain Uifinani abbikai'ikliinl ''
uimautetva dasabalain sasaiugbam lokanayakain 5.
bbojayitvana sattrdiaiu daditvri 'va ticlvaram
nipacca 7 sirasa pjide idam vacanam abravim : 6.
yjl tayix vannita vTra ito atthamake muni
tfidisfdiam bhavissami yadi sijjbasi ^ nayaka. 7.
Tada avoca mam sattbil bbadde mTi bbasi assasa 9
anagatamhi addhfinc laccbas' etam maiioratbain. 8.
Satasabasse ito kappe Okkjlkakulasambbavo
Gotamo nama namena sattbjl loke bbavissati. 9.
Tassa dbammesu dayrida orasa dbammaiiimmita
Patacrira ti namena bcssasi ^° sattbu savikci. 10.
Tadabam mndita " butvri yavajivam tada jinam
mettacitta paricarim sasamghani lokanriyakain. 11.
Tena kammena sukatena cetanapanidbi bi ca
jabitva manusani debam Tavatimsam agailcbi 'ham. 12.
Imasmim bliaddake kappe brahmabandbu mabayapo
Kassapo nama namena uppajji vadatam varo. 13.
Upattbrdvo mabesissa tadfi asi navissaro
Kasiraja Kiki nama BriraiiasTpuruttame. 14.
Tassasim i- tatiya dblta Bhikkbunl iti vissuta
dbammam sutva jinaggassa pabbajjain pamarocayiin. 15.
Anujilni na no tfito, agare 'va tada mayain
visam vassasabassani vicarimba atanditfu^s k;,
Komarim m brabmacariyani rajakannri sukbedbita
buddhopattbrmanirata muditii satta dhitaro. 17.
^ °pajjoto, P. 2 opasiidayam, P. 3 upemi, P.
4 bbikkbunl, P. 5 lajjinim om. A. ; lajjini tadi, P.
^ abbikankbayiiii, P. 7 nipajja, P. ^"^ sijjbati, A.
9 bbasi avassayaiii, P. ^° besbati, A. ^^ pamudi, A.
2 tassapi, P. ^^ atandika, A. ^4 Komaram, P.
9
114 XLVII. PATACARA.
Samani Samanagutta ca BhikkliuDi Bhikkhudayika
Dliamma c'eva Sudliamma ca sattami Samgliadayika. 18.
Aham Uppalavaniia ca Khema Bhadda ca bhikkhuni
KisagotamI Dliammadinna Visakha lioti sattami. 19.
Tehi kammebi sukatehi cetanapanidhihi ca
jahitva manusam deliam Tavatimsam agamhase.^ 20.
Paccbime ca bhave dani - jata setthikule abam
Savatthiyam puravares iddbo pblte mabaddbane. 21.
Yada ca 4 yobbanupeta vitakkavasaga abam
naram jarapatim disva tena saddhim agancbi 'ham. 22.
Ekaputtapasiitabam dutiyo kuccbiya mamam
tadabam matapitaro dakkhami^ ti suniccbita. 23.
Narocesi pati ^ maybam. Tadfi tambi pavasite ^
ekika niggatil geha gantum ^ Savattbim uttamam. 24.
Tato me sami 9 agantva sambhavesi ^° pathe mamam
tada me ^^ kammaja vata uppanna atidaruna. 25.
Uttbito ca mabamegbo pasutisamaye mama
dabbattbaya tadagantva sami sappena ^- marito. 26.
Tada vijatadukkhena anatba kapana abam ^^
kunnadim puritam ^4 disva gaccbanti sakublhiyam 27.
balam adaya atarim ^5 parakiile ca ekika
pabatva ^^ balakam puttam itaram taranaya 'bam 28.
nivatta, ukkuso basi ^7 tarunam vilapantakam
itaraii ca vahi soto, sabam sokasamappita. 29.
Savatthinagaram gantva assosim sajane ^^ mate
tada avoca sokatta mahasokasamappita : 30.
^ agaccbi 'bam, A. ^ pacchime ca tad evabi, P.
3 pare vare, A. 4 yada 'va, P.
5 okkbami, A. ; okkami, B. ^ narocesim patim, A.
7 mamhi pa\°, P. ^ gantam, P. 9 te sami, P.
^° sambbasesi, P. " tada mam, P.
^2 sabbena, A. ^3 kapana mabam, A.
^4 kunnadipuritam, B. ; kunnadipurisam, P.
^5 balam adaya acari, P.
^^ pabetva, P. ; payetva, B. ; patetva, A.
^7 dasi, P. i8 sajane pi, P.
tiihrT (i.vTiiA. 17. 115
Ubho puttri kulankatri ^ paiitht! mayluini pati mato
pita mrita ca bliata ca ekacitamlii (layliare. 31.
Taila kisfi ca pandii ca auatlia dlnamanasa
ito tato gamenti'liam - addasaiu narasrirathini. 3*2.
Tato avoca mam sattlia putte ma soci assasa
attaiiain te gavesassu3 kiiu iiirattham vibafinasi.-* 33.
Na saiiti putta trinaya na fiatl ufipi 5 bandhava
autakeuadhipanuassa n'atthi iiatisu taiiatfi.^ 34.
Tain sutva muniuo vakyaiu pathamam pbalam ajjliagaiii
pabbajitvaua nacirani arabattam apapuniiu. 35.
Iddbisu ca vasi bomi dibbiiya sotadbatuya
paracittani janami sattbu sasauakarikri. 36.
Pubbenivasam janflmi dibbacakkbniii visodbitani
kbepetva asave sabbe visuddb' ambi 7 simimmabl. 37.
Tato'bam Ymayam sabbam santike sabbadassiuo
uggabim ^ sabbavittbaram vyilbarim ca yatba tatbani. 38.
Jiiio tasmim gune tuttbo etadagge tbapesi mam
aggam viuayadbarmam Patacara 'va ekika. 39.
Pariciniio 9 mabasattba katam buddbassa sasanam
obito garuko bbaro bbavanetti samubata.^° 40.
Yass'attbaya pabbajitri agarasmrmagariyam
so me attbo anuppatto sabbasamyojanakkbayo. 41.
Kilesa jbapita maybaiii — pa — katam buddbassa SHSanaii
ti. 42.
Arabattam paua patva sekkbakale attano patipattini
paccavekkbitva uparivisesassa nibbattitilkarani vibbaventl
udanavasena :
Naiigalebi kasam " kbettam bijani pavapam ^- cbama
puttadarani posenta ^^ dbanam vindanti mauava. 112.
^ kalakata, P. ; mato paiitbo pati mama, P.
2 gament'abam, A. 3 bbave sassu, P.
4 ki niratta vimiasi, P. 5 na pita napi, P.
^ tanata, P. 7 visuddbasiiii, A. ^ uggabetvfi, P.
9 pariciniio, P. ^° samobata, P. ^^ katam, cd.
^2 pavasam, cd. ^3 posento, cd. m.
116 XL VII. PATACARA.
Kim abam ^ silasampanna sattliu sasanakarika
nibbrmam nadbigaccbami akuslta anuddbata. 113.
Fade pakkbalayitvana udakesu karom'abam
padodakafi ca disvana tbalato ninnam agatam.
tato cittam samadbesi - assam bhadram va janiyam.^ 114.
Tato dipaip 4 gabetvana viharam pavisi abam
seyyam olokayitvana maiicakambi upavisi. 115.
Tato silcim 5 gabetvana vattim ^ okassayam' abam
padipass' eva nibbauam 7 vimokkbo abu cetaso ti. 116.
Ima giltba abbasi, Tattba kasan ti kasikammam
karonta. Putliuttbe bi idarn ekavacanam.^ Pavapan9
ti bijrmi vapanta. C b am a ti cbamayam. Bbummattbe bi
idam paccattbavacanam, ayam b'ettba samkbepattbo.
Ime dbanavanto ^° sapatta nangalehi pbalebi kbettam
kasanta yatbadbippayam kbettam bbiimiyam pnbbanta-
parantabbedani bijani vapauta tarn betum ^^ tarn iiimittam
attanam p u 1 1 a d a r a d i n i pi p o s e n t a i- butva dbanam
patilabbanti.^3 Evam imasmim loke yoniso payutta pac-
cattbaparisakkaro laama sapbalo saudayo.
Tattba k i m a bam s 1 1 a s a m p a n ii a s a 1 1 b u
s a s a n a k a r i k a n i b ]j a n ain n a d b i g a c c b a m i
aknsita anuddbata ^-^ ti abam suvisuddbasibi
araddbaviriyataya akusita ajjbattam susamabitacittatta ca
anuddbata ^5 ca butva catnsaccakammattbanabbavana-
samkhatam sattbu sasanam karonti kasma nibbanam
]iadbigaccbami nadbigamissami ? ^^ eva ti evam pana
cintenti ^7 vipassanaya kammam karonti ekadivasam
padadbovane udake nimittam ganhim.^^ Tenaba : pade
^ kimabfi, cd. 2 samadesi, cd.
3 asso bbadro va janiyo. cd. 4 divam, cd.
5 suci, cd. ^ vaddi, cd. 7 parisayo nibbanam, cd.
^ ekam vacanam, cd. 9 pavasan, cd.
^° dbanava, cd. " tarn sotum, cd.
^2 posento, cd. ^3 patihibbati, cd. ^4 anuddbata, cd.
^"^ anuddbata, cd. ^^ adbigamissami, cd.
'7 cintento, ed. 18 ganbi, cd.
TTTERI GATITA. 47. 117
1") a. Iv k li a 1 a y i t v a n a ti aui. Tass' attlio : aliam pfide
(lliovantT padapakkhalanalictu ^ "va tikkbattnni asittcsu
udakesu tluUato iiinnam a<;atam pfi'lodakaiu disva mimit-
tani karomi. Yatba sarTraiu udakain Idiayadliammam
vavadhammam - evam sattanani ayiisankbrira ti. Evaiu
aniccalalddianaiu tadaniisarena dukkbalakklianam ananta-
lakkbanaii ca iipadbarctvri vipassanain vaddbenti. T a t o
]u c i 1 1 a 111 s a m a d b e s i a s s a in b b a d r a m v a
janiyain. Knsalo silrathi sukbena sfireti cvam aham3
oittani suklien' ova samadbesi vipassanasamadbina
sain;lbitain akasi. Evam paiia vipassanam vaddbenti
utusai^priya nijigimsaya ovarakam pavisantT andbakfira-
vidbamanattbam p a d i p a m g abet v Ti raailcake nisin-
namattfi 'va dipam vijjbapetum "^ aggalasuciya dlpavattim 5
rdvaddbi. Tavad eva utusappayablbbena cittain samabitam
abosi. Yipassana vidbim ^ otarati magge ghattesi, tato
maggapatipatiya sabbaso asavanam kbayo abosi. Tena
vuttam : tato s u c i m7 g a h e t v a n a — pa — vimokkbo
c e t a s 0 a h 11 ti. Tattba s e y y a m o 1 o k a y i t v a n a ti
diprdokeiia seyyam passitvana. S ii c i n ti aggakasucim ^
gabetvcina v a 1 1 i m 9 o k a s s a y a m i ti dipam vijjbape-
tnm^° teklbbimiildjaiii dlpavattim " Tikaddbemi ti. V i m o k-
k b o ti^- kileselii vimokkbo. So pana yasma^s paramattbato
cittassa tasma vuttam cetaso ti. Yatba pana vattitebidike
paccaye sati uppajjanato padlpo tad abbave aniippajjanato ^4
nibbuto ti vuccati, evam kilesadipaccaye sati uppajjanara-
bam tad abbavena aniippajjanato ^5 cittam vimuttan ti
vuccati ti jiba : p a d I p a s s' eva n i b b Ti n a m vimok-
kbo a b u cetaso ti.
Patacaraya tbeiiya gritbavannana samatta.
^ opakkhalabeta, od. - viyadb,° cd. 3 mabam, cd.
4 vijjripetum, cd. 5 dipavaddbi, cd. ^ vidbi, cd.
7 tato dipam, cd. ^ aggaLasuci, cd. 9 vaddbi, cd.
1° vijjripetum, cd. ^^ °vatti, cd.
^- °mokkbri ti, cd. ^3 panayasmji, cd.
^■^ anupajj°, cd. ^^ anuppajjato tato, cd.
118 XLVIII. TIMSAMATTA THERIYO.
XLVIII.
M u s a 1 fi n i g a li e t v a n a ti ildika timsamattanam
therlnam gatha. Ta pi purimabucldhesu katadhikara tattha
tattlia bhave vivattiipanissayam kusalam iipacinantiyo
anukkamena ^ upacitavimokkhasambhara imasmim bud-
dhuppade sakammasancodita tattha tattha kulagehe
nibbatfcitva viniiutam patva^ Patacaraya theriya santike
dhammam sutva patiladdhasaddha pabbajitva parisuddha-
sihi vattapativattam paripiirentiyo viharanti. Ath' ekadi-
vasam Patacara then tasam ovade denti :
Masalani gahetvana dhaililam kottenti manava
puttadarani posenta 3 dhanam vindanti manava. 117.
Karotha bnddhasfisanam yam katva nanutappati
khippam padani dhovitva ekamante nisldatha,
cetosamatham auuyutta4 karotha buddhasasanan ti. 118.
Imjl dve gatha abhasi. Tatthayam sankhepattho : ime
satta jivitahetu musalaui gahetva paresam dhaimam kot-
tenti udukkhalakammam karonti. Afinam pi ekadivasam
nisinnam kammam katva puttadarani posenta s yathacaram
dhanam pi samharanti. Tarn pana tesam kammam hinakam-
mam pothujjanikam anatthasamhitail ca, tasma edisam
samkilesikapapahcam vajjetvfi karotha b u d d h a s a s a -
n a m sikkhattayasaiikhatam sammasambuddhasasanam
karotha sampadetha. Attano santane nibbatcetva tattha
karanam aha. Yam katva n a n u t a p p a 1 1 ti yassa
karanahetu etarahi ayatiii ca anutapam napajjati. Idani
tassakprane pubbakiccam anuyogavidhim ca dassetum
khippam padani dhovitva ti adi vuttam. Tattha
yasma adhovitapadassa avikkhaUtamukhassa ca nisajja
sukham utusappayahxbho ca na hoti. Pade pana dhovitva
mukhan ca vikkhixletva ekamante nisinnassa tad ubhayam
hibbhati. Tasma k h i p p a m imam yathaladdham khanam
1 anukkamo, cd. 2 p^tta cd. 3 posento, cd.
'^ annyutto, cd. 5 posento, cd.
titer! gattta. 18. 110
aviradhontiyo p ;1 d :1 ii i attano pfido dliovitva cka-
m ante vivitto okasc n i r T d a t li a nipajjatha. Attha-
timsaj-a firammanesn yattba katthaci cittaruciyc arammane
attano cittam npanibandhitva c c t o s a m a t h a m a n u -
yuttTi samribitena cittcna catusaccakammattbanabha-
vanavasena b u cl d b a s s a bbagavato s a s a n a m ovfidani
auudittbim I karotba sampridetba ti. Atba ta bbik-
kbimiyo tassa tberiya ovade tliatva vipassanam patthapetva
bbavanjiya kammam karontiyo nfinassa paripakam gatatta
betusampannataya ca sabapatisambbidabi arabattain patvjx
attano patipattim - paccavekkbityfi ovadagatbabi sad-
dbim :
Tassa 3 ta vacanam sutva Patacaraya sasanam
pade pakkbalayitvana ekamantam upavisnm.^
cetosamatbam anuyutta akamsii buddbasrisanam.5 119.
Rattiya purime yame pubbajatim ^ anussarum.7
rattiya majjbime yame dibbacakkbum visodbayum
rattiyfi paccbime yame tamokkbandbam padrdayum. 120.
Uttbjiya pj'ide vandimsu kata te anusasani
Indam va deva tidasa samgame aparfijitam
purakkbatva vibariyama ^ tevijj' amba anrisava ti.^^ 121.
Ima gatba abbasimsu. Tattba tassa t a v a c a n a m
sutva Patacaraya s a s a n a n ti tassa Pat acriraya
tberiyji kilesapatipattim 9 sfisanatthena sasanabbiitam
ovjidavacanam til timsamatta bbikkbuniyo sutvii patisutvfi
sirasa sampaticcbitva u 1 1 h a y a pade vandimsu.
K a t a t e anusasani ti yatba sampaticcbitam tassa
sasanam ^^ attbikatva manasikatvfi yatba pbclsukattbrme
nisiditvii bhaventiyo bbavanam mattbakam papetva attano
adbigatavisesam arocetum nisinna asanato ^^ uttbaya tassa
^ anudittbi, cd. - patipatti, cd. 3 tassiisa, cd.
4 upavisi, cd. s katam buddbassa, cd.
''' pubbejatiin, cd. " anussaram, cd.
s — s (j^jf^^ cd. 9 opatipatti, cd. "^ tassasanam, cd.
" nisinnasanato, cd.
120 XLIX. CANDA.
santikam gantvfi "mahatherl tatlianusjisati yathanusittham
amhelii katan " ^ ti vatva tassa pacle pancapatitthitena
vandimsu. In dam cadeva tidasa saiigame
aparajitam ti devasaiigfime ^ aparajitam jita Indam
Tavatimsa deva viva mahatherim 3 may an tarn purak-
k h a t V a v i b a r i y fi m a. Afmassa kattabbassa abbrivato
tasma tevijj 'amba anasava ti attano katailiiubba-
vam pavedenti, idam eva gatham anilam vyakaranam
abosi, yam pan' ettba attbato avibhattam, tarn bettba
vuttanayam eva.
Timsamattanam tberinam gathavannana samatta.
XLIX.
D u g g a t a b a m p u r e a s i m ti adika Candaya tberiya
gatba. Ayam pi purimabuddbesu katadbikara tattba
tattba bbave vivattiipanissayam kusalam upacinantl
anukkamena sambbavitavimokkbasambbara paripakka-
firina imasmim buddbuppade annatarasmim ])rabmanag;ime
apamiatassa brribmanassa gebe patisandbim ganbi. Tassa
nibbattito pattbfxya tarn kulam bbogebi parikkbayam
gatam. Sa anukkamena vinnutam patta dnkkbe jivati.
Atba tasmim gebe abivatarogo nppajjati, ten' assa sabbe
pi nataka maranavyasanam 4 papunimsu. Sa natikbaye
jate annattba jivitum asakkonii kapalabattba kule kule
vicaritva laddbena bbikkbabarena yapenti ekadivasam
Patacaraya tberiya bbattavissaggattbanam agamasi.
Bbikkbuniyo tarn dukkbitam kbudbabbibbiitam disvana
sanjatakfirininapiyasamudacarena saiigabetva tattba vij-
jamanena upacaramanosarena abarena santappesum.5 Sa
tasam acaraslle pasidetva tberiya santikam upasaiikamitva
vanditva ekamantam nisidi, tassa tberidbammam katbesi.
Sa tarn dbammam sutva sasane abbippasanna samsare ca
^ kata, cd. ^ devasnsangame, cd. 3 mabatberi, cd.
4 parimaranavyasanam, cd. 5 santapesum, cd.
TOKRl GATTTA. ID. 121
safijatasamvegri pal)l)aji, pabbajitva ca tboriyri ovrule tliaivfi
vipassanaiii pattliapotvri blirivaiiain anuyufijauti katadliika-
rataya fianassa ca paripakam gatatta nacirass' eva saha
patisainbbidabi arabattani patva attano patipattiiu^ pacca-
vckkbitva :
Duggataham pure Tisi vidhava ca aputtika
vinfi mittebi fiatibi ])battacolassa nadbigam.- 122.
Pattaui daiidain ca ganbitva Ijbikkbamana kuLl kubini
Ritunbena ca dayhanti satta vassani cari'bam. 128.
Bbi];kbunim 3 pana disvrma anuapauassa b'lbbiuim 4
upasankamma avoca : pabbaja^ anagclriyam. 124.
Sa ca mam anukampaya pabbajesi Patacfira
tato mam ovaditvana paramattbe niyojayi. 125.
Tassa tarn vacanam sutva akiisi annsasanim ^
amogho ayyaya ovado tevijj' ambi anasava ti. 126.
Udrmavasena ima gatba abbclsi. Tattba d ii g g a t ii ti
dalidda. Pure ti pabbajitato pubbe, pabbajitakfilato
pattbaya bi idba puggalo bbogebi addbo daliddo ti na
vattabljo. Gunebi pana ayam tlieri addba j^eva, tcnaba :
duggatiibam pure as in ti. Yidbava ti. Dbavo
vuccati sjimiko, tad abbtlVfi vidbava matapatika ti attbo.
Aputtika ti puttarabitfi. Vina mittehi fiatlhl ti
mittebi bandhavebi ca pariblnji rabita. B b a 1 1 a c o 1 a s s a
n a d b i g a n ti bbattassa colassa ca paripiirim 7 nadbigac-
cbi, kevalam pana bbikkbapindassa pilotikakbaiidassa ca
vasena gbasaccbadanamattam eva alatthan ti adbippayo.
Tenaba : p a 1 1 a m d a n d a n c a g a n b i t v a ti adi.
Tattba pat tan ti mattikabbajanam.^ Dan dan ti
goiiasunakbadiparibaranadandakam. Kula kulan ti
kulato kulam. Situnbena ca daybanti ti vasana-
gebabbavato sitena ca unbena ca pTliyamana.
^ patipatti, cd. ^ nadhikam, cd. ^ bbikkbunl, cd.
4 blbbinT, cd. 5 pabbajja, cd. ^ anusasani, cd.
7 pfiripiiri, cd. ^ mattikabb°, cd.
122 L. PAXCASATAMATTA THERIYO.
B h i k k h u n i 11 ^ ti Patacaratherim ^ sandhaya vadati,
Puna ti paccha sattasamvaccharato aparabhage. P a r a ■
m a 1 1 h e ti parame uttame atthe nibbanagaminiya patipa-
daya nibbane ca. Niyojayis ti kammatthanam acik-
khanti yojesi. Sesam vuttanayam eva.
Candaya theriya gathavannana samatta.
Paiicanipatavannana nittbita.
Chakkanipate yassa maggam najanasi ti adika
paiicasatamattanam tberlnam gatha. Ima pi purimabud-
dbesu katadbikara tattba tattha bbave vivattupanissayam
kusalam upacinantiyo anukkamena upacitavimokkbasam-
bhara butva imasmim buddbuppade tattba tattba kulagebe
nibbattitva va}-appatta matapitnbi patikulam anlta tattba
putte labbitva gbaravasam vasantiyo samanajatikassa 4
tildisassa kammassa katattil sabbe ca mataputta butva
puttasokena abbibbiita Patacaraya tberiya santikam upa-
saiikamitva vanditva nisinna attano sokakaram ^ arocesum.
Tberi tasam sokam vinodenti :
Yassa ^ maggam najanasi agatassa gatassa va
tarn kuto agatam sattam mama putto ti rodasi. 127.
Maggam ca kbo 'ssa 7 janasi ^ agatassa gatassa va
na nam samanusocesi evamdbamma bi panino.9 128.
Ayacito ^° tato gaccbi ananmmato ito gato
kuto pi nuna agantva vasitva katipabakam.^^ 129.
Ito pi aimena gato tato aimena gaccbati
peto manussariipena samsaranto gamissati.
yatbagato tatbagato ka tattha paridevana ti. 130.
^ Bbikkbuni, cd. ^ o^^^q^.i^ q^^ 3 niyojasi, cd.
4 °jatiyassa, cd. s sokokaram, cd. ^ yassam, cd.
7 kbo 'sa, cd. ^ jau."^,ixii^ cd. 9 dbammana papino, cd.
^° ayacito, cd, " katipabatam, cd.
ttikrT gatiia. 50. 123
Imfilii catubi gritliabi dliainmam dcsesi, tfi tassa dliam-
maiu sutva sarijatasamvcgri tlicriya santike pal)l)a)iiusa.
Pabbajitva vipassanaya kammam karontiyo vimuttiparipa-
caniyanam ^ dbanimaiiani paripakam gatatta nacirass' eva
saba patisambbidabi arabattain patittbabimsu. Atlia ta
adbigatfirabatta attano patipattini paccavekkbitva udaiia-
vasena ''yassa maggam na jfiurisT" ti fidikalii ovadagatbabi
saddbiin :
Abbabi vata me sallam duddasam badayanissitam
Vcime sokaparetaya = puttasokam apanudi. 131.
Sajja abbulbasaUabam ^ niccbata parinibbutfi
l)uddbam dbammani ca saiigbam ca upemi 4 saranam
miinin ti. 132.
Ima gcitba visum visum abbasimsu. Tattba y a s s a
maggam na jcinTisi tigatassa gat ass a vfi ti
yassa sattassa idba agatassa agatamaggam 5 va ito gatassa
gatamaggam xa tarn na janasi anantara atltanagata idbil-
papattiyo sandbfiya vadati. Tarn kuto a gat am sattan
ti tarn evam abbinnagatamaggam kuto pi gatito agatamag-
gam gaccbantena antaramagge sabbena sabbam agata-
paricayasamjigatapurimasadisam sattam. Kevalain maman
tarn uppadetva mama p u 1 1 o ti kuto kena karanena
r 0 d a s i ? appatikarato mama puttassa ca akfitabbato na
ettba rodanakaranam attbl ti adbippayo.
M a g g a 11 c a k b o ' s s a j a n a s I ti ^ ayam tava put-
tabbimatassa 7 sattassa agatassa agatamaggam gatassa ^
gatamaggaii ca atba jTmeyyasi. N a nam s a m a n u -
s 0 c e s T ti evam pi nam na samanusoceyyasi. Tasmii
eva m d b a m m a b i p a n i n 0.9 Ittbadbammo ^° bi sattil-
nam sabbebi piyehi nilnilbbavo vinabbavo tattba vasavat-
titaya abbavato pag eva abbisamparayam. Ayacito tato
^ oparipacaniya, cd. - ^paretassa,. cd.
3 sambulba°, cd. •* upesi, cd. "^ agatam m°, cd.
^ janasiti ti, cd. 7 oabbimattassa, cd.
^ gatassa o;^. cd. o pfmiuo, cd. i° ittbadbamme, cd.
124 LI. VASETTHT.
g a c c h T ti tato paralokato kena yacito ^ idha agacchi.
A g a t o ti pi pali. So ev' attho agato. A n a n u n n a t o
ito gato ti idha lokato kenaci ananumiato paralokam
gato. Kuto pi nirayadito yato kutoci gate- Nilna ti
parisamkayam. V a s i t v a k a t i p a li a k a m ti katipaya-
divasamattam 3 idha vasitva.
Ito pi a n n e n a gato ti ito pi bhavato annena gato
amiam pi bliavam patisandhivasena npagato. T a t o
annena g a c c h a t i ti tato pi bhavato annena gamissati
aHiiam eva bhavam upagamissati. P e t o ti apeto. Tarn
tam bhavam upapajjitva apagato. M a n u s s a r u p e n a ti
nidassanamattam etam. Mannssabhavena tiracchanadi-
bhavena ca ti attho. S a m s a r a n t o ti aparaparam upa-
pattivasena samsaranto. Y a t h a g a t o t a t h a g a t o ti
yathaviniiatagatito ca anamantetva agato tatha vinnataga-
tito ananimnato na gato. Ka tattha paridevana
ti tattha tadise avasavattmi yatha kamavacare4 ka nama
paridevana kim paridevite na payojanan ti attho. Sesam
viittanayam eva. Ettha ca adito catasso gatba Patacaraya
theriya, sesanam ^ pancamattanam itthisatanam sokavino-
danavasena visum visum bhasita. Tassa ovade thatva
pabbajitva adhigatavisesahi tahi paiicasatamattahi bhikkhu-
nihi cha pi gatha paccekam bhasita ti datthabba. Pafica-
sata Patacara ti Patacaraya theriya santike laddha-
ovadataya Patacaraya vuttam avedisun ^ ti katva Patacara
ti laddhanama pancasata bhikkhuniyo.
Pailcasatamattanam therinam gathavannana samatta.
LI.
P u 1 1 a s 0 k e n a h a m 7 a 1 1 a ^ ti adika Yasetthiya
theriya gatha. Ayam pi purimabuddhesu katadhikara
tattha tattha bhave vivattupanissayam kusalam upaci-
^ kena cito, cd. ^ gatito, cd. 3 ojnatam, cd.
4 kamacare, cd. s sesam, cd. ^ avedisu, cd.
7 sokenayam, cd. s j^tta, cd
Til Kill G.\TIIA. 51. 125
luiiitT auukkaniona sainbhatiivimokkliasainbliarri dcvania-
missesii sainsarauti iinasmiiii biiddhuppadc Vesaliyaiu kii-
la,u;olio nibbattifcva' vayappatta matapitubi sainanajritikassa
kiikiputtassa diiiuri patikalain ji;antva tena saddliini sukba-
saiiivasaui vasaiiti ckani puttani labbitva tasiiiiiu ridbaviiva
paridbjivitva vicavauakalc killani kato puttasokena attita
umniattakfi - abosi. Sfi natakesu sfunike tikiccbaiu 3 ka-
rontesu mosani ajfinautauam yeva pablyitvri yato tato
paribbbamanti Mithilanagaram sampattil. Tattbriddasa "^
bbagavautam aiiantaravitbiyam ^ gaccbantam dantaiii gut-
tam samyatindriyam. Nagam disvana saba dassanena
buddbrmubbrivato rigatummada pakaticittam patilabbi.
Atb'assa ^ sattba samkbittena dbammam desesi. Sa
tarn dbammam sutva patiladdbasamvega sattbaram pab-
bajjam yacitva sattbu aiiaya bbikkbunisu pal)bajitva kata-
pubbakicca vipassanani pattbapetva ghattenti / vriyamanti
paripakkaiianataya naciiass' eva saba patisambbidabi ara-
battam patva attano patipattim paccavekkbitva udaiiava-
seua :
Pattasoken'abam atta kbittacitta visarmini
nagga pakinnakesi ^ ca tena tena vicari 'bam .9 W^.
Vitbisaiikarakutesu siisrine ^° ratbiyasu ca
acari tlni vassani kbuppipfisasamappita. 134.
Atb' addasclmi sugatam nagaram Mitbilam gatani
adantanam dametaram ^^ sambuddbam akutobbiiyam. 135.
Sam cittam patiladdbana vanditvana upavisi
so me dbammam adesosi anukampaya Gotamo. 136.
Tassa dbammam sunitvaaa pabbajim anagririyam
ymljanti ^- sattbu vacane saccbrdiasi padam sivani. 137.
Sabbe soka samuccbinnri pablnri etadantikfi
parimiata bi me vattbu ^3 yato sokaua sambbavo ti. 138.
^ nibbattetva, cd. ^ attitva ummataka, cd.
3 sannatakesu samike cfi tik°, cd. -+ tattbaddasam, cd.
5 ovidbiyam, cd. ^ assa, cd. 7 gbatenti, cd.
3 pakinnakesi, cd. 9 vicriri tain, cd. '° susanar°, cd.
II damettlnam, cd. ^^ yujjanti, cd. ^3 vattbu, cd.
126 LII. KHEMA.
Ima gatha abliasi. Tattha a 1 1 a ti attita. Ayam eva
va patho. Attita pilita ti attbo. K h i 1 1 a c i 1 1 a ti
sokummadena khittahadaya. Tato eva pakataiiiiusamiaya
vigamena v i s a n n i n I. Hirottappabhavato apagatavat-
tbataya ^ nag g a . Vidhutakesataya p a k i n n a k e s i .^
Tena ten a ti gamena gamam nagarena nagaram vivi-
dham cari abam. A t b a ti paccba ummadasantati yassa
kammassa parikkbaye. S u g a t a n ti sobbaiiagamanatta
sundaram thanam gatatta samma gatatta sugatam bhaga-
vantam. M i t b i 1 a m g a t a n ti 3 Mithilabbimiikbam.
Mitbilanagarabbimukbam gaccbitan ti attbo.
Sam c i 1 1 a m p a t i 1 a d d h a n a ti buddbanubbavena
ummadam pabaya attano pakaticittam patilabhitva. Yun-
janti sattbu vacane4 ti sattbu sammasambud-
dbassa sattbu sasane yogam karonti 5 bbavanam anuyuii-
janti. Saccbakasi pad am si van ti sivam khe-
mam catubi yogebi anapaddutam ^ nibbanam padam
saccbiakasi.
Etadantika ti etam idani mayti adbigatam ara-
battam antopariyosanaiii etesan ti etadantika 7 soka.^
Na dani tesam sambbavo attbi ti attbo. Y a t o s o k a n a 9
s a m b b a V 0 ti j'ato antonijjhanalakkbananam ^° sokanam
sambbavo tesam c'upadanakkbandbasamkbilta vattbu
adbittbanani iianatiranapabanaparinnabi ^^ parinnata,
tasma sokii etadantika ti yojana.
Vasettbiya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
LII.
D a h a r a t u v a m r ii p a v a t i ti adika Khemaya
tberiya gatba. Ayam kira Padumuttarassa bbagavato
^ vattbutaya, cd. 2 pakinnakesi, cd.
3 gati ti, cd. 4 Bbunjanti sattbu vane, cd.
5 yo karonti, cd. 6 anupadutam, cd.
7 edantika, cd. s qq^.^^ ^d. 9 sokana, cd.
° °lakkbanam, cd. " nanat]rap°, cd.
TIIERI GATIIA. 52. 127
krile IlanisavatTnagare parfKlhluavuttikri paresam dfisi
aliosi. Sri parcsain veyyfivaccakaraueua jivitaiu kappcnti
ekadivasam Padumuttarassa saminasambuddbassa sava-
kani Sujatattlicraiu piiidaya carantani disva tayo modakc
datva tain divasam eva attano kcse vissajjetva tberassa
danani datva " anrigate ^ maliapaniia buddliassa sfivika
bbaveyyau " ti pattbanam katva yavajivain kusabikamme
aggappatta butva devamanussesu sanisaranti anukkameDa
cba kamavacaranam tesam tesaiii devarajunani mabesibba-
vena upapanna manussaloke pi anekavaram cakkavattlnani
mandalarajiinam ca mabesibbavam upagata mabasampat-
tiyo anubbavitva Yipassissa bbagavato krde manussaloke
uppajjitva vinnutam patva - sattbu santike dbammam sutva
patiladdbasamvega pabbajitva dasa vassasabassani brabma-
cariyam caranti babussuta dbammakatbika butva babuja-
uassa dbammakatbanadina pannasamvattaniyakammani
katva tato cavitva sugatisu yeva samsaranti imasmini
kappe bbagavato ca Kakusandbassa bbagavato ca Kona-
gamauassa kcile vibbavasampanne kule iiibbattitva vinnu-
tam patvii mabantam sangbciramam katva buddbapamu-
kbassa bbikkbusaiigbassa uiyyadesi. Bbagavato pana
Kassapadasabalassa kale Kikissa Kasikaranno sabbajet-
tbika Samaiii nama dbita butva sattbu santike dbammam
sutva patiladdbasamvega agare yeva tbitri visati vassasa-
bassani komarim^ brabmacariyam caranti samanaguttadibi
attano bbatibi saddbim ramaniyam parivenam karetvil
buddhapamukbassa bbikkbusaiigbassa niyyadesi. Evam
eva tattba tattba bbave ayatanam gatam ularam puiiiia-
kammam katva sugatisu yeva samsaritva imasmini bud-
dbuppade Magadbarattbe Sagalanagare nyakule nibbatti.
Kbema ti 'ssa namani abosi. Suvannavaiiiui kaiicana-
sannibbattaca 4 vayappatta Bimbisararamio gebani gata
sattbari Veluvane vibarante rupamatta butvt'i riipe dosaiu
dasseti ti, sattbu dassanaya na gaccbati. Piaja manussebi
Veluvanassa vanne pakasetva deviya^ vibaradassanaya
' anagato, cd. ^ patta, cd. 3 komaram, cd.
4 °nibbatta, cd. 5 vediya, cd.
128 LIl. KHEMA.
cittam iippadesi. Atlia devi " viharam passissami " ti
rajanam patipucclii. Kajfi viharam gantvri sattliaram
adisvti ''gantum na labhissasi " ti vatvfi puvisauam saiinam
adrisi : " balakkarena devim ^ dasabalam dassetba ti."
Devi viharam gantva divasabhagam khepetvii nivattenti
sattharam adisva va gantum araddha. Atha nam raja-
pnrisa anicchantim^ pi satthu sautikam nayimsii. Sattha
tam agacchautim^ disva iddhiyil devaccharasadisam itthiiiH
nimminitvatalapannamS gahetva vijamanam akasi. Khema
devi disva cintesi: " evarupa nama devaccharfipatibhaga ^
itthiyo bhagavato avidilre titthaiiti, ah am etasam pariva-
rita na ppahomi manam pi nikkaranapapacittassa vasena
nattha" ti nimittam gahetva tam eva itthim7 olokayamiina
atthasi. Ath' assa passantiya^ 'va satthu adhitthauaba-
lena sa itthi pathamavayam atikkainma majjhimavayam pi
atikkamma pacchimavayam patva khandadanta palitakesa
valitataca hutva saddhim trdapannena? parivattitva pati.
Tato Khema katadhikaratta evam cintesi : " evamvidham
pi sariram idisam vipattim ^° papuiii, mayham pi sariram
evamgatikam eva bhavissati " ti. Ath'assa cittakaram ^^
natva sattha :
Ye ragarattannpatanti sotam
sayamkatam makkatako va jalam
etam pi chetvana paribbajanti
anapekkhino kamasukham pahaya ti. (Dhp. 347.)
gatham aha. Sa gathapariyosane saha patisambhidah
arahattam papuni ti atthakathasu agatam. Apadane pana
imani gatham sutva sotapattiphale patitthita rajanam anu-
janapetva pabbajitva arahattam papuni ti agatam. Tat-
thayam Apadanapali :
^ devi, cd. ^ anicchanti, cd. 3 agacchanti, cd.
4 itthi, cd. 5 talapannam, cd. ^ °accharap°, cd.
7 itthi, cd. 8 vassantiya, cd. 9 talapannena, cd.
^° vippatti, cd. ^ cittacaram, cd.
THERl GATHA 52. 129
Paduniuttaro nama jino sabbadhammusu cakkliumfi
ito satasahassamhi kappe uppajji nayako. 1.
TatLiham Hamsavatiyain jfita setthikule abuiu
nanilratanapajjote ^ maliasiikliasamappita.= 2.
Upetvjl tarn mabavlram assosim dbaminadesauam
tato jfitappasadabam upemi saranam jinam. 3.
Mataram pitaram cabam ayacitvii vinilyakam
nimantayitva sattrdiam bhojayim saba savakam. 4.
Atikkante ca sattahe mahripamianam uttamam 3
bbikkbiinim -i etadaggambi tbapesi narasaratbi. 5.
Tarn sutva mudita butvri puno tassa mabesino
karam katvana tarn thanam panipacca panidabim. 5 G.
Tato mama jino aba sijjbatam panidbi tava
Sasangbe me katam karam appameyyam pbalam taya.^ 7.
Satasahasse ito kappe Okkcikakulasambbavo
Gotamo nama namena sattba loke bbavissati. 8.
Tassa dbammesu dayada orasa dbammauimmita
etadaggam anuppatta Khema nama bhavissasi.7 9.
Tena kammena sukatena cetanapanidbibi ca
jahitva manusam debam Tavatimsupaga abam. 10.
Tato cuta Yamam agam ^ tato 'ham Tusitam 9 gata ^°
tato ca Nimmanaratim Vasavattipuran tato. 11.
Yattba yattbilpapajjami^^ tassa kammassa vabasa
tattha tattb' eva rajilnam mabesittam akarayim. 12.
Tato cuta manussatte rajunam cakkavattinam
mandallnam ca rcijimam mabesittam akarayim. 13.
Sampattim anubbotvana ^^ devesii manujesu ca
sabbattha sukbita hutva nekakappesu samsarim. 14.
Ekanavute ito kappe YipassI lokanayako
uppajji carudassano sabbadbammavipassano. 15.
I opajjotu, cd. 2 "sukbam sam°, P.
3 uttama, P. . '^ bbikkbunl, P.
5 panidbin ca panidbaham, P. ; paniddabim, A.
6 tassa, P. 7 bbavissati, cdd. ^ YTuuasaggam, P.
9 Tussitam, A. ^° gato, P. ^^ yattbiipajamimi, P.
^2 anubbojetva, P.
10
130 LII. KHEMA.
Tarn aham lokanayakam npetva narasarathim
dhammavaram sunitvana ^ pabbajim anagariyam. 16.
Asiti vassasahassani tassa vTrassa sasane
brahmacariyam 2 caritvana yuttayoga bahussuta 17.
Paccayakarakusala catusaccavisarada
nipiina cittakathika satthu sasanakarika. 18.
Tato cutaham Tusitam 3 upapanna yasassinl
atibhomi tahim aniie brahmacaribalen' 4 aham. 19.
Yattha yatthopapannaham mahabhoga mahadhana
medhavinis riipajivi^ vimtapurisa 7 pi ca 20.
Bhavami tena kammena yogena jinasasane
sabba sampattiyo mayham sulabha manaso piya. 21.
Yo pi me bhavate ^ bhatta yattha yattha gataya pi
vimaneti na mam koci patipattibalena 9 me. 22.
Imasmim bhaddake kappe brahmabandhu mahayaso
namena Konagamano uppajji vadatam varo. 23.
Tadaham Baranasiyam susamiddhakulappaja ^°
Dhanaiijani Sumedha ca ^^ aham pi ca tayo jana 24.
Saiigharamam adasimha danam sahassikam ^^ pure
saiighassa ca viharam pi uddissa karika ^3 mayam.^4 25.
Tato cuta mayam sabba ^5 Tavatimsiipaga ahum
yasasa aggatam patta manussesn tath'eva ca. 26.
Imasmim yeva kappamhi brahmabandhu mahayaso
Kassapo nama namena uppajji vadatam varo. 27.
Upatthako ^^ mahesissa tada asi narissaro
Kasiraja Kikl nama Baranasipuruttame. 28.
1 dhammam bhanitam sutvana, A.
2 brahmacaram, A. 3 Tussitam, A.
4 adbikasi tato annam brahmacariphalen', P.
5 silavati, A. 6 riipavati, B. 7 vimtaparisa, A.
s yo pi bhavate, P. 9 ophalena, P.
1° susamiddham kulam paja, P. ; asamiddhikulam, B.
" Sumedhavi, P.
12 dana sahassika, A. ; nekasahassike mukhe, P.
^3 uddissikayika, B.
14 viharamhi uddissakassika maham, P.
15 sagge, P. i6 upatthako, P
TIIERl GATHA. 52. 131
Tassiisim ^ jettbikil dliTtil Saiiiani iti vissutfi
dhammam sutvfi jiuaggassa pabbajjam samarocayiin. 29.
Aniijruii ua no tato agare va tada mayani
vTsam - vassasabassfini vicarimba atanditri 30.
Komarims brabmacariyam rajakauila sukbedbita
buddbopattbriuanirata miidita satta dbTtaro. 31.
SamanI Samanagutta ca 4 Bbikkbuul Bbikkbadayika
Dbamma c'eva Sudbamma ca sattami Sangbadayika. 32.
Abam Uppahxvaiina ca Patacfira ca Kundabi
Kisfigotaml ca Dbammadinna Yisakba boti ^ sattamT. 33.
Kadaci so naradicco dbammam desesi abbbutam
Mabanidanasuttantam sutva ; tarn pariyapunim. 34.
Tebi kammebi sukatebi cetanapanidbibi ca
jabitva maniisam deham Trivatimsam agancbi'bam. 35.
Paccbime ca bbave dani Sagabwam ^ puruttame
railiio Maddassa dbit' ambi 7 manapa dayita piya.^ 36.
Saba me 9 jatamattambi kbeman tambi ^° pure abii
tato lOiema ti namam me gunato upapajjatba.^^ 37.
Yadabam yobbanam patta ^^ rupaviblsabbiisita ^^
tada adasi mam tato ^'^ Bimbisarassa rajino. 38.
Tassabam suppiya asim rupakelayane rata
rupanam dosavadi ti ^5 na iipesim mabadayam.^^ 39.
Bimbisaro tada raja mamanuggababuddbiya ^7
vannayitva Veluvanani gayake piipayi mamam. 40.
Eammani Veluvanani yena na dittbam sugatalayani
na tena Nandanam dittbam iti ^^ mamiamase mayam. 41.
Yena Veluvanani dittbam naranandananandanani
sudittham nandam nandena ^9 amarindasunandanam. 42.
' tassapi, P. ^ yig^^ A.
3 Komari, A ; Komaram, P. 4 Samanaratta ca, P.
5 Visakba capi, P. ^ Sakalayam, A.
7 dbitapi, P. ^ dassita pitii, P. 9 yassa me, P.
1° kbepam tambi, P. ^^ udapajjatba, P. ^- satta, P.
^3 rupalavinnabbiisika, P. ^4 mam tava, P.
^5 oyjiri ti, P. ^^ mabadeyam, B. ; mabayasam, P.
17 mabanuggo, A. ^^ na tena Nandam dittbam ti, P.
^9 nandanam tena, A.
132 LII. KHEMA.
Vihaya nandanam deva otaritva mabitalam
rammam Veluvanam disva na tappanti suvimhita.^ 43.
Eajapuiinena nibbattam buddhapimnena bbusitam
ko vatta tassa nissesam ^ vanassa gunasancayam. 44.
Tarn siitva vanasamiddbim ^ mama sotam manobaram4
dattbukama tarn uyyanam raiiiio arocayim tada. 45.
Mabata parivarena tada ca so mabipati
mam pesesi tarn uyyanam dassanaya samussukam. 46.
Gaccba passa mababboge vanam ^ nettarasayanam
yam s'ada bbati siriya sugata bbanuranjitam. 47.
Yada ca pindaya mimi Giribbajapuruttamam
pavittbo 'bam ^ tada yeva 7 vanam dattbum upagamim. 48.
Tadabam pbullavipinam ^ nanabbamarakujitam
kokilagitasabitam mayuragananaccitam 49.
Appasaddam anakinnam nanacankamabbusitam
kutimandapasaiikinnam yogivaravirajitam 9 50.
Vicaranti amannissam sapbalam nayanain mama.
Tattbabam tarunam bbikkhum yuttam disva vicintayim : 51.
Idise vipine ^° ramme tbito 'yam navayobbane
vasantam iva kantena " riipena ca samanvito.^^ 52.
Nisinno rukkbamulambi mundo samgbatiparuto
jbayate vat' ayam bbikkbu ^^ bitva visayajam ratim. 53.
Nanu nama gabattbena kamam bbutva yatbasukbam
paccba jinnena dbammo 'yam caritabbo subbaddako. 54.
Sunnatam ti viditvana gandbagebam ^^ jinalayam
upetva jinam addakkbim udayantam va bbakaram.^5 55.
Ekekam ^^ sukbam asinam vijamanam^7 varittbiya^^
disvan'evam vicintesi : nay am lukbo narasabbo. 56.
I siivnnbata, P. ^ nisesam, P. 3 samiddbi, P.
4 sotamanobaram, A. 5 dbanam, P.
6 pavittbabam, A. 7 yena, B.
s pbnllapavanam, P. B. 9 yativara°, P.
1° idise pavane, P. " vasanti niccakantena, B.
12 samantato, P. ^3 bbikkbum, P. ^4 gandbagebe, P.
^5 pabbakaram, B. ; pabbarikaram, P. ^^ ekakam, A.
^7 bijamanam, A. is varattiya, P.
TIIERI GATIIA. 52. 133
Sa kafina kanakabbfisfi padumananalocanri
bimbottbikuiidadassauri ^ mauouettarasriyana 57.
Hemadobl va savaua^ kalasilkfirasuttbanl 3
vedimajjbfi 4 va sussoni 5 rambborii crirubbusana 58.
Eattamsakupasamvyrxna, ^ nibi mattbanivasaua
atappaneyyariipena basabbavasamanvita. 59.
Disvii tarn eva cintesim : abo 'yam abbiriipiui 7
na mayanena nettena dittbapubbii kudacanaiu. GO.
Tato jarabbibbiita sa vivaniui vikatanana ^
cbinnadanta setasira sabila vadanasuci Gl.
Samkbittakaiina 9 setakkbl lambasubbapayodbara
valivitatasabbaiigi ^° siravitatadebini^i^ G2.
Natanga dandadutiya uppasulika kisika
pavedbamana patita nissasauti mubum mubum. 63.
Tato me asi samvego abbbuto lomabamsano ^^
dbir attbu riipam asucim ramante yattha balisa.^3 G4.
Tada mabakciruniko disva samviggamanasam
udaggacitto sugato ima gatba abbasatba : 65.
Aturam asucim piitim passa Kbeme samussayam
uggbarantam paggharantam balanam abbinanditam.i4 66.
Asubbaya cittam bbavebi ekaggam susamabitam
Bati kayagata ty attbu nibbidababula bbava.^5 67.
Yatba idam tatba etam yatba etam tatba idam
ajjbattam ca babiddba ca kaye cbandam viriijaya.^^ 68.
Animittail ca bbavebi mauanusayam ujjaba
tato manabbisamaya upasanta carissasi. 69.
Ye ragarattanupatanti sotam
sayamkatam makkatako va jaiam
I °dasana, A. - doljibasavana, A. ; dolabbcivasana, P.
3 kalakakaras°, A.; kalakayasuttani, P.; kalabbakaras°, B.
4 vedimajja, A. 5 susoiiT, A.
6 nukkamsabhasusam dbitcl, P. ^ aboramanii'upinT, P.
8 vigat°, P. 9 oi^aniicl, P.
^o valitataca sabbanga, P. ; valivigatasabbangi, B.
II siravigatadehini, B. ^^ asubhora lomabamsano, P.
13 palisa, P. 14 abbipattbitam, P.
15 nibbudaphalava bhava, P. ^^ virajaye, P.
134 LII. KHEMA.
Ekam pi chetvana paribbajanti
anapekkhino kamasukham pahaya. 70.
Tato kallikacittam ^ mam natvana narasarathi
mahanidanam desesi suttantam vinayaya me. 71.
Siitva suttantam ^ setthan tarn 3 pubbasaiinam anussarim
tattha thita'va hamsanti dhammacakkhum visodbayim. 72.
Nipatitva mahesissa padamiilamhi tavade
accayam desanatthaya idam vacanam abravim : 73.
Namo te sabbadassavi namo te karunakara 4
" namo te tinnasamsara namo te amatamdada.s 74.
Ditthigahanapakkhanna ^ kamaragavimocita 7
taya samma^ upayena? vinita vinaye rata. 75.
Adassanena vibhoga tadisanam ^° mahesinam
anubhonti mahadukkham satta samsarasagare. 76.
Yadaham lokasaranam aranam aranantagum ^^
naddassami ^^ adurattham desissami tarn accayam. 77.
Mababitam varadadam ahito ti visankita
nopesim rupanirata desissami tarn accayam. 78.
Tada madburanigghoso mahakaruniko jino
avoca "tittba Kheme " ti sincanto amatena mam.^s 79.
Tada panamya sirasa katva ca nam padakkbinam
gantva disva narapatim idam vacanam abravim : 80.
Abo samma upayo te cintito 'yam arindama
vanadassanakamaya ^4 dittbo nibbanatbo ^5 muni. 81.
Yadi te ruccate ^^ raja sasanam tassa ^7 tadino
pabbajissami riipe 'bam nibbinna ^^ munivadina. 82.
Anjalim paggabetvana tadaha ^9 sa mabipati :
anujanami te bbadde pabbajja tava sijjbatu. 83.
^ kannikac° B. ; kallita°, P. ^ suttantasetthan, A.
2 setthan ti, P. 4 karunasaya, P.
5 amatam padam, P. ^ op^kkbanda, A. P.
7 °vimobita, B. 8 samma, P.
9 sambuddhapayena, B. ^o vibbiita adisvana, P.
" aranantaggam, P. ^^ nadassami, P. ; na dassasim, B.
'3 sincanto vacane manam, P. ^4 tava dass°, B.
^5 nibbanito, P. i6 nuccate, P. ^7 sasanetassa, A.
i8 nibbinnam, P. 19 tadaham, P.
TIIERI GATHA. 5*2. 135
Pabbajitva tadfi caliam addhamase ^ upattbite
dlpodayaii ca bbedam ca disva samviggamauasa 84.
Nibbinnfi - sal)basamkbrii'e 3 paccayakrirakovidri
caturogbe4 atikkamma arabattam apfipuniiu. 85.
IddbTsu ca vasi asim dibb.iya sotadbatuya
cetopariyaiianassa vasi ctlpi bhavam' abaiu. 8().
Pubbenivfisam jrmami dibbacakkbu visodbitani
sabbasavii parikkbliici u'attbi daui pimabbbavo. 87.
Attbadbammaniruttisu patibbane tath'eva ca
parisuddbam mama nanam uppannam buddbasasane. 88.
Kusalabam visuddhisu Katbavattbuvisriradri
Abbidbammanayanim ca vasi patt'ambi sasane. 89.
Tato Bbojanavattbusmim ^ railna Kosalasaminii
puccbita nipune pafibe vyakaronti yatbatatham. 90.
Tada pi raja sugatam upasamkamma puccbatba
tatb'eva bnddbo vyakasi yatba te vyakata maya. 91.
Jino tasmim gune tuttbo etadagge tbapesi mam
mabapanilanam agga ti bbikkbmiinam naruttamo. 92.
Kilesa jbapita mayham — pa — katam bnddbassa sasa-
nan ti. 93.
Sa imissa theriya sati pi aiiiiasam khlnasavatherlnam
puniiavepbunapattiyam, tattba pana katjidbikaratfiya ma-
bapannabbavo pakato abosi. Tatba bi tani bbagava Jeta-
vanamahavibare ariyaganamajjbe nisinno patipatiya bhik-
kbiiniyo tbanantare tbapento : *' etad aggam bbikkbave
mama savikanam bbikkbmiinam mabapannanam j^ad idam
Kbema bbikkbuni ti mabapannaya aggattbfine tbapesi.
Tarn ekadivasam annatarasmim rukkbamiile divavibaram
nisinnam Maro papima taruiiariipena upasankamitva ka-
mebi palobhento :
Dabarfi tuvam rupavatl abam pi dabaro yuva
pancaiigikena turiyena ebi Kbeme ramamase ti. 139.
I sattamase, P. ^ nibbinda, A. P.
3 osamsare, P. 4 catiiroge, A.
5 Karanavatthusmim, B. ; Toranavattbusmim, A.
136 LIII. SUJATA.
gatham aha. Tass' attlio : Kheme tvam taruna ^ yo-
bbane ^ thita rnpasampanna, aham pi taruno,3 tasma
mayam 4 yobbannam akhepetva 5 pancangikena tnriyena
vajjamanena chahi kamakhiddaratihi^ ramama kilama ti.
Tarn sutva sa kamesu sabbadhammesu ca attano viratta-
bhavam tassa ca Marabhavam attabhinivesesu sattesu
attano thamagatam pasadakam katakiccataii ca paka-
senti :
Imina putikayena aturena pabhanguna
attiyami harayami. Kamatanha samuhata. 140.
Sattisuliipama ^ kama kbandhauam ^ adhikuttana
yam tvam kamaratim9 brusi arati dani sa mama. 141.
Sabbattha vihata nandi tamokkhandho padalito
evam janabi papima, nihato tvam asi antaka. 142.
Nakkhattani namassaata aggim ^° paricaram vane
yatbabhuccam ajananta ^^ bala suddhim ^^ amannatha. 143.
Abaii ca kbo namassanti sambuddbam purisuttamam
parimutta sabbadnkkbebi sattbu sasanakarika ti. 144.
Ima gatba abbasi. Tattha aggim paricaram
vane ti tapovane aggibuttam paricaranto. Yatbabhu-
ccam ajananta ti pavattiyo yathabhiitam aparija-
nanta.
Sesam ettha hetthavuttanayena, sesam uttanam eva.
Khemaya theriya gathavannana samatta.
LIII.
A 1 a n k a t a s u v a s a n a ti adika Siijataya theriya
gatha. Ayam pi pm-imabuddhesu katadhikara tattha
^ tarunapatta, cd. 2 yobbana, cd.
3 taruno yutto, cd. 4 tasmayam, cd.
5 akhemetva, cd. 6 oi^-^tiya, cd. ^ satthi°, cd.
2 khandhasam, cd. 9 kamarati, cd. 1° aggi, cd.
" pajanadanta, cd. 12 suddhi, cd.
TIIERI GATIIA. 53. 137
tattha bbave vivattiipaiiissayain kusalani upacinantT anuk-
kamena sambhutavimokkbasambliara butvfi imasmim
buddbuppfide Saketanagare settbikule iiibl)attri vayappatta
matripitubi samfinajatikassa settbiputtassa dinna butva
patiknlain ^ gata tattba tena saddhim siikbasamvrisam va-
santT ekadivasam uyyanam gantva nakkhattakllam kilitva
parijanena saddbim iiagaram agaccbantT xinjanavane sat-
tbflram disva pasannamrmasa upasaiikamitvfi vanditva
ekamantam nisidi. Sattha tassa annpubbikatbam ka-
tbetva kallacittam natvfi upari samukkamsikadbamma-
desanam pakasesi. Sa desanrivasane attano katadbikara-
tava nanaparipakam gatatta'va sattbu desanavibisena yatha
nisinna ca saha patisambbidabi arabattam patva sattbaram
vanditva gebam gantvci samikam ca matapitaro ca anuja-
nt^petva sattbu finaya ^ bbikkbuniipassayam gantva bbik-
kbunlnam ^ santike pabbaji. Pabbajitva ca attano pati-
pattim paccavekkbitva udanavasena :
Alankata suvasana malini candanokkbita
sabbabbaranasaiicbanna dasiganapurakkbata.4 145.
Annapanan ca adaya kbajjabbojjam anappakam
gebato nikkbamitvana uyyanam abbibarayi. 146.
Tattba ramitva kilitva agaccbanti sakam gbaram
vibararukkbam pavisi Silkete iVnjanam vanam. 147.
Disvana lokapajjotam vanditvana upavisi
so me dbammam adesesi anukampaya cakkbunu". 148.
Sutva ca kbo mabesissa saccam appativijjb'abain
tattb'eva virajam dbammam pbusayis amatam padam. 149.
Tato vinnatasaddbamma pabbaji anagariyam
tisso vijja anuppatta amogbam buddbasfisanam. 150.
ti ima gatba abbasi. Tattba a 1 a n k a t a ti vibbusita.
Tarn pana alaiikatakclram dassetuin s u v a s a n n m fi 1 i n I
candanokkbita ti vuttani. Tattba malini ti
maladbjirinl. C a n d a n o k k b i t a ti candanfmulittti.
^ patikulam, cd. ^ anaya, cd. 3 bbikkbiinam, cd.
4 opurakkbita, cd. 5 pbussayi, cd.
138 LIV. ANOPAMA.
SabbabharanasanchpcDna ti hatthupagadihi sab-
bebi abharanehi alaiikaravasena sanchaditasarlra.
A n n a p a n a m c a a d a y a k h a j j a b h o j j a m
anappakan ti saliodanadiannam ambapanadipanam
pitthakhadaniyadikhajjam avasittham abarasaiikhatam
bhojjan ca pahutam gahetva. Uyyanam abbiha-
r a y i n ti nakkhattakilavasena uyyanam upanesi. Anna-
panadi tattba ^ anetva saha parijanena kllanti ramanti
paricariyanti ti adhippayo.^ Sakete Aiijanam vanan
ti Saketasamipe Anjanavane vibaram pavisi.
L o k a p a j j 0 t a n ti iianapajjotena lokassa pajjota-
bbutam. Phusayins ti pbusi. Adbikam gaccban ti
attho. Sesam vuttanayam eva.
Sujataya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
LIV.
U c c e k u 1 e ti adika Anopamaya tberiya gatba.
Ayam pi purimabuddbesu katadbikara tattba tattba bbave
vivattupanissayam kusalam upacinanti anukkamena vimut-
tiparipacaniyena dbamme paribmbitva imasmim buddbup-
pade Saketanagare Majjbassa nama settbino dhita biitva
nibbatti. Rupasampattiya Anopama ti namam abosi.
Tassa vayappattakale babu settbiputta rajamabamatta
rajano ca pitu diitam pabesum : " attano dbitaram Ano-
pamam4 debi, idan c'idaii ca 5 dassama" ti. Sa tarn sutva
upanissayasampannataya " gbaravasena maybam attbo
n'attbi ti " sattbu santikam gantva dbammam sutva nanassa
paripaKam gatatta desanannsarena vipassanam arabbitva
tarn ussukkapenti maggapatipatiya tatiyapbale patittbasi.
Sa sattbaram pabbajjam yacitva sattbu anaya bbikkbunu-
passayam upagantva bhikkbunlnam santike pabbajitva
sattame divase arabattam saccbikatva attano patipattim
paccavekkbitva udanavasena :
battba, cd. ^ paricare santi adbippayo, cd.
pbussajin, cd. 4 Annpamam, cd. 5 inc' idaflca, cd
i
THERI GATHA. 54. 139
Ucce kule abam jata bahuvitte maliaddbane
vannaru2)ena sampanna dbita Majjbassa atraja. 151.
Pattbitfi rajapnttehi settbipattebi gijjbitfi
pitu me pesayi dutam : " Detba maybam Anopamam. 152.
Yattakam ^ tulitfi esa tuybain dblta Anopama
tato attbagnnam dassam bh'annam ratanani ca." 153.
Sabam ^ disvana sambuddbam lokajettbam anuttaram
tassa pjidani vanditva ekamante upavisi. 154.
So me dbammam adesesis anukampaya Gotamo.
Nismna asane tasmim pbusayi4 tatiyam pbalam. 155.
Tato kescini cbetvana pabbajim anagariyam
ajja me sattami -"^ ratti yato taiiba visosita. 156.
ti ima gatba abbasi. Tattba ucce kule ti ularaname
vessakule. Babuvitte ti alaiikaradibabuvittupakarane.
M a b a d d b a n e ti nidbanagate yeva. Cattarlsakotipari-
manassa mabato dbanassa attbibbaveua mabaddbane abam
jata ti yojana. V a n n a r u p e n a sampanna ti vanna-
sampanna c'eva rupasampanna ca. Siniddbabbasuraya
cbavisampattiya abbaranadisariravayavasampattiya ca
sampannagata ti attbo. Dbita Majjbassa atraja
ti Majjbanamassa settbino orasil dblta. P a 1 1 b i t a r a j a-
puttebi ti: " Katbam nu kbo tarn labbeyyama " ti
rajakumarebi abbipattbitfi. S e 1 1 b i p u 1 1 e b i g i j j b i t a
ti tatba settbikumarebi pi gijjbita paccasimsita. D e t b a
maybam A n o p a m a n ti rrijaputtadayo '* detba may-
bam Anopamam detba may ban " ti pitu santike dutam
pesayimsu.
Yattakam^ t u 1 i t a esa ti tuybam dbita Anopama
yattakam dbanam aggbati ti tubtatulita lakkbananniibi
pariccbinna. Tato a 1 1 b a g u n a m d a s s a m I 7 ti
pitu me pesayi diitan ti yojana. Sesam bettbavuttanayam
eva.
Anopamaya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
^ yattbakam, cd. ^ g.\ mam, cd. 3 adesi, cd.
4 pbussayi, cd. 5 sattama, cd. ^ yattbakam, cd.
7 attbagunam devam dass°, cd.
140 LV. 3IAHAPAJAPATIG0TA:\n.
LV.
Biiddhavira namo ty atthu ti adika Mahapaja-
patigotamiya gatlia. Ayam pi kira Padumnttarabhaga-
vato kale Hamsavatinagare kulagehe nibbattitva vimiiitam
patta satthu santike dhammam sunanti sattharam ekam
bbikkhnnim rattaiiniinam aggattbane tbapentam disva
adhikarakammam katva tarn thanantaram patthapetva
yavajivam danadini punnani katva kappasatasahassam
devamanussesu samsaritva Kassapassa ca bbagavato am-
hakan ca bbagavato antare buddbasunne loke Baranasi-
yam pancannam dasisatanam jettbaka butva nibbatti.
Atba sa vassupanayikasamaye paiica paccekabuddbe Nan-
damiilakapabbbarato Isipatane otaritva nagare pindaya
caritva Isipatanam eva gantva vassiipanayikakutiya
attbaya battbakammam pariyesante disva ta dasiyo tasam
attano samike samadayitva cankamanadipancarasam-
panna^ paiica kutiyo karetva mancapitbapaniyaparibbo-
janiyabbajanadmi upattbapetva paccekabuddbe temasam
tattba vasanattbaya patiiinam karetva varabbikkham
pattbapesum. Sa attano varadivase bbikkbam datum na
sakkoti. Tassa sayam sakagebato nibaritva deti, evam
temasam patijaggitva pavarana3^a sampattaya ekekam dasi
ekekam satakam visajjapesi. Panca tbulasatakasatani
abesum, tani parivattapetva paiicannam paccekabuddba-
nam ticivarani katva adasi. Paccekabuddba tasam pas-
santmam yeva akasena Gandbamadanapabbatam aga-
mamsu, ta pi sabba yavajivam kusalam katva devaloke
nibbattimsu. Tasam jetthika tato cavitva Baranasiya
avidiire pesakaragame pesakarajettbikaya gehe nibbatti.
\innutam patva Padumavatiya putte paiicasate pacce-
kabuddbe disva sampiyayamana sabbe vanditva bbikkbam
adasi. Te bbattakiccam katva Gandbamadanam eva
agamamsu. Sa pi yavajivam kusalam katva devamanus-
sesu samsaranti ambakam sattbu nibbattato puretaram
eva Devadabanagare Mabasuppabuddbassa gebe pati-
^ cankaman°, cd.
i
THEIII GATHA. 55. 141
saiidbiin gtinbi. Gctaml ti'ssa ^ gottfikatam eva nrimam
aliosi, Mabfimayaya kanittbabhaginl. Lakkbaiiapatbaka pi
" imcisam dvinnam pi kuccbiyam vasita daraka cakkavatti
])bavissanti " ti vyakarimsu. Suddbodanamabriraja vayap-
pattakfile dve pi mai'igalaiii katva attaiio gbaraiu atinesi.
Aparabhage ambilkam sattbari uppajjit\ri pavattavara-
dbammacakke anupubbena tattba tattba veneyyanam
aiuiggabam karoute YesfiUm - upauissfiya kutagru'asrilayam
vibarante Suddbodanamabarajfi setaccbattassa hettba
arabattam saccbikatva parinibbfisi. Atba Mabripajfipatl
pabbajitukamri butva satthfiram ekavaram pabbajjani
yricamjlnci alabbitva dutiyavaram kesam cbindapetvfi
kasayani accbadetva kalabavivadasuttantadesanfipariyo-
saue nikkbamitva pabbajitaiiam ^ paiicaunam Sakyakuma-
rasatanam padaparicarikabi saddbim Yesalim 4 gantva
Auandattberam sattbaram yacapetva attbabi garudbam-
mebi pabbajjan ca 5 iipasampadan ca patilabbi. Itara pana
sabba pi ekato upasampanua abesum, ayarn ettba
samkhepo. Yittbarato pan'etam vattbupaliyam agatam
eva. Evam iipasampanna paua MabapajapatigotamT
sattbaram iipasankamitTa abbivadetva ekamantam attbiisi.
Ath'assa sattba dbammam desesi. Sa sattbu santike
kammattbanam gabetva bbavauam anuyuiljantl naci-
rass'eva aMnnuapatisambbidjiparivaram arabattam pa-
puni. Sesa pana pancasata bbikkbuniyo iiaudakovada-
pariyosane cbalabbiiina abesiim. Atb'ekadiva^am sattba
.Jetavanamabavibare ariyaganamajjbe nisinno bbikkbuniyo
tbanantare tbapento Mabapajapatigotamim ^ rattaiiiiu-
nam bbikkbiinmam aggattbane tbapesi. Sa pbabasukbena
nibbanasukbena vltinamenti kataMuiaya tbatva ekadiva-
sam sattbu gunabbittbavanapubbakaupakaranabhavamu-
khena aiiiiam vyakarontl :
Buddbavira namo ty attbu sabbasattfinam uttama 7
yo mam dukkba pamocesi amiam ca babukam janam. 157.
' ti sa, cd. 2 Yesali, cd. ^ pabbajjitrmam, cd.
4 Yesali, cd. 5 pal)brgan, cd. '^ °gotamI, cd.
7 uttamam, cd.
142 LV. MAHAPAJAPATlGOTAMi.
Sabbadukkham pariniiatam hetutanha visosita
ariyatthaiigiko ^ maggo nirodho phusito ^ maya. 158.
Mata putto pita bhata aj^yika ca pure ahum ^
yathabhuccam ajananti-i samsah'ham anibbisam. 159.
Dittho hi me so bbagava antimo'yam samussayo
nikkhino jatisamsaro n'atthi dani punabbhavo. 160.
Araddhaviriye pahitatte niccam dalhaparakkame
samagge savake passa, esa buddbana vandana. 161.
Bahunnam vata attbaj-a Maya janayi Gotamam
vyadbimaranatunnanam ^ dukkhakkbandbam vyapanudi
ti. 162.'
Ima gatba abhasi. Tattba buddhavira ti catn-
saccabuddbesu virasabbannubiiddbo butva uttamaviriyehi
catusaccabuddbe va catubbidbasamappadbanaviriyanibbat-
tiya vijitavijayatta vira nama. Bbagava pana viriyapara-
miparipuriya caturangasamannagataviriyadhitthanena ^
satisayacatubbidhasamappadbanakiccanibbattiya tassa ca
vinayasantane sammad eva patittbapitatta visesato viriya-
yuttataya viro ti vattabbatam arahati. Namo ty atthu
ti namo namakkaro te botu. Sabbasattanam
n 1 1 a m a ti apadadibhedesu sattesu siladigunehi uttamo
bbagava. Tad ekasesam satthii pakaragunam dassetnm
yo mam dukkba pamocesi aniaam ca babu-
k a m j a n a n ti vatva attano dukkarapamuttabbavam
bbaventi s a b b a d u k k h a n ti gatbam aba. Puna yato
pamocesi tarn tattba dukkbam ekadesena dassenti mata
putto ti gatbam aba.
Tattba yathabhuccam a j a n a n 1 1 7 ti pavatti-
hetuadi yathabbiitam anavabojjhanti. Samsari'ham
anibbisan^ ti samsarasamuddapatittham avindanti
alabhanti ragadisu aparaparuppattivasena samsari
ahan ti katbentl aha "mata putto9 ti adi.'
^ bhavit' attho, cd. ^ phussito, cd. 3 ahu, cd.
4 pajananti, cd. 5 maranacatun°, cd.
6 °sampannago, cd. 7 pajananti, cd.
s anibbisan, cd. 9 matu putto, cd.
THERI GATIIA. 55. 143
Yasmim bhave etassa mata aliosi tato anfiasmiin l)lia-
ve hi tass'eva ^ putto, tato aimasmim bhavc i)itri l)brita
abu ti attbo. D i 1 1 b o me ti gfitbaya pi attano dukkliato
pamuttabhavam eva vibbfiveti. Tattha d i 1 1 b o b i in e
so b h a g a V ii ti so bbagava sammrisambuddbo attana
dittbalolaittaradbanimadassauena nanacakkbuna may a
paccakkbato dittbo. Yo bi dbammam passati bbagavan-
tam passati nama yatbfiba : " Yo kbo Vakkbali dbammam
passati so mam passati " ti adi.
A r addb avi riy e ti paggabitaviriye. Pabitatte
ti nibbanam pesitacitte. N i c c a m d a 1 b a p a r a k k a m e
ti appattassa pattiya phalasamapattattaya sabbabilam
tbiraparakkame. Samagge ti siladittbisamannena
sambatabbavena - samagge sattbu desanaya savanatte
jatatta. S a v a k e ti ime maggattba ime pbalattba ti
yatbavato passati. E s a b n d d b a n a 3 v a n d a n a ti sa
sattbu dbammasarirabbiitassa ariyasavakanam ariyabba-
vabbutassa ca lokuttaradhammassa attbapaccakkbakiriya
esa sammasambuddbanam savakabuddbanan ca vandana
yatbavatorananinnata.
Babunnam vata attbaya ti osanagatbaya pi
sattbu lokassa babupakaranam yeva vibbaveti. Yam
pan'ettba attbato na vibbattam tarn suvimieyyam eva.
Atb* ekada Mabapajapatigotami sattbari Vesrdiyam
vibarante mabavane kutagarasalayam sayam VesaHyam
l)bikkbunnpassaye vibarantT pubbanbasamayam Vesaliyam
pindaya caritva l)battam bbunjitva attano divattbane
yatbaparicchinnakalam pbalasamapattisukbena vitinfi-
metva pbalasamapattito vuttbaya attano patipattim^
paccavekkbitva somanassajata attano saiikbtire rivajjanti
tesam kbinasavabbavam 5 natva evam cintesi : yan niina-
bam vibaram gantva bbagavantam anujata manobbfivayena
ca tbere sabbe va sabrabmacariye apuccbityfi ^ idba agac-
cbanta parinibbapeyyan ti. Y^atba ca theriyfi evain tassti
^ bi sseva, cd. ^ samambata°, cd.
3 buddbanam, cd. 4 patipatti, cd.
5 kbinabhavam, cd. ^ apuccbetvfi, cd.
144 LV. MAHAPAJAPATIGOTAMI.
parivarabhutanam paficannam bbikkhunisatanam parivi-
takko abosi. Tena vuttam Apadane : —
Ekada lokapajjoto Vesalijam mahavane
kutagaresu sabiyam vasate narasaratbi.^ 1.
Tada jinassa matuccha Mabagotami bbikkbum
tabim gate^ pure ramme vasi bbikkbunupassaye.^ 2.
Bhikkbumbi vimuttabi satebi saba pancabi
rabogataya tass'evam cittassasi^ vitakkitam.5 3.
Buddbassa parinibbanam ^ savakaggayugassa 7 va
Eabnlanandanandanam ^ nabam laccbami passitum 4.
Buddbassa parinibbanam savakaggayugassa va9
Mabakassapanandanam Acandarabubina ca.^° 5.
Patipuccbabam ^^ sankbare osajjitvana nibbutim
gaccbeyyam ^^ lokanatbena anuiiiiata mabesina. 6.
Tatba paiicasatanam pi bbikkbuninam vitakkitam
asi Kbemadikanam pi etad eva vitakkitam. 7.
Bbumicalo tada asi iiadita ^3 devadudrabbi
upassayadbivattbayo ^4 devata sokapilita. 8.
Vilapanta sukarunam tattb'assuni pavattayum
mitta bbikkbuniyo tebi upagantvana Gotamim. 9.
Nipacca sirasa pade idam vacanam abravum ^^
tattba toyalavasitta mayam ayye ^^ rabo gata. 10.
Sacala caUta bbumi nadita ^^ devadudrabbi
parideva ca suyyante ^^ kirn attbam ^9 nuna Gotami. 11.
Tada avoca sa saddam yatha parivitakkitani
tayo pi sabba abamsu ^o yatba parivitakkitani. 12.
Yadi te rucitam ayye nibbanam paramam sivam
nibbayissama sabba pi buddbanunnaya subbate. 13.
^ vasatena saratbi, P. ^ tabim kate, A.
3 bbikkbunapassaye, P. 4 cittassapi, A. P.
5 vikkitam, P. ^ parinibbana, P. ^ savakappay°, P.
2 — 9 Eabul° — oyugassa va, om. P.
1° orabulo pi ca, P. ii opuccbayusankb, A.
12 agaccb°, P. 13 adita, P. ^4 ovattbaya, P.
15 abravi, P. ^^ mayameyya, P. ^7 adita, P.
18 suyante, P. 19 kim attba, P. 20 abamsu, A.
THERI GATHA. 55. 145
Mayain ptahaya nikkbauta ^ gharil pi ca bbavfi pi ca
sabave'va gamissama nibbrmani padam^ uttamam. 14.
Nibbfinaya vadantlnam kim vakkbrimi ti sji vadi -
saba sabbabi niggaucbi bbikkbunlhiyana tadfi. 15.
Upassaye ya 'dbivatthu devata ta kbamantu me
bbikkbunilayanassedam paccbimam dassanam mama. 16.
Xa jarfi maccii va yattba 4 appi3'ebi samfigamo 5
piyebi na viyogo 'ttbi tarn vajissam asaiikbatam. 17.
Avitaraga tarn siitva vacanam sugatorasa
sokatta paridevimsu *' abo no appapumiatci." 18.
Bbikkbuninilayo sunfio bbiito tabi viiicl a^^am
passa te viya trinivo^ na dissanti jiuorasa. 19.
Xibbanam Gotami yati satebi saba pancabi
nadlsatebi va saba Gangjl pancabi sagaram. 20.
Ratbiyaya vajanti7 tarn disva saddba upasika
gbara nikkbamma padesu nipacca idam abravum. 21.
'•' Pasidassii maliabboge anathayo vibaya no ;
taya na yutta nibbatum " iccbatta vibipimsu ta. 22.
Tasam sokapabanattbam avoca madbiiram giram :
ruditena alam putta basakalo'yam ajja vo. 23.
Pariilnatam mab^idukkbam dnkkbabetu vivajjito
nirodbo me saccbikato maggo cjlpi subbavito. 24.
Pariciiino maya sattba katam buddbassa sasanam
obito garuko bbaro bbavanetti samiibata. 25.
Yass' attbaya pabbajita agarasmanrigririyam
so me attbo anuppatto sabbasaiinojanakkbayo. 26.
Biiddbo tassa ca saddbammo ammo yava tittbati
nibbatmii tava kalo me ma mam socatba puttika. 27.
Kondannanandanandadi tittbanti Rabulo jino
sukbito sabito saiigbo batadabba ca tittbiyfi. 28.
Okkcikavamsassa yaso ussito Maramaddano
nanu sampati kfdo ^ me nibbanattbaya puttika. 29.
^ mayam saba va nik°, A. - puram, P.
3 sasanam, P. ; sa vadam, A. 4 tarn yattbi, P.
^ samagamjl, P. ^ tarayo, B.
7 vajantiyo, A. ^ sampattakalo, B.
11
146 LV. MAHAPAJAPATIGOTAMI.
Cirappabliuti yam maybam patthitam ajja sijjhate
Ananda bherikalo 'yam kim vo assiibi pnttikji. 30.
Sace mayi daya attbi yadi c' attbi katamiuta
saddhammatthitiya sabba karotba viriyam dalbam. 31.
Thlnam adasi pabbajjam sambuddho yacito maya
tasma yatbabam nandissam tatha tam anutittbatha. 32.
Ta evam anusasitva bbikkbnnibi purakkbata
npecca buddbam vanditva idam vacanam abravi : 33.
Abam Sugata te mata tvam ca vira pita mama
saddbammasnkbada natba ^ taya jat'ambi Gotama. 34.
Samvaddbito^ 'yam Sugata riipakayo maya tava
anindito 3 dbammatanii mama samvaddbito 4 taya. 35.
Mubuttam tanbasamanam kbiram tvam payito maya
tayabam 5 santam accantam dbammakbiram pi payita. 36.
Bandhana rakkbane maybam anaiio tvam mabamune
puttakama tbiyo yacam^ labbanti tadisam sutani.7 37.
Mandbatadinarindanam ya mata sa bbavannave
nimuggabam taya ^ putta tarita bbavasagara. 38.
*' Eaiiilo mata mabesi " ti sulabbam namam ittbinam9
"Buddbamata" ti yam namam etam paramadullabbam. 39.
tan ca laddbam mabavira panidbanam maman taya ^^
anukam va mabantam va tam sabbam piiritam taya." 40.
Parinibbatum iccbami vibayemam kalevaram
anujanabi me vira dukkbantakara nayaka. 41.
Cakkaiikusadbajakinne pade kamalakomale
pasarebi. Panaman te karissam puttauttame.^^ 42.
Suvannarasisankasam sariram kiiru pakatam
katva debam sudittbam te santim gaccbami ^3 nayaka. 43.
Dvat+imsalakkbanupetam supabbalakantam tanum
sanjbagbana ^4 va balakkam ^5 matuccbam dassayi jino. 44.
I
^ °sukbadam natba, P. - samvaddbito, A.
3 anindiyo, P. -^ samvaddbito, A. 5 tassabam, P.
6 dbiyoyaca, P. 7 puttam, P. ^ tassa, P.
9 namanimittinam, P. 1° tiya, P. " maya, P.
^2 puttapemasa, P. 13 santi gaccbama, P.
'■+ sancba°, A. 15 balattam, B.
therT gatha. 55. 147
Phullriravindasaiikase tarunruliccasappabhe ^
cakkankite pridatale tato sa sirasa pati. 45.
Panamami - naradicca ruliccakuLaketunam
pacchime marane tuyham na tarn ikkham'aham puuo. 40.
Ittbiyo nama lokag.^a sabbadosa karama th
yadi ko c'atthi 3 doso me khamassu karunakara. 47-
Ittbikanan ca pabbajjam yam' ham yacim pimappunam
ettba ce attbi^ doso me tarn khamassu narasabha. 48.
Maya l)hikkhuniyo vira tavanunnaya sasita
tatra ce attbi dunnitam tarn khamassu kbamjipita.5 49.
Akkhante njlma khantabbam ^ kimbhave gunabhiisane
kim uttaran te vakkhami nibbanaya vajantiyti. 50.
Suddhe auune mama bbikkhusaiigbe lokcl ito nissaritum
khamante
pabhatakfile " vyasanangatanam disvana niyyati va canda-
lekba. 51. *
Tadetara bhikkhuniyo jina.c^^gam trira va candanugata
Sumernm ^
padakkhiiiam kacca nipacca pade tbita 9 mukbautam samu-
dikkbaraana. d'2.
Na tittipubbam ^^ tava dassanena cakkbum na sotam tava
bhasitena
cittam mama kevalam ekam eva pappuyya ^^ tarn dham-
marasena tittim.^^ 53
Nadato parisayan te ^3 vriditabbapabarino
ye te dakkbanti vadanam ^4 dhaiina ^5 te narapungava. 54.
Dighanguh tambanakbe subhe ayatapambike
ye pade pauamissanti ^^ te pi dbamia gunandbara.^7 55.
Madburani pahattbaui dosaggbani hitani ca
ye te vakyarii suyyanti te pi dbaniia naruttama. 5fi.
^ karunad°, P. ^ panamami, P. 3 yadi ko pacattbi, P.
4 tattba, A. s khamami ti, B.
^ akkbantena akban°, A. ; akkhatam ama kbant^, P.
7 pabbhata°, P. 8 Siuerum, P. 9 dbltfi, P.
^° tittbip", P. II pabbuyya, A. P. '- tittbi, P.
^3 parisayanto, P. ^4 vadantam, P. ^^ paiina, P.
^^ panamissanti, P. ^7 gunandbara, P.
148 LV. MAHAPAJAPATIGOTAMI.
dhaiinahan te mahavira manapnjanatappara ^
tinnasamsarakantara 2 suvakyena sirimato. 57.
Tato sa anumauetvas bhikkhiisangham pi subbata
Eahulanandanande ca vanditva idam abravi : 58.
asivisalayasame rogavase kalevare
nibbinna dukkliasangliate4 jaramaranagocare 59.
Nanakalamalakinne 5 parayatte ^ nirihake
tena nibbatum icchami anumannatha puttaka. 60.
Nando Kaliulabbaddo ca vitasoka nirasava
thitacalatbitithira 7 dbammatam aniicintayum. 61.
dbir attbu sankbatam lolam asaram kadaliipamam
mayamaricisadisam ittaram ^ anavattbitam. 62.
Yattba nama jinassayam matuccba buddbaposika
Gotami nidbanam yati aniccam sabbasankhatam 63.
Anando ca tada sekbo sokatto jinavaccbalo
tatth'assuni karonto so karunam paridevati : 64.
HasantI9 Gotami yati nuna buddbo i° pi nibbutim
gaccbati naciren' eva aggi-r-iva ^^ nirindbano. 65.
Evam vilapamanan tarn Anandam aba Gotami :
siitisagaragambhira buddbopattbanatappara 66.
Na yuttam socitiim putta basakale ^^ upattbite
taya me saranam ^3 putta nibbanantam upagatam. 67.
Taya ^4 tata samajjbittbo ^^ pabbajjam anujani no
ma putta vimano bobi ^^ sapbalo te parissamo. 68.
Yam na dittbam puranehi ^7 tittbikacariyebi pi
tarn padam sukumaribi sattavassabi ^^ veditam. 69.
Buddbasasanapaleta ^9 paccbimam ^° dassanam tava
tattba gaccbam' abam putta gato yattba na dissate. 70.
^ °tampara, P. ^ tinna°, P. 3 anubbavetva, B.
4 nibbinna dukkbasaiikhate, P. 5 okala°, P.
6 parayatthe, P. 7 odhitivara, B.
^ itaram, P. B. 9 bhasanti, P.
1° nanu buddbo, A. B. ^^ aggi viya. ^^ hasakare, P.
13 maranam, P. ^4 tassa, P. ^5 samijjb°, P.
i6 hoti, P. 17 puranebi, A. ^^ satav^, B.
19 opaleto, B. 2o kbamantam, P.
THERT GATIIA. 55. 149
Kadaci dhammam desento kliipi lokaggaiiAyako
tadfibam iisTsavacam ^ avocain - anukampika : 71.
" Ciram jiva mahavlra kappam tittlia mahrimune
sabbalokassa atthava bbavassu ajaramaro." 72.
Tani tatbrivadiniin 3 buddbo inamaiii so etam abravi 4 :
" na b' evam vandiya buddba yatba vandasi Gotami." 73.
" Katbam carabi sabbannu vanditabbfi tatbagata
katbam avandiya biiddba tain me akkbabi puccbito." 74.
*' Araddbaviriye pabitatte niccani dalbaparakkame
samagge savake passa etam buddbana vandanam." 3 75.
Tato upassayam gantva ekikabam ^ vicintayim :
samaggam parisam natbo rocetI7 ti bbavantago. 76.
Handabam parinil^bissam ma vipattitam addasam.^
evabam cintayitvana disvana isisattamam 77.
parinibbanakalam tarn arocesim 9 yinayakam.
tato so samanumiasi : kfdam janabi Gotami. 78.
Kilesa — pa — anasava. 79.
Svagatam — pa — sasanam. 80.
Patisambbida — pa — sasanam. 81.
Tbinam dbammabbisamaye ye bala vimatiiigata
tesam dittbippabanattbam iddbim dassehi Gotami. 82.
Tada nipacca sambuddbam uppatitvana ambaram
iddbim anekam i° dassesi buddbanuiiiiaya Gotami. 83.
Ekika bahudba asi " babudba-c-ekika tatba
avibbavam tirobbavam tirokuddam tironabbam ^-84.
Asajjamana ^^ agama bbumiyam in nimujjatba
abbijjamane udake agancbi mabiya yatba. 85.
Sakuni va yatbakase ^^ pallaiiken' agami ^^ tada
vasam vattesi kayena yava brabmanivesanam. 86.
^ asi vacanam, P. B. - avocum, P.
3 tatbcivadini, P. 4 mama so eta bravi, P.
5 vandana, P. B. ^ ekakaham, A. 7 rocesi, A.
s vippattitam, A. ; vipattitamandassam, P.
9 arocesi, P. ^° iddbi anekti, P.
^^ ebika bahudba capi, P.
^2 tirokutam tironagam, A. ^3 asajj°, B.
^4 tatbakase, A. ^^ pallankena kami, A.
150 LV. MAHAPAJAPATIGOTAMI.
Sinerum dandam katvana chattam katva mahamahim'
samulam parivattetva dliarayam cankami nablie. 87.
Chasurodayakalo va lokaii ca kasi dhiimikam ^
yugante^ viya lokam sa4 jalamalakulam aka. 88.
Mucalindam ^ mahaselam Merumulanadantare ^
sasapa-r-iva sabbani eken'aggabi muttbina. 89.
aiigulaggena 7 cbadesi bhakaram sadisakaram
candasurasabassani avelam ^ iva dbarayi. 90.
Catusagaratoyani dbarayi ekapanina
yugantajaladakaram 9 mabavassam pavassatba. 91 .
Cakkavattim saparisam mapayi sa nabbattbale
Garulam dviradam ^° sibam vinadantam padassayi.^^ 92.
ekika abbinimmitva 'ppameyyam bbikkbuniganam
puna antaradbapetva ekika munim abravi : 93 .
Matuccba te mabavira tava sasanakarika
anuppatta sakam attbam ^^ pade vandami ^3 cakkbuma. 94.
Dassetva vividbam iddbim ^4 orobitva nabbattbala
vanditva lokapajjotam ekamantam nisidi sa. 95.
Sa^^ visavassasatika jatiyabam mabamune
alam ettavata vlra nibbayissami nayaka.^^ 96.
Tada ti ^7 vimbita sabba parisa sa kataiijali
avoc' ayye^s katbam asi atuliddbiparakkama.^9 97.
Padumuttaro nama jino sabbadbammesu cakkbuma
ito satasabassambi kappe uppajji nayako. 98.
Tadabam Hamsavatiyam jatamaccakule abum
sabbopakarasampanne iddbe pbite mabaddbane. 99.
Kadaci pituna saddbim dasiganapurakkbata ^o
mabata parivarena tarn upecca narasabbam 100.
^ mabi imam, P. ^ dbumakam, P. 3 yugandbe, P.
4 piyalokamsa, A. 5 Muiicalindam, A.
^ omulan°, P. 7 anguliggena, P. ^ avelam, P.
9 yugandbajalaja kara, P. ^° dvitudam, P.
^^ padassasi, P. ^^ attam, P. ^^ yandama, P.
^4 vividba iddbi, P. ^^ g^^^ p, i6 nayakam, P.
^7 tada ta, P. is avoceya, P.
^9 oparakkama, A. 20 op^.^kkbita, P
THERI GATHA. 55. 151
Yasavam ^ vij^a vassantam dhammamegbam pavassayam 2
saradadiccasadisam ramsijalasamiijjalam 101.
disva oittam pasiidetva ^ sutva c'assa subhasitam 4
matuccbam bbikkbunim 5 agge tbapeiitani naranaya-
kam 102.
Sutvc'i datvci mabadanam sattabam tassa tadino
sasaugbassa naraggassa paccayani babiini ca 103.
nipaeca padamiilambi tarn tbfinam abbipattbayim.
Tato mabaparisati avoca isisattamo : 104.
Yci sasaiigbam abbojesi sattabam lokanayakam
tarn abam kittayissami siniatba mama bbfisato. 105.
Satasabasse ito kappe Okkakakulasambbavo
Gotamo nama nameua sattba loke bbavissati. 106.
Tassa dbammesu dayada orasa dbammanimmita
Gotam! nama namena bessati sattbu savika. 107.
Tassa buddbassa matuccba jlvikapadika^ ayam
rattamuman ca aggattam bbikkbumnam labbissati. 108.
Tarn sutvabam 7 pamoditva ^ yavajivam tada jinam
paccayebi upattbitva tato kalakata9 abam. 109.
Tavatimsesu devesu sabbakamasamiddbisu
nibbatta dasab' aiigebi 1° amie abbibbavi abam.^^ 110.
Piiipasaddebi <]jandbebi rasebi pbusanebi ca
ayunapi ca yanuena sukbena yasasa pi ca. 111.
Tatb'evadbipateyyena adbiggayba ^^ virocanani
abosim amarindassa mabesi dayita tabim. 112.
Samsare samsaranti 'bam kammavayusamerita
Kasissa ranno visaye ajayim dasagamake.^3 113.
Panca dasasataniina nivasanti tabim tada
sabbesam tattba yo jettbo tassa jaya abos' abam. 114.
Sayambbuno paiicasata gamam pindaya pavisum.
te disvana abam tuttba saba sabbilbi ittbibbi 115.
^ vasantam, A. ^ pavassaram, P. 3 pasaditva, P.
■^ yassasubb°, P. ^ bbikkbunl, P.
6 jivitamcitika, B. ; jivitap°,P. " bam om. A.
2 pamudita, P. 9 kalaiikata, A.
^° das'angebi, P. " anuebi nikkaml abam, P.
^2 atiggayba, A. ^^ amiasi gamake, P.
152 LV. MAHAPAJAPATIGOTAMI.
Subha bhavitva^ sabbayo^ catumase upatthabiim.3
Ticivarani datvana samsarimha sasamika. 116.
Tato cuta sabba pi ta Tavatimsagata mayam.
paccbime ca bbave dani jata Devadabe pure. 117.
Pita Aujanasakko me mata mama Sulakkbana
tato Kapilavattbusmim Suddbodanagharam gata. 118.
Sesa Sakyakule jata Sakyanam gbaram agamum
abam visittba sabbasam jinassapadika abum. 119.
Mama patto' bbinikkbamma buddbo asi vinayako.
Paccbaham pabbajitvana satehi saba paiicahi 120.
Sakiyanihi dbirabi saba^ santl sukbam phnsim.
ye tada pubbajatiyam amhakam abu samino 121.
Saba punnassa kattaro mabasamayakaraka
pbusimsu 5 arabattan te sugateuanukampita.*^ 122.
tadetara bbikkliuniyo arubimsu 7 nabbattbalam
samgata viya tarayo virocimsu mabiddhika. 123.
Iddhim ^ aneka dassesum pilandbavikatim 9 yatba
kammaro kanakass' eva ^° kammaMassa susikkbita. 124.
dassetva patiherani^^ cittani ca bahuni ca
tosetva va dipavaram mmiim saparisam ^^ tadii 125.
orobitvana gagana ^3 vanditva isisattamam
anunnata naraggena j^atba tbane nisldisum. 126.
Abo 'nukampika ^4 ambam samvasam cira ^s Gotami
vasita tava pmmebi patta no asavakkbayam. 127.
Kilesa — pa — sasanam. 128.
Iddhiyam ca vasi boma^^ dibbaya sotadbatuya
Cetopariyananassa vasi homa mabammie. 129.
Pubbenivasam janama dibbacakkhum visodbitam
sabbas^va parikkhina n'atthi dani punabbbavo. 130.
^ puga bbavitva, B. ; pugava hutva, A.
" sanbayo, B. 3 upattbayi, P. -^ vinabi saba, P.
5 pbussimsu, P. 6 o]^^^i^^pite, P.
7 arab°, A. ^ iddhisu, P. 9 piladdbanavikati, P.
^° kanakam yeva, P. ^^ patibirani, A. g
^2 purisasadisam, P. 13 gagana, P. *
^4 'nukampita, P. 15 vira, P. ^^ homi, P.
i
therT gatha. 55. 153
Attlie db.imme ca nerutte patibhriue ca vijjati^
fiunam aiuliam mahfivTra uppauuani tava santike. 131.
Asmabliipariciiiiio 'si mettaeittrihi nayaka
anujtinalii sabbayo nibbanaya mahamune. 132.
Xil)bayisS(Uua ice' evam kiin vakkbami vadantiyo
yassa dani ca vo kcilam^ maimatbri ti jiuo bravi. 133.
Gotamiadika tayo tada bbikkhuniyo jinam
vauditva jisana tarnba vuttbjiya rigamimsu tfi. 134.
]\Iabatc1 janakayena saba lokagganayako
auusamsavayi viro mrituccbam yava kottbakani. 135.
Tada nipati padesu Gotami lokabandbuno
sabetarfibi^ sabbrdii paccbimam pculavaudanam. 136.
Idam paccbimakani-^ maybam lokanfitbassa dassanam
na puiio amatakaram passissami mukham tava. 137.
Xa ca me vadauam ^ vira tava padesu kornale
sampbusissami lokagga^ ajja gaccbami nibbutim. 138.
Riipena kim tavanena dittbadbamme yatbatatbe /
sabbam sankbatam ev'etam anassasikam ittaram. 139.
Sa saba tabi gantvaua bbikkbunupassayam sakam
addbapallankam abbujya ^ nisidi paramasane.9 140.
Tada upjisika tattba buddbasasauavaccbabi ^°
tassa pavattim^^ sutvaua iipesum padavaudika. 141.
Karebi uram pabantva cbinnamula yatba lata
rodenta karunam ravam^^ sokatta bhuvi^s piltita.^-^ 142.
Ma no saranade natbe vibaya gami^5 nibbutim ^^
nipatitvana yacama sabbayo sirasa mayam. 143.
Ya padhanatama^7 tasam saddbapaniia upilsika
tassa sisam pamajjanti idam vacanam abravim^^ : 144.
Alam putta visadena marapasanuvattinri
aniccam sankbatam sabbam viyogantam^9 cab'icalam. 145.
^ vijjati, A. 2 te kalam, P. 3 sab' eva tabi, A.
4 iman p°, P. ^ te vandanam, P. ^ lokaggam, P.
7 yatbatatbaiii, P. ^ abbunja, A. P. ; arubyam, B.
9 varamasane, P. ^° ^vaccbalo, P. " pavatti, A.
^2 ravam, P. ^3 bbumi, B. ^4 patika, P.
^5 vibayagami, P. ^^ nibbuti, P.
^7 padanat°, P. ^° abravi, cdd. ^9 viyogandbam, P.
154 LV. MAHAPAJAPATIGOTAMI.
Tato sa ta visajjitva^ pathamam jhanam uttamam
dutiyan ca tatiyaii ca samapajji catutthakam. 146.
Akasayatanan ceva viiinanayatanam tatha
akiiicam^ neva sannan ca samapajji yatbakkamam. 147.
Patilomena jhanani samapajjatha Gotami
yavatas pathamam jhanam tato yava catutthakam. 148.
Tato vutthaya nibbayi dipacci va^ nirasana
bbumicalo maha asi nabhasmaS vijjuta^ pati. 149.
Panadita7 dudrabhiyo paridevimsii devata
pupphavutthi ca gagana abhivassatha medinim. 150.
Kampito Meruraja pi raiigamajjhe yatha nato
sokena catidino 'va^ viravo asi sagaro.9 151.
Deva nagasura brahma samviggahimsu tarn khane
anicca vata sahkhara yathayam vilayam gata. 152.
Ya cemam parivarimsu satthu sasanakarika
tayo pi anupadana dipacci ^° viya nibbuta. 153.
Ha yoga vippayoganta" haniccam sabbasankhatam
ha jivitam vinasantam iccasi^^ paridevana. 154.
Tato deva ca brahma ca lokadhammanuvattanam
kalanumpam kubbanti upetva isisattamam. 155.
Tada amantayi sattha Anandam sutisagaram^^
gacchananda nivedehi bhikkhuuam matu nibbutim.i4 156.
Tadanando niranando assuna punnalocano
gaggarenasarenaha^5 " samagacchantu^^ bhikkhavo. 157.
Pubbadakkhinapacchasu uttarayaii^7 ca santike
sunantu^s bhasitam mayham bhikkhavo sugatorasa. 158.
Ya vandayi payattena sariram pacchimam mune
sa Gotami gata santimi9 tara va suriyodaya ^o 159.
^ sa tarn vis°,
P.
2 akiiici, P,
3 pabhavata,
P.
4 dipacchiva,
P.
s nabhasa, A
6 vijjata,
P.
7 sanadita, P.
s odino ca, P.
9 vibhavo asi
sagare, P.
^° dipacchi, P
i^ °gantva, P.
^2 icchasi, P.
i3 sutivisalam,
P.
^4 nibbuti, P.
^5 sarenaham, P.
i6 sammag°,
P.
^7 uttaraya, A
i8
sunantam, A.
^9 santi, P.
2o suriyadaya, P.
THERI GATIIA. 55. 155
Biuldliamata ti paimattam thapayitvfi gatfisamaiii
na yattlia pancanetto pi gatim^ dakkliati- nayako. IGO.
Yass' atthi sugate saddlifis yo ca piyo 4 mahrimune
buddhamatuya sakkaram karotu sugatoraso." ^ IGI.
Sudurattha pi tarn sutvfi sTgbam'^ agrtficliu bbikkbavo
keci buddhrinubliaveua keci iddhlsu kovida. 16*2.
Kutagaravare ramme sabbasonnamaye 7 sul)be
maucakam samaropesum ^ yattba vattbasi CTotamI.9 163.
Cattaro lokaprda te ^° amsebi samadbarayum
sesa Sakkadika devfi kiltagare samaggabum. 164.
Kutagriraui sabbrmi asum paficasataui pi"
saradadiccavannaui^- visum kammakataiii bi. 16'j.
Sabba ta pi ^3 bbikkbuniyo asum maucesu sfiyikjl ^4
devauam kbandbam ^s arulba niyj^anti anupubbaso. 166.
Sabbaso cbaditam ^^ asi vitanena nabbattbalam
satcirii candasuriya ^7 ca laficbita ^^ kanakamaya. 167.
Pataka ussita ^9 'neka cittaka puppbakancukjl -°
ogatakcisapaddba ca mabisa puppbam -^ uggatam. 168.
Dissanti caudasuriya pajjalanti -- ca taraka
majjbagato pi cadicco na tapesi sasi yatba. 169.
Devcl dibliebi gandbebi mcllebi ^3 surabbibi ca
vaditebi ca naccebi saiigitibi ca pujayum. 170.
Nagasura ca brabmano ^4 yatbasatti yatbabalam
pujayimsu ca niyyantim ^5 nibbutam buddbamataram. 171.
Sabbayo purato nita nibbuta sugatorasa
GotamI niyyate paccba sakkata buddbaposika. 17*2.
I gati, P. 2 dakkbiti, P. 3 pattba, P.
4 yo vasi yo, P. 5 sagatoyaso, P.
^ singbam, A. 7 sabbasuvaniiaye, P.
^ saba ropesum, A. 9 yattba puttfipi Gotami, P.
^° °pala ye, P. " °ni bi, P. ^~ saradanicca°, P.
^3 ta bi, P. ^4 mafinesu sayita, P. ^3 kbattam, P.
^^ caritam, P. ^7 candasurfi, A. ^^ lanjitji, A.
^9 vussita, P. -° citaka puppbakam cuta, P.
21 pubbam, P. =2 vijjalanti, P. ^3 mallebi, P.
24 brabmauo, A ^5 niyanti, P.
156 LV. MAHAPAJAPATIGOTAMI.
Purato devamanuja sanagasurabrabmaka
paccba sasavako buddbo pujattbam yati matuj^a. 173.
Buddbassa parinibbanam nedisam asi yadisam
Gotamiparinibbanam ativ'accbariyam ahu. 174.
Buddbo buddbassa nibbane ^ no patiyadi bbikkbavo
buddbo Gotaminibbane Sariputtadika tatha. 175.
Citakani karitvana sabbagandbamayani te
gandbacunnani kinnani^ jhapayimsu ^ ca ta tabim. 176.
Sesabhagani daybimsu 4 atthisesani sabbaso
Anando ca tadavoca samvegajanakam vaco : 5 177.
GotamI nidbanam ^ yata dalbam7 c'assa sarirakam.
samketam buddbanibbanam na cirena bbavissati. 178.
Tato Gotamidbatuni tassa pattagatani so
upanamesi natbassa Anando buddbacodito. 179.
Panina tani paggayba avoca isisattamo :
mabato saravantassa yatba rukkbassa tittbato 180.
yo so mabattaro kbandbo palujjeyya aniccata
tatha bbikkbunisaiigbassa GotamI parinibbuta. 181.
2 Abo acchariyam mayham ^ nibbutaya pi matuya
sariramattasesaya 9 n'attbi sokapariddavo.^° 182.
Na sociya paresam sa ^^ tinnasamsarasagara
parivajjitasantapa sitibbiita sunibbuta. 183.
Pandita 'si ^^ mabapanna puthupaniia tatb'eva ca
rattanfiii bbikkhumnam sa evam dharetba bbikkbavo. 184.
Iddbiya ca vasi asi dibbaya sotadbatuya
cetopariyananassa vasi asi ca GotamI. 185.
Pubbenivasam aiinasi dibbacakkhum ca sodbitam
sabbasava parikkblna n'attbi tassa punabbbavo. 186.
Attbpdbammaniruttisu patibbane tatb'eva ca
parisuddbam abu nanam tasma socaniya ^3 na sa. 187.
^ na buddbo buddbanibbane, P.
2 °cunnapakinnani, A. 3 jbapayisu, P.
4 daybisu, P. 5 va te, P. 6 nibbutam, P.
7 daybam, A. 8_8 Anandassa buddbassa, P.
9 sarirapattasesaya, A. 1° °paridevo, P.
^^ na so viyamaresambi, P*
'^ pandi si, P. 13 socariya, P.
TIIERI GATIIA. 6C). 157
Avogliaualiatass'eva ^ jalato jatavedaso -
aniipubbupasantassa yatha na naj'ate gati 188.
evain sammrivimuttfinain kfimabaudhogbatariuam 3
pamiapetum gati n'attbi pattanam acalam sukbam. 1.S9.
Attadlpa 4 tato botba satipattbriuagocarfi
libilvetva satta bojjhaiige dukkbass' antam karissatba ti. 190.
Ittbam Sudani MabfipajapatlgotamT imfi gfitbayo abbasittba
ti.
Mabapajapatigotamiya gatbfi van nana sa matta.
LYI.
G u 1 1 e y a d a 1 1 b a m p a b b a j j ti ti adika Guttaya
tberiya gatba. Ayam pi purimabuddbesu katadhikaua
tattba tattba bbave vivattiipanissayam kusalam upaci-
uantl anukkamena sambbiltavimokkbasambhara butva
paripakkakiTsalamiibi sngatlsu yeva samsaranti imasmim
buddbuppade Savattbiyam brabmanakule nibbatta Giittil s
ti 'ssa namam abosi. Sa vinilutam patta upanissaya-
sampattiya codiyamancl gbai'civasam jigiiccbanti matapitaro
anujanapetva Mabapajapatlgotamiyfl santike pabl)ajitva ca
vipassanam pattbapetva bbavanam anuyuiijanti tassa
cittam cirakalaparicayena babiddbarammane vidbavati.
Ekaggam nasi sattba disva tarn anuganbanto gandbaku-
tiyam yatba nisinno 'va obbasam pbaritva tassa asanne
akase nisinnam viya attanam dassetva ovadanto :
Gutte yadattbam pabbajja bitva ^ puttam samussayam 7
tarn eva anubriibebi^ mil cittassa vasam garni. 163.
Cittena vancita satta Mcirassa visaye rata
anekajatisamsaram sandbavanti aviddasu.9 164.
^ ayoghana°, P. = jatavedasa, A.
3 otadinam, P. •^ attbadipa, A2. 5 Gutta om. cd.
^ hita, cd. 7 samuppiyam, m.; samappiyam, cd.
s tamo anub°, cd. 9 sandbavanta avindimsu, cd.
158 L^'I- GUTTA.
Kamaccbandan ca vyapadam sakkayadittliim ^ eva ca
sTlabbataparamasam yicikicchaii ca pancamam. 165.
Saiinoyanani etani pajabitvana bbikkhimi
orambbagamamyani ^ na-y-idam punar ebisi. 166.
Eagam manam avijjan ca uddbaccam ca vivajjija
sanyojauani chetvana dukkbass' antam karissasi.3 167.
Kbepetva jatisamsaram parimiaya punabbbavam
dittb' eva dbamme niccbata upasanta carissasi ti. 168.
Ima gatba abbasi. Tattbatam eva anubrilbebi ti
yad attbam yassa kilesaparinibbanassa kbaiidbaparinib-
banassa ca attbaya. H i t v a 4 p u 1 1 a m s a m u p i y a n
ti piyayitabbam natiparivattabbogakkbandban ca bitva.
Mama sasane pabbajja brabmacariyavaso iccbito tarn eva
vaddbeyyasi sampadeyyasi. Ma cittassa vasam
garni digbarassarupadiarammaDassa panavaddbitassa
kuticittavasam ma gaccbi. Yasma cittam nam'etam
mayupamam yena vancita andbaputbujjana Maravasanuga
samsaram nativattanti. Tena vuttam cittena van-
cita ti adi.^ Sanyo janani etani ti etani kamac-
cbandan ca vyapadan ti adina yatbavuttani pancabandba-
nattbena saiiyojanani. Pajabitvana ti anagamimag-
gena samuccbinditva. B b i k k b u n i ti tassa alapanam.
0 r a m b b a g a m a n i y a n i 6 ti rupariipadbatuto bettba-
bbage kamadbatuyam manussajivassayitani upakarani,
tattba patisandbiya paccayabbavato. Makaro padasandbi-
karo, Oram a g a m a n i y a n i ti pali. So ev' attbo.
Na-y-idam p n n a - d - e b i s i ti orambbagiyanam
saiinojananam pabanena idam kamattbanam kamabbavam
patisa '. dbivase na punar agamissasi. Kakaro padasandbi-
karo. It t ban ti va pali. Ittbattamz kamabbavam ice
eva attbo.
E a g a n ti ruparagan ca araparagan ca. M a n a n ti
aggamaggavajjamanam. A v i j j a m u d d b a c c a il c a ti
I sakkayam d°, cd. 2 orambbag°, cd.
3 karissati, cd. 4 betva, cd. 5 vancitadi adi, cd.
6 orambbag°, cd. .7 ittattbam, cd.
THERI GATHA. 56. 57. 159
ettbfipi es' eva na^'O. Vi v a jj i y fi ti vipassanaya vikkh-
ambhetvii. S a n y o j a n a n i c li e t v fi n a ti etani rupa-
rfigadlui panciiddhambhrigiyjun samyojanfmi arahattamag-
gena samuccbinditva. D u k k b a s s ' a n t a m kari s s a s i
ti sabbavattadiikkbassa pariyantapariyosanam pcipuiiissasi.
K b e p e t v fi j a t i s a m s a r a m ti jatisamulikasam-
Scirappavattim ^ pariyosapetva. X i c c b a t ii ti nittanba
upasanta ti sabbaso kilesanam vfipasamena upasanta.
Sesam vnttanayam eva.
Evam sattbclra imtisu - gatbasu bbasitJisu gatbfipariyo-
Sclne tberi saba patisambbidcibi arabattam patva udana-
vasena bbagavata bbasitaniyamen' eva ima gatba abbasi.
Ten' eta tberiyfi gatba nfima jata.
Guttaya tberiya gatbavannauri samattfi.
LYII.
C a t u k k b a 1 1 u n ti adika Yijayaya tberiya gatba.
Ayam pi piirimabuddbesu katadbikara tattba tattba
bbave vivattupanissayam kusalam iipacinantl anukka-
niena paribnibitakusalamiibl devamanussesu samsarautT
imasmim buddbuppade Eajagabe amiatarasmim kulagebe
nibbattitvcl vimmtam patta Kbemjlya tberiya giblkale saba-
yika abosi. Sa tassa pabbajitabbavam sutva " sapi nama
rajamabesi pabbajissati kim aiiga panaban " ti pabbaji-
tukama yeva butva Kbematberiya santikam upasaiikami.
Tberi tassa ajjbasayam fiatvri tatba dbammam desesi yatba
samsare samviggamanasa sasane sa abbippasanna bhavis-
sati. Sa tarn dbammam sutva samvegajcitri patiladdba-
saddba ca butva pabbajjam yaci. Tberi tarn pal)bajesi.
Sa pabbajitva katapubbakicca vipassapubbakiccfi vipassa-
nam pattbapetvjx betusampaunatjiya nacirass' eva saba
patisambbidabi arabattam patva attano patipattim 3 pac-
cavekkbitva udanavasena :
°pavatti, cd. ^ imaya, cd. 3 patipatti, ed.
160 LVII. VIJAYA.
Catukkbattum pancakkhattum vihara upanikkhami
aladdha^ cetaso santim ^ citte avasavattini. 169.
Bliikkhunim 3 npasaiikamma sakkaccam paripucch' aham.
sa me clhammam adesesi dhatuayatanani 4 ca. 170.
Cattari ariyasaccani indriyani balani 5 ca
bojjbangatthangikam maggam uttamattbassa^ pattiya. 171.
Tassabam vacanam satva karonti anusasanim 7
rattiya purime yame pubbajatim anussari. 172.
Eattiya majjbime yame dibbacakkbnm visodhayi
rattiya paccbime yame tamokkbandbam padalayi. 173.
Pitisukbena ca kayam pbaritva vibari tada
sattamiya pade pasaresi tamokkbandbam padaliya ti. 174.
Ima gatba abbasi. Tattba bbikkbunin ti Kbema-
tberim ^ sandbaya vadati.
B 0 j j b a n g a 1 1 b a 11 g i k a m a g g a n ti sattabojj baii-
gan ca attbaiigikaii ca ariyamaggam. U 1 1 a m a 1 1 b a s s a 9
pattiya ti arabattassa iiibbanassa va i° pattiya adbiga-
maya.
Pitisukbena ti pbalasamapattiya^ ^ pariyapannaya
pitisukbena ca. Kay an ti tarn Rampaj^uttam nama
kayam yad anusarena rnpakajaii ca. Pbaritva ti
pbussetva vyapetva va. Sattamiya pade pasaresi ^^
ti vipassanaya araddbadivasato sattamiyam pallaiikam
bbinditva pade pasaresi. Katbam ? Tamokkbandbam
padaliya appadaHtapubbani mobakkbandbam agga-
maggananasina padaletva. Sesam bettba vuttanayam
eva.
Yijayaya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
Cbal;':anipatavaiiiiana nittbita.
I laddba, cd. ^ santi, cd. 3 bbikkbuni, cd.
4 dbatuyo, cd. 5 pbalani, cd. ^ uttamattassa, cd.
7 anusasani, cd. 8 Kbematberi, cd.
9 uttamattassa, cd. 1° nibbanasseva, cd.
" osamapatti, cd. 12 pasarenti, cd.
THERl GATHA. 58. 161
LVIII.
Sattakanipfite m u s a 1 a n i g a h e t v Ti n fi ti Uttaraya
theriya gatba. Ayaiu pi purimabuddhcsu katadhikara
tattba tattba bbave vivattupanissayani kusalani upaci-
nantl anukkamena samropitakusalamula samiipacitavi-
mokkbasambbarfi paripakkavimuttiparipacaniyadhamma
butva imasmim buddbuppade Savattbiyam annatarasmim
kubigebe nibbattitva Uttani ti laddbanrimri anukkamena
vinnutam patta Patacaraya theriya santikam upasanka-
mitva tberi tassa ^ dbammam katbesi. Sa. dbammam
sutvfi samsare jatasamvega sasane abbippasanna butyfi
pabbaji.2 Pabbajitva 'va katapubbakicca Patacaraya tberiya
santike vipassanam pattbapetva bbavanaja anuyunjanti
upanissayasampannataya indriyanam paripakam gatatta
nacirass' eva vipassanam ussukkripetvcl saba patisaml;bi-
dabi arabattam papuni. Arabattam pana patva attano
patipattim 3 paccavekkbitva iidanavasena :
Musabmi gahetvana dbafiiiam kottenti manava
puttadarani posenta4 dbanam vindanti mrmava. 175.
Gbatatba l)uddbasasane yani katva nanutappati.
khippam padani dbovitva ekamante nisidatba. 176.
• Cittam upattbapetvana ekaggam susamabitam
paccavekkbatba ^ saiikbare parato no ca attato. 177.
Tassabam vacanam sutva Patacaranusasanim ^
pade pakkbalayitvana ekamante upavisi. 178.
Piattiya pnrime yame pubbajritim anussari,
rattiya majjbime yame dibbacakkbiim visodbayi, 179.
Eattiya paccbime yame tamokkbandbam padillayi,
tevijjji atba vuttbasi^ kata te aniisasani. 180.
Sakkam va deva tidasa samgrime aparajitam
purakkbitva vihissami ^ tevijj' ambi anfisava ti. 181.
I tassa, cd. ^ pabbajji, cd. 3 patipatti, cd.
4 posento, cd. ^ paccavekkba, cd. <^ °siisani, cd.
7 vuttbati, cd. ^ vibarissami, cd.
12
162 LVIII. AND LIX. UTTARA AND CALA.
Ima gatha abhasi. Tattha cittam upatthapet-
vana ti bhavanacittam kammatthane upatthapetva.
Katham ? E k a g g a m s u s a m a h i t a m . Patipattim
avekkhitasamsare aniccani pi dukkhani anantani pi lak-
khanattayani ^ vipassatlia ti attho. Iclan ca ovadakale
attano amiesaii ca bhikkhunlnam theriyadinam ovadassa
anuvadanavasena vuttam. P a t a c a r a n u s a s a n i n ^ ti
Patacaraya theriya anuppattam. Patacarasasanan ti
pi patho. Atha vutthfXsin ti tevijjabhavappattito
paccha asanato vutthasim.
Ayam pi theri ekadivasam Patacaraya tlieriya santike
kammatthanam sodhetva attano vasanatthanam pavisitva
pallankam abbnjitva nisajja " na tav' imam pallankam
bhindissami yava me na aniipadaya asavehi cittam vimuc-
cati " ti nicchayam katva sammasanam ^ arabhitva anuk-
kamena vipassanam nssukkapetva maggapatipatiya abhiii-
napatisambbidabi parivaram arahattam patva eknna"^-
visatiya paccavekkhanapavattaya ''idani 'mhi katakicca "
ti somanassajata ima gatba udanetva pade pasaresi.
Arunuggamanavelayam tato sammad eva vibbataya rattiya
tberiya santikam upagantva ima gatba paccudcibasi. Tena
vuttaiii : k a t a t e a n u s a s a n i ti adi. Sesam sabbam
hettba vuttanayam eva.
Uttaraya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
LIX.
Satim5 iipattbapetvana ti adika Calaya
tberi;ya gatba. Ayam pi pnrimabuddbesii katadbikara
tattba tattba bbave vivattilpanissayam kusalam upaci-
nitva imasmim buddbnppade Magadbesn Nalakagame
Sm'ilpasaribrabmaniya kuccbimbi nibbatti. Tassa
namagabanadivase Gala ti namam akamsu. Tassa kanit-
tbaya Upacala ti, atb' assa kamittbaya Sisupacala ti. Ima
^ iakkbanattaya, cd. ^ og^^gane, cd.
3 sammasana, cd. 4 ekuna°, cd. 5 Sati, cd.
THERI gatha. 59. 163
tisso pi (IharamaseDcipatissa ^ kanitthabliap^iniyo, imfisam
puttanani pi tinnam idam eva namamya^ sandbaya theriya
gathaya Gala Upacfda Sisupacrda 3 tiagatam. Ima pana
tisso pi bliagiiiiyo dbammaseuapatipabbajitam sutvana
''nuna-^ so oriko dbammavinayo na sfi orikfi pabbajja,
yattha ambrikam ayyo pabbajito " ti ussrdiajritri tibbac-
cbanda5 assumukbam rudamanam natiparijanam i^abaya
pabbajimsu. Pabbajitvfi 'va gbatentiyo vfiyamantiyo
nacirass' eva arabattam pripuiiimsu. Arabattam pana
patva nibbcinasukhena phahisukbena viharanti. Gala ^
bbikkhuni ekadivasam paccbabbattam pindapatapatikkanta
Andbavanam pavisitvci divrivibfiram nisldi. Atba tarn
Mciro upasaiikamitva kamehi upaccbandesi, yam sandhaya
sutte vuttam.
Atba kho Cfdji bbikkbimi pubbanbasamayam nivasetva
pattacivaram Tidaya Savatthiyam pindaya pavisi. Savat-
tbiyam pindaya caritvfi paccbclbbattam pindapatapatik-
kanta yeua Nandavanam ten' upasankami divavibaraya.
Upasaiikamitva Andbavanam ajjbogabetva aniiatarasmim
rukkbamille divaviharam nisldi. Atba kho Maro papima
yena Gala bhikkbuni ten' upasankami, upasaiikamitva
Galam bhikkbunim etad avoca 7 : Andbavanambi diva-
vibaram nisinnam Maro upasaiikamitva brahmacai'iyava-
sato vicchinditukamo k am n u u d di s s a m u n d a si' ti
adi puccbi. Ath' assa sattbu gune dbammassa ca niyya-
nikabhavam pakasetva attano katakiccabbavavibhavanena
tassa visayatikkamam pavedesi. Tarn sutva Maro dukkbl
dummano tattb' eva antaradhasi. Ath' assa ^ attana
Marena ca 9 bhasitagfitha udanavasena kathenti :
Satim upatthapetvana bhikkbuni bhavitindriya
pativijjhi padam santam saiikharupasamam sukham. 182.
Kan nu ^° uddissa munda si samani viya dissasi
' dhammadesenapiltissa, cd.
- ye cd. 3 Crde Uimcfde Slsupacfde, cd.
4 sa niina, cd. 5 tipacchanda, cd. ^ gucfdri, cd.
7 avoca ti, cd. ^ assa, cd. 9 ca 6»;/^ cd. ^° kin nu, cd.
164 LIX. GALA.
na ca rocesi pasande ^ kim idam carasi momuha.^ 183.
Ito bahiddha pasanda ditthiyo upanissita
na te dhammam vijananti na te dhammassa kovida. 184.
Atthi Sakyakule 3 jato bnddlio appatipnggalo
so me dhammam adesesi ditthinam samatikkamam. 185.
Dukkham dukkhasamnppadam dukkhassa ca atikkamam
ariyam 4 c'atthaiigikam maggam dukkhiipasamagami-
nam. 186.
Tassaham vacanam sutva vihari 5 sasane rata
tisso vijja anuppatta katam buddhassa sasanam. 187.
Sabbattba vihata nandi tamokkbandbo padalito
evam janahi papima nihato tvam asi antaka ti. 188.
Ima gatha abbasi. Tattha satim^ iipatthapet-
V a n a ti satipatthanam bbavanavasena kayadisu asubba-
dukkhaniccanantavasena satim 7 sutthu upatthitam katva.
B h i k k h u n i ti attanam sandbaya vadati. B b a v i t i n-
driya ti ariyamaggabbavanfiya bhavitani^ saddbadipancin-
driyani pativijjbi. P a d a m s a n t a n ti santam padam
nibbanam sacchikiriyaya pativedbena pativijjbi sacchakasi.
S a n k b a r u p a s a m a n ti sabbasankbaranam upasama-
hetubhiitam. Siikban ti accantasukham.
Kan n n9 u d d i s s a ti gatba Marena vutta. Tatrayam
saiikhepattbo : imasmim loke babii samaya tesaii ca ^° de-
setaro babu evam tittbakara. Yesu k a n n u k h e tvam
u dd i s s a m u 11 d a s 1 ti munditakesa asi. Na kevalam
munda 'va atba kbo kasavadharane casamani viya
dissasi^^ Na ca rocesi^^ pasande ti tapasaparib-
bajakadinam adayabbiite pasande te te samayantare n'eva
rocesi. Kim idam carasi m o m n b a ^^ n ]^{^^ nam'
idam yam pasandavibitani pnjam nibbanamaggani
^ pasando, cd. 2 momnba, cd. 3 kalyaknle, cd.
4 arim, cd. 5 vibari, cd. ^ sati, cd.
7 sati, cd. 8 bbavitam, cd. 9 kin nu, cd.
^° ce, cd. " dissati, cd. f- na rocasi, cd.
^3 momnba, cd.
THEllI GATHA. 59. GO. 1G5
pabuya ajja kfilikaiii kuinaggam patipajjanti ati viya
iniilain carasi paribbhamasT ti.
Tain sutva tberl pativacanadanamukbena taiu tajjentl
i t 0 b a b i d d b Ti ti adim Tdia. Tattba i t o b a b i d d li a
p a s a 11 (1 a nama ito sammasambuddbasrisanato babiddba
ekababiratappavedikfi bi sattbrmi taiibapriyani dittlii-
pfisail ca (lenti oddenti ti pasanda ti vuccanti. Tenjlba
d i 1 1 b i y 0 u p a n i s s i t Ti ^ ti sassataditthigatani - upa-
nissita iidiyisil ti attbo. Yad aggbena ca dittbisannissita tad
aggbena prisandasannissitri. N a t e d b a m m a lu vija-
imnti ti ye 3 pfisaiidino sassataditthigatasannissita ayam
pavatti eva pavattT ti dbammain pi yatbabbutam na
vijrmanti. Na te dbammassa kovida ti a3^am
nivatti ti nivattadbammassapi aknsabl pavatti dbamma-
patte pibite sammillbri kim anga pana nivattidbammebi
evam pasandanam aniyyclnikatan dassetvfi idani kam nu
u d d i s s a m u n d fi s i ti panbam vissajjesum.
A 1 1 li i S a k y a k u 1 e j Jl t o ti fidi vuttani. Tattba
ditthmam samatikkamam ti sabbasam dittblnam sama-
tikkamanupciyam dittbijalavinivetbanam.4 Sesam vutta-
nayam eva.
Cabiya tlieriya gutbavaiinana samatta.
LX.
S a 1 1 m a 1 1 t i a d i k a Upacfdaya tberiyfi gatbil.
Tassil vattlium Criblya tberiyfi vattbumbi vuttam eva.
Ayam pi bi Cab"i viya pabbajitvri vipassanain pattbapetva
arabattam patvfi udrmentl :
Satlmati cakkbiimati bbikkbuni l)brivitindriyri
pativijjbi => padani santani akapurisasevitaiu ti. 189.
Imam gatham abhasi. Tattba s a t i m a 1 1 ti satim ^
^ upaccanissita, cd. ^ sassatfid^, cd.
3 ya, cd. -^ ovinivedbanam, cd.
^ pativijjbfi, cd. ^ sati, cd.
166 LX. UPACALA.
sampanna pubbabhage paramena satinepakkena samanna-
gata^ hutva paccha ariyamaggassa bhavitatta sativepulla-
pattiya uttamaya satiya samannagata ^ ti attho. Ca k k h u-
m a t i ti pannacakkhuna samannagata. Adito uday-
atthagaminiya pailnaya ariyaya nibbedhitaya samanna-
gata 3 hutva paiiiiavepullappattiya paramena pannacak-
khuna samannagata ti vuttam '^ hoti. A k a p u r i s a -
sevitam ti alamakapurisehi uttamapurisehi ariyehi buddha-
dihi sevitam. Kim nu jatim-^ na rocesi ti gatha
therim ^ kamesu paharetukamena Marena vutta. " Kim nu
tvam bhikkhuni tarn na rocesi" 7ti hi Marena puttha ^
theri aha "jatim aham 9 fivuso na rocesi" ti. Atha nam
Maro aha : " jatassa nama paribhogo, tasma jati pi icchi-
tabba. Kama hi paribhunjitabba " ti dassento :
Kim nu jatim ^° na rocesi. Jato kamani bhuiijati.^^
Bhunjahi kamaratiyo mahu pacchanutapini ti. 190.
gatham aha. Tass' attho : Kim nu tarn kfiranam yena
tvam Upacale jatim na rocesi na roceyyasi. Na tarn
karanam atthi yasma jato kamani b h u n jati. Idha
jato kamagunasamhitani riipadini patisevanto kamasu-
kham paribhmijati. Na hi ajatassa tarn atthi. Tasma
b h u 11 j a h i kamaratiyo kamakhiddaratiyo anubhava.
Mahu pacchanutapinp2 yobbaniie^s sati vijjamanesu
bhogesu " na maya kamasuskham anusayabhutan " ^'^ ti
pacchanutapini ma ahosi. Imasmim lokadhamma nama
yavad eva attha vigamattho attho ca kamasukh attho ti
pakatr. 'yam attho ti adhippayo.
Tarn sutva therl jatiya dukkhanimittakam attano ca
tassa visayatikkamam vibhavetva tajjenti :
^ sampannagata, cd. ^ sampannagata, cd.
3 sampannagata, cd. 4 sampannagati v°, cd.
5 jati, cd. 6 theri. 7 rocasi, cd.
s phuttha, cd. 9 jaticcaham, cd. ^° jiiti, cd.
II bhuiijasi, cd. 12 rnjitu pac°, cd.
13 yopanne, cd. 14 anussabh°, cd.
THERI GATHA. 60. 167
Jiltassa maranam lioti hatthapridrma cbedaiiam ^
vadhabandhapariklcsaiu, jato dukkbani nigaccliati. 191.
Atthi Sakyakulc jato sambuddlio aparfijito
so me dbammam adesesi jatiya samatikkamain. 11)2.
Dukkbani dukkbasaiiiuppadaiu dukkbassa ca atikkamam
ariyattbai'igikaiii maggani dukkbfipasamagaminani. 193.
Tassabam vacanam sutva vibavi sasane rata
tisso vijjcl anuppatta, kataiu Inuldbassa sasanani. 194.
Sabbattba vibata nandi tamokkbandbo padrdito
evam janabi papima nibato tvam asi antaka ti. 195.
Imam giitbam abbasi. Tattba j a t a s s a maranam
b 0 1 1 ti 3'asma jatassa sattassa maranam boti na- aja-
tassa, na kevalam maranam eva atba kbo jarjirogridayo
yattakcis tattba sabbii pi te jatassa bonti jatibetuka.
Tenrdia bbagava: " jatipaccaya jaramaranam soka-
paridevadukkbadomanassupayasa sambbavanti" ti. Ten'
evaba : b a 1 1 b a p a d a n a c b e d a n a n ti battbapada-
nakbacbedanam jTitass' eva boti na ajatassa. Hat-
tbapadacbedanripadesena c'ettha battimsa kammakara pi
dassita eva ti dattbabbam. Ten' evaba: v a d b a-
b a n ci b a p a r i k 1 e s a m j fi t o d u k k b a m nig a c-
c b a t i ti jivitaviyojanamuttbippabaradisaiikbatam 4
vadbapariklesam c'eva addanabandbanadisaiikbatam ^
bandbapariklesam annan ca yain kinci dukkbani nama
tain sabbam jato eva nigaccbati na ajfito. Tasmfi jjitim °
na 7 rocemi ti. Idrmi jatiya kamanan ca accantam eva
attano samatikkantabbavam miiLato pattbfiya dassenti :
a 1 1 b i S a k y a k u 1 e j a t o ^ t i a d i m Tdia. Tattba
a p a r a j i t 0 ti kilesamaradina kenaci na parajito. Sattba
bi sabbabbibbu sadevakam lokain afinad attbu abbibba-
^ battbapadanuccbedanam, cd. ^ na, cd.
3 yattbaka, cd. ^ °saiikbata, cd.
^ addabandbo, cd. ^' jati, cd. 7 na om. cd.
8 jTitri, cd.
168 L^- SISUPACALA.
vitva tbito. Tato ^ tassa parajayo. Sesam viittanayatta
uttanam eva.
Upacalaya theriya gathavannana samatta.
Sattakanipatavannana nitthita.
LXI.
Atthakanipate b h i k kh u n i s i la s a mpa n n a ti adika
Sisilpacalaya tberiya gatba. Imissa pi vattbum Calaya^
tberiya vattbumbi vuttam eva. Ayam pi ayasmato Dbam-
masenapatissa pabbajitabbavam sutva ussabajata^ pab-
bajitva katabuddbakicca vipassanam pattbapetva gbatenti
vayamanti nacirass' eva arabattam papuni. Arabattam
patva pbalasamapattisukbena vibaranti ekadivasam attano
patipattim 4 paccavekkbitva katapubbakiccil somanassajata
udanavasena :
Bbikkbuni silasampanna indriyesu susamvuta
adbigaccbe padam santam asecanakam ojavan ti. 196.
gatham aba. Silasampanna ti parisuddbena
bbikkbuni silena samannagata 5 paripunna. Indri-
yesu susamvuta ti manaccbattbesu indriyesu suttbu
samvuta, riipadiarammane ittbe ragam anittbe dosam asa-
mapekkbane moban ca pahaya suttbu pibitindriya.^ As e c a-
nakam ojavan ti kenaci anasittakam ojavantam sabba-
vamadburam sabbassa pi kilesarogassa vupasamato osa-
dbabbutam ariyamaggam nibbanam eva. Ariyamaggam pi
bi nibbanam attbi 7 tebi patipajjitabbato kilesaparilabo
bbjlvaij ca padam santam ti vattum vattati.
Tavatimsa ca Yamii ca Tusita capi devata
Nimmanaratino deva ye deva Vasavattino
tattba cittam panidbebi yattba te vusitam pure ti. 197.
^ kato, cd. 2 Cbalaya, cd. 3 ayam pi uss°, cd.
4 patipatti, cd 5 sampannagata, cd.
6 °indriyo, cd. 7 nibbanattbi, cd.
i
THERI (rATHA. Gl. IG'J
Ayain gfithri " kamasiiggesu nikaiitiiu iip2)a(lL'lii " ti tattlui
uyvqjitavasena tlierim^ samapattiya crivetukameiiu ^lareiia
vutta. Tattlia sahapunriakarino tettimsa janfi yattlia ii[)-
parnifi tarn thrmam Tavatimsam ti. Tattha nil)batta sal)l»o
pi devaputtri T a v a t i in s a. Keci pana Tavatinisa ti tesaiu
devanam namam eva ti vadanti. Dvihi devalokebi visittham
dibbam sukham yfitri upayata sampanna ti Y a m a, dil)baya
sampattiya tuttha paliattha ti TusitTi. Pakatipatiyat-
tarammaiiato atirekena nimmitaktlmatrikrile - yatbfirucite
bboge nimminitva ramanti ti N i m m a n a r a t i u o.3 Cit-
tarucini fiatyfi parehi nimmitesu bbogesu vasam vattanti
ti vasavattino. Tattha c i 1 1 a m panidbehT ti
tasniim Tavatimsfidike devanikfiye tava cittam tbapehi,
upapajjauaya nikantim karohi. Catummaharajiktinani bbo-
ganam itarebi nibma ti adbippciyena Tavatimsfidayo 'va
vuttil. Yattba te vu si tarn pure ti yesu devanikri-
yesu taya pubbe upapanna ayam kira pubbadevesu uppaj-
jantl Tt"ivatimsato pattbaya pauca kamaguiie sodbetva
puna bettbato otaranti Tusitesii tbatva tato cavitva idfiui
manussesu nibbatta.
Tarn sutvri tberl : '*' tittbatu Mjira taya vuttakamaloko
anno pi sabbo loko ragaggiadibi aditto sampajjalito, na
tattha rinnutam cittam ramati " ti kamato ca lokato ca
attano vinivattitamrmasatani dassetva Mtlrani tajjenti :
Tavatimsa ca Yama ca Tusita cj'ipi devata
Nimmanaratino deva ye devTi Vasavattino 198.
Kalam krdam bhavfi bhavam sakkayasmim purakkbata 4
avitivatta sakkayam jatimaraiiasririno. 199.
Sabbo adipito loko sabbo loko paridipito 3
sabbo pajjalito loko sabbo loko pakampito. 200.
Akampiyam atuliyani aputhujjanasevitain
buddho ca dhammam desesi tattha me nirato mano. 201.
^ then, cd. ^ ninnnituk°, cd.
3 nimmanarati, cd. 4 sakayasmini purakkhato, cd.
5 parivuto, cd. ; padipito, m.
170 LXI. SISUPACALA.
Tassaham vacanam sutva vihari sasane rata
tisso vijja anuppatta katam buddhassa sasanam. 202.
Sabbattha vihata nandi tamokkbandbo padalito
evam janabi papima, nibato tvam asi antaka ti. 203.
Ima gatba abbasi. Tattba k a 1 a m k a 1 a n ti tarn
tarn kalam. Bbava bbavan ti bbavato bbavam. S a k-
k a y a s m i n ^ ti kbandbapancake. P u r a k k b a t a ^ ti
purakkbarakarino. Idam vuttam boti : Mfira taya vutta
Tavatimsadayo deva bbavato bbavam upagaccbanta anicca-
tadianekadinava kule sakkaye patittbita. Tasma tasmim
bbave upapattikale vemajjbakales pariyosanakrile ti tasmim
tasmim kjile sakkayam eva purakkbitvfi tbita. Tato eva
a V i t i v a 1 1 a sakkayam nissaranabbimukba ^ abutva
sakkayatiram eva anuparidbjivanta j a t i m a r a n a s a r i n o
ragadibi anugatatta punappunam jatimaranam eva anusa-
ranti. Tato na vimuccanti ti.
Sabbo tldipito loko ti Mara na kevalam taya
viittakamaloko yeva dbatuttayasailnito sabbo pi loko
ragaggiadibi ekadasabi fiditto, tebi yeva punappunam
adipitataya paridipito nirantaram ekajabbbiitataya
p a j j a 1 i t 0, tanbfiya sabbakilesebi ca ito c'ito ca kampita-
taya vicaHtataya v i k a m p i t o. Evam ilditte pajjalite pa-
kampite ca loke kenaci pi kampetum caletum asakkuneyya-
taya akampi^^am. Gunato ettako ti tuletum asakku-
neyyataya attana sadisassa abbavato ca atuliyam^
Buddbadibi ariyebi eva gocarabbavanabi arabato sevitatta
aputbujjanasevitam. Buddbo bbagava magga-
pbalanibbanappabbedam navavidbam lokuttarad b a m -
mam nabakarunaya samcoditamfinaso adesesi sadeva-
kassa lokassa katbesi pavedesi. Tattba tasmim ariyadbam-
me maybam manoratbo abbirato na tato vinivattati ti attbo-
Sesam bettbavuttanayam eva.
Sisupacalaya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
Attbakanipatavannana nitthita.
^ sakayasmim, cd. ^ purakkbato, cd.
3 parivemajjbako, cd. ^ sakkayanissQ, cd.
J
TITER I GATHA. 62. 171
LXII.
Navanipate m a s u t e X a d d ha 1 o 1; a s m i n ti
adika Yaddbamfitriya tberiyri <j;rithri. Ayaiii pi purima-
buddhesu katadliikfira tattha tattha bbave vivattiipanis-
sayaiii kusalani iipacinanti anukkamena sambliutavimok-
kbasambbara butva imasmim buddbuppade Bbrirukac-
chanagare kulagebe nibbattitva vayappattfi patikulani gata
ekam puttani vijriyi. Tassa Yaddbo ti namani abosi. Tato
pattbaya sa Yaddbamata ti vobririyittba.^ Sa bhikkbiinaiu
santike dbammam sutva patiladdbasaddba puttam natlnam
niyyadetvri bbikkbuniipassayam gantyfi paljbaji. Ito param
yam vattabbani tain vaddbetva tassa vatthumbi agatam
eva, Yaddbattberam hi attano puttam santaruttaram ^
ekakani bbikkhunupassaye attano dassanatthaya upagatam
ayam theii ''kasmjl tvam ekako santaruttaro 'va idbagato"
ti codetva ovadanti :
Ma su te Yaddha lokambi vanatbo ahu kudacanam
ma puttaka punappunam abu dukkhassa bhagima. 204.
Sukbam hi Yaddha munayo anej'Ti chinnasanisaya 3
sitibhuta damappattci 4 vibaranti anasava. 205.
Teh* anuciiinams isibbi maggam dassanapattiya ^
dukkbass' antakiriyaya tvam Yaddha anubrubayfi ti. 206.
Ima tisso gatha abhasi. Tattha ma s u t e Yaddha
lokambi vanatbo abu k u d <i c a n a n ti. S u ti-
niptltamattam. Yaddha puttaka sabbasmini pi sattaloke
sahkbaraloke ca kilesavanatho tuyham kadilci pi ma abu
ma abosi. Tattha kfiranam fiba : ma puttaka pu-
nappunam ahu dukkhassa b h a g i m a ti vacanam
anucinanto" nimittassa punappunain aparaparam jatiildi-
dukkhassa bbagl ma hosi. Evaiii vanathassa asamucchede
adinavain dassetva idani samuccbede anisainsam dassenti
^ voharittha, cd. ^ santanuruttani, cd.
3 chindasamsaya, cd. -^ ramappatta, cd.
5 anucinnam, cd. ^ maggad°, cd. 7 anucchin°, cd.
172 LXII. VADDHAMATA.
s u k h a m hi V a (I d h a ti adim aha. Tass' attho :
Puttaka Vaddha moneyyadhammapasannagamena ^ m u-
nayo, ejasankhatciya tanhaya abhavena aneja, dassa-
namaggen' eva pahinavicikicchatfiya c b i n n a s a m s a y a,
sabbakilesaparilahabbavena s 1 1 i b b u t a, uttamassa da-
mathassa adbigatatta d a m a p p a 1 1 a, a n a s a v a kbina-
sava sukbam v i h a r a n t i. Na tesam etarabi ceto duk-
kbam atthi, ayatim pana sabbam pi dnkkbam na bhavissat'
eva. Yasma c'ete devatasma teb' a n u c i n n a m ^ i s i b b i
— pa — a n u b r u b a y a. Tebi kbinasavebi isibi anucinnam 3
patipannam samatbavipassanamaggananadassanassa adbi-
gamaya sakalassa pi Yaddba 4 dukkbassa antakiriyaya
Vaddba tvam a n u b r il h a y a vaddbeyyasi ti.
Tarn sutva Vaddbattbero "addba me mata arabattam
patitthita " ti cintetva tarn attbam pavedento :
Visarada va bbanasi etam attbam janetti me
maiinami nilna mamike 3 vanatbo te na vijjati ti. 207.
gatbam aba. Tattba visarada v a bbanasi etam
attbam janetti m e ti. Ma s u t e Vaddha
lokambi vanatbo abu kudacanan ti etam
attbam etam ovadam amma vigatasarajja katthaci alagga
analina 'va hutva maybam vadasi,^ tasmil m a n ii a m i
n n n a mamike vanatbo t e n a v i j j a t i ti
niina mamike maybam amma gehasi pemapatto pi vaoatbo
tuybam mayi na vijjati ti mannami. Na mamike ti attho.
Tarn sutva theri a n u m a 1 1 o pi kileso katthaci pi visa^'e
mama na vijjati ti vatva attano katakiccatam pa-
kasenti :
Ye keci Yaddba samkhara binaiikkattbamajjbima
aim pi anmnatto pi vanatbo me na vijjati. 208.
Sabbe me asava khlna appamattassa jbayato
tisso vijjci anuppatta katam buddbassa sasanam ti. 209.
I maneyya°, cd. 2 anucinnam, cd.
3 anucinnam, cd. 4 Yatta, cd.
5 mapike, cd. 6 vadati, cd.
THERl GATIIA. (32. lyii
Idam ^ gritliadvayam aha. Tattba ye k o c i ti atiya-
manani. S an kli a r a ti sankhatadhamma. Hlnfi ti
lamaka patikuttba. U k k a 1 1 h a m a j j b i m fi ti paiilta
c'eva majjbinia ca. Tesu va asankbata hlna jati, sankbatfi
ukkattba, ubbayavimissita luajjbima. Hinebi vfi cbandfi-
dihi nibbattitfi blna, majjbimebi majjbima, paiiTtebi uk-
kattbti, akusabl dbamma vfi bina, lokuttara dbammri
ukkattbci, itara majjbima. A ii u m a 1 1 o p T ti na kevalani
tayi eva atba kbo ye keci blnadibbedabbinnri sankhara
tesu sabbesu aiiu pi anumatto pi atiparittato pi vanatbo
may bam na vijjati.
Tattba karanam aba : s a b b e me a s a v a k b T n a
a p p a m a 1 1 a s s a j b fi y a t o ti appamattfiya jbayantiya.
Lingavipabasena b'etam vuttam. Ettba ca yasmfi ti
t i s s 0 V i j j a a n u p p a 1 1 a tasmTi k a t a in b u d-
dbassa sasanam. Yasnui appamatta jbayini ^ tasma
sabbe me asava kbina anu pi anumatto pi vanatbo me na
vijjati ti yojana.
Evam vuttam ovadam ankusam katva sanjatasamvego
tbero vibaram gantva divatbane nisinno vipassanam vad-
dhetva arabattam patvfi attano patipattim paccavekkbitva
sanjatasomanasso matu santikani gantva aiiiiam vyfdva-
ronto :
Ublram vata me mata patodam samavassari
paramattbasannita gatba yatbfipi anukampika, 210.
Tassfibam vacanam sutva anusittbim 3 janettiyfi
dbammasamvegam4 apadi yogakkbemassa pattiya. 211.
So'bam padbanapabitatto rattindivam atandito
matara codito santo apbusi^ santim uttaman ti. 212.
Ima tisso gatbTi abbasi. Atba tberl attano vacanam
ankusam katva puttassa arabattuppattiyfi arfidliitacitta
tena bbasitagatba sayam paccanubbasi. Evan tfi pi tberiya
gatba nrima jata. Tattba ulfiranti vipubiiu mabantam.
^ ima, cd. ^ jbayl, cd. ^ anusitthi, cd.
4 tasma samv°, cd. ' apbussa, cd.
174 LXIII. KISAGOTAMI.
Patodan ti ovadapatodam. Samavassari ti sam-
pavattesi.^ Vat a ti yojana. ''Ko pana so patodo " ti
aha. P a r a m a 1 1 h a s a n 11 i t a g a t h a ti. Ma s n t e
V a (I d h a 1 o k a m h i ti adika gatlia sandhaya vadati.
Yatlia pi anukampika ti yatba aniie pi aniiggahika
evam mayliam mata pavattinivattivibhavanagathasaiikha-
tam nlaram patodam pajanadandakam mama iianavega-
samuttejam pavattesi ti attho. D h a mm a s a m v e g a m ^
a p a d i n ti nanabhayavahantam 3 ati viya mahantam
bhimsanam samvegam apajji. Padbanapabitatto
ti catiibbidbasammappadbanayogena nibbanam pati pesi-
tacitto. Apbusi4 santim nttaman ti anuttaram
santinibbanam pbusim ^ adbigaccbin ti attbo.
Vaddbamataya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
Navakanipatavannana samatta.
LXIII.
Ekadasanipate k a 1 y a n a m i 1 1 a t a ti adika Kisagota-
miya gatba. Ayam kira Padumuttarassa bbagavato kale
Hamsavatlnagare kulagebe nibbattitva viiiiiutam patta
ekadivasam sattbu santike dbammam suiianti sattbaram
ekam bbikkbunim bikbacivaradbaranam aggattbaue tba-
pentam disva adbikarakammam katvci tarn tbanantaram
pattbesi. Sa kappasatasabassam devamanussesu samsa-
ranti imasmim buddbuppade Savattbiyam duggatakule
nibbatti. Gotami ti 'ssa namam abosi, kisasarirataya pana
Kisagotami ti vobariyittba. Tarn patikulam gatam " dug-
gataki'^assa dbita " ti paribbavimsu. Sa ekam puttam
vijayi. Puttalabbena c'assa sammanam akamsu. So jDan'
assa putto adbavitva paridbavitva kilanakale tbito kalam
akasi. Ten' assa sokummado uppajji. Sa abam^ pubbe
paribbavappatta butva puttassa jatakalato pattbaya sak-
^ samapavattesi, cd. 2 tasma sam°, cd.
3 °avabanta, cd. 4 apbussam, cd.
5 pbussim, cd. 6 j^^ abam, cd.
TIIERI UATIIA. 63. 175
kfirain pripiiiii. " line mayhaiu puttain bahi chaddctuiu
pi vayamantl " ti sokummfidavasena matakalevaraiu aiike-
nadfiya '* pnttassa mo bliesajjaiu detba " ti gehadvrirapati-
pfitiyri nagare vicarati. Mauussa " bliesajjaiu kuto " ti
paribbfisanti. Sfi tesain katbaiii na gaubati. Atba nam
eko paiiditapuriso '' ayam puttasokena cittavikkhepam
pattri, etissfi bbesajjam dasabalo jruiissatl " ti cintetyfi
** amma tava puttassa bbesajjam sammasambuddham upa-
saiikamitvri pucclia " ti aba. Sa sattbu dbammadesana-
veblyam vihclraiii gaiitva " puttassa me bbesajjam detha
bhagava " ti aha. Satthfi tassa upanissayaiu disva "gaccba
nagaram pavisitva yasmim gehe koci matapubbo n'atthi
tato siddbattliakam aharri " ti fiha. Sfi " sadliu bhante " ti
tuttbamauasri nagaram pavisitvti pathamagehe yeva gantva
*' mama puttassa bhesajjatthjlya siddbattliakam abarfipemi,^
sace etasmim gebe koci matapubbo n'atthi siddbattliakam
me detbfi " ti aba. " Ko idha mate gaiietum sakkoti " ti.
" Kim tehi abam siddbatthakebi " ti dutiyam tatiyam
gharam gantyfi buddbrinubbrivena vigatummadfi pakaticitte
thita cintesi : " Sakale nagare ayam eva niyamo bhavissati,
idam bitanukampinri bbagavata dittham bhavissati " ti
samvegam labbitvii tato ca babi nikkbamitva rimakasusane
chaddetva imam gatbam fiba :
Na gamadbammo no nigamassa dbammo na capi 'yam
ekakulassa dbammo
sabbalokassa sadevakassa es'eva dbammo yad idam anic-
catci ti.
Evani ca pana vatva sattbu santikam agamfisi. Atba
nam satthfi " laddbo te Gotami siddbattbako " ti fiba.
" Nitthitam bhante siddhattbakena kammain, patitthfinaiii
me botbcl " ti fdia. Ath' assa sattha :
Tarn puttapasusammattam - vyrisattamanasam naram
suttam gfimam mabogbo va maccu adaya gaccbati ti.
I ilbarapeti, cd. 2 ogj^njattam, cd.
176 LXIII. KISAGOTAMI.
gatham aha. Gathapariyosane yatha thita 'va sotilpatti-
phale patitthiiya pabbajjam yaci. Sattha pabbajjam anuja-
nasi. Sa sattharam tikkhattum padakkhinam katva van-
ditva bhikkhuniipassayam gantva pabbajitva upasampadam
labhitva na cirass' eva yonisomanasikarena kammam karonti
vipassanam vaddhesT ti. Ath' assfi sattha :
Yo ca vassasatam jive apassam amatam padam
ekaham jivitam sevyo passato amatam padan ti.
Imam obhasagatham aha. Sa gathapariyosixne arahattam
papuiiitva parikkharavaLanje paramukkattha htitvfi tihi
lukhehi samannagatam civaram parupitva vicari. Atha
nam satthfi Jetavane nisinno bhikkhuniyo patipatiya tha-
nantare thapento hikhacivaradharrmam aggatthfine thapesi.
Sa attano patipattim paccavekkhitva sattharam nissaya
" maya ayam viseso laddho " ti kalyrinamittatapasamsamii-
khena ima gfitha abhasi :
Kalyanamittata mimina lokam adissa vannita
kalyanamitte bhajamano api balo pandito assa. 213.
Bhajitabba sappurisa panna samvaddhati bhajantrmam
bhajamano sappurise sabbehi pi dukkhehi pamucceyya. 214.
Dukkhan ca vijaneyya dukkhassa ca samudayam
nirodhan ca atthangikam maggan cattari pi ariyasac-
cfmi. 215.
Dukkho itthibhavo akkhato purisadammasarathina
sapattikam pi dukkham appekacca sakim vijcltayo. 216.
Gale ^ apakantanti - snkhumaliniyo visani khjidanti
janamarakamajjhagatci ubho pi vyasanani anubhonti. 217.
Upavijuima gacchanti 3 addasaham patim 4 matam panthe.5
Vijayitvana appattahain sakam geham. 218.
Dve putta kfilamkata pati ca me panthe mato
kapanikaya mata pita ca bhata ca dayhanti ^ ekacitaka-
yam. 219.
^ galale, cd. 2 asakantanti, cd.
3 upajiva ubham gacchanti, cd. 4 pati, cd.
5 sapante, cd. ^ chaddeyanti, cd.
THERI GATHA. G3. 177
Khlnakuline kapano anul)hritan te dukkham aparimunain
assu ^ ca te pavattam bahuni jfitisabassrini. '220.
Passi tarn susanamajjlie atlio pi khaditani puttamamsani
hatakulika sabbagaraliita matapatikfi amatam adbigac-
chi. 221.
Bhavito me maggo ariyo atthahgiko amatagami
nibbtlnam saccblkatam dbammadasam avekkbitam. 222.
Abam ambi kautasalbi - obitabbara katam me karanlyam
Kistigotami tberl suvimuttacitta imam bbani ti. 223.
Tattba k a 1 y a n a m i 1 1 a t a ti kalyano bbaddo suudaro
mitto etassa ti kalyanamitto. Yassa sibidiguuasampanno
agbassa gbatabitassa vidbanani evarn sabbakarena upakaro
mitto boti so puggalo kalyanamitto, tassa bbavo kalyana-
mittata kalyanamittavantatfi. M u n i n a ti sattbara.
L 0 k a m a d i s s a v a u n i t a ti kalyanamitte anuggahe-
tabbam. Sattalokam uddissa sakalam eva b'idam 3 Ananda
brabmacariyam yad idam kalyauamittata kalyanasabayata
kalyanasampavankata. Kalyanamittass' etam Megbiya
bbikkbuno patikankbam kalyanasabayassa kalyanasampa-
vaiikassa yam silava bbavissati ti patimokkbasamvarasam-
vuto viharati ti ca. Evamadina pasamsita kalyana-
mitte bbajamano ti adi kalyanamittataya anicamsa-
dassanam. Tattba api balo pandito assa ti kalya-
namitte bbajamano puggalo pubbe sutadivirabena balo pi
samano sutasavanadina pandito bbaveyya. Bbajitabba
s a p p u r i s a ti balassa pi panditabbavabetuto buddbadayo
sappurisa kalena kalam upasankamanadina sevitabba.
Paiina tatba pavaddbati bbajantanau ti
kalyanamitte bbajantanam tatba paMa vaddbati briibati
paripiirim gaccbati. Yatba tesu yo koci kbattiyadiko
bbajamano sappurise sabbebi jatiadiduk-
k b e b i m u c c e y y a ti yojana. MuficanaYltipatanakal-
ytuiamittavidbim 4 dassetum dukkbail ca vijaneyya
ti udi vuttam.
^ asu, cd. 2 tambi kantisalla, cd.
3 b'itam, cd. 4 ovitipana°, cd.
13
178 LXIII. KISAGOTAMI.
Tattha cattari pi ariyasaccani ti dukkhaii ca
diikkhasamudayaii ca nirodhaii ca atthangikam maggaii ca ti
imani cattari ariyasaccani vijaneyya pativajjeyya ti yojana.
Dukkho itthibhavo ti adika dve gatha annataraya
yakkhiniya itthibhavam garahantiya bliasita. Tattha
dukkho itthibhavo akkhatoti capalata gabbhadha-
ranam sabbakalani parapatibaddhavuttita ti. Evamadihi
admavehi itthibhavo dukkho ti purisadammasara-
t h i n a bhagavata kathito. Sapattikam pi duk-
khan ti sapattavaso^ sapattiya saddhira samvaso pi dukkho,
ay am pi itthibhavo adinavo ti adhippayo. A p p e k a c c a
sakim vijatayo ti ekacca itthiyo ekavaram eva vijata
pathamagabbhe vijayanadukkham asahantiyo gale^ apa-
kantanti attano givam chindanti. Sukhuraaliniyo
visani khadanti ti sukhumalasarira attano sukhu-
malabhavena khedam avisahantiyo visani pi khadanti.
Janamarakamajjhagata ti janamarako vuccati
mulhagabbho matugamajanassa marako, majjhagata jana-
maraka kucchigatamulhagabbha ti attho. U b h o pi
vyasanani anubhonti ti. Gabbho gabbhim ca ti dve
pi jana maranamaranantikavyasanani 3 papunanti. Apa-
dassa na gananti ti janamaraka nama kilesa. Tesam
majjhagata kilesasantanapatita ubho pi jayapatika idha
kilesaparilahavasena ayatim duggatiparikkilesavasena vya-
sanani papunanti ti. Ima kira dve gatha sa yakkhini puri-
mattabhave attano anubhutadukkham anussaritva aha.4
Theri pana itthibhave adinavavibhavanaya 5 paccanubha-
santi avoca : upavijanna gacchanti ti adika dve
gatha Patacaraya theriya pavattim ^ arabbha bhasita.
Tattna upavijanna gacchanti ti upagatavijayana-
kale maggam gacchanti appatta sakam geham pant he
vijayitva patim7 matam addasam ahan ti yojana.
Kapanikaya ti varakaya.^ Ima kira dve gatha Pata-
I sapakkavo, ch. 2 galale, cd.
3 maranam maranantikam vyasanani, cd.
4 cd. om. aha. 5 adlnavam vibh°, cd.
6 pavatti, cd: 7 pati, cd. ^ yarakaya, cd.
THERI GATIIA. G3. 179
ctlraya tada sokummfidappattayfi vuttfi 'va vuttakfiranaaiiu-
karaiiavasena ^ itthibhave ridTnavavibhavanattham ^ eva
tberiyri vuttii. Ubbayam p'etam udribaranabbavena anetva
idani attano anubhutam dukkham vibhaventi k b i n a k u -
line ti adim aba.
Tattba k h i n a k u 1 1 n e ti bbogadibi pilrijunnappatta-
kule. K a p a ii e ti 3 kapanapaniiatam patte ubhayam
c'etam attano eva amantanavacanam. Anul)biitan te
dukkham a p a r i m il n a n ti imasmim attabbave ito puri-
mattabbavesu va anappakam dukkham tass<1 anubhavitam.4
Idani tarn dukkham ekadesena vibhajitva dassetum a s s u
ca te pavattan ti adi vuttam. Tass' attbo : imasmim
anamatagge samsare paribhavantiya bahukani jatisahassani
sokjmi bhutaya assu ca pavattam avisositam katva
tail c'etam mahasamuddassa udakato pi bahukam eva
siya.
Passi tarn susanamajjhe ti. Manussamamsa-
khadika sunakhi siiighah ca hutva vyagghadiplbilaradikale
puttamamsani pi khaditani.
H a t a k u 1 i k a ti vinatthakulavamsa. Sabbehi pi
g a r a h i t a garahappatta. Matapatika vidhava. Ime
pana tayo pakare carimattabhave attano anuppatte gahetva
vadati. Evambhuta pi hutva adhiccaladdhaya kalyanamit-
tasevaya amatam adhigacchi nibbanam aouppatta.
Idani tam eva amatadhigamam pakatam katva dassetum
b h a V i t 0 5 ti adi vuttam.
Tattha bhavito^ ti vibhavito uppadito vaddhito
bhavanabhisamayavasena patiladdho. D h a m m fi d a s a m
a p e k k h i 'ham ti dhammamayam adasam adakkbim
apassim aham.
A h a m a m h i 7 k a n t a s a 1 1 a^ ti ariyamaggena samuc-
chinnaragadisalla aham amhi. 0 h i t a b h a r <i ti oropi-
takilesabhisamkhara. Katam karaniyan ti parinna-
^ vuttayavuttaktirayaanuk°, cd. ^ adinavam vibh°, cd.
3 kapane ti om. cd. 4 anubhavitam, cd.
5 bhcivitako, cd. ^ bhavitako, cd.
7 tamhi, cd. ^ kantisalla, cd.
180 LXIII. KISAGOTAMI.
dibhedam solasavidham pi kiccam katam pariyositam*
Suvimuttacitta imam bhani ti sabbaso vimut-
tacitta ti KisagotamI ^ theri imam attbam kalyanamit-
t a t a ti adina abbani ti attanam param viya tberl vadati.
Tatr' idam imissa theriya Apadanam :
Padumuttaro nama jino sabbadbammana paragu
ito satasabassambi kappe uppajji nayako. 1.
Tadabam Hamsavatiyam jata annatare kule
upetva tarn naravaram saranam samupagamim. 2.
Dbammaii ca tassa assosim catusaccupasambitam
madburam paramassadam vattasantisukbavabam.^ 3.
Tada ca bbikkbunim viro lukhacivaradharinim 3
tbapento etadaggambi vannayi purisuttamo. 4.
Janetva 'nappakam pitim 4 sutva bbikkbuniya gunam 5
karam katvana buddbassa yatba sattim ^ yatba balam 5.
Nipacca munivaran 7 tarn tarn tbanam abbi]pattbayim.
tadanumodi sambuddbo tbanalabhaya nayako. 6.
Satasabasse ito kappe Okkakakulasambbavo
Gotamo nama namena sattba loke bbavissati. 7.
Tassa dbammesu dayada orasa dbammanimmita
Kisagomati namena ^ bessasi 9 satthu savika. 8.
Tarn sutva mudita butva yavajivam tada jinam
mettacitta ^° paricarim paccayebi vinayakam. 9.
Tena kammena sukatena cetanapanidbibi ca
jabitva manusam debam Tavatimsam agaccbi 'bam. 10.
Imamhi bbaddake kappe brahmabandbu mabayaso
Kassapo nama namena uppajji vadatam varo. 11.
Upattbako mabesissa tada asi narissaro
Kasiraja Kiki nama Baranasipuruttame. 12.
Pancami tassa dbitasim ^^ Dbamma namena vissuta
dbammam sutva jinaggassa pabbajjam ^^ samarocayim. 13.
I kilesagot Q, cd ^ cittasanti°, P. ; vittam santi^, B.
3 °dharinam, P. 4 piti, P. 5 gune, A.
6 satti, P. 7 muniviran, B. P.
^ Gotami nama namena, A. 9 hessati, A.
^° mettacittam, R " dbitapi, P. ^^ pabbajam, A. •
ther! gatiia. G3. 181
Anujani na no tfito agfire ca ^ tadfi mayam
visam vassasahassrmi vicarimhri atanditfi 14.
Komjirim brahmacariyain - rfijakauna sukhedhita
buddhopatthrinaniratil muditri satta dliitaro 15.
Samani Samanagutta ca Bliikkhuni Bhikkhadayika^
Dhamma c'eva Sudhamma ca sattami Sanghadayika 16.
Kbema Uppalavanna ca Patacara ca Kiindalfi
abam ca Dbammadinna ca Visakhci boti sattamT. 17.
Tebi kammebi sukatehi cetanapanidbibi ca
jabitva manusam debam Tavatimsam agaccbi 'liam. 18.
Paccbime ca bbave dani jata settbikule abam
duggate adbane nattbe gata ca sadbanam kulam. 19.
Patim tbapetva 4 sesa me dessanti 5 adbana iti
yadci ca pasuta ^ asim sabbesam dayita 7 tad a. 20.
Yada me taruno putto ^ komalako 9 sukbedbito
sapiinam iva ^° kanto me tadayam avasangato. 21.
Sokattci dinavadana assunetta rudammukba
matam kunapam adaya vilapanti gamam' abam. 22.
Tadti ekena sandittba upetvabbi Sakkuttamam ^^
avocam ^^ debi bbesajjam puttasanjivanan ti bbo.^3 23.
'' Na vijjante mata yasmim ^4 gebe siddbattbakam tato
abara " ti jino aba vinayopayakovido. 24.
Tada gamitva Savattbim na labbim ^5 tadisam gbaram
kuto siddbattbakam tasma ^^ tato laddba satim ^7 abam. 25.
Kunapam cbaddayitvana ^^ upesim ^9 lokanayakam.
Dm*ato 'va mamam disva avoca madburassaro : 26.
yo ca vassasatam jive apassam udayabbayam
ekabam jlvltam ^o seyyo passato udayabbayam. 27.
I agare va, A. - Komarabrabmacariya, P.
3 Bbikkbudo, A. 4 patittbapitvil, P.
5 dissanti, B. ^ passutil, P. 7 dassita, P.
8 yada so taruno bbaddo, A. 9 kfimalono, P.
^o sapanam idba, P. ^^ upetva abbibbuttamain, P.
12 avocum, A. ^3 onantigo, P. ; °nantike, B.
14 mabasmim, P. ^5 nrdabbim, P.
i6 siddbattbakamasma, P. ^7 sati, P.
^8 cbattayitvana, A. ^9 upemi, P. 2° jlvita, A.
182 LXIV. UPPALAVANNA.
Na gamadhammo no nigamassa dhammo
na capi yam ekakulassa dhammo
sabbassa lokassa sadevakassa
es'eva dhammo yad idam aniccata. 28.
Saham sutvan' ^ ima gatha dhammacakkhum visodhayim
tato vinnatasaddhamma pabbajim anagariyam. 29.
Tatha^ pabbajita santi yunjanti jinasane
na ciren' eva kalena arahattam apapunim. 30.
Iddhisu ca vasi homi dibbaya sotadhatuya
paracittani janami satthu sasanakarika. 31.
Pubbenivasam janami dibbacakkhum visodhayim 3
khepetva asave sabbe visuddhasim sunimmala. 32.
Paricinno maya sattha katam buddhassa sasanam
ohito garuko bharo bhavanetti samuhata. 33.
Yass' atthaya pabbajita agarasmanagariyam
so me attho auuppatto sabbasannojanakkhayo. 34.
Atthadhammaniruttlsu patibhane tath'eva ca
nanam me vimalam suddham buddhasetthassa vahasa.4 35,.
Saiikarakuta ahitva 5 susanaratiya pi ca ^
tato samghatikam katva lukham dharemi civaram. 36.
Jino tasmim gune tuttho lulihacivaradharane
thapesi etadaggamhi parisasu vinayako. 37.
Kilesa jhapita mayham — pa — katam buddhassa sasanan
ti. 38.
Kisagotamithehya gathavannana samatta.
Ekadasanipatavannana nitthita.
LXIV.
Dvadasanipate ubhomata ca pita cati adika Uppa-
lavannaya theriya gatha. Ayam pi Padumuttarassa
bhagavato kale Hamsavatmagare kulagehe nibbattitva vin-
nutam patva mahajanena saddhim satthu santikam gantva
^ sahasutvan', A. 2 tassa, P.
3 visodhitam, A. 4 buddhasetthasavika, P.
5 ahata, P. B. 6 susanarathiyahi ca, P. B.
THERl GATIIA. 64. 183
dbammam suiiant'i sattbriraiu ekain bhikkbunim iddbi-
matinam^ aggattbaue tbapentain disvu sattfibani buddbapa-
mukbassa saiigbassa mabiidanam datvfi tarn thrmantaram
pattbesi. Sa yrivajlvam kusalani katva devamauussesu
samsarautl Kassapabuddbakfile Bfirriiiaslnagare Kikissa
rafiiio gebe patisandbim gabetva sattannam bbaginlnam
abbbantarfi butva visati vassasabassfini In-abmacariyaiu
caritva bbikkbunisaiigbassa parivenam karetva devalokam
nibbatta. Tato cavitva puna manussalokam ilgacchanti
ekasmim gamake sabattba kammam katvfi jivanakattbfine
uibbatta. Sa ekadivasam kbettakutim gaccbauti antaril-
magge ekasmim sare pato 'va puppbitam padumapuppbam
disva tarn saram oruyba tarn eva puppbam byapakkbipa-
nattbaya paduminipattam gabetva kedare salislsani cbin-
ditva kutikaya nisinna bije bbajjitva ^ panca Ifijasatani
katva tbapesi. Tasmim kbane Gandbamadanapabl)ate
nirodbasamapattito vuttbito eko paccekabuddbo agantva
tassa avidure tbaue attbasi. Sa paccekabiiddbam disva
lajebi saddbim padumapuppbam gabetva kutito oruyba
laje paccekabuddbassa patte pakkbipitva padumapuppbena
pattam pidbaya adasi. Atb' assa paccekabuddbe tbokam
gate etad abosi : pabbajita nama puppbena anattbika, abam
puppbam gabetva pilandbissaml ti gantvji paccekabud-
dbassa battbato puppbam gabetva puna cintesi : " sace
ayyo puppbena anattbiko bbavissa pattamattbake tba-
petum nadassa" ti puna gantva pattamattbake tbapetva
paccekabuddbam kbamapetva " bbante imesam bijanam
nissandena bijagananaya punna assu padumapuppbanis-
sandena nibbattattbane pade pade padumapuppbam
uttbabatu " ti pattbanam akasi.
Paccekabuddbo tassa passantiya 'va akfiseua Gaudbama-
danam gantva tarn padumam Nandamulakapal)bbare pacce-
kabuddbanam akkamanasopfiuasamlpe padapujanam katva
tbapesi. Sfi pi tassa kammassa nissandena devaloke pati-
sandbim ganbi. Nibbattakalato pattbaya tassil pade pade
padumapuppbam uttbasi. Sa tato cavitva pabbatapade
I iddbimantanam, cd. ^ tajjitva, cd.
184 LXIV. UPPALAVANNA.
ekasmim padumasare padumagabbhe nibbatti. Tarn nis-
saya eko tapaso vasati. So pato 'va mukhadhovanatthaya
saram gantva tarn puppham disva cintesi : " idam pnp-
pham sesehi mahantataram sesani ca puppbitani idam
maknlitam eva bbavitabbam ettba karanena " ti udakam
otaritva tarn puppbam ganbi. Tarn tena gabitamattam
eva puppbitam. Tapaso anto padumagabbbe nippannam
dfirikam addasa. Dittbakalato pattbaya dbitu sinebam
labbitva padumen' eva saddbim pannasalam netva man-
cake nipajjapesi. Atb' assa punnanubbavena anguttbake
kbiram nibbatti. So tasmim puppbe milate aiinam navam
puppbam abaritva tarn nipajjapesi. Atb' assa adbavana-
vidbavanena kilitum samattbakalato pattbaya padavare
padumapuppbam uttbati. Kunkattbarasiya viya sarira-
vanno boti. Sa appatta devavannam atikkanta manussa-
vannam abosi. Sa pitari pbahipbalattbaya gate pannasa-
layam obiyati. Atb' ekadivasam tassa vayappattakale
pitari pbalapbalattbaya gate eko vanacariko tarn disva
cintesi : " maniissanam nama evanipam n'attbi, vimamsis-
sami tarn" ti tapasassa agamanam udikkbanto nisidi. Sa
pitari agaccbante patipatbam gantva tassa battbato kajam
kamandalum aggabesi. Agantva nisinnassa ca attano
karanavantam dassesi. Tada so vanacarako manussa-
bbavam natva tapasam abbivadetva nisidi. Tapaso tarn
vanacarakam mnlapbalena paniyena ca nimantetva " bbo
pnrisa imasmim eva tbane bbavissasi udabu gamissasi " ti
puccbi. ''Gamissami bbante idba^ kim karissami " ti.
Idam tassa dittbakaranam gatattbane apanetum sakkbisi
ti. Sace ayyo na iccbati kimkarana katbessami ti tapasam
vanditva gamanakale maggasaiijananattbam sakbasaiinaii
ca rukkbasaiinan ca karonto pakkami. So pi Baranasim
gantva rajanam addasa. Raja " kasma agato si " ti puccbi
" abam deva tumbakam vanacarako pabbatapade accbari-
yam ittbiratanam disva agato 'mhi " ti sabbam pavattim
katbesi. So tassa vacanam sutva vegena pabbatapadam
gantva avidure tbane kbandbavaram nivesetva vanacara-
^ ida, cd.
TIIERI GATHA. G4. 185
kena c'eva aiinebi pnrisebi ca saddbim tfipasassa bbatta-
kiccam katva nisiiniavehiya tattba gantvu abbivridetva
patisantbaram katvfi ekamantam nisidi. Eaja tapasassa
pabbajitaparikkbrirabbandam pfidamule tbapctvfi : ** bbante
imasmim tbfiue kim karoma gamissami " ti aba. " Gaccba
mabaraja " ti. ''Gaccbami bbante ayyassa pana samipe
visabbagaparisa attbi' ti assu mabapapaiico^ eva pabbaji-
tfrnam." " MaYJi saddbim gaccbatii bbante" ti. Manus-
silnam nama cittam duttbo sayam katam babunnam majjbe
vasissama ti ambakam rucitakalato pattbaya sesanam
jettbakattbane tbapetva patipajjitum.^ So ranno katbam
sutva dabarakale gabitanamavasen' eva " amma Paduma-
vati " ti dbitaram pakkosi. Sa ekavacanen' eva pannasa-
lato pitaram abbivadetva attbasi. Atba nam pita aba:
*'tvam amma vayappatta imasmim tbane ramio dittbaka-
lato pattbaya vasitum abbabba, raiino saddbim gaccba
amma" ti. Sa " sadbu tata" ti pitu vacanam sampatic-
cbitva abbivadetva rodamana attbasi. Eaja " imissa catu-
cittam ganbissami" ti tasmim yeva tbane kabapanarasimbi
tbapetva abbisekam akasi. Atba nam gabetva attano
nagaram anetva agatakalato pattbaya sesittbiyo anoloketva
taya saddbim yeva ramati. Ta ittbiyo issapakata ranno
antare paribbinditukama evam abamsu : " nayam mabaraja
manussajatika, kabam nama tiimbebi mannssanani vicara-
nattbane padumani uttbabantani dittbapubbani. Addba
ayam yakkbini ti baratba nam mabaraja " ti. Eaja tasam
katbam siitva tuubl abosi. Atb' assaparena samayena
paccanto kupito. So ''garubbara Padumavatl" ti nagare
tbapetva paccantam agamasi. Atba ta ittbij'o tassa upat-
tbayikaya lailcam datva : " imissa dfirakam jfitakamattam
€va anetva ekam darugbatikam lobitena makkbitvfi santike
tbapebi " ti abamsu. Padumavatiya pi nacirass' eva
gabbhavuttbanam abosi. Mabapadumakiimaro ekako 'va
kucebiyara vasi, avasesa ekunapancasata dfiraka Mabfipa-
dumakumarassa matu kuccbito nikkbamitva nippbanna kale
samsedajata butva nibbattimsu. Atb' assa nabba va ayam
^ °papanca, cd. ^ patipajitnm, cd.
186 LXIV. UPPALAYANNA.
satim I labbati ti iiatva upatthayika ekam darughatikam
lohitena makkhitva samipe tbapetva tasam itthlnam annam
adasi. Ta pi paiicasata itthiyo ekeka ekekam darakam
gahetva cundiinam santikam pesetvil karandakam ahara-
petva attana gahitadarake tattha nipajjapetva babi laiicanam
katva tbapayimsu. Padumavati pi kbo saniiam labbitva
tarn upattbayikam " kim vijat' ambi amma " ti puccbi.
Sa tarn santajjetva " kuto tvam darakam labbasl " ti vatva
" ayam tava kuccbito nikkbantadarako " ti lobitamakkbi-
tam darugbatikam pnrato tbapesi. Sa tarn disva doma-
nassappatta " sigbam tarn pbaletva apanebi, sace koci
passeyya lajjitabbam bbaveyya " ti aba. Sa tassa katbam
sutva attakama viya darugbatikam pbaletva uddbane
pakkbipi. Eaja paccantato agantva nakkbattam patima-
nento babi nagare kbandbavaram katva nisidi. Atba ta
pancasata ittbiyo raniio paccuggamanam agantva abamsu:
*' tvam mabaraja ambakam na saddabasi, ambebi vuttam
akaranam viya boti, tvam mabesiya upattbayikam pakko-
sapetva patipuccba, darugbatikam devi vijata " ti. Eaja
tarn karanam upaparikkbitva '' amanussajatika bbavissati"
ti tarn gebato nikkaddbi. Tassa rajagebato saba nikkba-
manen' eva padumapuppbani antaradbayimsu, sariracchavi
pi vivanna abosi. Sa ekika 'va antaravitbiya payasi.
Atba nam eka vayappatta maballika ittbi disva dbitu
sinebam uppadetva " kebam gaccbasi " ti aba.
" Agantuk' ambi vasanattbanam olokentl car ami " ti.
" Idbagaccba amma" ti vasanattbanam datva bbojanam
patiyadesi. Tassa imina niyamena tattba vasamanaya ta
pancasata ittbiyo ekacitta butva rajanara abamsu : " maba-
raja tumbesu kbandbavaram gatesu ambebi Gangadevataya
ambakara deve jivitasaiigame agate balikammam katva
udakakilam^ -karissama " ti pattbitam attbi. Etam
attbam deva janapema " ti. Eaja tesam vacanena tuttbo
gangaya udakakllikam katum agamasi. Ta pi attana gabi-
takarandakam paticcbannam katva adaya nadiin gantva
tesam karandakanam paticcbadanattbam parupitva udake
^ sati, cd. 2 udakam kllam, cd.
THEUI GATIIA. Gl. 187
vissajjesum. Te pi kho karandakri gimtyri betthrisoto pasu-
ritajrilamhi laggiiusu. Tato udakakllam kilitva ranuo
uttiuuakale ^ jrdam ukkhipitva te karaiidake disva runuo
santikani nayimsu. Eaja karandakam oloketva " kim tata
karaiidakesu " ti aha. '' Na jrinama deva"ti. So te
karaiidake vivarilpetva olokento patliamam Mahapadu-
makumarassa karandakam vivarapesi. Tesam pana sabbe-
sam pi karaiidakesu nipajjapitadivasesu yeva pufmiddbiya
aiiguttbake kbirani iiibbatti. Sakko devaraja tassa ranno
nikkaiikbabbavattham antokarandake akkharani likbapesi :
*' ime kumara Padumavatiya kuccbimbi nibbatta Baranasl-
raimo putta, atba te Padumavatiya sapattiyo pancasata
ittbiyo karandakesu pakkhipitva udake kbipimsu. Piaja
imam karanam janatu" ti. Karaiidake vivaramatte raja
akkharani vacetva darake disva Mabapadumakumaram
ukkhipitva : " vegena rathe yojitaassekappetha, aham ajja
antonagaram pavisitvil ekaccanam matugamanam piyam
karissami " ti pasadavaram aruyba battbigivaya sabassa-
bbandikam thapetva bherim carapesi : " yo Padumava-
tim 2 passati so imam sahassani ganhatu 3 " ti. Tarn katham
sutva Padumavati matu saimam adasi : ** battbigivato sa-
bassam ganha amma" ti. "Nahani evarupam ganhitum visa-
hami " ti aba. Sa dutiyam pi vutte " kim vatva gaiibami
amma" ti aba. " Mama dhita Padumavati devi nama ti
vatva ganbabi" ti. Sa "yam va tarn vii botii " ti gantva
sabassacahgotakam ganhi. Atba nam manussa puc-
cbimsu : " Padumavatim devirn 4 passasi" ti. *' Abam
pana na passami, dbita kira pana me passati 5" ti aba. Te
"kahara pana sa amma" ti vatva taya saddbim gantva
Padumavatim ^ saiijanetva padesu nipatiiusu. Tasiiiim
kale sa Padumavati devI ayan ti iiatva " bbririyam vata
itthiya kammam katam ya evamvidbassa raimo mabesi
samana evarupe tbilne niyfirakkha vasi " ti aba. Te pi
rajapurisa Padumavatiya nivesanam setasanibi parikkbipa-
' uttinnak°, cd. ^ Padumavati, cd.
3 ganhatu, cd. 4 Padumavati devi, cd.
5 passasi, cd. ^ Padumavati, cd.
188 LXIV. UPPALAVANNA.
petva dvare arakkham thapetva gantva ranno arocesum.
Eaja suvannasivikam pesesi. Sa " aham evam nagamis-
sami, mama vasaiiatthanato patthaya yava rajageham
etthantare varapotthakacittattharane attbarapetva upari-
sovannatarakavicittam celavitanam bandhapetva pasadha-
natthaya sabbalankaresii pabitesu padasa' va agamissami,
evam me nagara sampattim ^ passissanti " ti aba. Eaja
"Padumavatiyarucim karotha " ti aba. Tato Padumavati
*' sabbapasadbanam pasadhetva rajagebam gamissami " ti
maggam patipajji. Akkantattbane varapottbakacittattba-
ranam bbinditva padumapuppbani uttbabimsu. Sa maba-
janassa attano sampattim dassetva rajanivesanam aruyha
sabbe pi te celacittattbarane tassa maballikaya posavaya-
nikamiilam ^ katva dapesi. Eaja pi kbo ta pancasata itthiyo
pakkosapetva : '' ima te devi dasiyo katva demi " ti aba.
" Sadbu mabaraja tasam maybam dinnabhavam sakala-
nagare janapebi " ti. Eaja nagare bberim carapesi :
*' Padumavatiya dusika pancasata itthiyo etissa 'va dasiyo
katva dinna ti." So 3 tasam sakalanagare dasibbavo sallak-
kbito tinatva " abam mama dasiyo bbujisse katum labbami
deva " ti rajanam puccbi. " Tava iccha devi " ti evam sante
tam eva bbericarikam pakkosapetva " Padumavatiya deviya
attano dasiyo katva dinna pancasata ittbiyo sabba 'va
bhiijissam kata ti puna bberim carapetba " ti aba. Sa
tasam bbujissabbave kate ekunani pancaputtasatani tasam
yeva hattbe posanatthaya datva sayam Mabapadumaku-
maram yeva ganbi. Atbaparabhage tesam kumaranam
kllanavaye sampatte raja uyyane nanavidbam kilanattba-
nam karesi. Te attano solasavassuddesikakale sabbe ekato
butva uyyane padumasancbannaya mangalapokkbaraniya
kilanta navapadumani pupphantani puranapadumani ca
dandato patantani disva *' imassa tava anupadinnakassa
evarupa jara papunati kim anga pana ambakam sarirassa.
Idam bi etani gatikam eva bbavissati " ti arammanam
gahetva sabbe paccekabodhinanam nibbattitva uttba-
yuttbaya padumakannikasu pallankena nisidimsu. Atba
sampatti, cd. 2 posayanika°, cd. ^ g^, cd.
THERI GATHA. G-1. 189
tebi saddbim gatapurisri baliugatam divasam fiatva " ayya-
puttfi tumbrdvam vehim jauatba" ti fibamsu. Te tunbi
ahesum, purisa gautva rauno iirocesum. " Kumtini devapa-
diimakannikfisiT nisinna ambesu pi katbentcsii vacibbedam
na karonti ti."' '' Yatba ruciyri nesam iiisldituui dotliri " ti.
Te sabbarattim gabitarakkba padumakannikasu nisiuna-
niyilmen' eva ariinam uttbtlpesum. Parisji punadivase
upasaiikamitva '' deva ^ velam janatba " ti abamsu. '' Na
^nayam deva paccekabuddba nfima - amba. Ayya tiimbe
bbariyam katbam katbetba,paccekabuddba naina tumbadisa
na bonti dvangulakesamassu paua kciye patimukkaattba-
parikkbcira bouti 'ti. Tena tumbe bbariyam katbam katbe-
tba" ti.3 Te dakkbiiiabattbe sisam paramasimsu, tavad eva
gibiHiigam antaradbasi attba parikkbfira kjlye patimukka
ca abesum. Tato passantass' eva mabajauassa akasena
Nandamillakapabbbaram agamamsu. Sa pi kbo Paduma-
vati devi " abam babuputta butva niputta jata " ti bada-
yasokam patva ten' eva rogena kalam katva Piajagabana-
gare dvaragamake sabattbena kammam katva jivanattbane
nibbatti. Atbaparabbage kulagbaram gata ekadivasam
Scimikassa kbette yagum baramana tesam attano putta-
nam antare attba paccekabuddbe bbikkbacaravelayam
akasena agaccbante disva sigbam gantva samikassa procesi :
" passa ayye4 paccekabuddbe ete nimantetva bbojeyyami "
ti. So aba : " samana sakuna nam' ete anfiada pi evam
caranti, na ete paccekabuddba " ti. Te tesam ka^bentauam
yeva avidure tbane otarimsu. Sa ittbinam divasam attana
labbanakam kbajjam tesam datva " sve attba pi no may-
ham bbikkbam gaubatbil " ti aba. " Sadbu upasike tava
sakkaro ettako 'va botu, asanani ca attb' eva bontu. Anne
panababu pi paccekabuddbe disva tava cittam pasldeyyasi"
ti. Sa puna divase attba asanani pannapetva attbannam
patiyadetvci nisidi. Nimantitapaccekabuddba sesanam san-
nam adamsu : *'marisa ajja annattba agantva sabbe 'va
tumbakam matu saiigabam karotba '' ti. Tesam vacanam
^ deva, cd. ^ namassanti, cd.
3 katbeti, cd. "^ ayyo, cd.
190 LXIV. UPPALAVANNA.
sutva sabbe ekato akasena agantva matugamagharadvare
patur ahesiim. Sa pi pathamam laddhasaniiaya bahu pi
disva na kampittha. Sabbe 'va te gebam pavisitva asanesu
nisidapesi. Tesu patipatiya nisidantesu navamo afiiiani
attba asanani mapetva sayam dhurasane nisidati. Yava
asanani vaddbanti tava gebam vaddbati. Evam tesu sab-
besu pi nisinnesu sa ittbi attbannam paccekabiiddbanam
patiyaditam sakkaram paiicasatanam pi yavadattham datva
attba niluppalabattbake abaritva nivattitapaccekabuddba-
nam yeva padamule tbapetva aba : '* maybam bbante nib-
battattbane sariravanno imesam niluppalanam antogab-
bbavanno viya botu " ti. Paccekabuddba matu anumoda-
nam katva Gandbamadanam yeva agamamsu. Sa pi yava-
jivam kusalam katva tato cuta devaloke nibbattitva imas-
mim buddbuppade Savattbiyam settbikule patisandbim
ganbi. Nikippalagabbbasamanavannataya c'assa Uppala-
vanna tveva namam akamsu. Atba tassa vayappattakale
sakalajambudipe rajano ca setthino ca settbissa santikam
dutam pabinimsu " dbitaram ambakam detu " ti. Apabi-
nanta nama nabosi. Tato settbi cintesi : " abam sabbe-
sam manam gahetum na sakkbissami, upayam pan' ekam
karissami " ti dbitaram pakkosapetva " pabbajitum amma
sakkbissasi " ti aba. Tassa pacchimabbavikattanam
vacanam sise asittasatapakatelam viya abosi. Tasma
pitaram " pabbajissami tata" ti aba. So tassa sakkaram
katva bbikkbunupassayam netva pabbajesi. Tassa acira-
pabbajitaya eva uposatbagare kalavaro papuni. Sa padi-
pam jaletva uposathagaram sammajjitva dipasikbaya
nimittam ganhitva 'va punappunam olokiyamana tejoka-
sinam ibanani nibbattitva tad eva padakam katva arabat-
tam papuni. Pbalena saddbim yeva abbinnapatisambbida
pi ijjbimsu. Visesato pana iddhivikubbane cinnavasi
abosi. Tena vuttam Apadane :
Padumuttaro nama jino sabbadbammesu paragu
ito satasabassambi kappe uppajji nayako. 1.
Tadabam Hamsavatiyam jata settbikule abum
nanaratanapajjote mabasukbasamappita. 2.
THERI GATHA. 64. 191
Upetvfi tarn mahavlram assosim dhammadcsanam
tato jritap2")asadriham upemi saranam jinam. 3.
Bhagavfi iJdhimantfinani aggam vaiinesi nayako
bbikkunini lajjinim tadim samridbijlianakovidam. 4.
Tada muditacittabam tarn tbfinam abbikaiikbinJ
nimantitva dasabalam sasangbam lokana3^akam 5.
Bbojaj^itvana sattjibam datvrma ca ticTvaram
satta mala gabetvana uppabi devagandbika 6.
Satta pade gabetvana nanambi abbipujayim.
nipacca sirasii pade idam vacanam abravi : 7.
Yadisa vannita dbira ito attbamakjl sani
tadisabam bbavissami vadi vijjbati nayaka. 8.
Tada avoca mam sattba visattbfi bobi darake
anagatambi addbane laccbas' etam manoratbam. 9.
Satasabasse ito kappe Okkakakulasambbavo
Gotamo nama namena sattba loke bbavissati. 10.
Tassa dbammesu dayada orasa dbammanimmita
namen' Uppalavanna ti rupena ca yasassini 11.
Abbiniiasu vasippatta sattbu sasanakarika
sabbasavaparikkbina bessasi sattbu savika. 12.
Tadabam mudita butva yavajlvam tada jinam
mettacitta paricarim sasangbalokanayakam. 13.
Tena kammena sukatena cetanapanidbibi ca
jabitva manusam debam Tavatimsam agaccb' abam. 14.
Tato cutabam manuje upapanna sayambbuno
uppalebi paticcbannam pindapatam adas' abam. 15.
Ekanavute ito ^ kappe VipassI nama njiyako
uppajji carudassano sabbadbammesu cakkbuma. 16.
Settbidbita tada butva Baranasipuruttame
nimantetvana sambuddbam sasangbam lokanayakam 17.
Mabadanam daditvana uppalebi vimissitam ~
pujayitva cetasa 'va 3 vannasobbam apattbayim.4 18.
Imambi bbaddake kappe brabmabandbu mabiiyaso
Kassapo nama namena uppajji vadatam varo.5 19.
^ ekanavut' ito, A. 2 vinayakam, A. B.
3 ca teso ca, P. 4 apattbayi, B. 5 varatam varo, P,
192 LXIV. UPPALAVANNA.
Upattliako mahesissa tada asi narissaro
Kasiraja Kiki nama Baranasipuruttame. 20.
Tassasim ^ dutiya dhita Samanaguttasavhaya
dhammam sutva jinaggassa pabbajjam ^ samarocayim. 21.
Anujani na no tato agare 'va tada mayam
visam vassasahassani vicarimha atandita 3 22.
Komarim brahmacariyam 4 rajakaiina sukhedhita
buddhopattbananirata mudita satta dbitaro 23.
Samani Samanagutta ca Bhikkbuni Bhikkhadayika
Dhamma c'eva Sudhamma ca sattami Saiighadayika 24.
aham Kbema ca sappailna Patacara ca Kundala
Kisagotami Dhammadinna Visakba hoti sattami. 25.
Tehi kammehi sukatehi cetanapanidhihi ca
jahitva manusam deham Tavatimsam agacchi 'ham. 26.
Tato cuta manussesu upapanna mahakule
pitam mattham varam-^ dussam adam arahato aham. 27.
6 Tato cutaritthapure jata vippakule aham
dhita Tirltiyacchassa Ummadanti manohara. 28.
Tato cuta janapade kule aiinatare aham
pasuta natiphitamhi salim gopem' ahan tada.^ 29.
Disva paccekasambuddham 7 paiica lajasatani ^ 'ham
datva padumachannani panca puttasatani 'ham 30.
Patthayim.9 Te samijjhisumi° madhum datva sayambhuno.
tato cuta araiiiie 'ham ajayim padumodare. 31.
Kasiramio mahesi 'ham ^^ hutva sakkatapujita
ajanim ^^ rajaputtauam anunam satapancakam. 32.
Yada te yobbanappatta ^3 kilanta jalakilikam
disva opattapadumam asum paccekanayaka 33.
Saham tehi vina bhuta sutavinabhisokini ^4
cuta Ip^gihpasse gamakamhi ajayi 'ham. 34.
^ tassapi, P. ^ pabbajam, A. 3 atandika, A.
4 komarabr°, P. 5 vantam caram, P. ^—^ om. P.
7 disvana paccekab°, P. s lajas°, A.
9 patthayim, B. 1° te pi patthesum, A.
^^ mahesinam, P. i^ ajinam, P. ^3 yobbanam patva, P.
^-t satavirehi sokini, B. ; sutavinarabh°, P.
THERI GATHA. 64. 193
Yada buddhasutamati puttanam attano pi ca ^
yagum adaya gacchanti attba paccekanayake 35.
Bhikkliilya gamam gaccbante disva putte anussarim.
Kbiradbara ~ viniggaccbi tada me puttapemasa. 36.
Tato tesarn adam yagum pasamia sebi pilnibi
tato cutabain tidasam Nandanam upapajji 'bam. 37.
Anubbotva ^ sukbam dukkbam samsaritva bbavabbave
tav' attbaya mabavira pariccattam ca jivitam.
4 Dblta tuybam mabavira paunavanta jutindbara. 38.
Babum 5 ca dukkaram kammam katam me atidukkaram
Eabiilo ca abam c'eva nekajatisate babu. 39.
Ekasmim sambbave jata^ samanacbandamauasa
nibbatti ekato boti jatlsu babuso mama. 40.
Paccbime bbavasampatte ubbo pi nanasambbava
purimanam jinagganam sammukba ca parammukba. 41.
Adbikaram babum 7 maybam tuyb' attbaya mabamuni
mabapurisam kammam kusalam parame muni. 42.
Tav' attbaya mabavira punnam upacitam maya
abbabbattbane vajjetva paripacento babum ^ janam.4 43.
Tav' attbaya mabavira cattam 9 me jivitam babu
evam babuvidbam dukkbam sampatti ca babuvidba.^° 44.
Paccbime bbavasampatte jata Savattbiyam pure
mabaddbaue settbikule ^^ sukbite sajjite ^^ tatba 45.
Nanaratauapajjote sabbakamasamiddbine
sakkata pujita c'eva ^3 manita pacita tatba. 46.
Piiipasirim anuppatta ^4 kulesu abbisammata '5
ativa pattbita ^^ capi riipabbogasiribi ^7 ca. 47.
^ sutanam bbattuno pi ca, A.
2 kbiradara, B. ; kbiratara, k.
3 anubbutva, P. ^ — ^ Omitted in A. B.
5 babulo, cd. ^ jato, cd. 7 babu, cd.
S babu, cd. 9 cittam, cd.
^° sampattiii ca babuvidbam, A. " mabadbanas°, A.
^2 pajjite, P. '3 piijita capi, P.
^4 riipasobbaggasampatta, P. ^5 abbisakkata, A.
^6 pattbata, P. ^7 riipasobbasiribi, P.
14
194 LXrV. UPPALAVANNA.
Patthita ^ setthiputtehi anekehi satehi pi
agaram pajahitvana pabbajim anagariyam. 48.
Addhamase asampatte catusaccam apapunim.
iddhiya pi nimmitvana = caturassam ratham aham
buddhassa pade vandissam 3 lokanathassa tadino. 49.
4 Buddhiya ca vasi homi dibbaya sotadhatuya
cetopariyaiianassa yatha kammupage tatha. 50.
Pubbenivasam janami dibbacakkhum visodhitam
sabbasava parikkhina n'atthi dani punabbhavo. 51.
N'atthi dhammaniruttisu patibhane tath' eva ca
nanam me vimalam suddham sabhavena mahesino. 52.
Civaram pindapatan ca paccayam sayanasanam
kale kalam uppadenti sahassani samantato.4 53.
Supupphitaggam upagamma bbikkhuni
eka tuvam titthasi salamule
na c'attbi te dutiya vannadhatu
bale na tvam bhayasi dhuttakanam. 54.
Satam sahassani pi dhuttakanam ^
idhagata tadisaka bhaveyyum
lomam na icchami na santasami
na Mara bhayami tarn ekika pi. 55.
Esa antaradhayami kucchim va pavisami te
bhamukantarikayam pi titthantim mam na dakkhasi. 56.
Cittasmim vasibhut' amhi iddhipada subhavita
sabbabandhanamutt' amhi na tarn bhayami avuso. 57.
Sattisulupama kama khandhanam adhikuttana ^
yam tvam kamaratim brusi arati dani sa mama. 58.
Sabbattha vihata nandi tamokkhandho padalito.
evam janahi papima nihato tvam asi antaka. 59.
Jinc ';amhi gune 7 tuttho etadagge thapesi mam
1 patthita, B. ; ulara, P.
2 iddhiya abhinimmitva, A.
3 vanditva, P. ; vandisam, B.
4—4 Only P. 5 dhuttakani, A. ^ o^uttana, A.
7 iddhigune, P.
THERI GATIIA. 64. 195
^' setthil iddhimatlnam " ti parisasu vinfiyako. GO.
paricinno mayfi satthri katam buddhassa srisanaiu
ohito ^ garuko bharo bhavanetti samuhata. 01.
Yass'attbaya pabbajita agarasmfi anagariyam
so me attbo auuppatto sabbasamyojanakkhayo. 02.
2 Civaram pindapatam ca paccayam sayanasanam
khanena iipaDamentT sabassfmi samantato ~ 03.
Kilesfi jbclpita maybam — pa — katam buddbassa sasanan
ti. 64.
Ayam pana theri yada bbagava Savattbmagaradvrire
yamakapatibariyam katum gandbabbarukkhamiilam upa-
gaccbi tada sattbaram upasamkamitva vanditvri evam aba :
*' abam bbaute patibariyam karissami, yadi l^bagavfi anu-
janati " ti sibanadam nadi. Sattba tarn karanam uatva
attbuppattim katva Jetavanamabavibare ariyaganamajjbe
nisinno patipatiya bbikkbuniyo thanantare tbapento imam
tberim iddbimantanam aggattbane tbapesi. Sti jbanasu-
kbena pbalasukbena ca vitinamenti ekadivasam kamanam
admavam okaram samkilesaii ca paccavekkhiyamfina Gaii-
gatiriyattberassa matuya dbltaya saddhim sapattlvasam
upadissa samvegajataya gatba 'va 3 vutta paccanubba-
santi :
Ubbo mata ca dbita ca mayam asum sapattiyo
tassa me ahu samvego abbbuto 4 lomabamsano. 224.
Dbi-r-attbu kama asuci duggandba babukantakaS
yattba mata ca dbita ca sabbariya mayam abum. 225.
Kamesvadinavam disva nekkbammam dalbakbemato ^
sa pabbaji Eajagabe agarasma anagariyam ti. 226.
Ima tisso gatba abbasi. Tattba ubbo mata c a d h 1 1 a
ca mayam a^sum sapattiyo ti. Mata ca dbita cii
ti ubbo mayam amiamaiinam sapattiyo abumba. Savat-
tbiyam kira aniiatarassa vanijassa bbariyaya paccusavehiya
kucchiyam gabbho santbasi. Sa tarn na aniiasi. Yanijo
I obuto, P. 2_2 o?». P. 3 gathaya, cd.
4 abhuto, cd. ^ oi^antako, cd. ^ dattbukb°, cd.
196 LXIV. UPPALAVANNA.
vibhataj^a rattiya sakatesu bhandam aropetva Eajagaham
uddissa gato. Tassa gacchantakale gabblio vaddhetva 'va
paripakam agamasi. Atlia nam sassu evam aha : "mama
putto cirappavuttho ^ tvam ca gabbliini, papakam taya
katan ti. Sa " tava puttato annam purisam na janami " ti
aba. Tarn sutva pi sassu asaddabanti tarn gharato nikkad-
dbi, Sa samikam gavesanti anukkamena Eajagaham sam-
patta. Tavad eva c' assa kammajavatesu calantesu maggasa-
mipe aiinataram salam pavittbaya gabbhavutthanam abosi.
Sa siivannabimbasadisam puttam vijayitva anathasalaya
sayapetva udakakiccam katum ^ babi nikkhanta. Atb' anna-
taro aputtako sattbavabo tena maggena gacchanto " asa-
mikaya darako mama putto bhavissati " ti tarn dbatiya
battbe adasi, Atb' assa mata udakakiccam katva udakam
gabetva patinivattitva 3 puttam apassanti sokabbibbuta
paridevitva Eajagaham apavisitva 'va maggam patipajji.4
Tarn 5 annataro corajetthako antaramagge disva patibad-
dbacitto attano pajapatim akasi. Sa tassa gebe vasanti
ekam dhitaram vijayi. Atha sa ekadivasam dbitaram ga-
betva thita samikena bhaiiditva dhitaram mancake kbipi.
Darikaya sisain thokam bhindi. Tato samikam bhayitva
Eajagaham eva paccagantva serivicaren' eva vicarati.
Tassa putto pathamayobbane thito mata ti ajananto attano
pajapatim akasi. Aparabbage tarn corajetthakadbitaram
bhagimbbavam ajananto vivaham katva attano geham
anesi. Evam so attano mataram bhaginin ca pajapati
katva vasesi. Tena ta ubho pi sapattivasam ^ vasimsu.
Atb' ekadivasam mata dhitu kesavattim mocetva ukam
olokenti sise vanam disva " app' eva namayam mama
dbita Ihaveyya " ti pucchitva samvegajata butva Eajagabe
bbikkbuniupassayam gantva pabbajitva katapubbakiccavi-
vekavasam vasanti attano ca pubbapatipattim paccavek-
khitva ubho mata ti adika gatha abhasi. Ta pana
taya vuttagatba 'va 7 kamesu adinavadassanavasena pacca-
^ cirappavuttho, cd. ^ katum om. cd.
3 bahi niv°, cd. 4 maggapatipajjitum, cd.
5 tarn om. cd. ^ sapativasani, cd. 7 vuttagathaya, cd.
THERI GATHA. G4. 197
nubbasanti ayam tbeii u b b o m a t a c a d b 1 1 a c a ti aba.
Tena vuttam : sa jbanasukbena pbalasukbena nil)l)aDa-
eukbena vltinamentT imfi tisso gjxtba abbasi ti.
Tattha asuci ti kilesasucipaggbarane asucl. 1) u g-
g a n d h a ti visagaudbavfiyanena ^ putigandba. Mabfi-
kantakapayikappavattiya ^ sucaritavinivijjbanattbena
b a h u vidbakilesak a n t a k a. Tatba bi te sattisuhipama
kama ti vutta yatbii ti yesu ktlmesu puribluinjitabbesu.
S a b b a r i y a ti samanabbariya sapattiyo ^ ti attbo.
4 Pubbenivasam janami dibbacakkbum visodbitam
ceto paricca iianan ca sotadbatu visodbit^i. 227.
Iddbi pi me saccbikata patto me asavakkbayo
cba me abbiuiia saccbikata katam b° sasanan ti. 228.4
Pubbenivasam ti adika dve gatba attano adbigata-
visesam paccavekkbitva pitisomauassajataya tberiya vutta.
Tattba ceto paricca iianan ti cetopariyananam.
Saccbikata m pattan ti va sambandho.
Iddbiya abbinimmitva caturassam ratbam abam
buddbassa pade vanditva lokanatbassa siiimato ti. 229.
Ayam gatba j^ada bbagava yamakapatibariyair katum
gandbabbarukkbamulam upasamkami tada ayam tberi
evarupam ratbam nimminitvana tena saddbim sattbu
santikam gantva : '' bbagava abam patibariyam karissami
tittbiyanimmatbanaya, anujanatbii " ti vatva sattbu santike
attbasi. Tarn sandbaya vutta.
Tattba iddbiya abbinimmitva caturassam
ratbam abam tarn catubi assebi 5 yojitam ratbam
iddbiya abbinimmitva buddbassa bbagavato pade vanditva
ekamantam attbasin ti adbippayo.
Supuppbitaggam upagamma padapam eka tuvam tittbasi
rukkbamule
I viyag°, cd. ^ oj^antakayikaQ, cd. 3 sapayo, cd,
4—4 Omitted in cd. s ayyebi, cd.
198 LXIV. UPPALAVANNA.
na capi te dutij^o atthi koci na tvam bale bhayasi dhutta-
kanam. 230.
Tattha s u p u p p li i t a g g a m ti sutthu pupphitam
aggam. Aggato patthaya sabbapaliphullan ^ ti attho.
Padapan ti rukkham. Idha pana salarukkho adhip-
peto. Eka tuvan ti ekika tvam idha titthasi. Na
capi te dutiyo atthi koci ti tava sahayabhuto
arakkhako koci pi n'atthi. Eupasampattiya 'va tuyham
dutiyo koci pi n'atthi. Asadisarupa ekika 'va imasmim
jauavivitte thane titthasi.
Na tvam bale bhayasi dhuttakananti taru-
nake tvam dhuttapurisanam katham na bhayasi. Sakinca-
nakarino dhutta ti adhippayo. Imam kira gatham Maro
ekadivasam therim supupphite ^ salavane divaviharam
nisinnam disva upasamkamitva vivekato vicchinditukamo
vimamsanto aha. Atha nam theri santajjenti attano anu-
bhavavasena :
Satam sahassanam^ pi dhuttakanam samagata edisaka
bhaveyyum
lomam na iiije na pi sampavedhe kim me tuvam 4 Mara
karissas' eko. 231.
Esa antaradhayami kucchim va pavisami te
bhamukantare titthami titthantim5 mam na dakkhasi. 232.
Cittamhi ^ vasibhutaham iddhipada subhavita
cha me abhinna sacchikata katam buddhassa sasanam. 233.
Sattisulupama kama khandhanam 7 adhikuttana ^
yam tvam 9 kamaratim brusi arati dani sa ^^ mama. 234.
Sabbattha vihata nandi tamokkbandho padalito
evam janahi papima nihato tvam asi antaka ti. 235.
Ima gatha abhasi. Tattha satasahassanam pi
^ °paliphiillan, cd. ^ therisupabbajite, cd.
3 sahassam, cd. 4 kime tuvam, cd.
5 titthantam, cd. 6 cittapi, cd.
7 khandhasam, cd. s adhikuddhana, cd,
9 yam tarn, cd. lo arati ati sa, cd.
THERl GATHA. G6. 199
d h u 1 1 a k ti n a m s a m fi g a t fi e d i s a k a bh a v ey y u m
ti. Yadisako tvam edisaka evariipa anekasatasahassamatta
pi dliuttaka samagatri yadi bliaveyyum. L o m a m n a
i n j e u a pi s a m p a v e d li e ti lomamattam pi na iu-
jeyya na sampavedheyya. K i in me t u v a m ^ Mara
karissas' eko ti Mara tvam ekako 'va maybam kim
karissasi *? Idani Milrassa attauo upari kinci pi katum
asamattbatani yeva vibbaventi e s a a n t a r a d li a y a m I
ti gcitham aha. Tass' attlio : Mara esaham tava purato
thita- 'va antaradhayami adassauam gaccbami, ajanantass'
eva te k u c c h i m v a p a v i s fi m i, b b a m u k a n t a r e
va tittbami, evain tittbantim ca mam tvara
na passasi.
Kasma ti ce c i 1 1 a m b i v a s i b b ii t a b a m i d d h i-
p a d a s u b b a V i t a ? abam bi Mara maybam cittara
vaslbbcivappatta cattaro pi iddbipada maya suttbu bbavita
babubkata, tasma abam yatbavuttaya iddbivisayataya ^
pabomi ti. Sesam sabbam bettbavuttanayatta uttanam
eva.
Uppalavaunaya tberiya gatbrivauuana samatta.
Dvadasanipatavaunana nittbita.
LXV.
Solasanipate u d a b a r I a b a in 4 s 1 1 e ti adika Punnaya
tberiya gatba. Ayam pi purimabuddbesu katadbikara
tattba tattba bbave vivattupanissayam kusalam upaciuanti
Yipassissa bbagavato kale kulagebe nibbattitva vinnutam
pattil betusampannataya jatasamvega bbikkhuninam san-
tikam gantva dbammam sutvii laddbappasada pabbajitva
parisuddbasiLa tini pitakani uggabetva babussuta dbamma-
dbara dbammakatbika ca abosi. Yatba Yipassibbagavato 5
sasane evam Sikbissa, Yessabbussa, Kakusandbassa, Ko-
I kime tuvam, cd. ^ tbito, cd. 3 iddbivisavitaya, cd.
4 udabariyabam, cd. 5 Yipassabbavato, cd.
200 LXV. PUNNA.
nagamanassa Kassapassa ca bhagavato sasane pabbajitva
silasampanna bahussuta dhammadhara dhammakatbika
ca ahosi. Manadbatukatta pana kilese samucchinditum
nasakkbi, manopanissayavasena kammassa katatta imas-
mim buddbuppade Anatbapindikassa settbino gbaradasiya
kuccbimbi nibbatti. Punna ti 'ssa namam abosi. Sa
sibanadasuttantadesanaya sotapanna butva paccba Udaka-
suddbikam brabmanam dametva settbino sambbavita butva
tena bbujissabbavam papita tarn pabbajjam anujanapetva
pabbajitva vipassanaya kammam karonti na cirass' eva
eaha patisambbidabi arabattam papuni. Tena vuttam
Apadane :
Vipassino bbagavato Sikbino Vessabbussa ca
Kakusandbassa mimino Konagamanatadino 1.
Kassapassa ca buddbassa pabbajitvana sasane
bbikkbuni silasampanna nipaka samvutindriya 2.
Babussuta dbammadbara attattbapatipuccbika ^
uggabeta ca ^ dbammanam sota payirupasika 3 3.
Desenti janamajjhe 'bam abosim4 jinasasanam.s
Babusaccena tenabam pesala abbimaiiiiisam.^ 4.
Paccbime ca bbave'dani Savattbiyam puruttame
Anatbapindino gebe jatabam kumbbadasiya. 5.
Gata udakabariyam sottbiyam 7 dijam addasam
sitattam ^ toyamajjhambi. Tarn disva idam abravim : 6.
udakabari abam site 9 sada udakam otarim ^Q
ayyanam dandabbayabbita vacadosabbayattita.^^ 7.
Kassa ^^ brabmana tvam bbito sada udakam otari ?
vedbamanebi gattebi sitam ^3 vedayase bbusam. 8.
Jananti 3a tuvam ^4 bboti Punnike paripucchasi
^ attbattbaparipuccbika, P.
2 uggateta 'va, P. 3 sokayirupayika, P.
4 assosim, P. 5 jinasasane, A. B.
6 natimannisam, P. ; atimannissam, B.
7 kittiya, B. ; sottiyam, A. 8 gitatti, P.
9 pi te, P. lo abari, B. ^^ codanabbayaattita, B.
^2 tassa, P. 13 sutam, P. ^4 jananti vata mam, A.
THERI GATUA. ()5. 201
karontam kusalam kammani rundbantani ^ kamma pfipa-
kam.2 9.
Yo ce vuddlio 3 daharo va papakammam pakubbati
udakabhisecana so pi 4 papakammfi parauccati. 10.
Uttarautassa s akkbasim dbammattbasanibitam padam
tarn ca sutvana ^ samviggo pabbajitvaraba ^ abu. 11.
Purenti unakasatam^ jfit.i dfislkule yato
tato Punna ti namam me bbujissau ca 9 akamsu te. 12.
Settbim tato 'numodetva ^° pabbajim anagariyam
acireu' eva kaleua arabattam apapiinim. 13.
Iddbisu ca vasi bomi dibbaya sotadbiltuya
cetopariyaiianassa vasi bomi mabamune. 14.
Pubbenivasam janami dibbacakkbum visodbitam
sabbasavii parikkbina n'attbi dani punabbbavo. 15.
Attbadbammaniruttisu patibbane tattb' eva ca
nanam me vimalam suddbam buddhasettbassa vabasa. 16.
Bbavanaya mabapaMa suten' eva sutavini
manena nicakulaja na bi kammam vinassati. 17.
Kilesa jbapita maybam — pa — katam buddbassa sasanan
ti. 18. "^ '
Arabattam pana patva attano patipattim paccaYekkbitva
udanavasena :
Udahari abam site ^^ sada udakam otari
ayyanam dandabbayabblta vacadosabbayattita. 23G.
Kassa brabmana tvam bbito sada udakam otari ?
vedbamanebi gattebi sitani vedayase bbusarn. 237.
Jananti ca tuvam bboti Punnike paripuccbasi
karontani kusalam kammam rundbantam ^- kamma papa-
kam. 238.
^ rudantam, P. ^ katapfipakam, A.
3 buddbo, A. 4 udakabbisificana bboti, A.
5 udarantassa, B. ; uttaranassa, P.
6 sutva sa, A. 7 pabbajitv<uia sa, P.
2 udakasatam, P. B. 9 bbujissam me, A.
1° numanetva, A. ^^ pite, cd. ^^ rudantam, cd.
202 LXV. PUNNA.
Yo ca vuddho claharo va papakammam pakubbati
udakabhisecana so pi papakamma pamuccati. 239.
Ko nu te idam ^ akkhasi ajanantassa ajanako ^
udakabhisecana nama papakamma pamuccati ? 240.
Saggam niina gamissanti sabbe mandiikakacchapa 3
naga ca 4 sumsumara ca ye c' amie udakecara. 241.
Orabbhika sukarika macchika migavadhika
cora ca vajjhaghata ca ye c'anne papakammino
udakabhisecana te pi ^ papakamma pamuccare.^ 242.
Sace ima nadiyo te papain pubbekatam vaheyyum 7
punnam p'ima^ vaheyyum te tena tvam paribahiro.9 243,
Yassa brahmana tvam bhlto sada udakam otari
tam eva brahme ^° ma kasi ma te sitam chavirn hane. 244.
Kumaggam ^^ patipannam mam ariyamaggam samanayi
udakabhisecanam ^^ bhoti imam satara ^3 dadami te. 245.
Tuyh' eva satako hotu naham icchami satakam.
Sace bhayasi dukkhassa ^4 sace te dukkham appiyam 246.
ma kasi papakam kammam avi va yadi va raho.
Sace ca papakam kammam karissasi karosi va 247.
na te dukkha pamuty ^^ atthi upeccapi palayato.
Sace bhayasi dukkhassa sace te dukkham appiyam 248.
upehi saranam buddham dhammam sanghan ca tadinam
samadiyahi silani tan te atthaya hehiti.^^ 249.
Upemi saranam buddham dhammam sangham ca tadinam
samadiyami silani tam me atthaya hehiti.^7 250.
Brahmabandhu pure asi ajj' amhi saccam brahmano
tevijjo vedasampanno ^^ sotthiyo c'amhi ^9 nhatako ^o ti. 251.
I idhc^in, cd. 2 janato, cd. ; janako, m.
3 mandakako, cd. 4 naga 'va, cd.
5 te hi, cd. 6 pamuiicati, cd.
7 vahum, m. 8 punnan' ima, cd.
9 paribahiro assa, cdd. ; assa om. m.
^° pitam chavi mane, cd. ^^ Kummaggam, cd.
12 osecana, cd. i3 satam, cd. ^4 bhayasi pi d°, cd.
i5 samuty, cd. ^6 hotiti, cd. ^7 hotiti, cd.
'8 devasamp°, cd. ^9 dhamhi, cd. 20 nahako, cd.
TIIERl GATIIA. 6,"). 203
Ima gatbc'i abbfisi. Tattlia n d a k a m a h a r i ti pibat ena
udakavabam ^ akasi. Ten a s a d a u d a k a m o t a r i n ti
sTtakale pi sabbada rattiiu divaiu lulakam otari. Yada
yadfi ayj-akjmam iidakena attbo tada tada udakaiii pavisi,
udakam otaritva udakani upanesT ti adbippayo.
A y y a n a m da n d a 1) b a y a b b 1 1 a ti ayyakaDam (bin-
dabbayena bblta. V a c fi d o s a 1) b a y a 1 1 i t a ti vaci-
dandabbayena c'eva dosabbayena ca attita pilita site pi
udakam otariu ti yojana. Atb* ekadivasam Punnfi dasT
gbatena udakam tlnetum udakatittbam gatil. Tattba
addasa afmataram brabmanam udakasuddbikam bimapata-
samaye mabati site vattamane pato va udakam otaritva
sasisam nimujjitva mante japitva udakato uttbabitva aHa-
vattbam allakesam pavedhantam dantavinam vadayama-
nam. Tarn disva karunasaiicoditamanasa tato nam
dittbigata vivecetukama : k a s s a b r a b m a n a t v a m
b b 1 1 0 ti gatbam aba. Tattba k a s s a I) r a b m a n a
kuto ca nama bbayabetuto b b i t o butva s a d a
udakam otari sabbakalam sayampatam otaritva ca.
V e d b a m a n e b i kampamanebi sariravayavebi s 1 1 a m
vedayase bbusam sitam dukkbam ativiya dukkbam
pativedayasi paccanubbavasi.
Jananti ca tuvam bboti ti bboti Punnike tvam
katupacitam p a p a k a m m a ni r u n d b a n t a m - niva-
ranasamattbam kusalam kammam imina udakaro-
banena k a r o n t a m mam jananti ca p a r i p u c-
cbasi. Nanu ayam attbo loke pakato. Evam tatbapi
yam maybam vadami ti dassento so vuddbo ca ti
gatbam aba. Tass' attbo: vuddbo va dabaro va
majjbimo va yo koci ti sadisam p a p a k a m m a m pakub-
bati ativiya karoti so pi bbusam papakammaiu nivrirako.
Dakabbisecana sinanena. Tato p a p a k a m m a p a-
m u c c a t i accantam eva vimuccati ti.
Tarn sutva Punnika tassa pativacanam denti : ko nu te
ti adim aba. Tattba k o n u t e i d a m a k k b a s i
udakavabi, cd. ^ rudantani, cd.
204 LXV. PUNNA.
ajanantassa ajanako^ ti kammavipakam ajanan-
tassa te sabbena sabbam kammavipakam ajanako ^ avid-
dasu 3 balo. Udakabhisecanahetu papakam-
mato pamuccati ti idam atthajatam ko nu nama
akkhasi? Na so saddheyyavacano napi c'etam yuttan ti
adhippayo. Idani tarn eva yuttiabhavam vibhaventi
saggam nuna gamissantH ti adim aha.
Tattha nag a ti vajjhasa. Sumsumara ti kum-
bhila. Ye c'aiine udakecara ti ye c'anne pi vari-
gocara macchamakaranandiyadayo ca. Te pi s a g g a m
nuna gamissanti devalokam upapajjissanti manne,
udakabhisecana papakammato mutti hoti ce ti attho.
Orabbhika ti urabbbaghataka. S u k a r i k a ti sii-
karagbataka. Maccbarika ti kevatta. M i g a v a -
d b i k a ti magavika. V a j j b a g b a t a k a ti vajjhagba-
takamme niyutta.
Puiiiiam p'imas vabeyyum ti ima Aciravati-
adayo nadiyo yatba taya pubbekatam pap am tattha
udakabhisecanena sace vabeyyum nihareyyum tatha taya
katam punnam pi ima nadiyo vabeyyum pavabeyyum.
Tena tvam paribahiro assa tatha pahitena punna-
kammena paribahiro virabi vinaseti. So tassa patipakkho
yatba aloko andhakarassa vijja ca avijjaya. Na evam
nahanam papassa tasma nittbam ettba gantabbam udaka-
bhisecana papaparimutti ti. Tenaha bhagava :
Udakena suci homa hutanabayati jayato
yamhi saccan ca dhammo ca so suci so ca brahmano ti.
Yadi papam pavahetukamo pi sabbena sabbam papam
Maro hi ti dassetura yassa brabmana ti gatham aba.
Tattha tam eva^ brahme ma kasi ti yato papato
tvam bhito tam eva papam brahme brabmana tvam ma
kasi.7 Udakarohanam pana idise sitakale kevalam sariram
^ janato, cd. 2 ajanato, cd. 3 avindisu, cd.
4 gamissasi, cd. 5 punnan' ima, cd.
6 kam eva, cd. 7 tvam akasi, cd.
ther! gatiia. G5. 205
eva dhovati. Tenfilia : m a t e sit a m c h a v i in h a n e ^ ti
idise sltakfile udakabhisecanena jatasltam tava sariram
chavim ~ ma haueyya mfi bridhesi ti attho.
K u m a g g a m 3 p a t i p a n n a n ti udakfibliisecanona
sutthu hoti ti imam kumaggam 4 micchfigabam patipannam
paggavbas tvam^'' mam ariyamaggam samfmayl
ti sabbapapassa akaranam kusalassa iipasampada ti imani
buddhcidibi ariyebi gatamaggam samanesi. Tasmfi bboti
imam satakam tiittbidanam ilcariyabbagam t ii y b a m
dad ami, tarn patiganha ti attbo.
So tarn patikkbipitva dbammam katbetva saranesu silesu
ca patittbapetum t u y b' eva s a t a k o b o t u n fi b a m
icchami satakan ti vatva sace bbayasi duk-
kbassa ti adim aba. Tass' attbo: yadi tuybam
sakalapayike sugatiyan ca apbasukanado sakkatadibbedam 7
dukkbam bbayasi yadi tesam a p p i y a m na ittbam
avi va paresam pakatabbavena appaticbannam katva
kayena vacaya va panatipata divasena yadi va r a b o
apakatabhavena paticcbannam katva manodvare yeva
abbijjbadivasena amimattam pi papakam lamaka-
kammam ma kasi ma kari. Atba pana tarn p a p a -
k a m m a m ayati karissasi etarahi k a r o s i va nira-
yadisu catusu apayesu manussesu ca tassa phalabbutam
dukkbam ito etto va palayante^ mayi nanubandbissati ti
adbippayo.
U p e c c a 9 saiicicca. Palayato pi te tato papatc
mutti mokkbo n'attbi. Gatikahidipaccayantarasamavaye
sati vipaccate va ti attbo. U p a c c a ti va patbo. Upa-
netva ti attbo. Evam papassa akaranena dukkbabbavam
dassetva idani punnassa karanena pi tarn dassetum sace
b b a y a s 1 ^° ti adi vuttam.
Tattba tad in an ti dittbadisutfidibbavappattam yatba
va purimaka sammasambuddba passitabba tatba passi-
^ cbavim ane, cd. "^ cbavi, cd.
3 kummaggam, cd. 4 kummaggam, cd.
5 paggaybati, cd. ^ tarn, cd. ^ saggatridi° cd.
2 pbalayante, cd. 9 upacca, cd. ^° bhayati, cd.
206 LXVI. AMBAPALI.
tabbato tadisam buddham saranam upelii ti
yojana. Dhammasamghesu pi es'eva nayo. Tadinam
varabuddhadinam dhammam atthannam ariyapuggalanam
samghasamiiban ti yojana. T a n ti saranamgamanam
silanam samadanaii ca. H e b i t i bbavissati ti. So brab-
mano saranesu silesu ca patitthaya aparabhage sattbu
santikam dhammam sutva patiladdhasaddho pabbajitva
gbatento vayamanto nacirass'eva tevijjo hutva attano
patipattim paccavekkbitva udanento brabmabandhu
ti gatham aha. Tass' attho : aham pubbe brahmana-
kulena uppattimattena brabmabandhu namasi. Tatha
arubhedadinam ajjhenadimattena tevijjo vedasam-
panno^ sotthiyo nhatakoca namasi. Idani sabbaso
bahitapapitataya brahmano paramatthabrahmano vijjat-
tayadhigamena tevijjo maggananasamkhatena vedena ^
samannagatatta ^ vedasampanno nirattasabbapapataya 4
nhatako ca amhl ti. Ettha ca brahmanena vuttagatha pi
attana vuttagatha pi paccha theriya paccekabhasita ti sabba^
theriya gatha eva jata.
Punnaya theriya gathavannana samatta.
Solasanipatavannana nitthita.
LXVI
Visatinipate kalabhamaravannasadisa ti adika
Ambapaliya theriya gatha. Ayam pi purimabuddhesu
katadhikara tattha tattha bbave vivattupanissayam ku-
salam U)^acinanti Sikhissa bhagavato sasane pabbajitva
upasampanna hutva bhikkhunisikkhapadam samadaya
viharanti ekadivasara sambahulahi bhikkhunihi saddhira
cetiyam vanditva padakkhinam karonti puretaram gacchan-
tiya khinasavatheriya khipantiya sahasa khelapindam
cetiyangane pati. Tarn khinasavatherim apassitva gantva
^ bedaso, cd. 2 bedena, cd. 3 sampannag°, cd.
4 nirattiso, cd. 5 sabba, ed.
THERI GATHA. 1^6. '201
sayam pacchato gacchanti tarn kbelapindam (lisvfi "kfi nrima
ganika imasmim thane kbelapindam pfitesl " ti akkosi. Sfi
bliikkhunikrde silam rakkbanti gabbbavfisam jiguccbitva
npapfitikattabbfive cittam tbapesi. Tena carimattabb;Tve
Vesaliyam rajauyyane ambarukkbamiile opapfitikfi butva
nibbatti. Tarn disva uyyanaprdo nagaram upanesi. Am-
barukkbamiile nibbattataya sa xlmbapali tveva vobariyittba.
Atba nam abbirupam dassanlyam pasadikam Yilfisakantu-
kadigunavisesamiiditam disva saml)abula rajakumrira attano
pariggabam katiikama annamaniiam kalabam akamsu.
Tesam kalabavupasamattbam ^ tassa kammasaiicodita
Yobarika sabbesam botu ti ganikatbane tbapesum. Sa
sattbari patiladdbasaddba attano uyyane vibaram katva
buddbapamukbassa bbikkbusamgbassa niyyadetva paccbii
attano puttassa Yimalakondannatberassa santike dbammam
sutva vipassanaya kammam karonti attano sarlrassa jara-
jinnabbavam nissaya samvegajata saiikbaranam aniccatam
eva bbaventi :
Kalabbamaravannasadisa 2 vellitagga ^ mama muddbaja
ahum
te jaraya sanavakasadisa.4 Saccavadivacanam anann-
atba. 252.
Vasito va surabbikarandako puppbapiiram mama 5 utta-
mangabbuto
tarn jaraya sasalomagandbikam.'^ Saccavadi". 253.
Kananana va sabitam suropitam koccbasucivicitaggaso-
bbitam
tarn jaraya viralani tabim tabim. Saccavadi^ 254.
Kanbagandbakasuvannamanditam 7 sobbate su venibi 'la-
nkatarn
tarn jaraya kbalitam sirara katarn. Saccavfidi^ 255.
Cittakarasukata va lekbita sobbate ^ su bbamuka pure
mama
^ te tarn kalabam, cd. - kalaka bb^, cd. 3 vallitagga, cd.
4 sana°, cd. s opura mama, cd. ^ jarayatba salomag°, cd.
7 kanhakbandb°, cd. ^ sobbare, m.
208 LXVI. AMBAPALI.
ta jaraya valihi palambita.^ Saccavadi° 256.
Bhassara surucira yatha mani nettahesum abhinila-m-
ayata
te jaray' abhibata na sobbate. Saccavadi° 257.
Sanbatungasadisi ca nasika sobbate su abbiyobbanam
pati 2
sa jaraya upakulita viya.^ Saccavadi° 258.
Kankanam va sukatam ^ sunittbitam sobbate 5 su mama
kannapaliyo
pure ta jaraya valihi palambita.^ Saccavadi° 259.
Pattalimakulavannasadisa sobbate 7 su danta pure mama
te jaraya kbanda yavapitaka.^ Saccavadi^ 260.
Kananambi vanasandacarim 9 kokila va madburam niku-
jitam
tarn jaraya kbalitam tabini tahim. Saccavadi° 261.
Sanbakambu-r-iva ^° suppamajjita sobbate ^^ su giva pure
mama
sa jaraya bbagga vinamita.^^ Saccavadi^ 262.
Vattapaligbasadisopama ubbo sobbate ^3 su baba ^4 pure
mama
ta jaraya yatha patali dubbalika.^s Saccavadi° 263.
Sanbamuddikasuvannamandita ^^ sobbate ^7 su battba pure
mama
te jaraya yatha mulamuUka. Saccavadi° 264.
Pinavattapahituggata ^^ ubbo sobbate ^9 su thanaka pure
mama
^ palambbita, cd. ^ qq^i[^ q^^ 3 upakulita piyam, cd.
4 kaipkakini sukatam, cd. ^ sobhare, m.
^ dahtipal°, cd. 7 sobhare, m.
^ khandhayavasita, cd. ; khandayacasita, m.
9 vanasonda°, cd. ^° sanhamundika suvannamandita, cd.
^^ sobhare, m. ^^ vinasita, cd. ^3 sobhare, m.
^"^ baba, om. cd. ^5 jarayatha patalibbaHta, cd. m.
^^ sanhatammudi va pupphamajjita, cd. ^7 sobhare, m.
^3 ovattasahit,° m. ; °pabitumgata, cd. ^9 sobhare, m.
TIIEFJ CiATIIA. 60. 209
te rinclT va ^ lambante 'nodakfi. Saccava(li° 205.
Kaiicanaphalakam va sumattbam - sobbate3 su kayo pure
mama
so valibi sukbumfibi otato. Saccavri(li° 200.
Nagabbogasadisopama ubbo sobbate 4 su uru pure mama
te ^ jaraya yatba velunaliyo.6 Saccavadi° 267.
Sanbaniipurasuvannamanditil sobbate 7 su jamgbfi pure
mama
ta jaraya tiladandaka-r-iva. Saccavadi° 268.
Tiilapunnasadisopama ubbo sobbate ^ su pclda pure mama
te jaraya pbutika 9 valimata.^° Saccavadi^ 269.
Ediso abu ayam samussayo ^^ jajjaro babudukkbanam
alayo
so palepapatito jaragbaro. Saccavadi° 270.
Ima gatbayo abhasi. Tattha k a 1 a k cx ti kalakavanna.
Bbamaravaunasadisa ti kalaka bonta pi bba-
marasadisavanna. Siniddhambi ti attbo. Yellitagga
ti kuncitagga. Mulato pattbaya yava agga kuucita vellita
adika. M u d d h a j a ti kesa. Jar a y a ti jarabetu jaraya
upabatasobha. Sanavakasadisa ti sauasadisa ^- vaka-
sadisa ca sanavakasadisa ^3 c'eva. Makacivakasadisa ca ti
pi attbo. S a c c a V a d i V a c a n a m a u a il ii a t b a ti.
Saccavadino avitatbavadino ^4 sammasambuddbassa "sab-
bam rilpam aniccam jarabbibbutan " ti adi vacanam
aDannatba yatbabbutam eva. Na tattba vitatbam attbi ti.
V a s i t 0 V a ^5 s u r a b b i k a r a n d a k o ti puppba-
gandbavasacunnadibi vasito vasam gfdiapito pasadbanasa-
muggo viya sugandbi. P u p p h a p u r a m mama u 1 1 a -
mangabbuto ti campakasumanamallikadipuppbehi ^^
^ theri ti va, m. ^ sammattbam, m. cd.
3 sobbare, m. 4 sobbare, m. => ta, cd.
6 velunaliyo, cd. 7 sobbare, m.
s sobbare, m. 9 pbujita, m. ; pubbita, cd.
^° valimaka, cd. ^^ samudayo, cd.
^2 sana°, cd. ^3 sana°, cd. ^4 avitatatbavridino, cd.
^5 vasito ca, cd. ^^ dbammakasum°, cd.
15
210 LXVI. AMBAPALl.
purito pubbe mama kesakalapo. Nimmalo ti attho. Tan
ti uttamaiigam. A t h a paccba. Etarabi s a 1 o m a -
ganclbikam pakatikalomagandbam eva jatam. Atba va
salomagandbikan ti mattbalomehi samanagandbam.
Elakalomagandban ti pi vadanti.
Kananam va sabitam suropitam ti suttbu
ropitam sabitam gbanasannivesam uddbam eva uttbita-
uddbadigbasakbam ^ upavanam viya. Kocchasucivi-
citaggasobbitan ti pubbe kocchena suvannasuciya
ca kesajatavijatanena 2 vicitaggam butva sobbitam. Gba-
nabbavena va koccbasadisam butva pbaladantasucibi 3 vici-
taggataya sobbitam. T a n ti uttamaiigajam. Viralam"^
tabim tabinti. Tattba tattba viralam ^ vilunakesam.
Kanbagandbakasuvannamanditam ti su-
vannavajiradibi vibbusitam kanbakesapunjakam. Ye pana
panbakandakasuvannamanditan^ ti patbanti
tesam sanbabi7 suvannasucibi jatavijatanena manditan ti
attbo. Sobbate su venibi 'lankatamti sundarebi
rajarukkbapbalasadisebi kesavenibi alankatam butva pubbe
virajate.s Tamjaraya kbalitam sir am katan
ti tarn tatha sobbitam siram9idani jaraya kbalitam kba-
ndakbandikam ^° vilunakesam katam.
Cittakarasukata va lekbita ti cittakarena
sippina nilaya vannadbatuya suttbu kata lekba viya.
Subbamuka pure mama ti sundara bbamuka pubbe
mama. Sobbane gata mama bbamuka. V a 1 i b i p a -
1 a m b i t a ti nalatante uppannabi valibi palambanta ti.
Bbassara ti pabbassara. Surucira ti suttbu
rucira. Yatba manl^i ti manimuddika^^ viya. N e 1 1 a -
h e s u m ti sunetta abesum. A b b i n 1 1 a-m-a y a t a ti
abbinila butva ayata ca. T e ti netta. Jaray'abbi-
h a t a ti jaraya abbibata.
^ uttbita°, cd. 2 kesajatanivijatanena, cd.
3 pbaladandao, cd. 4 viru}bam, cd.
5 virujham, cd. ^ pandako, cd. 7 sandabi, cd.
8 virajito, cd. 9 saram, cd. ^o kbandatikam, cd.
" mani, cd. 12 manim° cd.
THERI GATIIA. G6. 211
Sanhatuii gasadisT ^ c fi ti sanbatungasesamu-
khavayavauam - anuriipa 'va. S o b h a t e ti vaddbetvfi tba-
pitabaritcxlavatti viya mama nfisika sobbate. S u a b b i -
yobbanam pati3 ti sundare abbinavayobbanakrde.
Sa nasika idani jaraya nivfiritasobbatriya patisedbikfi viya
jata.
K a n k a n a m v a s u k a t a m s u n i 1 1 b i t a ni ti.
Purimakappakatam suvannakaiikanam viya. Vatthala-
bhavam sandbaya vadati. Sobbate ti sobbante. 8 o -
bbante ti va patbo. Su iti nipatamattam. Kanna-
p a 1 i y 0 ti kannapanta.-^ V a 1 i b i p a 1 a m Ij i t a tabim
tabims uppamiavalibi valita butva vattaniya patecita vattba
kbandba viya mapaka olambanti.
Pattalimakulavannasadisa ti kadab'maku-
lasadisavanna. Kb an da ti kbandadibbedanapatanebi^
kbandita kbandabbavam gata. P i t a k a ti vannabbedena
pTtabbavam gata.
Kananambi vanasandacarinl kokila va
madburam niknjitan7 ti vanasande vocaranena
vanasandacarinl. s Kanane anusangitanivasini kokihi viya
madburalapam nikuji.9 Tato pi abam tan ti tarn
nikujitam ^° alapanam kbalitam tabin tabin ti
kbandadantadibbavena tattba tattba pakkbabtam jatam.
Santbakammudi va suppamajjita ti sutthii
pamajjita santhakam suvannasankba viya. B b a g g a
vinamita ti mamsaparikkbayena vibbiitasirajalanaya
bbagga butva vinata.
Vattapaligbasadisopama ti vattena parigba-
dandena samasama. T a ti ta ubbo pi bfibayo. Y a t b a
p a t a 1 i d u b b a 1 i k a " ti I- jajjarabbavena pbabtapatab-
sakbasadisa.
I sandat°, cd. ~ sandat°, cd.
3 sati, cd. 4 kannagandba, cd. ^ tabam tabam, cd.
^ sadisavannasanda kbandadbibbedapacanelii, cd.
7 madburanikujjitan, cd. ^ vanasondacarinl, cd.
9 nikujji, cd. ^° nikujjitam, cd.
" pataHppalita, cd. ^^ bi, cd.
212 LXVI. AMBAPALI.
S a n h a m u d d i k a s u V a n n a m a n d i t a ^ ti su-
vannamayabi mattbabliasuramuddikahi= vibbusita,
Y a t h a m u 1 a m u 1 i k a ti mulakakandasadisa.
Pinavattapabituggata ti pina vatta 3 anna-
mamiam pabita 4 'va butva uggata uddbamukba. S o -
bbate su tbanaka pure mamanti mama ubbo pi
tbana yatbavuttarupa butva suvannakalapiyo viya sobbi-
msu. Putbuttbe bi idam ekavacanam atitattbe ca vatta-
manavacanam. Tberiti va lambante 'nodaka
ti te ubbo pi me tbana anudaka galitajaba venudandake
tbapita^ udakabbasta^ viya lambanti.
Kaiicanassa pbalakam va sumattban7 ti
jatibingulakena makkbitva kbiraparimajjitasovannapbala-
kam viya sobbate. So valibi sukbumabi otato
ti so mama kayo idani sukbumabi valibi tabim tabim
vitato ^ valittacatam apanno.
Nagabbogasadisopama ti battbinagassa bat-
tbena samasama. Hattbi 9 bi idba bbunjati etena ti
bbogo ti vutto. Ta ti uruyoJ° Yatha velunaliyo ti
idani velupabbasadisa abesum.
Sanbaniipurasuvannamakkbita^Mi sini-
ddbamattebi suvannanupurebi vibbusita. J a n g b a ti
attbijaiigbayo. T a ti ta jangbayo. T i 1 a d a n d a k a - r -
iva ti appamamsalobitatta kisabbavena liinavasittbavisu-
kkbatiladandaka ^^ viya abesum. Eakaro padasandbikaro.
Tulapunnasadisopama ti mudusiniddbabbavena
simbalitulapunnapaliguntbitaupabanasadisa.^3 Te mama
pada idani p b u t i k a ^4 babita. Valimata vabmanto
jata.
E d i s 0 ti evarupo. A b u abosi. Yatbavuttappakaro
ay am samussayo ti ayam mama kayo. Jajjaro
^ sandamud°, cd. ^ o^^iasugatimudditabi, cd.
^ vattam, cd. 4 sabita, cd. s tbapitaip, cd.
6 °bbasma, cd. 7 sumattam, cd. ^ yivato, cd.
9 battbo, cd. lo ta uruyo, cd.
" °mandita, cd. 12 ulunavas°, cd.
^3 opalikundima°, cd. ; ^sadiso, cd. ^4 nipbutita, cd.
THERI GATIIA. C)G. 213
ti sitbilribaddlio. B a h u d u k k b a n a m a 1 a y o ti jaradi-
betukanam babunam dukkbruiani fdayabbuto. So p a 1 e -
p a p a t i t 0 ti so ayam samussayo palepapatito. Abbi-
sankbaralepaparikkbayena patabbimukbo ti attbo. So pi
alepapatito ^ ti va padaviggabo. So ev' attbo. J a r a -
g b a r 0 ti jinnagbarasadiso. Jaraya vtl gbarabbuto abosi.
Tasma saccavjidino dbammilnam yatbabbiitaiu sabbuvam
sammad - eva iiatva katbanato avitatbavadino sammasam-
buddbassa mama s a 1 1 b u v a c a n a m a n a n ii a t b Ti .3
Evam ayam tberi attano attabbave aniccatfiya sallakkba-
namukbena sabbesu pi tebbiimakadbammesu auiccatam
upadbaretva tadanusarena tattba dukkbalakkbanam
anantalakkbanam ca aropetva vipassanam ussukkripentl
maggapatipatiya arabattam papimi. Tena vuttam Apa-
dane :
Yo ramsipbnsitavelo Pbusso nama mabamimi
tassabam bbagini asim, ajayim khattiye kule. 1.
Tassa dbammam sunitvabam vippasannena cetasa
mabadanam daditvana pattbayim rilpasampadam. 2.
Ekatimse ito kappe Sikbi lokagganayako
uppanno lokapajjoto tilokasarano jino. 3.
Tadarunapure ramme brabmamiakulasambbava
vimuttacittam kupita 4 bbikkbunim abbisapayim. 4.
Vesika 'va anacara jinasasanadiisika
evam akkosayitvana tena papena kammiina 5.
Darnnam nirayam gantva mabadukkbasamappitri.
tato cuta manussesu npapanna tapassinl 6.
Dasa jatisabassani ganikattam akarayim.
tamha papa na muccissam bbutva duttbavisam yatbii. 7.
Brabmaceram asevissam Kassape jinasasane
tena kammavipakena ajayim tidase pure. 8.
Paccbime bbavasampatte abosim opapatikil
ambasakbantare jata Ambapall ti ten' abam. 9.
Parivuta panikotibi pabbajim jinasasane
^ alenarapatito, cd. ^ dbammad, cd.
3 annatba, cd. 4 vipatticittakupita, B.
214 XLVII. ROHINI.
pattaham acalam thanam dhita buddhassa orasa. 10.
Iddhisu ca vasi homi sotadhatuvisuddhiya
cetopariyananassa vasi homi mahamuni. 11.
Pubbenivasam janami dibbacakkhu visodhitam
sabbasavaparikkhina n'atthi dani punabbhavo. 12.
Atthadhammaniruttisu patibhane tath'eva ca
nanam me vimalam suddham buddhasettbassa vahasa. 13.
Kilesa jhapita mayham — pa — katam buddhassa sasanan
ti. 14.
Ambapaliya theriya gathavannana samatta.
LXVII.
Samana ti bhoti mam vipassi ti adika
Eohiniya theriya gatha. Ayam pi purimabuddhesu katadhi-
kara tattha tattha bhave vivattupanissayam kusalam
upacinanti ito ekanavutikappe Vipassissa bhagavato kale
kulagehe nibbattitva vayappatta ^ ekadivasam Bandhuma-
tinagare bhagavantam pindaya carantam disva pattam
gahetva puvassa piiretva pattam bhagavato datva pitiso-
manassajata pancapatitthitena vanditva sa tena pumiakam-
mena devamanussesu samsaranti anukkamena upacitavi-
mokkhasambhara hutva imasmim buddhuppade Yesaliyam
Mahavibhavassa brahmanassa gehe nibbattitva EohinI ti
laddhanama vinnutam patta satthari Vesaliyam viharante
viharam gantva dhammam sutva sotapanna hutva matapi-
tunam dhammam desetva sasane pasadam uppadetva te
anujanapetva sayam pabbajitva vipassanaya kammam ka-
ronti na jirass' eva saha patisambhidahi arahattam papuni.
Tena vuttam Apadane :
Nagare Bandhumatiya Vipassissa mahesino
pindaya vicarantassa puve dasim aham tada. 1.
Tena kammena sukatena cetanapanidhihi ca
tattha cittam pasadetva Tavatimsam agacchi 'ham. 2.
^ pavatta cd.
THERI GATHA. 67. 215
Chattimsa devarrijuuam mahesittam akfirayim
paunasa cakkavattluam mahesittam akarayini. 3.
ManaStl patthita nilma sabbam mayham samijj hatha
sampattim anubhiitvrina devesii maniijesu ca. 4.
Pacchime bhavasampatte jatd vippakule aham
Eohiiil uilma namena natakehi piyayitfi. 5.
BhikkhiiDam santikam gantva dhammam sutva yathata-
thani
samviggamanasa hutva pabbajim anagariyam. 6.
Yoniso padahantinam arahattam aptlpunim
ekanavute ito kappe yam danam akarim tada 7.
Duggatim nabhijanami puvadauass' idam phalam.
kilesa jhapita mayham — pa — katam buddhassa sasanan
ti. 8.
Arahattam pana patva attano patipattim paccavekkhitva
pubbe sotapannakale pitara attana vacanapativacanavasena
vuttagatha udanavasena bhasanti :
Samana ti bhoti mam vipassi samana ti patibujjhasi ^
samanan' eva kittesi, samani niina bhavissasi.^ 271.
Vipulam annam ca panam ca samananam pavecchasi 3
Rohini dani pucchami : kena te samana piya ? 272.
Akammakama alasa paradattopajlvino
asamsuka sadukama4 kena te samana piya ? 273.
Cirassam vata mam tata samananam paripucchasi
tesan te kittayissami paMasilaparakkamam. 274.
Kammakama analasa kammasetthassa kfiraka
ragarn dosam pajahanti tena me samana piya. 275.
Tini papassa mulani dhunanti sucikarino
sabbapapam 5 pahin' esam tena me samana piya. 270.
Kayakammam suci nesam vacikammam ca tadisam
manokammam suci nesam tena° 277.
^ patibujjhati, cd. ; pabujjhasi, m. - bhavissati, cd.
3 samananam sayam casi, cd. •+ sadunukama, cd.
5 sabbam papam, cd.
216 LXVII. ROHINI.
Vimala samkhamutta 'va suddha santarabahira
punna sukkanam dhammanam tena° 278.
Bahussuta dhammadhara ariya dhammajivino
attham dhammam ca desenti tena° 279.
Bahussuta dhammadhara ariya dhammajivino
ekaggacitta satimanto tena° 280.
Durangama satimanto mantabhani ^ anuddhata
dukkhass' antam pajananti tena° 281.
Yamha gama pakkamanti na vilokenti kincanam ^
anapekkha 'va gacchanti tena^ 282.
Na te sam kotthe ^ osenti 4 na kumbhim na kalopiyam
parinitthitam esana tena° 283.
Na te hirannam ganhanti na suvannam na rupiyam
paccuppannena yapenti tena^ 284.
Nanakula pabbajita nanajanapadehi ca
annamaniiam piyayanti 5 tena° 285.
Atthaya vata no bhoti kule jata si Kohini ^
saddha buddhe ca dhamme ca saiighe ca tibbagarava 286.
Tuvam h'etam pajanasi ^ punnakkhettam anuttaram
Amham pi ete samana j)atiganhanti dakkhinam.
patitthito h'ettha yamio ^ vipulo no bhavissati. 287.
Sace bhayasi 9 dukkhassa sace te dukkham appiyam
upehi saranam buddham dhammam saiigham ca tadinam
samadiyahi silani tani te atthaya hehiti. 288.
Upemi saranam buddham dhammam saiigham ca tadinam
samadiyami silani tarn me atthaya hehiti. 289.
Brahmabandhu pure asi so idani 'mhi brahmano
tevijjo sotthiyo c'amhi vedagu c'amhi nhatako ^° ti. 290.
Ima gatha paccudabhasi. Tattha adito tisso gatha attano
dhitu bhikkhusu sammutim " aticchantena vutta. Tattha
samana ti bhoti mam vipassi ti. Bhoti tvam
^ mantabhana, cd. ^ kincinam, cd. ^ kottha, cd.
4 openti, m. 5 pihayanti, m.
^ jata pi Eohini, cd. 7 hetu pajanami, cd.
^ sotthim yanfio, cd. 9 bhayati, cd.
^° natako, cd. ^^ sammuti, cd.
i
tiierT Ctatiia. 07. 217
passanakale pi samanfi ti kittentl samanapatibaddbam ^
yeva katbam katbentl passasi.^ Sam an a ti pati-
bujjbasT ti passanato uttbahantl samana ice' eva
patibujjbasi niddaya vuttbasi.3 Samananam eva
ki tte SI ti sabbakillam pi samane eva samananam eva vfi
gune kittesi abbittbavasi. S a m a n I n u n a 1) b a v i s -
s a s 1 4 ti giblrupena tbitfi vicittcna samanl eva mafifie
bbavissasi. Atba \ii s a m a n i n u n a b b a v i s s a s T 5 ti
idani gibirupena tbita pi naciren' eva samanT eva mafme
bbavissasi.
Samanesu eva ninnaponabbavato vaccbasl ti desi.
E 0 b i n i d a n i p u c c h a m i ti amma Eobini ^ tarn
abam idani piiccbami ti brabmano attano dbitaram puc-
cbanto aba : k e n a t e samana p i y a ti. Amma
Eobini 7 tvam sayanti pi pabujjbanti pi annadrisi sama-
nanam eva gune kittayasi. Kena nama karanena tuybam
samana piyayitabba jata ti attho.
Idani brabmano samanesu dosam dbitu acikkbanto
a k a m m a k a m a ti gatbam aba. Tattba a k a m m a -
kama ti na kammakama attano paresam ca attbavabam
kinci kammam na katukama. A 1 a s a ti kusita. P a r a -
dattopajivino ti parebi dinnam yeva upajlvanasibl.
A s a m s u k a ti tato vuddha pajananadinam Tisimsanaka.
Sadukama ti sadu madburam eva fdiaram iccbanaka.
Sabbam etam brabmano samananam gune ajananto attana
ca parikappitam dosam aba.
Tarn sutva Eobini^^laddbo djlni me okfiso ayyanam gune
katbetum" ti tuttbamanasa bbikkbunam gune kittetukama
patbaman tava tesam kittane somanassam pavedenti
cirassam vata man tata ti gatbam fdia. Tattba
cirassam vata ti cirena vata. T a t a ti pitaram
alapati. Samananam ti samane. Samananam va
maybam piyayitabbam. T e s a n ti samananam. P a n -
I opatibandbam, cd. - passati, cd. 3 vuttbisi, cd.
4 bbavissati, cd. 5 bbavissati, cd. ^ Eobini, cd.
7 Eobini, cd. ^ Eobini, cd.
218 LXVII. ROHINI.
nasilaparakkaman ti pancasilam ca ussaham ca.
Kittayissami ti patijanetva te kittenti.
Akammakama alasa ti tena vuttadosam tava nib-
bethetva tappatipakkhabhutagunam dassetum k a m m a -
kama ti adim aha. Tattha kammakama ti vatta-
pativattadibhedam kammam samanakiccam paripurana-
vasena kamenti icchanti ti kammakama. Tattha yuttapa-
yutta hutva utthaya samutthaya vayamanato na alasa ti
a n a 1 a s a. Tarn pana kammam settham uttamam nibba-
navaham eva karonti ti kammasetthassa karaka.
Karonta pana tarn patipattiya avajjabhavato r a g a m
dosam pajahanti. Yatha ragadosa pahiyanti evam
samanakammam karonti. Tena me samana piya ti
tena yathavuttena sammapatipajjanena mayham samana
piya piyayitabba ti attho.
Tini^ papassa mulanl ti lobhadosamohasam-
khatani akusalassa tini mulani. Dhunanti ti niccha-
denti pajahanti ti attho. Sucikarino ti anavajjakam-
makarino. Sabbapapam^ pah in' esam ti agga-
maggadhigamena sabbam pi papam pahinam.
Evam samana sucikarino ti samkhepato vuttam attham
vibhajitva dassetum k a y a k a m m a n ti gatham aha. Tarn
suviMeyyam eva.
Vimala samkhamutta 'vati sudhotasamkha viya
mutta viya ca vigatamala ragadimalarahita. S u d d h a
santarabahira ti santarabahirato suddha suddha-
sayapayoga ti attho. Punna sukkehi dhammehl
ti ekantasukkehi anavajjadhammehi paripunna. Asek-
khehi silakkhandhadihi samannagata ti attho.
Suttageyyadi bahussutam etesam sutena ca uppanna ti
bahussuta. Pariyattibahusaccena pativedhabahusac-
cena ca samannagata ti attho. Tam eva duvidham 3 pi
dhammam dharenti ti dhammadhara. Sattanam
acarasamacarasikkhapadena dhammena nayena jivanti ti
dhammajivino. Attham dhammam ca
^ tmi, cd. 2 Sabbapapa, cd. 3 uvidham, cd.
THERl GATn.V G7. 219
deseuti^ ti bhrisitattliam ca dcsaurulliammain ca
kathenti pakasenti ti. Atliava atthato auapetaui clhainiiiato
anapetam ca desenti acikkhanti.
Ekaggacitta ti samribitacittfi. Satimato ti
upatthitasatiuo. D u r a m g a m Ti ti aranuagatfiya manus-
supacaram muiicitva diiram gacchanti.^ Itthanubhavena
vil yatbrirucitam durattbanam gaccbanti ti diirai'igama.
Manta vuccati pamifi. Taya bbananasilatfiya m a n -
t a b b a n i. Na uddbata ti a n u d d b a t a. Uddhaccara-
bita viipasantacitta. Dukkbass' antam pajfinanti
ti vattadukkbaya pariyantabbiitam nibbaDam pativijjbanti.
Na vilokenti kincanams ti yato gainato pakka-
manti tasmim game kiuci sattam va samkbarain va apek-
kbavasena na olokenti. Atba kbo pana anapekkba
'va gaccbanti pakkamanti.
Nate sain kottbe osenti tite samana sam attano
santakam sapateyyam kottbe na osenti na patisiimetva
tbapenti. Tadisassa pariggabassa abbavato. K u m b b i n
ti kumbbiyam. K a 1 o p i y a m ti paccbiyam. P a r i n i t-
tbitam esana ti parakulesu paresu attbaya siddbam
eva gbasam pariyesanta.
Hirannan ti kabapana. Eupiyan ti rajatam.
Paccuppannena y a pent! ti atitam ananusccanta
anagatam ca apaccasimsanta paccuppannena yapenti
attabbavam pavattenti. A ii ii a m a n n a m p i y a y a n 1 1
ti 4 annamaiinasmim mettim karonti. P i y a y a n 1 1 ti pi
patbo. So ev' attbo.
Evam brabmauo dbltuya santike bbikkbunam guue sutva
pasannamanaso dbitaram pasamsanto attbaya v a t a
ti adim aba.
A m b a m pi ti ambakam pi. D a k k b i n a n ti deyya-
dbammam. E 1 1 b a ti etesu samanesu. Y a n n o ti
danadbammo. Y i p u 1 o ti vipulapbalo. Sesam vutta-
nayam eva. Evam brabmauo saranesu silesu ca patittbito
aparabbage samjatasamvego pabbajitva vipassanam vad-
^ dassenti, cd. "" gaccbati, cd.
3 kincinam, cd. ^ annamaunam pisniin ti, cd.
220 LXVIII. CAPA.
dhetva arahatte patitthaya attano patipattim^ paccavek-
khitva udanento ^brahmabandhiiti gatham aha. Tass'
attbo hettha vutto yeva.
Robiniya tberiya gatbavannana samatta.
LXVIII.
Lattbib attbo pure asis ti adika Capaya tberiya
gatba. Ayam pi purimabuddbesu katadbikara tattba tattba
bbave vivattiipanissayam kusalam upacinanti anukkamena
upacitakusalamulasambbutavimokkbasambbara butva imas-
raim buddbuppade Vaiikabarajanapade annatarasmim
migaluddakagame jettbakaraigaluddakassa dbita butva
nibbatti. Capa ti 'ssa namam abosi. Tena ca samayena
Upako ajivako bodbimandato dbammacakkam pavattetum
Baranasim uddissa gaccbantena sattbara saba gato vippa-
sanno " paripunnani kbo te avuso indriyani, parisuddbo
cbavivanno pariyodato, kam si tvam avuso uddissa pab-
bajito ko va te sattba kassa va tvani dbammani rocesi " ti
puccbitva :
Sabbabbibbu sabbavidu 'bam asmi sabbesu dbaramesu
anupalitto
sabbamjabo tanbakkbaye 4 vimutto sayam abbinnaya kam
uddiseyyan ti.
na me acariyo attbi sadiso me na vijjati
sadevakasmim lokasmim n'attbi me patipuggalo
dbammacakkam 5 pavattetum gaccbami Kasinam puram
andbabbutasmim lokasmim abaiicbum amatadudrabbin ti.
Sattbara attano sabbannubuddbabbave dbammacakka-
pavattane ca pavedite pasannacitto so buveyya p' avuso,
arab' asi anantajino ti vatva ummaggam gabetva pakkanto
^ patipatti, cd. ^ udananto, cd: 3 avasi, cd.
4 tanbakkbayo, cd. 5 brabmacakkam, cd
therT gatha. 68. 221
Vaukaharajanapadam agamasi. So tattha ekam migaliul-
dakagamakam npanissfiya vfisam kappesi. Tani tattha
jetthakamigalucldako upatthasi. So ekadivasani dfiram
migavam gaccbanto " mayham arahante mfi pamajjl " ti
attano dhltaram Capaiii finripetyri agamasi saddhini putta-
bhritukehi. Sa c'assa dhlta abliiriipri Loti dassanlyfi.
Atlia Upako ajivako bbikkhacilravelaya inigahiddakassa
gbaram gato parivisitum ^ upagatam Capain disva ragena
abhibbiito bbunjitum pi asakkouto bbrijanena bbattam
adaya vasanattbanam gantva bbattam ekamante nikkbi-
pitva sace Capam labbissami jivami no ce marissami ti
nirabaro nipajji. Sattame divase migakiddako agantvfi
dbitaram puccbi : " kim maybam arabante appamajjl " ti.
*' So ekadivasam eva agantva puna nagatapubbo " ti aba.
Migaluddako ca tavad ev' assa vasanattbanam gantvci kim
bbante apbasukan ti pade parimajjanto puccbi. Upako
nittbunanto ^ parivattati yeva. So vada bbante yam maya
sakka katum sabbam tarn karissama ti aba. Upako ekena
pariyayena attano ajjbasayam arocesi. Itaro " janasi pana
kinci sippan " ti. " Na janami kinci sippan " ti, " Ajanan-
tena sakka gbaram avasitun " ti. Tumbakam mamsabarako
bbavissami mamsam ca vikkinissami ^ ti. Magaviko ani-
bakam pi etad eva ruccati ti uttarisatakam datva attano
sabaj^akassa gebe katipabam vascipetva tadise divase
gbaram anetva dbitaram adasi. Atba kale gaccbante
tesam samvasani anvaya putto nibbatti. Subbaddo ti 'ssa
namam akamsu. Capa tassa rodanakale Upakassa putta
ajivakassa putta mamsabarakassa putta ma rodi ma rodi ti
adina vuttavasena gitena Upakam uppandeti. So "m<i
tvani Cape mani anatba" ti mamii. Attbi me sabayo
anantajino nama. Tassabam santikam gamissfiml ti aba.
Capa evani ayam attiyati ti fiatva punappunaiu tatba
katbesi yeva. So ekadivasam taya katbaya vutte kujjbitva
gantum araddbo. Taya tarn tarn vatvti anunTyamano pi
pafinattim-^ ilgaccbanto paccbimadisabbimukbo pakkami.
^ pavisitum, cd. = nittbunanto, cd.
3 vikkinissami, cd. -^ pamiatti, cd.
222 LXVIII. CAPA.
Bhagava ca tena samayena Savatthiyam Jetavane viha-
ranto bhikkhunam acikkhi. Yo bhikkhave " ajja kuhim
anantajino " ti idhagantva pucchati tarn mama santikam
pesetha ti. Upako pi " kuhim anantajino vasati " ti
tattha tattha pucchanto anupubbena Savatthim gantva
viharam pavisitva viharamajjhe thatva " kuhim ananta-
jino " ti pucchi. Tarn bhikkhu bhagavato santikam
nayimsu. So bhagavantam disva '*janatha mam bhagava"
ti. " Ama janami." ''Kuhim pana tvam ettakam kalam
vasi " ti. " Vankaharajanapade bhante " ti. '' Upaka idani
mahallako jato pabbajitum sakkhissasi " ti. " Pabbajis-
sami bhante " ti. Sattha aiinataram bhikkhum anapesi :
" Ehi tvam bhikkhu imam pabbajehi " ti. So tarn pab-
bajesi. So pabbajito satthu santike kammatthanam
gahetva bhavanam anuyunjanto na cirass' eva anagami-
phale patitthaya kalam katva avihesu nibbatto. Nibbattak-
khane yeva arahattam apapuni.^ Avihesu nibbattamatta
satta jana arahattam patta. Tesam ayam aniiataro.
Vuttam h'etam :
Aviham upapanna 'me vimutta satta bhikkhavo
ragadosaparikkhlna tinna soke vippattitam
Upako Salakantho ^ ca Pukkuso 3 ti ca te tayo
Bhaddiyo Khandadevo ca Bahunandi 4 ca Pihgiyo
te hitva manasam deham dibbayogam upaccagun ti.
Upake pana pakkante nibbindahadaya Capa darakam
ayyakassa niyyadetva pubbe Upakena gatamaggam
gacchanti Savatthim gantva bhikkhunlnam santike pab-
bajitvi.; vipassanaya kammam karonti maggapatipatiya
arahatte patitthita attano patipattim paccavekkhitva
pubbe Upakena attana cas kathitagathayo udanavasena
ekajjham katva :
^ apapuni, cd. ^ Salakando, cd.
3 Pukkusa, cd. 4 Bahumanti, cd.
5 attana va, cd.
THERl GATE A. G8. 228
Latthihattho pure Tisi so dani migaluddako
fisfiya ^ palipa gliora nasakkhi param otase.- 291
Sumattam 3 mam mannamana Ctipa puttam atosayi 4
Capa3'a bandhanam clietyfi pabbajissam puno-m-
abam.5 292.
Ma me kujjbi mabavira mil me kiijjbi mabamuni
na bi kodbaparetassa ^ suddbi attbi kuto tapo. 293.
Pakkfimissau 7 ca Nabito ko' dba Nabxya vaccbati
bandbanti ittbiriipena samane dbammajivino. 294.
Ebi Kala nivattassu bbunja kame yatba pure
abam ea te vasikata ye ca me santi natakfi. 295.
Etto c'eva ^ catubbbagam yatba bbasasi tarn ca me
tayi rattassa posassa ularam vata tarn siya. 296.
Kal' anginim 9 va takkarim i° puppbitam girimuddbani
pbullam dalikalattbim ^^ va antodipe va patalim.^^ 297.
Haricandanalittangim ^^ kasikuttamadbarinim ^4
tarn mam rupavatim santim ^s kassa obaya gaccbasi. 298.
Sakuntiko va sakunim ^^ yatba bandbitum iccbati ^7
abarimena rupena na mam tvam badbayissasi. 299.
Iman ^^ ca me puttapbalam Kala uppaditam taya
tarn mam puttavatim santim ^9 kassa obaya gaccbasi. 300.
Jabanti putte sappaniia tato nati tato dbanam
pabbajanti mabavira nago cbetva va bandbanam. 301.
Idani te imam puttam dandena cburikaya va
bbumiyam va nisumbbeyyam^oputtasoka na gaccbasi. ^^ 302.
Sace puttam sigalanam kukkuranam padabisi 22
na mam puttakate jammi ^3 punar avattayissasi. 303.
^ asaya, cd. ^ assitum, m. ; etasse, cd. 3 sumutta, cd.
4 atosayam, cd. 5 puno-p-abam, m. ^ kodbrq)", cd.
7 pakkam°, cd. ^ etto Cape, m. 9 kalamkfma, cd.
^° takkari, cd. " dalimalattbl, m. ; dfdijalattbi, cd.
12 patali, cd. ^3 otangi, cd. ^4 odbarini, cd.
^5 rupavati santT, cd. ^^ sakuni, cd. ^7 iccbasi, cd.
^s aman, cd. ^9 tvam mam puttavatl santI, cd.
20 nisumbbissa, m. ; nisumbbiyani, cd. 21 gaccbati, cd.
22 sada bi pi, cd. ^3 puttamkate jappi, cd.
224 LXVIII. CAPA.
Handa kho dani bhaddan te kuhim Kala gamissasi ^
katamam gamam ^ nigamam nagaram rajadhaniyo.3 304.
Ahumha pubbe ganino asamana samanamanino
gamena gamam vicarimha nagare rajadhaniyo.4 305.
Eso hi bhapjava buddho nadim 5 Neraiijaram pati
sabbadukkhapahanaya dhammam desesi paninam.
tassaham santike gaccham so me sattha bhavissati. 306.
Vandanan dani vajjasi lokanatham anuttaram
padakkhinan ca katvana adiseyyasi dakkhinam. 307.
Etam kho labbham ^ amhehi yatha bhasasi tam ca me 7
vandanan dani te vajjam ^ lokanatham anuttaram
padakkhinam ca katvana adisissami dakkhinam. 308.
Tato ca Kalo pakkami nadim 9 Neraiijaram pati
so addasasi sambuddham desentam amatam padani. 309.
Dukkham dukkhasamuppadam dukkhassa ca atikkamam
Ariyatthaiigikam maggam dukkhupasamagaminam. 310.
Tassa padani vauditva katvana nam padakkhinam ^°
Capaya adisitvana ^^ pabbaji anagariyam.
tisso vijja anuppatta katam buddhassa sasanan ti. 311.
Ima gatha abhasi. Tattha latthihattho ti danda-
hattho. Pure ti pubbe paribbajakakale. Candagonakuk-
kuradinam pariharanattham dandam hatthena gahetva
vicaranako ahosi. So dani migaluddako ti so eko
idani migaluddehi saddhim sambhogasamvasehi migaluddo
magaviko jato. A s a y a ti tanhaya. A s i y a ti pi patho.
Ajjhasayahetu ti attho. P al i p a ti kamapaiikato ditthi-
pankato ca. Ghora ti aviditavipulatta ca hattha darunato
ghora. Na sakkhi param etase^^^i tass' eva
pahpassa parabhutaru ^3 nibbanam etuni ^4 gantum na
I kuhi Kalagamo, cd. ^ gama, cd,
3 rajathaniyo, cd. 4 rajathaniyo, cd. s nadi, cd.
6 laddham, cd. 7 yatha bhasi tuvam ca me, m.
8 te gaccham, cd. 9 nadi, cd.
^° katvanam abhiddakkhinam, cd.
" avikatvana, cd. ^2 etasse, cd
^3 paragutam, cd. ^4 etam, cd.
ther! gatha. IkS. 225
sakklii Ilea abhisainblmuT ti. Att'niam eva saiulhava
Upako vadati.
S 11 m a 1 1 a m m a m m a n n a in fi n a ti attaiii sut t liu
mattam ^ madappattani kfimagedhavasena laggaiu painat-
tani va katva main sallakkhantl. C a p a putt a m
a t 0 s a y T - ti migaluddassa dliTtfi Capa Tijlvakassa piitta
ti Tidina mam ghattenti pnttam tosesi keh'ipassasi. Putt am
m a m m a fi n a m a n fi ti ca patlianti. SubhatI ti mam
maiinamanci 3 ti attho. C a p a y a ba n d h a n a in c h g t v fi
ti Cjipaya tayi uppannam kilesabaudhanam cbindetva.
P a b b a j i s s a m4 p u n o - m - a b a u ti puna dutiyavfiram
pi abam pabbajissami. Idaui tassa maybam attbo n'attbl
ti vadati.
Tarn sutva Capaya kbaiinipentl m Ti me kujjbi ti
gatbam aba. Tattba ma me kujjbi ti kelikaraiiamat-
tena ma maybam kujjbi. M a b a v I r a m a h c1 m u n I
ti Upakam alapati. Tarn bi sa " pubbe pi pabbajito idani
pabbajitukamo " ti katva kbantim ^ ca paccasimsantl ^
m a b a m u n I ti iiba. Tenevaba : n a b i k o d b a-
p a r e t a s s a s u d d b i a 1 1 b i k u t o t a p o ti. Tvaiii
ettakam pi asabanto katbam cittain damessasi " katbaia
va tapam carissasi ti adbippayo.
Atba Ncllam gantva jivitukamfi pT ti Cfipaya vutto aba :
p a k k a m i s s a m c a N a 1 Ti t o k o ' d b a N fi 1 a y a
V a c c b a 1 1 ti. Ko idba Nahiya vasissati, Nalato 'va abam
pakkamissam' eva. So hi tassa jatagamo. Tato nikkba-
mitva pa.bbajitatta evam fdia. Nala ti Upakassa jTita-
gamo. So ca Magadbarattbe Bodhimandassa asaimapadese.
Tarn sandbaya vuttam : bandbanti ittbirupena
s a m a n e d b a m m a j I v i n o ti. Cape tvaiii dbammeua
jivaute dbammike pabbajite attauo ittbirupena kuttilkap-
pebi bandbanti tittbasi. Yenabaiu idfini yadiso jato tasmti
tarn pariccajami ti adbippayo.
^ matta, cd. ^ puttam matopassi, cd.
3 mannamilno, cd. •+ pal)bajissam yam, cd.
5 khanti, cd. ^ paccasimsanantl, cd. ^ damessati, cd.
' IG
226 LXYIII. CAPA.
Evam vutte Capa tarn nivattetukama : e h i K a 1 a ^ ti
gatham aha. Tass' attho : kalavannataya ^ K a 1 a Upaka.
E h i 11 i V a 1 1 a s s u ma pakkami. Pubbe viya k a m e
paribhunja. Ahamca ye ca me santi nataka
te sabbe tnyham imaya pakkamitukamataya v a s T k a t a
vasavattito kata ti.
Tarn sutva Upako etto c'eva ti gatham aha. Tattha
Cape ti Cape. Capasadisa-angalatthitaya sa Capa ti
namam labhi. Tasma Capa ti vuccati. Tvam Cape y a t h a
bh asa s i idani yadisams kathesi ito c a t u b b h a g a m ce
piyasamudaharam kareyyasi. Tayi rattassa raga-
bhibhiitassa p u r i s a s s a u 1 a r a m v a t a tarn s i y a .
Aham pan' etarahi tayi kamesu ca viratto tasma Capaya
vacanena titthami ti adhippayo.
Puna Capa attani tassa asattim 4 uppadetukama K a 1 '
a n g i n i m 5 ti aha. Tattha K a 1 a ti tassa alapanam.
Anginin^ ti ahgalatthisampannam. Va iti 7 upamaya
nipato. T a k k a r i m s p u p p h i t a m g i r i m u d d h a n i
ti pabbatamuddhani thitam supupphitadahkalatthim9 viya.
Ukkagarinti keci pathanti. Aiigalatthim^Q viya ti attho.
GirimuddhanI ti ca idam kenaci anupahatasobhata-
dassanattham vuttam. Keci k a 1 i g i n i n ti patham vatva
tassa kumbhandalatasadisan ti attham vadanti. P h u 1 1 a -
d a 1 i m a 1 a 1 1 h i m v a ti^^ pupphitam bljapiiralatam viya.
Antodipe va patalin ti dipagabbhantare pupphita-
pataHrukkham viya. Dipagahanan c'ettha sokapatihariya-
dassanattham eva.
H a r i c a n d a n a 1 i 1 1 a h g i n ^2 i[ lohitacandanena anu-
littasabbahgim. ^3 K a s i k u 1 1 a m a d h a r i n i n ^4 ti utta-
makarikavatthadharam. Tarn man ti tadisam mam.
Kupavatim santin^s ti rupasampannasamanam.
^ Kala, cd. ^ kalavann°, cd. 3 sadisam, cd.
4 asatti, cd. 5 Kal' ahgitam, cd. ^ angini, cd.
7 ca iti, cd. ^ takkari, cd. 9 olatthi, cd.
1° Angatthilatthi, cd. ^^ latthitan ti, cd,
^2 otangi, cd. 13 obangi, cd.
'+ °dharinan, cd. ^s mpavatl santI, cd.
THERl GATIIA. 68. '227
K a s s a o h a y a ,ij; a c c li a s i ti kassa nfima sattassa
kassa va betuuo kena karanena pahaya obaya pariccajitva
gaccbasi.
Ito param pi tesain vacanapativacanagathri 'va thapetva
pariyosfiue tisso gfitlia. Tattlia s a k u u t i k o ti sakunaluddo
viya. Abarimena rupena ti kesauiandanridiua sari-
rajagganeiia c'eva vattbribbaranrulina ca al)bisaiukbarikona
rupena vaniiena kittimena caturiyena ca ti attbo. N a
m a in t v a m b a d b a y i s s a s i ti pubbe viya idfmi main
tvam 11 a ])adbitum sakkbissasi.
P u 1 1 a p b a 1 a n ti piittasamkbatapbabam puttappa-
savo.
S a p p a ii n a ti paiinavanto. Samsfirena Tidinavavi-
bbjivaniya pamiaya samannagata ti adbippayo. Te bi
appam va mabantam pi iiatiparivattabbogakkbaiidbain va
pabciya pabbajanti. Tenjiba : p a b b a j a n t i m a b fi v I r a '
n a g 0 c b e t V a V a b a n d b a n a m ti. Ayam bandbauani
viya battbinago gibibandbauam ~ cbindetva mabaviriya ca
pabbajanti. Na binaviriya ti attbo.
Dandena ti yena kenaci dandena. Cburikaya ti
na kburena. 3 Bbumiyam vanisnmbbeyyan'^ti
patbaviyam patetva 5 badbanavijjbanadina ^ vibadbissami.
P n 1 1 a s o k fi n a gaccbasi ti puttasokanimittam na
gaccbissasi.
P a d a b i s I 7 ti dassasi. P u 1 1 a k a t e ti puttakcirakfi.
J a m m i ti tassa ^ alapanam. Lamake ti attbo.
Idani tassa gamanam anujanitvri gamanattbruiain janitum
b a n d a k b o ti gatbam aba. Itaro pubbe abam aniyyani-
kam sasanam paggayba attbasi, idani pana niyyrniika-
anantajinassa sasane tbatukamo. Tasma *' tassa santikaiii
gamissami " ti dassento abumba9 ti fidim aba. Tattba
ganino ti ganadbara. Asamaiia ti na samitapapa.
S ama n am an in 0 ti samitapapa ti evaiiisannino.
Vicarimba ti piiranadlsu attrmaiu pakkbipitva va(hiti.
^ mabavira, cd. - ^bandbana, cd. 3 kbarena, cd.
4 nisumbbiyan, cd. 5 pfitlietva, cd. '' bodbana°, cd.
7 sadabisi, cd. ^ tassa, cd. 9 amba, cd.
228 LXIX. SUNDAPJ.
N e r a n j a r a m ^ p a t i ti Neraiijaraya nadiya samipe.
Tassa tire bnddho abhisambodhim patto ti abhisambodhim ^
dassento sabbakalam bhagava tattlia vasi ti adhippayena
vadati.
V a n d a n a m d a n i me v a j j a s i ti mama vandanam
vadeyyasi 3 mama vacanena lokanatham anuttaram vadey-
yasi ti attho. Padakkhinam ca katvana adisey-
y a s i 4 d a k k h i n a n ti buddham bhagavantam tikkhat-
tum padakkhinam katva pi catiisu thanesu vanditva tatO'
puiiilato may bam pattidanam dento padakkhinam adisey-
yasi 5 ti buddhagiinanam sutapubbattahetusampannataya
ca evam vadati.
E t a m k h 0 1 a b b h a m ^ a m h e h i ti etam padak-
khinakaranam punnam amhehi tava dhatum sakka na
nivattanam piibbe viya kamiipabhogo ca na sakka ti adhip-
payo. T u V a m C a p e ti tvam Cripe. Vajjam vakkhami.7
8 0 ti Kalo. A d da s a s i ti addakkhi. Satthudesanaya
saccakathaya padhanatta sabbadhi muttaya ^ abhavato
d u k k h a n ti adi vuttam. Sesam vuttanayam eva.
Capaya theriya gatbavannana samatta.
LXIX.
P e t a n i b h o t i p u 1 1 a n i ti adika Sundariya theriya
gatha. Ayam pi pm*imabuddhesu katadhikara tattha tattha
bhave vivattupanissayam kusalam upacinanti ito ekatimse
kappe Vessabhussa bhagavato kale kulagehe nibbattitva
viniiuiam patta ekadivasam sattharam pindaya carantam
disva pasannamanasa bhikkham datva pancapatitthitena
vanditva ca sattha tassa cittappasadam natva anumodanam
katva pakkami. Sa tena puiinakammena tavatimsesu
^ Neranjara, cd. ^ abhisambodhi, cd.
3 vasseyyasi, cd. 4 adiseyyami, cd.
5 adiyeyyasi, cd. 6 laddham, cd.
7 gacchami vakkh°, cd. 8 sabbinimuttaya, cd.
TIIErvI GATIIA. (J9. 221)
nibbattitvfi tattba yrivatayukiiin katYfi (libbasampiittiiu auu-
bhavitvci tato cutri. Aparfiparani sugatibbavesu yeva
samsaranti paripakkanrinfi butvfi imasmiin Imddbuppride
Banuiasiyani Sujatassa nama brfibmaiiassa dbita biitvfi
nibbatti. Tassa rupasampattiya Sundarl ti namam abosi.
Vayappattakale c'assci kanittbabbata kabaiii akasi. Atb'
assci pitci puttasokena abbibbiito tattba tattba vicaranto '
Yasittbitneriya sainrigaDtva tarn sokavinodanakaranain
pucchanto p e t a n i - b b o t i ]) u 1 1 fi u i fidiufi dve gatba
abbilsi. Tbeii tarn 3 sokabbibbutam natvfi sokavinodetukamfi
b a h ii n i me p u 1 1 a s a t a n I ti adina dve gatba vatva
attano asokikabbtivam katbesi. Tain sutva lu-abmano
" katbam tvam ayye evam asoka jiltri " ti aba. Tassa tlieri
ratanattayagunam katbesi. Brabmaiio " kubim sattba "
ti puccbitva ** idtlni Mitbibiyam vibarati " ti sutva 4 tfivad
€va ratbam yojetva rathena Mitbilam gantva sattbciram
upasamkamitva vanditva sammodaniyam katbam katva
■ekamantam nisidi. Tassa sattba dbammam desesi. So
dbammam sutva patiladdbasaddbo pabbajitva vipassanam
pattbapetva gbatento vayamanto tatiyadivase arabattam -''
papuni. Atba saratbi ratbam ^ adaya Barfuiasim gantva
bralimaniya tarn pavattim ilrocesi. Sundari attauo pitu
pabbajitabbavam sutva " amma abam pi pabbajissfiml "
ti mataram apucchi. Mata " yam imasmini gebe bbogajTi-
tam sabban tarn tuybam santakam. Tvam imassa kulassa
dayadika. Patipajja imam sabbabbogani paril)burija mfi
j)abbaji " 7 ti fiba. Sa " na maybam bbogebi attbo. Pab-
bajissam' evabam amma" ti mataram anujauapetva maba-
tim sampattim ^ kbelapindam viya cbaddetva pabbaji.9
Pabbajitva ca sikkbamana yeva butvagbatenti ^° vfiyamauti
betusampannataya fianassa pariptikam gatattfi saba pati-
sambbidahi arabattam pfipuni. Tena vuttam Apadane :
^ vicarante, cd. ^ petfi lui, cd. ^ tberi tassa, cd.
4 ti tarn sutva, cd. 5 arabatta, cd. ^ ratba, cd.
7 pabbajji, cd. ^ mabati sampatti, cd.
9 pabbajji, cd. ^° gbattenti, cd.
230 LXIX. SUNDARI.
Pindapatam carantassa Vessabhussa mahesino
kataccbubhikkbam paggayha buddbasettbassa das'abaip. 1.
Patiggabetva sambuddbo Vessabbii lokanayako
vitbiya ^ santbito sattba aka me anumodanam. 2.
Kataccbubbikkbam datvana Tavatimsam garni ssasi
cbattimsa devarajiinam mabesittam karissasi. 3.
Pannasam cakkavattinam mabesittam karissasi
manasa pattbitam sabbam patilaccbasi sabbada. 4.
Sampattim ^ anubbotvana pabbajissasi 'kincana 3
sabbasave pariiiiiaya nibbayissasi 'nasava.4 5.
Idam vatvana sambuddbo Vessabhu lokanayako
nabbam ^ abbbnggami dbiro hamsaraja ^ va ambare. 6.
Sudinnam me danavaram suyittba yagasampada 7
kataccbubhikkbam datvana pattabam aca'lam padam. 7.
Ekatimse ito kappe yam danam adadim tada
duggatim nabbijanami bbikkbadanass'idam pbalam. 8.
Kilesa jbapita maybam — pa — katam buddbassa sasanan
ti. 9.
Arabattam pana patva pbalasukhena nibbanasukhena
viharanti aj)arabbage sattbu purato sihanadam nadissami
ti upajjbayam apuccbitva BaranasTto nikkbamitva samba-
bulabi bbikkbunibi saddbim anukkamena Savattbim gantva
sattbu santikam upasamkamitva sattbaram vanditva ekam-
antam tbita. Sattbara katapatisantbara sattbu orasadbi-
tubbavadivibbavanena aMam vyakasi. Atb' assa mataram
adim katva sabbo iiatigano parijano ca pabbaji. Sa apara-
bbage attano patipattim paccavekkbitva pitara vuttagatbam
adim katva udanavasena :
Petani bboti puttani ^ khadamana tuvam pure
tuvam diva ca ratto ca ativa paritappasi. 312.
Sajja sabbani kbaditva satta puttani brabmani 9
^ vltbiyam, P. 2 sampatti, P.
3 pabbajissa sam kincana, P. 4 nibbayissam anasava, P.
s nasam, P. ^ hamsaraji, P. 7 yavasampada, P.
s puttanam, cd. . 9 brabmani, cd.
THERI GATIIA. (iO. 231
Vfisetthi ^ kena vainieiia na bajhani - paritappasi. ;U;}.
Baliuni puttasatani nritisaiiigliasatani ca
kliaditrmi atitamse mama tuyhani ca brfihmana.^ 81 J.
Saliam nissaraiiam natva jatiya maraiiassa ca
na socami ua rodfimi na cfibain paritappayiiii. ^ 315.
Abbhutam vata Yrisettbi 5 vacani bbTisasi edisam
kassa^ tvam dbammam annaya giraiu bbasasi edisaiu. 31().
Esa brabmaiia sambuddbo nagaram Mitbilam pati
sabbadukkbappahanaya dbammam desesi paninam." 317.
Tassabam brrihmana^ arahato dbammaiu sutva iiiiri[)a-
dbim 9
tattha vinuatasaddbammfi puttasokam vyaptinudi.^o 318.
So aham pi gamissami nagarain Mithilam pati
app eva mam so bbagava sabbadnkkbfi pamocaye. 319.
x\ddasa ^^ brahmano buddham vippamuttam uiriipadbim
tassa dbammam adesesi muni dukkbassa paragu. 320.
Diikkbam dukkhasamuppadam dukkbassa ca atikkamam
ariyam c' attbangikam maggani dukkbupasamagami-
nam. 821.
Tattba vinnatasaddbammo pabbajjam samarocayi
Sujato tibi rattibi tisso vijjTi aj^bassajd.^- 822.
Ebi saratbi gaccbabi ratbam niyadayab' ^3 imam
arogyam brabmanim vajja ^-^ pabbajito ^5 dani brfdiraano.
Sujato tibi rattibi tisso vijjfi apbassayi.^^ 328.
Tato ca ratbam adaya sabassam capi saratbi
arogyam brabmanim ^7 voca pabbajito ^^ dani brabmano.
Sujato tibi rattibi tisso vijja apbassayi.^9 824.
Etam c'aham ^o assaratbam sabassam capi sfiratbi.
tevijjam brabmanarn natva punnapattam dadami te. 825.
I Vasittbi, cd. ^ balam, cd. 3 brabmaiia, cd.
4 paritappati, cd. ^ Vasittbi, cd. ^ tassa, cd.
7 paninam, cd. ^ bassa brabme, m.
9 nirupadbi, cd. ^° apanudi, cd. '^ addasaia, cd.
^2 apassayi, m., cd. ^3 niyyatbayfibi, cd.
^4 brabmani vijja, cd. ^5 pabbajji, m.
'^ apassayi, m., cd. '7 brabmani, cd.
^8 pabbajji, m. '9 apassayi, m., cd. ^o etaiii ca te, cd.
282 LXIX. SUNDARI.
Tumh' eva ^ hotu assaratho sahassam capi brabmani
abam pi pabbajissami varapaiinassa santike. 326.
Hattbigavassam manikundalan ^ ca pbitam c' imam
gehavigatam 3 pabaya
pita pabbajito tuybam bbunja bbogani Sundari tuvam
dayadika kule. 327.
Hattbigavassam manikundalan ^ ca rammam c'imam geba-
vigatam ^ pabaya
pita pabbajito maybam piittasokena attito
abam pi pabbajissami bbatu sokena attita. 328.
So te ijjbatu samkappo yam tvam pattbesi Sundari
uttittbapindo uiicbo ^ ca pamsukulam ca civaram
etani abbisambbonti paraloke anasava. 329.
Sikkbamanaya me ayye dibbacakkbum visodbitam
pubbenivasam jjinami j^attba me vusitam pure. 330.
Tuvam nissaya kalyani tberisamghassa 7 sobbane
tisso vijja anuppatta katam buddhassa sasanam. 331.
Anujanabi me ayye. Iccbe Savattbim ^ gantave 9
sibanadam nadissami buddbasettbassa santike. 332.
Passa Sundari sattbaram bemavannam barittacam
adantanam dametaram ^° sambuddham akutobbayam. 333.
Passa Sundarim ayantim " vippamuttam nirupadbim
vitaragam visamyuttam katakiccam anasavam. 334.
Baranasito nikkbamma tava santikam agata
savika te mabavira pade vandati Sundari. 335.
Tuvam buddho tuvam sattba, tuybam dbit'ambi^^ brabmana
orasa mukbato jata katakicca anasava. 336.
Tassa te svagatam bbadde tato ^^ te aduragatam
evam bi danta ayanti ^4 sattbu padani vandika
vitaraga visarnyutta katakicca anasava ti. 337.
Ima gatba paccudabbasi. Tattba p e t a n i ti orani.
I tuybam va, cd. ^ manik° cd. 3 gabavig°, cd.
4 manik°, cd. 5 gabavig^, cd. ^ uccbo, cd.
7 tberesamgbo, cd. ^ Savattbi, cd. 9 gantuve, cd.
1° dametanam, cd. " SundarJ ayanti, cd.
^2 tuvam dbita, cd. ^3 ato, m. ^4 dantam ayanti, cd.
THERl OATH A. G9. 'J33
Bliotiti tarn alapati. ruttfinl ti lingavipallrisoiiji
vuttam. Pete putte ti attho. Eko eva ca tassa ^ putto
mato. Brabmaiio pana nacirakrilani ayaiu sokena atti'i
liutvri vicari babu manrio imissfi putta iiiata ti evainsarini
butvfi babuvacanenaba. Tatba ca = s a j j a 3 s a b b a n i
k b a cl i t V a s a 1 1 a putt a n I ti k b a d a lu a u a ti lokavo-
bfiravasena kbumsanavacanam etani. Loke bi yassa ittbiya
jcitajata piitta maranti tarn garabanti " puttakbadani " ti adi
vadanti. A 1 1 v a ti ati viya bbiitani. P a r i t a p p a s i ti
samtappasi pure ti yojaufi. Ayam b'ettba sanikliepattbo.
Bboti Yasettbi4 pubbe tvam mataputta butva socanti
paridevanti ativiya sokaya samappita gamauigamaraja-
dbauiyos abiudasi.
S a j j a ti Sci ajja. Sa tvam etarabi ti attbo. Aj j a ti va
pfUbo. K e n a v a n n e u a ti kena karaneua k b Ti d i t Ti n i
ti tberi brabmanena vuttaparij'ayen' eva vadati. S aj j fi ti
k b a d i t a n i ti va vyaggbadipibiblradijatiyo sandbay'evam
aba. A 1 1 1 a m s e ti atite kotthase. Atikkantabbavesii ti
attbo. Mama t u y h a m cti ti maya ca taya ca. N i s -
s a r a 11 a m n a t v a j a t i y a m a r a ii a s s a c a ti jatijara-
marananam nissaranabbutam Dibbanam maggananena
pativijjbitvci. Na capi p ar i t ap p ay i n'^ ti ra capi
upayris'risi.7 Abaiii upayasam na apajjl ti attbo.
Abbbutam vat a ti accbariyam vata. Tain bi
abbiltan ti vuccati. E d i s a n ti evariipam.^ N a s o c a m i
n a r 0 d a m i n a capi p a r i t a p p a y i n9 ti evam socanfi-
diuam abbavadipativacam. Kassa tvam dbammam
-a 11 nay a ti kevabim yatha ediso dbammo biddbuin na
sakka tasma kassa nama sattbuno dbammam annaya
g i r a m vacam bbasasi edisan ti sattbaram sa nam ca
puccbati.
N i r a p a d b i n ti niddukkbaiu. V i u n a t a s a d d b a m -
I catasso, cd. ^ tatba va, cd. ^ gajja, cd.
4 Yasittbi, cd. 5 rajatbauiyo, cd. ^ parikappati, cd.
7 upayasi, cd. ^ evanipi, cd. <5 paritappati, cd.
234 LXTX. SUNDARI.
m a ti patividdhaari3'asaddbamma v y a p a n u d i n ^ ti
nihari pajahi. V i p p a m u 1 1 a n ^ ti sabbaso vimuttam
sabbakilesehi sabbabbavebi ca visamyuttam. Hessati so
sammasambuddbo assa brahmanassa sattba ti tassa
catusaccadhammadesanaya.
Eat bam niyyadayah' imans ti imam ratbam
brabmaniya niyyadebi.4
S a b a s s a m c a p i ti maggaparibbayattbam nitam kaba-
panasabassam capi adaya niyyadesin ti yojana. A s s a r a -
than ti assayuttaratbam. Puniiapattan ti tuttbidanam.
Evam brabmaniya tuttbidane diyyamane tarn sampatic-
cbanti 5 s a r a t b i t u y b 'e v a b o t ii ti gatbam vatva
sattbu santikam eva gantva pabbajite^ pana Sciratbimbi
brabmani attano dbitaram Sundarim amantetva gbaravase
niyojenti battbigavassan ti gatbam aba. Tattba
b a 1 1 b 1 ti battbino. G a v a s s a n ti gavo ca assa ca.
Manikun d al an c a ti man! ca kundalani ca. P b i t a m 7
c ' i m a m g e b a v i g a t a m ^ p a b a y a ti imam battbia-
dippabbedam yatbavnttam avuttam ca kbettavattba-
biraniiasuvannadibbedam pbitam.9 Bahu tarn ca gebavi-
g a t a m gebiipakaranam annam ca dasidasadikam sabbam
pahaya tava pita pabbajito. Bbunja bhogani Sundari
ti Sundari tvam ime bboge bbuiijassn. Tuvam daya-
dika kule ti tuvam hi imasmim kule dayajjaraba ti.
Tarn sutva Sundari attano nekkbammajjbasayam paka-
senti battbigavassan ti adim aba. Atba nam mata
nekkbammass' eva niyojenti so te ijjbatii ti adina
diyaddbagatbam aba. Tattba yam tvam pattbesi
S u n d a r 1 ti Sundari tvam idani yam pattbayasi akamkbasi.
So tava pabbajjaya sarakappo pabbajjaya cbando
i j j b a t u anantarayena sijjbatu. Uttittbapindo ti
^ vyapan° cd. 2 vippavuttban, cd.
3 niyyatassabbiyan, cd. 4 niyyatebi, cd.
5 °iccbanto, cd. 6 pabbajitena, cd.
7 pitam, cd. 8 gabavigatam, cd. 9 thitam, cd.
TIIERI (^ATHA. ()l>. 235
gbare <:;bare iipatittliitv:! laddhabhabliikkliapindo. U n c li o '
ti tadattbaiu j^jliarapatipritiyri rdiiiidauani - uttliaiiau
ca. E t fi n 1 ti uttittbapindadlni. A b li i s a m b b out!
ti anibbiiinarupajamghabalani 3 nissaya abbisambbavanti
sadbenti ti attbo.
Atba Siindan s fi d b u a mm a ti matuya palisiinitvfi
nikkbamitvfi bbikkbuniipassayam gautvfi sikkbamfina yeva
samana tisso vijja saccbikatva sattbii santikain •;amissamT
ti iipajjbayam arocetva bbikkbuiiTbi saddliini Savattbini
agamasi. Tena vuttam s i k k b a m a n a y a m e a y y e
ti adi. Tattba s ikkbamanTi y a me ti sikkbama-
ufiya samanaya maya. Ay ye ti attano upajjbayaiu
alapati.
T u V a m nissaya k a 1 y a n i t b e r i s a in g b a s r a
s 0 bb a n e ti bbikkbunisamgbe Yuddbaratanal)baveiia
tbiragunayogena ca samgbatheriyo auebi sibldlbi samanna-
gatatta s o b b a n e kalyanamitte ayye tarn nissaya maya
tisso vijja a n u p p a 1 1 a k a t a m b u d d b a s s a
s a s a n a n ti yojana.
I c c b e ti icchami. S a v a 1 1 h i m g a n t a v 84 ti Sava-
ttbini gantnm. Sihanadam nadissamlti aimam
vy clkar anam sandbay aha .
Atba Sundari anukkamena Savattbim gantva vibrirain
pavisitva sattharam dbammasane nisinnaiu disva ulfira-
pitisomanassam patisanivediyamrinfi attfmam eva fdapantl
aha p a s s a Sundari ti. H e m a v a n ii a n ti siivanna -
vannam. Harittacam ti kancanasannibbattacam.
Ettha ca bhagavfi pitavaniiena suvannavanno ti vuccati.
Atba kho sammad eva ghamsitva jatibimgulakena anu-
Hmpitvci suparimajjitakaficanridasasannibbo ti dassetuni
hemavaiinan ti vatvil harittacan ti vuttani.
Pass a Sundarim ay an tin 3 ti tarn Sundaiiua-
mikam mam bhagava gacchantani passa. V i p p a m u 1 1 a n
ti adina annam vyjlkarontT pTtivippakriravasena vadati.
"Kuto pana agata kattba ca figatfi kidisa cayaiii Sundaii" ti
' uccho, cd. 2 abindanto, cd. 3 orupfijamghabo, cd.
4 Srivatthi gantuve, cd. ' ayanti, cd.
236 LXX. SUBHA KAMMARADHITA.
asamkantinam asamkam nivattetum B a r a n a s 1 1 o ti
gatham vatva tattba s a v i k a c a ti vuttam attham paka-
tataram katiim t u v a m b ii cl d h o ti gatham aha. Tass'
attho : imasmim saclevake loke tuvam ev'eko sabbamiu
b u d d h 0 ditthadhammikasamparayikaparamatthebi ya-
tbaraham anusasanato tuvam me sattha aham ca
khinasavabrahmani ^ bhagava tuyham ure tassa mam
jauitabhijatikaya orasa mukhato pavattadbammagho-
sena sasanassa ca mukhabhiitena ariyamaggena jatatta
mukhato j a t a iiitthitapariiinadikaraniyataya k a t a -
k i c c a sabbaso asavanam khepitatta a n a s a v a ti.
Ath'assa sattha agamauam abhinandanto tassa t e
svagatan ti gatham aha. Tass'attho : maya adhigatam
dhammam yathavato adhigacchi. Tassa te bhadde Sundari
idha mama santike agatam. T a t o eva tarn a d u r a g a -
t a m ua duragatam hoti. Tasma evam hidanta
a y a n t i yatha tvam Sundari evam pi uttamena ariyamag-
gasamathena danta. Tato eva sabbadhi vitaraga sab-
besam samyojananam samucchimiatta visamyutta
katakicca anasava satthu padanam vanda-
11 i k a agacchanti. Tasma tassa t e s v a g a t a m ^ a d u-
r a g a t a n ti yojana.
Sundai'itheriya gathavaniiana samatta.
LXX.
D a h a r a a h a n ti adika Subhaya kammaradhitaya
tberiya gatha. Ayam pi purimabuddhesu katadhikara
tattha tattba bhave vivattupanissayam kusalam upacinanti
aiiukkamena samropitakusalamiila upacitavimokkhasam-
bhara sugatisu yeva samsaranti paripakkaiiana hutvii
imasmim buddhuppade Eajagahe aiinatarassa suvanna-
karassa dhita hutva nibbatti. Paipasampattisobhaya Subhil
ti tassa namam ahosi. Anukkamena vimiutam patta satthu
I ^brahmano, cd. - kasma tassa se svagatam, cd.
THEIU GATIIA. 70. '2'M
Rrijagabappavestiiie sat than' !~ainjatai)[)asrKlri tkadivasiun
bliagavantam upasanikamitva vaiulitva ekaniantaui nisidi.
Sattba tassa iiidriyapaii[)rikaiu disva ajjhrisayanurupain
catusaccagabbliadhammaiu descsi. Sa trivad eva sabas-
sanayapatimandite sotai)attipbalo patitthasi. Sfi ai)ara-
bbage gharilvrise dosain disva Mabfipajripatlgotamiya
santike pabbajitva bbilddiunlslle patitthita upari maggat-
thaya bbrivanain auuyunjati.^ Tarn nfitika kfdena kfdaiu
upasamkamitva kamebi nimantetva - pabiitadbaDavi-
bbavaiii ca dassetva palobhenti. Sa ekadivasaiu attano
santikam npagatrmam gharavasesu kamesu ca adinavani
pakasenti dabara a ban ti adibi catuvisatiya gatbrdii
dhammam katbetva te nirase ^ katva vissajjitva vipas-
sanaya kammam karontl iiidriyrmi pariyodapenti bba-
vanam ussiikkclpetva nacirass'eva saba patisambbidabi
arabattam papuni. Arabattam pana patvfi :
Dabara abam suddbavasana yam pure dbammam asuiii
tassa me appamattaya 4 saccabbisamayo abu. 338.
Tato 'ham sabbakamesu bbusam aratim ajjbagam
sakkayasmim bhayam disva nikkbam mam eva piba3'e. 331).
Hitvan' abam natiganam dasakammakarjlni ca
gamakhettani pbltani ramaiiiye pamodite
pahay' abam pabbajitjis sapateyyamauappakaip. 340.
evam saddbaya nikkbamma saddbamme suppavedite
na me tarn ^ assa patirupam tikincamiam hi pattbaye
ya7 jatariiparajatam thapetva puuar agame.^ 341.
Rajatam jatarupam va na bodbaya na santiya '-'
n' etam samanasaruppam na etam ariyam dbanain. 342.
Lobbanam madanam c'etam mobanam rajavaddbanani
sasaiikam bahuayasam n'attbi c'ettha dbuvani tbiti. 343.
Ettba ratta pamatta ca samkilittbamana nara
annamaiinena vyaruddha putbu kubbanti medbakani. 344.
I anuyuiijanti, cd. ^ nimantento, cd.
3 nirabase, cd. '^ aniippamattaya, cd.
5 pabbajitva, cd. ^ n'etam, m. ^ yo, cd. m.
8 {wabe, m. ^ santiya, cd. m.
238 LXX. SUBHA KAMMABADHITA.
Yaclho bandho parikleso jani sokapariddavo
kamesu adhipannanam dissate vyasanam bahum. 345.
Tarn man liati amitta ca kim mam kamesu yunjatba
janatba mam pabbajitam kamesu bbayadassinim.^ 346.
Na birannasuvanneua parikkblyanti asava
amitta vadhaka kama sapatta - sallabandhana. 347.
Tarn man nati amitta ca kim mam kamesu yunjatba
janatba raam pabbajitam mundam^ samghatiparutam. 348.
Uttittbapindo uncbo -^ ca pamsukulam ca civaram
etam kbo mama saruppam anagariipanissayo. 349.
Vanta mabesina kama ye dibba ye ca manusa
kbematthane vimutta te patta te acalam sukbam. 350.
Mabam kamehi samgaccbi yesu tanam na vijjati
amitta vadbaka kama aggikkbandbasama dukba.5 351.
Paripantbo eso sabbayo^ savigbato sakantako
gedbo suvisamo c'eso mabanto mobanamukbo.7 352.
Upasaggo bbimarupo ^ kama sappasirupama
ye bahi abbinandanti andhabhuta puthujjana. 353.
Kamapaukena satta 9 bi babil loke aviddasu ^°
pariyantam nabhijananti jatiya maranassa ca. 354.
Duggatigamanam maggam manussa kamabetukam
babum ve patipajjanti attano roga-m-avabam. 355.
Evam amittajanana tapana samkilesika
lokamisa bandhaniya kama maranabandbana. 356.
Ummtidana ullapana kama cittapamatbino "
sattanam samkilesaya kbipam Marena odditam.^^ 357.
Anantadinava ^3 kama babudukkha mabavisa
appasada^4 ranakara sukkapakkbavisosana. 358-
Sabam etadisam katva vyasanam kamabetukam
na tarn paccagamissami nibbanabbirata sada. 359.
^ °dassinam, cd. - pamatta, cd. 3 munda, cd.
"^ uccbo, cd. 5 dukkha, cd. ^ paribandbo esa bbayo, cd.
7 gehe suvisamam c'etam mabantamohanam sukbam, cd.
s bbimmar°, cd. 9 kamasamsaggasatta, cd.
^° babusu loke avindisu, cd.
^^ °pamatbino, m. ; cittasamadbino, cd. ^^ uddisam, cd.
^3 na ananta pi nava, cd. ^"^ appasadba, cd.
THERl (iATIlA. 70. '2:V.)
Eaiiain karitva kfitrianam sTtil)havril)iiikarikliinn
appamatta viliissami tesam saniyojanakkljayc- liOO.
Asokain virajain khemam ariyatthaiigikain ujunis
tam-^ maggam auugaccliami vena tiiina ^ nialiosino. 801.
Imam passatlia clhammattham Sul)haiii kammAradlntaraiii
anejam npasampajja rukkhamulamhi jhayati. IJO'J.
Ajj' attbami pabbajita saddba saddbammasobbana
vinit' Uppalavainiaya tevijja macciibayini/' 3G3.
Sayam bbujissa anana bbikkbuni bbavitindriya
sabbayogavisamyutta katakicca aDfisava. 804.
Tarn Sakko devasamgbena upasamkamma iddbiya
namassati bbutapati Subbam kammaradbltaran ti. 3()5.
Ima gatba abbasi. Tattba d a b a r a a b a ni s u d d b a-
V a s a n a yam pure d b a m m a m a s u n i n ti yasmfi
abam pnbbe dabara taruni evam snddbavasana suddbavat-
tbanivattba alamkatapatiyatta sattbu santike dbammani
assosi. T a s s a me a p p a m a 1 1 a y a 7 s a c c a b b i s a-
m a y 0 a b u ti yasma ca tasma me mayhani yatbasutam
dbammam paccavekkbitva appamattaya upattbitasatiya
silam adbittbabitva bbavanam anuyunjanti yava catunnain
ariyasaccanam abbisamayo idain dukkban ti adina pati-
vedbo abosi.
T a t 0 'bam s a b b a k a m e s u b b u s a in a r a t i m
ajjbagan ti tato tena karanena sattbu santike dbam-
massa sutatta saccanan ca abbisamitatta manusesu dibbesu
cati sabbesu kamesu bbusam ati viya aratim ukkan-
thim s adbigaccbi. S a k k a y a s m i iii upadrmtikkbandba-
pancake. B h a y a m sappatibhayabbavam. Xfuiacak-
kbuna d i s v a n e k k b a m m a s s' e v a pabbajjrinil)brinass'
eva. P i h a y e pibayami pattbayami.
D a s a k a m m a k a r a n i c a ti dfise ca kammakare ca.
^ °abbisamkbini, cd.
2 vibarissami rata samyojanakkbayo, cd.
3 uju, cd. -^ kani, cd. "^ tikka, cd.
^ paccubayinl, cd. " adbimattfiya, cd.
2 arati ukkantbi, cd.
240 LXX. SUBHA KAMMARADHITA.
LingavipallasGDa li'etam vnttam. Gamakliettani ti
game ca pubbannaparannaviruhanakhettani ca gamapariya-
panna va khettani. P h 1 1 a n i ti samiddhani. K a in a-
n 1 y e ti manuniie. P a m o d i t e ti pamudite. Bbogak-
kbandhe butva ti sambaiidho. Sajpateyyan ti san-
takam manikanakarajatadipariggabavatthu. A n a p p a-
k a n ti mabantam p a b a y a ti yojana. E v a m s a d-
dbaya nikkhammati^ bitvan' abam liatiganan ti
adina vuttappakarena mabantam natiparivattam mabantan
ca bbogakkbandbam pabaya kammapbalaui ratanattayam
ca ti saddbeyyavattbiim s a d d b a y a saddabitva gbarato
nikkbamma saddbamme sup paved ite samma-
sambuddbena suttbu pavedite ariyavinaye abam pabbajita.
Evam pabbajitaya pan a n a me tarn a s s a p a t i r u-
p a m yad idam cbadditanam kamanam paccagamanam.
A k i 11 c a n n a m b i p a 1 1 b a y e ti ^ akiilcanabbavam
apariggababbavam eva pattbayami. Y a ^ j a t a r u p a r a-
j a t a m t b a p e t v a p u n a r a g a m e ti yo puggalo
suvannam aniiam pi va kiiici dbanajatam cbaddetva puna
tarn ganbeyya so panditanam antare katbam sisam ukkbi-
peyya.
Yasma rajatam jatarupam va na bodhaya
na santiya4na maggaiianaya na nibbanaya boti ti
attbo. N'etam samanasaruppan ti etam jataru-
parajatadipariggabavattbum tassa 5 va patiganbanam sa-
mananam saruppam na boti. Tatba bi vuttam : na kap-
pati samananam Sakyaputtiyanam jataruparajatan ti adi.
N'e t a m a r i y a d b a n a n ti etam yatbavuttapariggaba-
vattbu saddbadidbanam viya ariyadbammamayam pi dba-
nam na boti na ariyabbavavahato.
Tenaba 1 o b b a n a n ti adi. Tattba lobbanan ti
lobbuppadam. M a d a n a n ti madavabam. M o b a n a n
ti sammobanam.6 R a j a v a d d b a n a n ti ragarajadi-
samvaddbanam. Yena pariggabitam tassa asamkavabatta
^ nikkbamanti, cd. ^ pattbaye aban ti, cd.
3 Yo, cd. 4 santiye, cd. 5 tassa, cd.
^ sammobajanam, cd.
TIIElil CJATIIA. 70. liil
saha risaiiikaya vattati ti s a s a iii k a ni.' Yena i)ari<:,'«^a-
hitaiii tassa yato kiito risanikrivalian ti attbo. 15 aim -
riyfisaii ti sajjanarakkhanfidivasena babuayasani. N'at-
t b i c'e 1 1 li a d b u v a n t b i t "i ti etasmim tbanc dbuva-
bbavo ca n'attbi cablcaUxin - auavattbitam eva ti attbo.
E 1 1 b a r a 1 1 Ti p a m a 1 1 a c a ti etasmiin t liano 3
ratta sanjatarajanaakusaladbammesu satiya vippavasena
pamattfi lobbadisamkilesena sainkilittbacitta ca nama
bonti. Tato ca a n n a in a n n a m b i v y a r u d d b a
p u t b u k u b b a n t i 4 me d b a k a n ti antamaso niata
pi puttena putto pi matara ti evam auriainarinani pativirud-
dba hutva putbu satta medbakam kalabam karonti.
Teuclba bbagava : puna ca param bbikkbave kfimabetu
kamanidanam kamadbikaranam mata pi puttena putto pi
matara vivadati ti adi.
V a d b 0 ti maranam. B a n d b o ti daddubandbanadi-
bandbanam. P a r i k 1 e s o ti battbaccbedadiparikilesa-
patti. Dbanamjrmi ti dbanajani c'eva parivfirajani ca.
S 0 k a p a r i d d a V 0 ti soko ca paridevo ca. A d b i p a n-
nanan ti ajibositfinani. Dissate vyasanam b a-
b u n t i yatbavuttavadbabandbanridibbedam avuttan ca
domanassupayasadidittbadhammikam samparayikan ca
babuvidbam v y a s a n a m anattbo kamesu dissate
'va.
T a m m a in 5 n Ti t i a m i 1 1 Ti v a k i in m a in k a-
mesu yuiljatba ti tadisam mam yatbakauiesu virat-
tam tumbe n a 1 1 nataka samana anattbaki'ima a m i 1 1 a
viya k i m kena karanena kamesu y u n j a t b a niyojetba.
J a n a t h a mam p a b b a j i t a m k fi m e s u b b a y a-
dassinin^ ti kame bbayato passantam pabbajitam main ~
anujanatba kim ettakam ^ tumbebi anunnatan ti adbip-
payo.
N a b i r a fi n e n a s u v a n n e n a p a r i k k b I y a u t i
^ sasamka, cd. " sasancalam, cd. 3 dbanc, cd.
4 kuppanti, cd. ^ kammam, cd. ^ °das3iuan, cd.
7 passanti pabbajitamanam, cd. ^ ettbakam, cd;
17
242 LXX. SUBHA KAMMAKADHiTA
a s a V a ti ^ kamasavadayo hiraniiasuvannena na kadaci
parikkhayam gaccbanti. Atha kho tehi eva parivaddhant'
€va. Tenaha : amitta vadhaka kama sapatta
sallabandhana ti. Kama hi abitavahatta mettiya
abhavena amitta. Maranabetutaya ukkhittasivadbaka-
sadisatta v a d b a k a. Anubandbitva pi anattbavabana-
taya veranubandbapattasadisatta sapatta. Kagadinam
sallanam bandbanato sallabandbana.
Mu n d a n ti munditakesam. Tattba tattba nantakani
gabetva samgbaticTvaraparupanena s a m g b a t i p a r u-
t am.
U 1 1 i 1 1 b a p i n d 0 ti vivatadvare ghare gbare pati-
ttbitva labbanakapindo. U n c b o ^ ti tad attbam iiiicba-
cariya.3 A n a g a r u p a n i s s a y o ti anagaranam pabba-
jitanam upagantva nissitabbato upanissayabbuto jivitapa-
rikkbaro. Tarn bi nissaya pabbajita jivanti.
V a n t a ti cbaddita. M a b e s i b i ti bnddbadibi ma-
besibi. Kbemattbane ti kamayogadibi anupaddava-
tthanabbiite nibbane. Te ti mabesayo. Acalam su-
k b a n ti nibbanasukbam patta. Yasma vantakama buddba-
dayo mabesayo nibbanasukbam patta tasma tarn pattben-
tena kama pariccajitabba ti adbippayo.
M a b a m k a m e b i s a m g a c c b i n ti abam kadaci pi
kamebi na samagaccbeyyam. Tasma ti ce aba : y e s u
t a n a m n a v i j j a 1 1 ti adi yesu kamesii upaparikkbi-
yamanesu ekasmim anattbaparittanam nama n'attbi.
A g g i k k b a n d b u p a m a mababbitapattbena dukkba-
dukkbamattbena.
Paribandbo esa bbayo yad idam kama nama
avidit.ivipulanattbavabatta. Savigbato cittavigbata-
karatta. Saka n t ako vinivijjbanato. Gedbo suvi-
s a m 0 4 c'e s 0 ti giddbibetutaya gedbo suttbu visamo.
MabapaUbodbo so dburanikkamanattbena m a b a n t o.
Mobanamukbo mnccbapattibetuto.
Upasaggo bbimarupo atibbimsanakasabbavo
^ asavadi, cd. 2 uccbo, cd.
3 uccbacariya, cd. 4 sucisamo, cd.
THERI GATIIA. 70. 0.13
mahanto devatupasa^igo viya appattljikrididukkli.-ivaliaiio.
S a p p a s i r fi p a m fi k a m a sa[)pat ibliayat t licna.
Kfim a p a lu ka s a 1 1 a ti kamasaiukliatcna ])aink('iia
satta lagga.
D u g g a t i g a m a n a iii in a g g a n ti niniya.liapaya-
gaminam ^ maggam. K a in a h e t u k an ti kamopabhoga-
hetukam. Babun ti panatipatadibliedena babuvidbain.
Eoga-m-a vaban ti rujanattbena rogasamkbatassa dit-
thadbammikadibbedassa dukkbassa fivabatiakam.
E V a n ti amitta vadbaka ti adinfi vuttapi)akarena.
A m i 1 1 a j a n a n a ti amittabbrivassa nibbattaka. T a-
p a n a ti santapanaka tapanlya ti attho. S a m k i 1 e-
s i k fi ti samkilesrivabfi. L o k fi m i s fi ti loke fimisa-
bhuta. B a n d b a n I y a ti bandbabbiitebi samyojanebi
bandhitabba samyojaniya ti attho. M a r a ii a b a n d b a n fi
ti bbavadlsu nibbattinimittataya pavattakaraiiato ca mara-
navibandhana.
U m m a d a n ci ti viparinamadbammatriviyogavasena so-
kummadakara bandbiyti va uparuparimadrivahtl. U 1 1 a-
p a n a ti alio siikbam abo sukhan ti uddbam nddbain hipa-
panaka. U 1 1 o 1 a n a ti pi patbo. Bbattapindanimittam
nanguttbam ullolento siinakho viya amisabetu satte uparu-
parihilana paramabbavaiiata papa nrikasi attho. (?) C i 1 1 a p-
p a m a t h i n 0 2 ti pariirdiuppadanadinfi sampati 3 ayatiil
ca cittassa pamathanasibi. C i 1 1 a p p a m a d d i ii o ti va
patbo. So -^ ev' attho. Ye pana c i 1 1 a p p a m a d i n o ti
vadanti tesam cittassa pamadavaba ti attho. S a in k i 1 e-
s a y Ti ti vibadhaiiaya upatripanaya vfi. K h i p a ni M a-
rena odditans ti kama nfun' ete Mareua uditam(!)
kuminan ti dattbabba sattanaiu anatthrivabauato.
A n a n t a d 1 n a v a ti palobhanam ^ maranau c'etan
ti adi. Idha sitassa purakkhato uiihassa purakkbato ti
adina dukkbakkhandhasuttadisu vuttanayena apariyauta-
dinavcl bahudosa. B a h u d u k k h a ti apayikridibahuvi-
dhadukkhanubandha. M a h a v i s a ti katukasemha[)hala-
^ °gamini, cd. ^ cittappamatino, cd. 3 sammati, cd.
■^ so om. cd. 5 uddhitan, cd. ^ palopanain, cd.
244 LXX. SUBHA KAMMARADHITA.
ta^^a saladimahavisasadisa. A p p a s s a d a ^ ti sattbadha-
ragatamadhubindu ^ viya padinna (?). R a n a k a r a ti
ragadisambandbato. S u k k a p a k k b a v i s o s a ii a 3 ti
sattanam anavajjakottbasayavinasaka.
Sab an ti sii abam. Hettbavuttanayen' eva sattbu
santike dbammam sutva patiladdbasaddba kame pabaya
pabbajitvana ti attbo. E t a d i s a n ti evarupam vuttap-
pakaram. Katva4 ti iti katva yatbavuttakaranena ti
attbo. N a t a m p a c c a g a m i s s a m I ^ ti tarn maya
pubbe vantam kamamethunam na paribbunjissami. N i b-
banabbirata sad a ti yasma pabbajitakalato pattbaya
sabbakalam nibbanabbirata tasma na te paccagamissami ^
ti yojana.
E a n a m k a r i t v a k a m a nan ti kamaiiam ranam te
ca maya katabbam ariyamaggam sampabaram katva.
S i t i b b a V a b b i k a m k b i n 1 7 ti sabbakilesadaratba-
parilabavupasamena sitibbavasamkbatam arabattam abbi-
kamkbanti. S a b b a s a m y o j a n a k k b a y e ti sabba-
samyojananam kbayabbiite nibbane abbirata.
Y e n a t i n n Ti m a b e s i n o ^ ti yena ariyamaggena
buddbadayo mabesayo samsaramabogbam tinna abam pi
tena gatamaggena 9 anugaccbami sibidipatipattiya papu-
nami ti attbo.
D b a m m a 1 1 b a m ti ariyapbaladbamme tbitam.
An e j a n ti patipassaddbitejataya anejan ti laddbanamam
aggapbalam. U p a s a m p a j j a ti sampadetva aggamag-
gadbigamena adbigantva. Jbayati ti tarn eva pbalaj-
jbanam upanijjbayati.
A j j ' a 1 1 b a m i p a b b a j i t fi ti butva pabbajitato
pattbaya ajj' attbamadivasa. Ito atite attbamiyam pabba-
jita ti attbo. S a d d b a ti saddbasampanna. S a d d b a m-
m a s 0 b b a n a ti saddbammadbigamena sobbana.
^ appassadan, cd. ^ oj^in^-ij^^^ ^d. 3 oyisosaka, cd.
4 tbatva, cd. 5 paccbagam°, cd. ^ paccbagam^, cd.
7 sitibbutabbikamkbiDi, cd. ^ mabesina, cd..
9 gatamaggam, cd.
TIIERl GATHA. 70. -Hi
llJl-
B h u j i 3 3 a ti tlasablirivusadisanain ' kilesfinani pal
aiena blinjissfi. Kfimacchancla ti inapar^amena a n a ii a.
Ima kira tissogatbripabl)ajitvri atthame divase arahattani
patva annatarasmim rukkhamule plialasainapattini - sama-
pajjitva nisiunam tberiin 3 bliikkhunain dassetvapasainsan-
teiia bbagavatfi vuttfi. Atha Sakko devfinam indo tani
pavattim dibbena cakkhuua disvil evam satthara pasanisi-
yamaua ayam tlieri yasma devcibi ca payirupasitabba ti
tavad eva tavatimsebi devebi saddbiin upasainkamitva
abbivadetva anjabm paggayba attbfisi. Tarn sandbaya
saiigitikarebi vuttam : t a m S a k k o d e v a s a m g b e n a
u p a s a m k a m m a i d d b i y a n a m a s s a t i b b n t a-
p a t i S u b b a m k a m m a r a d b T t a r a n ti . Tattba
tisu krimabbavesu bbiitanam sattanam pati issaro ti katva
bbntapati ti laddbanamo Sakko devarrga devasani-
gbena saddbim tarn S u b b a m k a in m a r a d b T t a r a in
attano devi d d b i y a n p a s a m k a m m a n a m a s s a t i
pancapatittbitena vaudati ti attbo.
Subbaya kammaradbitaya tberiya gatbavannanci samatta.
Yisatinapatavaniiana nittbita.
LXXL
Timsakanipate J i v a k a m b a v a n a m r a m in a n ti
adika Subbaya Jivakambavanikaya tberiya gatba. Ayam
pi puriinabuddbesu katadbikilra tattba tattba bbave vivat-
tupanissayam kusalam upacinanti saincoditakusalamuhi
anukkamena paribrubitavimokkbasambbriraparipakkanaiia
butva imasmim buddbuppade Eajagabe brabmanainabasa-
lakule nibbatti. Subba ti 'ssfi namam abosi. Tassa kira
sariravayava sobbanavannayutta abesum. Tasma Subba
ti anvattbain eva nfimam jatain. Sa sattbu Rajagabap-
pavese patiladdbasaddba upasika butvfi aparabliage sani-
sare jatasamvega kamesu adlnavam disvfi nekkbammam ca
I dasabyabbava°, ed. - °samapatti, cd. ^ tberi, cd.
246 LXXI. SUBHA JiVAMBAVANIKA.
kliemato sallakklienti Mabapajapatigotamiya santike pab-
bajita 'va vipassanaya kammam karonti katipalieneva
anagamiphale patitthasi. Atha nam ekadivasam afmatarO'
EajagahavasI dhuttapuriso taruuo pathamayobbane tbito
Jivakambavane divavibaraya gaccbantim disva patibaddba-
citto butva maggam ovaranto kamebi nimautesi. Sa tassa
nanappakarebi kamanam adinavam attano ca nekkbammaj-
jbasayam pavedenti dbammam katbesi. So dbammaka-
tbam sutva pi na patikkamati nibandbati yeva. Tberi na
attano vacane adbittbabantam ^ akkbimbi ca rattam
disva " banda tassasabbbam ^ akkbin " ti attano ekam
akkbim uppatetva tassa upanesi. Tato so puriso santasi
samvegajato tattba vigatarago 'va butva tberim kbamapetva
gato. Tberi sattbu santikam agamTisi. Saba dassane 'ssa
akkbi patipakatikam abosi. Tato sa buddbagataya pitiya
nirantaram pbuta butvfi attbasi. Sattba tassa cittacaram
natva dbammam desetva aggamaggattbaya kammattbanam
acikkbi. Sa pitim vikkbambbetva tavad eva vipassanam
vaddbetva saba patisambbidabi arabattam ptipuni. Ara-
battam pana patva pbalasukbenanibbanasukbena vibarantT
attano patipattim paccavekkbitva attano tena dbuttapuri-
sena vuttagatba udanavasena :
•Jivakambavauam rammam gaccbantim bbikkbunim ^ Sub-
ham
dbuttako sannivaresi. Tam enam abravi Subba : 366.
Kin te aparadbitam maya yam mam ovariyana 4 tittbasi.
na bipabbajitaya avuso puriso sampbusanaya kappati. 367..
Garuke mama sattbu sasane ya sikkba sugatena desita
parisudJbapadam ananganam kim mam ovariyana 5 tit-
tbasi. 368.
Avilacitto anavilam sarajo vitarajam ^ ananganam
sabbattba vimuttamanasam kim mam ovariyana 7 tit-
tbasi. 369.
^ atittbantam, cd. ^ tassasabbavitam, cd.
3 gaccbanti bbikkbunl, cd. 4 ovadiyana, cd.
5 ovadiyana, cd. 6 vigatarajam, m. 7 ovadiyana, cd.
THER! GATIIA. 71. '117
Dabarfi ca apfipikfi c' asi ' kin te i)al)l)ajjri karissati.-'
Xikkliipa-^ kasfiyacivaraiu ebi raiuainase 4 puppbito
vane. 370.
Madbnran ca pavantis sabbaso kusuinarajena samuddlia-
ta ^ (limia
patbamavasanto sukbo utu ebi ramfimase puppbite
vane. 371.
Kusumitasikbara 'va pridapa abbigajjanti ^ 'va mrdiiierita
ka tuybam rati bbavissati yadi eka vanani ogabissasi. 372.
Yfilamigasangbasevitam kunjaramattakarenulobtam ^
asabayikci gantum iccbasi rabitam bbimsanakam mabfi-
vanam. 373.
Tapaniyakata va dbitika vicarasi Cittarathe 9 va accbarfi ^°
kasikasukbumebi vaggubi sobbasi vasanebi ^^ 'mipame. 374.
Abam^- tava vasanugo^s siyam yadi vibaressasi krmanantare
na bi m'attbi taya ^-+ piyataro paiio kinnarimandalo-
cane.^5 375.
Yadi me vacanam karissasi sukbita ebi agc'iram avasa
pasadanivatavasini parikamman te karontu nfiriyo. 370.
Kasikasukbumani dbaraya abbiropebi ^^ ca nicilavannakam
kancanamanimuttakam babum vividbam abbaraiiam karo-
mi te. 377.
Sudbotarajapaccbadam subbani gonakatiiUkasantatam
navam ^7
abhiriiba sayanam mabarabam candanamauditaiu sara-
gandbikam. 378.
Uppalam ca udakato ubbbatam ^^ yatba yam amanussasevi-
tam
^ asamikfi vasi, cd. ^ karissasi, cd.
3 nikkbamma, cd. -^ ramrima, m. 5 bbavanti, cd.
6 samuttbita, cd. m. " abbigaccbanti, cd.
8 okarenu°, cd. 9 cittabite, m. ^° vadaccbara, cd.
" suvasanebi, m. ; vasavanebi 'nopame, cd.
12 abam tan ca, cd. ^^ vasanubbo, cd. '^ tassa, cd.
^5 kinnara°, cd. "'' abbirososi, cd.
^7 gonakamtiilikattba sautbatam, cd.
^8 ubbbitam, cd. ; udaka samuggatam, m.
248 LXXI. SUBHA JIVAMBAVANIKA.
evam tiivam bralimacarini sakesu aiigesu jaram gamis-
sasi. 379.
Kin te idha sasanasammatam ^ kunapapiiramhi = susana-
vaddhane
bhedanadhamme kalebare yam disvii vimano 3 ndik-
khasi. 380.
Akkhini ca turiya-r-iva 4 kinnariya-r-iva pabbatantare
tava me nayanani udikkhiya bhiyyo kamarati pavad-
dhati. 381.
Uppalasikharopamanite ^ vimale batakasannibhe ^ mukbe
tava me nayanani udikkhiya bhiyyo kamaguno pavaddha-
ti. 382.
Api 7 diiragata saremhase ^ ayatapamhe visuddhadassane
na hi m'atthi taya piyatara 9 nayana kinnarimandalo-
cane.i° 383.
Apathena payatum icchasi candam ^^ kllanakam gavesasi
Merum ^^ lamghetum icchasi yo tvam buddhasutam mag-
gayasi.i3 384.
N'atthi hi loke sadevake rago yattha pi dani me siya
na pi nam janami kiriso atha maggena hato samii-
lako.i4 385.
Inghalakhuya ^5 va ujjhito visapatto-r-iva aggato ^^ kato
na pi nam passami kiriso ^7 atha maggena hato samu-
lako.is 386.
Yassa siya apaccavekkhitam sattha va anusasito ^9 siya
i;vam tadisikam ^° palobhaya janantim ^i so imam vihaii-
nasi. 387.
Mayham hi akkutthavandite sukhadukkhe ca -^ sati upat-
thita
^ °sammati, cd. ^ kunapa°, cd. 3 vamano, cd.
4 turiyani ca, cd. 5 osikharasamanite, cd,
^ hataka°, cd. 7 asi, cd. ^ saramhase, m.
9 piyataro, cd. i° kinnara°, cd. ^^ canda, cd.
^2 Meru, cd. ^3 magiyasi, cd. m. ^4 samiilato, cd.
15 inghalakhuya, m. ^6 aggito, m.
^7 kidiso, cd. i8 samiilato, cd.
^9 nanusasito, m. ; anupasito, cd.
^° tadisam kam, cd. ^i janati, cd. 22 ^-r^^ ^d.
TIIErJ GATIIA. 71. 210
sanikliatam asubbain ti janiya sabbatth' L'va iiiano ua liiii-
pati. bsS.
Saham sugatassa sfivika maggattbaiigikayanayfiyinl.
luldbatasalla anasavri sunnfij^aragata ramrim' abam. 389.
Dittbri bi mayci sucittita sombba darukaciHaka navri.
truitibi ^ ca kblhikebi ca vinibaddba = vividbam panacci-
ta.3 290.
Tainb' uddbate -^ tautikbllake -^ visattbe ^ vikale paripakkate
.avinde/' kbaiidaso kate khnbi tattba manam nivcsaye. 391.
Tatbupamam debakaui man tebi dbammebi vina na vat-
tanti s
•dbammebi vina na vattanti 9 kimbi tattba manam nive-
saye. 892.
Yatba baritfdena makkbitam addasa cittikam bbittiya
katam
tambi te ^'^ viparitadassanam paiina mannsikcl nirattbi-
ka. 393.
Mayam viya aggato katam siipinante va suvannapadapam
upadbcivasi ^^ andba rittakam janamajjbe-r-iva rupparupa-
kam.i2 394.
Vattani-r-iva kotar' obita majjbe bubl)ulaka ^3 saassuka
pilikolika^4 c'ettha jayati vividba cakkbuvidba 'va pin-
dita.^5 895.
Uppatiyji carudassana na ca pajjittba asai'igamfinasfi
handa te cakkbum barassu tarn tassa iiarassa adasi ta-
vade. 396.
Tassa ca viramasi ^^ tavade rago tattba kbamapayi ca nam
sottbi siya brabmacarini na puno edisakam bbavissati. 397.
Abaniya edisam janam aggim ^7 pajjalitam ^^ 'va liiigiya
I tantubi, m. ^ vinibandbn, cd.
3 paraccbikci, cd. 4 uddbate, cd. 5 okbilate, cd.
^ vissattbe, cd. m. 7 na vindeyya, m. ^ vattati, cd. m.
9 santidbammebi vinfi na vattati, m. cd.
'o tambi va te, cd. ^^ upattbfisi, m. ; npattbavasi, c-d.
^2 rupar°, cd. m. ^3 pubbiilbaka, cd. ; piibl)ii!aka, m.
^4 pilio, cd. ^5 pindana, cd. "^ vigamasi, cd.
^7 aggi, cd. '^ paliiigiya, cd.
'J50 LXXI. SUBHA JIVAMBAYANIKA.
ganhissam asivisam viya api nu sotthi siya kliamehi
no. 398.
Mutta ca tato sa bhikkhuni agami buddhavarassa santikam
passiya varapunnalakkhanam ^ cakkhu asi yathapuranakan
ti. 399.
Ima gatha paccudabhasi. Tattha Jivakambava-
nan ti Jivakassa Koniclrabhaccassa ambavanam. Kam-
m a n ti ramamyam. Tarn kira bhumibbagasampattiya
cbayiidakasampattiya rukkbanam ropitakarena ati viya
mananilam manoramam. Gaecbantins ti ambava-
nam nddissakatam4 divjivibai-ciya upagacchantim.5 S u bba n
ti evamnamikam. Dbuttako ti ittbidbutto Etijagaba-
vasi kir' eko mahavibbavassa suvannakarassa putto yuva
abbiriipo ittbidbutto piirisamadamatto vicari. So tarn
patipatbe disva patibaddbacitto maggam uparundhitva
attbasi. Tena vnttam : dbuttako sannivaresi ti
gamanam nisedbesi ti attbo. T a m e n a m a b r a v i
S u b b a ti tam enam nivaritva tbitam dbuttam Subba
bbikkbuni katbesi. Ettha ca gaccbantim bbikkbunim ^
Subham abravi S u b b a ti 7 ca attanam eva tberl aimam
viya katva vadati. Tberiya vuttagatbanam ^ sambandba-
dassanavasena samgitikarebi ayam gatba vutta.
Abravi Subba ti vatva tassa dbuttakaradassanat-
tbam aba kin te aparadbitan ti adi. Tattba kin
te aparadbitam maya ti kim tuybam avuso maya
aparaddbam.9 Yam mam ovadiyana tittbasi ti
yena aparadbena mam gaccbantim ^° ovaditva gamanam
nisedbetva tittbasi. So n'atth' eva ti adbippayo.
Atba ittbl ti sannaya evam patipajji.^^ Evam pi na
yuttam ti dassenti aba : Na bi pabbajitaya avuso
p u r i s 0 s a m p b u s a n a y a k a p p a t i ti, Avuso
^ namebi, cd. ^ pavaram p°, cd, ^ gaccbanti, cd.
4 uddissagatam, cd. ^ °gaccbanti, cd.
6 gaccbanti bbikkbuni, cd. ^ Subba si, cd.
^ vuttakatbanam, cd. 9 anaruddbam, cd.
'^° gaccbanti, cd. " patipajjasi, cd.
THEU! (iATIIA. 71. '201
suvaiinalairaputra lokiyaejirittena purisassa pi i)abbaiitaiiain
phusanfiya na kappati. Pabbajitaya paim puriso tiiac-
chanagato viya phusanaya na kappati. Tittliatu tava
purisaphusanarclgavasen' assfi nissagj^iyeiia purisassa uis-
saggiyassfipi phusauci na kappat' eva.
Tenaha : G a r u k e mama s a 1 1 li u s a s a n e ti aili.
Tass' attlio garuke pasaiiacliattaiu viya garukatabbe
mayham satthu sasane y Ti s i k k h Ti Ijhikkbuniyo
uddissa siigatena sammasambuddliena d e s i t a pau-
natt;i. Ta hi p a r i s u d dbakusalakotthasam rrigadiau-
gananam sabbaso abbavena a n a ii g a ii a m evambbutaiu
mam gaccbantin^ ti keua karaiiena ovaditvti - t i 1 1 b a s I ti.
A V i 1 a c i 1 1 0 ti cittassa rivilabhavakaranam kamavi-
takkridinam vasena a v i 1 a c it t o tvam, tad abbavato
an civil am ragarajadinpan vasena sarajo aiigano, tad
abbavato v 1 1 a r a j a m a n a n g a n a iii s a b b a 1 1 b a
kbandbapaiicake samuccbedavimnttiya v i m u 1 1 a m a n a-
sam mam kasma o v a d i t v Ti t i 1 1 b a s i ti evam tberiya
vutte dbuttako attano adbippayam vibhilvento d a b a r fi
c a ti adina dasa gatba abbasi.
Tattba d a b a r a ti taruiil patbame yobbane tbitii.
A p a p i k a c ' a s i ^ ti rilpena alamika asi. Uttamariipa-
dbara cabosi ti adbippayo. Kin t e p a b b a j j a k a r i s-
s a 1 14 ti tuybam evam patbamavaye tbitfiya riipasampan-
naya pabbajpi kim karissati.5 Buddhriya vigatarupaya ^'^
va pabbajitabban ti adbippayena vadati. N i k k b i p a ti
cbaddehi. Nikkbippa ti va patbo. Apauetva ti
attbo.
M a d b u r a n ti sukbam. Subban ti attbo. P a v a n t i
ti vayanti. Sabbaso ti samantato. K u s u m a r a j e n a
8 a m u 1 1 h i t a d u m a ti ime rukkba mandavatena samut-
tbahamanakusumareiiuvritena " attano kusumaraje sayam
samuttbita viya butva samantato surabbi vayanti. P a t b a-
I gaccbanti, cd. ^ acaiitva, cd. 3 apayika vasi, cd.
4 karissasi, cd. 5 karissasi, cd. ^ vigaccbarupaya, cd.
7 samutthassamtina°, cd.
252 LXXI. SUBHA JIVAMBAVANIKA.
m a V a s a n 1 0 ^ s u k h o u t u ti ayam pathamo vasan-
tamaso ^ sukbasamphasso ca iitu vattati ti attlio.
Kusumitasikhara ti supupphitagga. A b li i g a j-
janti3 va m a lute r it a ti vatena sailcalita abhigaj-
janti 4 va abbitthunauta viya tittbanti.5 Y a d i e k a
vanam ogahissasi ti sace tvam ekika vanam ogabis-
sasi. K a nama t e tattba rati bhavissatl ti attano
bandbasukbabbiratatta ^ evam aba.
Yalamigasangbasevitan ti sTbavyaggbadivala-
migasamubebi tattba tattba upasevitam. K u il j a r a m a t-
takarenulolitan ti mattakuiijarebi 7 battbinibi ca
miganam cittatapanena rukkbagaccbadmam sakhabbaii-
janena s ca alobtam padesam kiiicapi tasmim vane idisam
tada n'attbi vanam nama evariipan ti tarn bbimsapetukamo
evam aba. E a b i t a n ti janarabitam vijanam. B b i m-
s a n a k a n ti bbayajanakam.
Tapaniyakata9 va dbitika ti rattasuvannena
viracita dbitalika viya suknsalena yantacariyena yantayo-
gavasena vissajjita suvannapatima viya vicarasi.^° Idani
ce ito c'ito ca ^^ saucarasi Cittaratbe va accbara
ti Cittaratbanamake nyyane devaccbara viya. K a s i k a-
sukbumebi ti Kasikarattbe uppannebi ati viya sukhu-
mebi. V a g g u b i ti siniddbamattbebi. S o b b a s i v a-
san e b i ^2 'n o p a m e ti vasanaparupanavattbehi anupame
upamarahite.
Tvam idani me vasanugo asi ^3 ti bbavmam attano adbip-
payavasena ekantikam vattamanam viya katva vadati :
Ahamtavavasanugo siyani4ti abam pi tuybam
vasanngo^s kimkarapatissavi bbaveyyam. Yadi viba-
remasi(!) kananantarebi ti yadi mayam ^^ ubbo
^ °vassante, cd. ^ vassantim°, cd. 3 °gaccbanti, cd.
4 °gaccbanti, cd. 5 abbittbunataviya tittbati, cd.
^ °rattatta, cd. 7 omattakarenu°, cd.
s °bbanjanani, cd. 9 tampiniyatata, cd.
^° vicarati, cd. ^^ ca om. cd. ^^ vasavanebi, cd.
^3 vaso asi, cd. ^-^ siyun, cd. ^5 viramasi, cd.
^^ yadi ayam, cd.
THERI GATIIA. 71. '253
pi vanai^tare saha vasfima ramama. Na hi m'attlii
t a y a ^ p i y a t a r o ti vasanugabliavassa kfiranani aba.
P a 11 0 ti satto. Anno koci [)i satto taya - piyataro may-
hau) n'attliT ti attlio. Atliava p a ii o ti attano jlvitani
sandhaya vadati. Mayliaiii jTvitaiu piyataraiii^ na hi
attlii ti attlio. K i n n a r i m a 11 d a 1 o c a n e 4 ti kinuari
viya maudaputlmvilocane.
Y a d i me v a c a n a m k a r i s s a s i s u Iv h i t a e li i
a g a r a m fi v a s a ti 5 sace tvam mama vacanani karissasi
ekasanam ekasej-yam brahmacariyadukkbam pabaya elii
kamabbogebi sukbita bntva agaram ajjbavasa. S u k h i t a
h 0 t i a g fi r a m Ti v a s a u t i ti keci ^ patbanti. Tesani
sukbita bbavissati agaram ajjhavasanti ti attbo. P fi s a-
d a n i V a t a V a s i n 1 ti nivcltesu pasridesu vasiul. P a s Ti-
d a V i m a 11 a V a s i n i ti ca patbo. Vimaiiasadisesu pfisa-
desii Trisini ti attbo. P a r i k a m m a ii ti veyyavaccam.
Dharaya ti paridaba nivasebi e'eva uttaiiyan ca
karobi. Abbirobebi ti mandanavibbilsanavasena va
saiiram aropaya alaiikarobi ti attbo. M fi lava n ii a k a n
ti malam c'eva gandbavilepanam ca. K a ii c a n a m a ii i-
muttakan ti kaucaneiia manimuttanam vasebi c'eva
uttaiiyaii ca karobi. Abbirobebi ti hi ca yuttam. Suvaiiiia-
mayamanimuttc'ibi cittaii/ ti attbo. Baliun ti battbu-
pagadibbedato babuppakjiram. Vivid ban ti karaiiavi-
katiya nanavidbam.
S u d li 0 t a r a j a p a c c b a d a n ^^' ti sudbotakayapavri-
bitam raj am uraccbadam. S u b b a n ti sobbaiiani. G o n a-
katiilikapattbatan9ti digbalomakahikojaveiia c'eva
hamsalomadipuuiiaya tulikaya ca pattbatani.^° N a v a ii ti
abbinavam. M a b ii r a b a n ti mabaggbani. Cauda-
na man di t a s aragand hi k an ti gosTsakadisaiacan-
^ tassa, cd. - tassa, cd. 3 piyaiu taiu, cd.
4 kinnaramo, cd. -^ avasau ti, cd.
6 avasanti keci, cd. " citan, cd.
3 sudbotarajatam paccbadan, cd.
9 opattbatan, cd. '° pattbatain, cd.
•254 LXXI. SUBHA JIVAMBAVANIKA.
danena manditataya surabhigandhi kam ^ evariipam saya-
nam aruha ^ tarn aruhitva yathasukham sayahi c'eva
nislda va ti attho.
U p p a 1 a il c a u d a k a t o u b b h a t a n ti. Cakaro
nipatamattam. Udakato ubbhatam utthitam accuggamat-
thitam suphnllam 3 uppalam. Y a t h a y a m a m a n u s-
sasevitan ti tail ca rakkhasapariggahitaya pokkha-
raniya jatatta nimmanussehi sevitam kenaci aparibhuttam
eva bhaveyya. Evam tuvam br a hm acarini ti
evam eva "^ tarn siitthu phullam nppakim viya tuvam
brahmacarini sakesu angesu attano sariravayavesu kenaci
aparibhuttesu yeva aram gamissasi vuddha yeva jarajinna
bhavissasi.5 Evam dhuttakena attano adhippaye pakasite
theri sarirasabhavavibhavanena tarn tattha vicchedenti
kin te idani ti gatham aha. Tass' attho : avuso
suvannakaraputta kesadi k u n a p a p u r e ekante b h e-
d a n a d h a m m e s u s a n a v a d d h a n e idha imasmim
kayasaiinite asuci k al e b a r e kin nama tava saran ti
samanam sambhavitam yam d i s v a v i m a n o aiiiiata-
rasmim arammane vigatamanasamkappo etth' eva va
avimano somanassiko hutva u d i k k h a s i tarn mayham
kathehi. Tarn tarn sutva dhuttako kincapi tassa rupam
caturassasobhitam saddhammam dassanato pana patthaya
yasmim ditthipase patibaddhacitto tam eva apassanto ^
akkhini ca turiya-r-iva ti adim aha. Kamaii cayam
theri sutthu samyatataya santindriyataya dhiravippasan-
nasammasantanipatakammanubhavanipphannesu 7 manasa .
pancapasadapatimauditesu nayanesu labbhamanesu bhavi
ti caturiye ditthipate yasmayam ^ caritabhavavilasadipari-
kappavctiicito so dhutto jato yasmayam ditthirago savisesam
vepullam agamasi. Tattha akkhini c a turiya-r-
iva ti. Turi9 vuccati migi. Casaddo nipatamattam.
I °gandhi, cd. ^ ai-uham, cd. ^ suphulla, cd.
-^ evam evam, cd. 5 bhavissati, cd.
^ apatissa^nto, cd. 7 osommasanta^, cd.
^ yasma mayam, cd. 9 turi, cd.
THERi GATIIA. 70.
:jO
Migaccliapfiya ^ va te akkliTiii ti attho. K o r i y a - r - i v :i
ti vfi pfili kiincakrirakukkiitiyri ti vuttaui hoti. K i ii-
nariyfi- va p ab b a t a n t a r o ti pi»b])atakucchiyani 3
vicavamfiuaya kinnaravauitaya viya ea te akkhlnl ti attlio.
T a V a me n a y a n a n i a d i k k h i y a ti tava vuttfi
guiiavisesjldinayanani disva. B h i y y o uparupari me
k a m a b h i r a t i p a v a d d h a t i.
U p p a 1 a s i k h a r 0 p a m a n i t e 4 ti lattuppalaggasa-
disasamkani. V i m a 1 e ti niinmale. H a t a k a s'a n-
n i b b e 5 ti kancanariipakassa mukbasadise te m u k b e
n a y a u jl n i d a k k b i y a ti yojaDa.
A B i d ii r a g a t a ti diiram tbruiam gatasi. S a r e m-
li a s e ti aiinam kinci acintetva tava nayanani eva anus-
fiarilmi. A y a t a p a m b e ti digbapakbume. Y i s u d-
dbadassane ti nimmalalocaiie. X a b i m ' a 1 1 li i
t a y a p i y a t a r a ^ n a y a n a ti tava nayanato anno
koci maybam piyataro n'attbi. T a y fi ti bi samiattbe eva
karanavacanam. Evam cakkbusampattiya uccaritassa viya
tantivippalapato tassa sadisassa manoratham viparivattanti
then apathena ti adina dvadasa gatba abbasi. Tattba
apathena payatum iccbasT ti fivuso suvanna-
karaputta pantbe annasmim ittbijane }' o t v a in b u d-
d b a s u t a m buddbassa bbagavato orasani 7 dbTtarain
m a g g a y a s i ^ pattbesi. So tvam pantbe kbeme
ujumagge apatbena kantakanivutena 9 sabba^-ena kiim-
maggena payatum i c c b a s i patipajjitukfimo si.
C a n d a m ^° k i 1 a n a k a m g a v e s a s i candamandabiiu
kilagolakam ^^ kfitukrimo si. M e r u m ^- 1 a 1 1 g b e t u m
i c c b a s 1 ti caturasitiyojanasahassubbedbam Sinerupab-
batarajam lamgbayitva aparabbai^e tbatukaino si yo tvani
mam buddbasutam maggayasi ^3 ti yojanfi.
^ migaccbapcl, cd. - kinnarl, cd.
3 pabbakuccbiyaiii, cd. » '^sikbarosamanl, cd.
^ batakas°, cd. ''' piyataro, cd. / orasa, cd.
s magiyasi, cd. '-' °nivitena, cd.
^° Cauda, cd. ^^ ogolikaiu, cd. ^~ Meru, cd.
^3 maggessasi, cd.
256 LXXI. SUBHA jiVAMBAVANIKA.
Idani tassa attano avisayabbavam patthana3'a ca vigha-
tavahanam dassetum n ' a 1 1 h i hi ti adi vuttam. Tattha
r a g 0 y a 1 1 h a pi d a n i me s i y a ti yattba idani me
rago siya bhaveyya tarn arammanam s a d e v a k e 1 o k e
n'attbi. Evam na pi nam j an ami kiriso ti
nam ragam kiriso ti pi na janami. At ha maggena
b a t o s a m u 1 a k 0 ti. A t b a ti nipatamattam. Ayoniso-
manasikarasamkbatena miilena samiilako ^ rago ariyamag-
gena bato samuggbatito.-
I m g b a 1 a k b u y a ti aiigarakasuya. U j j b i t o ti
vatakhitto 3 viya yo koci dabano.4 Indbanam 5 yiya ti
attbo. Yi s a pa 1 1 0 -r-i va ti visagatabbajanam viya.
Aggato kato ti aggato abbirato appaggbanako kato.
Visassa lesam pi asesetva apanibito vinasito ti attbo.
Yassa siya apaccavekkbitan ti yassa ittbiya
idam kbandbapaiicakam iianena apativekkhitam aparifiiia-
tam siya. Sattba va anusasito siya ti sattba va
dhammasarirassa adassanena yassa ittbiya anusasito siya.
Tvam tadisik.am palobbassa ti^ avuso tvam
tatbarupam aparimadditasamkbaram apaccavekkba kata-
lokuttaradbammam ^ kamebi palobbassa upaccbandassa.^
J a n a n t i m 9 so imam v i b a n n a s I ^° ti so imam
pavattim ^^ nivattiil ca yatbavato janantim ^^ patividdba-
saccam imam Subbam bbikkbunim agamma vibaiiiiasi
sampati ayatim ^3 ca vigbatadukkbam ^^ apajjasi.^5
Idani 'ssa vigbatapattim ^^ kfiranavibbavanena dassenti
m a y h a m hi ti ildim aba. Tattha h i ti hetuatthe
nipato. Akkuttbavandite ti akkose vandanaya ca..
Sukbadukkhe ti sukbe ca dukkbe ca. Ittbanittbavi-
passasu-mayoge va. Sati upattbita ti paccavek-
^ samulato, cd. ^ sammugghatito, cd.
3 ujjhito vatikhitto, cd. ^ dahaniyo, cd.
5 indanam, cd. ^ kapalo asa ti, cd.
7 katam lok°, cd. ^ upajjbandassa, cd.
9 jananti, cd. ^° viiinasi, cd. ^^ pavatti, cd.
^2 jananti, cd. ^3 ayati, cd.
^"^ vigbatamd°, cd. ^5 apajjati, cd. ^^ °apattina, cd.
TnERT OAT If A. 71. 257
kbaiuiyutta sati vfi sabbakulaui upatthitfi sanikhatam
as lib ban ti janiyTiti tubbumakam sainkbaraf^^atain
kilesasucipaggbaranena asubban ti fiatva. Sabl)attb'
eva ti sabbasmim yeva bbavassaye. Maybain in a n o
taubalopriclinri u a u p a 1 i m p a t i.
M a g g a 1 1 b a 11 g i k a y a n a y a y i n n ti attbangika-
maggasanikbatena ariyayanena nibbanapurain yayiul upa-
gatci. U d d b a t a s a 1 1 fi ti attano santanato samuttbita-
ragadisanri .
S II c i 1 1 i t a ti battbapadamukbadiakarena suttbii cittita
viracita. Sombba ti sombbaka. D ar uk a c il 1 ak A
nava ti darudaiidadibi iiparacitariipakani. Tantibl^
ti ubarusuttakebi. K b 1 1 a k o b i ti battbapadapittbikan-
nakadiattbaya tbapitadandebi. Y i n i b a d d b a 3 ti vivi-
dbeu' akarena baddba.4 Vividbam panaccitaS ti
yantasuttadinam ^ cbannavissajjanadina7 pattbapitanaccita.
Panaccantauam ^ viya dittha ti yojana.
T a m b ' u d d b a t e t a n t i k h 1 1 a k e ti sannivesavi-
sittbaradavisesayuttam 9 upadaya riipakasamannatambi
tantikbilake pattbanato uddbate ^^ bandbato v i s -
s a 1 1 h e visukaranena annamaiinam v i k a 1 e tahim
tabim kbipanena p a r i p a k k a t e vikirite. A v i n d e
k b a n d a s 0 k a t e ti pottbakariipassa avayave kbanda-
kbandite kate pottbakarupam na vindeyyam na upalabbey-
yam. Evam sante kimbi tattba man am nive-
saye tasmim pottbakarupavayave kimbi kim knanuke ^'
udabu rajjuke mattikapindadike va. Man am ti manani
paiinam niveseyya. Yisamkbare avayave sa panna kadaci
pi na pateyya ^~ ti attbo.
T a t h ii p a m a n ti tarn sadisam. Tena pottbakarupena
sadisam. Kin ti ce aba debakani ti iidi. Tattba
^ yanamya°, cd. - tantl, cd. ^ vinibandba, cd.
4 bandba, cd. -^ panaccbita, cd. '^ tan tain sutt°, cd.
7 cbanavis°, cd. ^ panaccantaua, cd.
9 tamb' uttbate ti ya tantakbilakam sannivesa°, cd.
^o uttbate, cd. " kbanutc, cd.
^2 ppateyya, cd.
18
258 LXXI. SUBHA JIVAMBAVANIKA.
d e b a k a n i ',ti liatthapadamukhadideliavayava.^ M a n ti
me patipattim ^ upatthabanti. T e b i d b a m m e b i ti
tebi patbaviadicakkbadidbammebi ^ vinana ppavat-
t a n t i.4 Na bi tatba tassa sannivittbe patbaviadidbamme
muiicitva debo nama santi. D b a m m e b i v i n a n a
vattanti ti debo vi3^a avayavebi avayavadbammebi vina
na vattanti na npalabbbanti. Evam sante kimbi tattba
manam nivesaye ti patbaviyam udabu apadike debo
ti va batfcbapadadibi va manam paiinam niveseyya. Yasma
patbaviadipasadadbammamatte esa samanna yad idam
debo ti va battbapadadini ti va satto ti va ittbi ti va puriso
ti va tasma na ettba janako koci abbiniveso boti ti.
Yatba baritalena makkbitam addasas
c i 1 1 i k a m b b i 1 1 i y a k a t a n ti yatba kusalena cit-
takarena bbittiyam baritalena makkbitam littam tena
lepam datva katam abkbitam cittikam ittbirnpam addasa ^
passeyya.7 Tattba ya upattbambbanakbepanadikiriyasam-
pattiya m a n u s i k a ^ nu kbo ayam bbitti apassayattbita
ti panila nirattbika9 manussabbavasamkbatassa
attbassa tattba abbavato maniisl ti pana kevalam tabim
tassa ca v i p a r i t a d a s s a n a m ^° yatbavagabanam na
boti dbammapunjamatte ittbipnrisadigabanam pi evam-
sampadam idam dattbabban ti adbippayo.
Mayam viya aggato katan ti mayakarena
purato upadbavasi ^^ va mayasadisam. Supinante va
suvannapadapan ti supinam eva supinantam. Tattba
upattbitasuvannamayarukkbam viya. Upadbavasi ^2
andba rittakan ti. Andba bala. Eittakam
tuccbakam antosararabitam. Idam attabbavam evam
mama ti saravantam viya upagaccbasi abbinivisasi. ^3
J a n a m a j j b e - r - i V a r u p p a r u p a k a n ti mayaka-
^ omukbanid°, cd. 2 patipatti, cd. 3 ^dhamme, cd.
4 pavattati, cd. s makkbittam adasa, cd.
^ adassa, cd. 7 paseyya, cd. ^ manasika, cd.
9 nirattbaka, cd. 1° viparivadassanam, cd.
^^ upattbasi, cd. 12 upattbavasi, cd.
'3 abbinivisati, cd.
TIIEIU (lATIlA. 71. 251)
rena ^ mabajanamajjlie dassitani rupiyarupasadisani saram
saram upatthaliantani as;Tniii ti attbo. Va t t a n i - r - i v :"i
ti lakbaya gulika viya. K o t a r ' o b i t a ti kotaro rukkba-
susire tbapita. M a j j b e p u b b a j b a k a ti akkbidabi-
majjbe - tbitajabipubbalbasatlisa. S a a s s ii k a ti assuja-
lasabita. P 1 1 i k o 1 i k a ti akkbigutbako. E 1 1 b ti
j a y a t i ti etasmim akkbimandale ubbosu kotisu visagan-
dbam viiyantis nibbattati. Pllikolika ti va akkbidalesu
nibbattanaka pilikji vuccati. VividbTi ti nTlfubmaii-
dabuiaii c'eva rattapitadiuain sattannain patablnan ca
vasena anekavidba. Cakkbuvidba ti cakkbubbavfi
cakkbuppakara va. Tassa anekakab'ipaggababbjivato
p i u (1 i t a ti samiidita.
Evam cakkbiismim sarajjantassa cakkbuno asii])battani
anavattbitatriya aniccataii ca vibbavesi. Vibbavetva ca
yatba nrima koci lobbaniyam bbandam gabetva corakanta-
ram patipajjanto corebipalibuddbo tarn sobbaniyabbaiidam
datva gaecbati evam evam cakkbumbi sa rattena tena
purisena palibuddba tberi attano cakkbum uppatetva tassa
adasi. Tena vnttam : uppatiya carudassana ti
adi. Tattba uppatiya ti uppatetva cakkbu kupato
niharitva. Carudassana ti piyadassana manobara-
dassana. Na ca pajjittha ti tasmim cakkbusmim
sangam napajji. A s a n g a m a n a s a ti kattbaci pi
arammaue anasattacitta.4 Handa te cakkbu n ti
tassa kaminam tato eva may a dinuatta te cakkbasaiinitam
asucipindam ganba. Gabetva pasjidayuttam iccbitani
tbanam nebi.
Tassa c a v i r a m a s i t fi v a d e ti tassa dbuttapuri-
sassa tavad eva akkbimbi uppatitakkbaiie eva rago vigac-
cbi. Tattba ti akkbimbi tassam va tberiyam. Atbava
tattba ti tasmim yeva tbfme. K b a m a p a y i ti kbamfi-
pesi. Sottbi siya b r a b m a c Jir i n 1 ti settbacfirinl
abosi so maybam arogyam eva na bbaveyya. Puna no
^ mayak°, cd. ^ cbakklnd^, cd. ^ vayauto, cd.
4 ocitto, cd.
260 LXXII. ISIDASi.
8 d i s a m b li a v i s s a t i ti ito param evarnpam anacara-
caranam na bhavissati na karissami ti attho.
A h a r i y a ti gliattetva. E d i s a n ti evarnpam sabbat-
tha vitaragam. L i ii g i y a ^ ti pajjalitam aggim alingetva.
T a t 0 ti tasma dhuttapurisa. Sa bhikkhuni ti sa
Subha bhikkhuni. Agami buddhavarassa san-
t i k a n ti sammasambuddhassa santikam upagacchi upa-
samkami. Passiya varapnniialakkhanan ti
uttamehi pimnasambharehi nibbattamahapurisalakkhanam
disva. Y a t h a p u r a n a k a n ti poranam viya nppa-
danato piibbe viya cakkhnm patipakatikam ahosi. Yad
ettha antarantara na vuttam tarn viittanayatta suviniiey-
yam eva.
Snbhaya Jivakambavanikaya theriya gathavannana
samatta.
Timsanipptavannana nitthita.
LXXII.
Cattallsanipate n a g a r a m h i k u s u m a n a m e ti adika
Isidasiya theriya gatha. Ayam pi purimabuddhesu kata-
dhikara tattha tattha bhave pnrimattabhave thatva vivat-
tiipanissayam kusalani upacinantT carimabhavato sattame
bhave kalyanasannissaye paradariyakammam katva kayassa
bhedaniraye nibbattitva tattha bahiini vassasatani niraye
paccitva tato cuta tisu jatisu tiracchanayoniyam nibbattitva
tato cuta dasiya kncchismim napiimsako hutva nibbatti.
Tato pana ciita ekassa daliddassa pakatikassa dhita hutva
nibbatti. Tarn vayappattam Giridaso nama aiinatarassa
satthavahassa putto attano bhariyam katva geham anesi.
Tassa ca bhariya atthi silavati kalyanadhamma. Tassam
issapakata samino tassa viddesanakammam akasi. Sa
tattha yavajivam thatva kayassa bheda imasmim buddhup-
pade Ujjeniyam kulapadesasilacaradigunehi abhisamma-
^ laiigiya, cd.
tiier! GATiiA. 7'2. i>(;i
tassa vibba\asampannassa setthissji (Ibitfi liutva nil)l)atti.
IsidasT ti 'ssfi nrimaiu abosi. Tain vayappattakalc mutapi-
taro kularupavayavibbavadisarisassa anfiatarassa settbi-
puttassa aclamsu. Sfi tassa <i;ebe patidevata ' butva inasa-
mattam vasi. Atb' assa kauimapbalena samiko virattarupo
butvri tarn gbarato nibari. Tarn sabbani palito eva vifi-
iiayati. Tesam tesam pana samikauain na ruccaneyyatfiya
samvegajata pitaram anujanripetva Jinadattaya ^ tbcriya
santike pabbajiivfi vipassanaya kammam karonti nacirass'
eva saha patisambbidabi arabattam patvfi pbalasukbena
nibbauasiikbena vltinament! ekadivasam PataHputtanagare
pindaya caritvri paccbril)attam pindapatapatikkanta ^Taba-
gangaya valikapuline nislditva Bodbittberiyfi nama attano
sabayatberiya pubbapatipattim puccbitvfi tarn attbaiu
gatbal)audbavasena vissajjesi : U j j e n i y a p u r a v a r e
ti adina. Tesam pana pubbapaccbavissajjananam samban-
dbam dassetum :
Nagarambi kiisnmaiiame Patalipnttambi patbaviya ^
mande Sakyakiilakullnayo dve bbikkbuniyo gunavati-
yo. 400.
Isidasi tattba eka dutiya Bodbittberi sllasampaniiti ca
jbrmajjbayanaratayo babussutayo dbutakilesayo. 401.
Ta pindaya caritva bbattattbam 4 kiriya 5 dbotapattayo
rabitambi sukbanisinna iina gira abbbudiresum.^ 40*2.
Imfi tisso gatba sangitikarebi tbapita.
Pasadika si ay^-e Isidasi vayo pi te aparibino
kim disvana valikam athasi^ nekkbammam aniiyutta. 408.
Evam auiiyufijamana sa^ rabite dbainniadesaiiakusala
Isidilsi vacanam abravi 9 suna Bodbi yatb'ambi pabba-
jitcl. 404.
Ito param vissajjanagfitba :
^ patidevata, cd. ^ .Jinarattaya, cd. ^ putbaviya, cd.
■^ attattbam, cd. ^ kriya, m. ''' abbbudlrayun ti, cd.
7 atbapi, cd. ^ anuyiifijamrmassa, cd.
9 vacanabravi, cd.
262 LXXII. ISIDASI.
Ujjeniya puravare mayham pita sllasamvuto setthi
tass' amhi eka ^ dhlta piya manapa dayita ca. 405.
Atha me Saketato varaka agacchi uttamakulina
setthi bahutaratano tassa mam sunham ^ adasi tato. 406.
Sassuya sassurassa ca sayam patam panamam upagamma ^
sirasa karomi pade vandami yath'amhi anusittha. 407.
Ya mayham 4 samikassa bhaginiyo bhatuno parijano
tarn ekavarakam 5 pi disva ubbigga asanam demi. 408.
Annena panena ca khajjena ca yan ca tattha sannihitam
chademi^ upanayami 7 demi ca yam yassa patiriipam. 409.
Kalena utthahitva gharam samupagamim ^
ummaradhotahatthapada 9 paiijahka samikam upemi. 410.
Koccham pasadam anjanaii ca adasakan ca ^° ganhitva
parikammakarika viya sayam eva patim vibhiisemi.^^ 411.
Sayam eva ^^ odanam sadhayami sayam eva bhajanam
dhovi
mata va ekaputtakam tatha ^^ bhattaram paricarami. 412.
Evam ^4 mam bhattikatam anuttaram karikamtam^4 niha-
tamanam
utthayikam ^5 analasam silavatim dussate bhatta. 413.
So mataran ca pitaran ca bhanati apucchaham gamissami
Isidasiya na saha^^ vaccham ekagare 'ham sahavatthmn.414.
Ma evam putta ^7 avaca Isidasi pandita parivyatta
utthayika ^^ analasa kim tuyham na rocate putta. 415.
Na ca me himsati^9 kinci na caham Isidasiya saha vaccham ^o
dessa 'va me alam me apucchaham gamissami. 416.
Tassa vacanam sunitva sassu ^i sassuro ca mam apucchimsu
^ eka, cd. 2 sanham, cd.
3 panamam upagammam, cd. 4 so maj^ham, cd.
^ ta ekav°, cd. ^ khademi, cd. 7 upaniyami, m.
^ sasughami, cd. 9 odhotih°, cd.
^° koccha passa ancaninca adayakaiica, cd.
^^ ayam eva patibhusemi, cd. ^^ ayam eva, cd.
^3 tattha, cd. i^ — 14 mam — tarn am. cd.
^s utthahikam, m. ; upatthayikam, cd.
^6 saha om. cd. ^7 puttam, cd. ^^ utthahika, m.
^9 hisati, cd. 20 yaccha, cd. 21 sassu, om, cd.
ther! oath a. 72. 203
Id'ssa tayfi^ aparaddhain l)liana vissattha - yatlial)ha-
tam. 417.
Na pi 'ham aparajjham kifici na pi himsemi-3 na ganami •*
dubbacanam kiin sakka katuye yam mam viddessateS
bbatta. 418.
Te mam pitu gbaram pati nayimsu vimaiia duklvbena
avibbuta ^ puttam anurakkhamfma jiu' amhasi rupinini
Lacchim.7 419.
Atba mam adasi tato addbassa ^ gharambi dutiyakulikassa
tato upaddbasunkena9 yena mam vindatba settbi. 420.
Tassa ^° pi gbarambi masam avasi atba ^^ so pi mam patic-
cbati ^2
dasi va iipatthabantim ^3 adiisikam silasampannam. 421.
Bbikkbaya ca vicarantam damakam dantam me pita bba-
nati
so bi si me jamata nikkbipa pontin ^^ ca gbatikan ca. 422.
So pi vasitva pakkham atba tatam blianati debi me
pontim ^5 gbatikan ca mallakail ^° ca puna pi bbikkbani ca-
risscimi. 423.
Atba nam bbanati tato amma sabbo ca me ^" niltiganavaggo
kin te na kirati idba bbana kbippam yan te ^^ karibiti. 424.
Evam bbanito bbanati yadi me atta sakkoti alam ^9 maybain
Isidasiya na vaccham ekagbare 'bam sabavattbum. 425.
Vissajjito gato so abam pi ekakinl vicintemi -°
apuccbitiina gaccbam marituye pabbajissam vfi. 420.
I tassa, cd. ^ visattba, m. cd.
3 hisemi, cd. -^ bbanfimi, cd. m.
5 katayye yammam vindesate, cd. ; kfitumayye, m.
6 adbibbiita, m. " rupini Laccbl, cd.
8 addbassa, m. 9 upaddbasukbena, cd.
1° tassa, cd. " atba oni. cd.
12 paticcbarati, cd. m. '3 upattbabanti, cd.
^4 pottbin, m. ''^ potibi, m. ; ponti. ud.
i6 paUan ca, cd. ^7 ca (»ii. cd. ; ca main, m.
i8 kbippapavan te, cd. ^9 attba sakko ahi, cd.
2o ekanika vicintesi, cd.
264 LXXII. ISIDASI.
Atba ayya Jinadatta agacchi ^ gocaraya caramana ^
tatakulam vinayadhari 3 babnssuta silasampanna. 427.
Tarn disvana amhakam 4 utthayasanam tassa pannapayim 5
nisinnaya ca pade vanditva bhojanam adilsi. 428.
Annena ca panena ca kbajjena ca yaii ca tattba ^ sannibitam
santappayitva avoca ayye 7 iccbami pabbajitum. 429.
Atba mam^ bbanati tato idb' eva puttaka9 carabi tarn
dbammam
annena ca panena ca tappaya ^° samane dvijati ^^ ca. 430.
Atbabam bbanami tatam rodanti ^^ anjalim panametva
papam hi maya pakatam kammam tarn nijjaressami. 431.
Atba mam ^3 bbanati tato papuna bodbin ^4 ca aggadbam-
man ca ^5
nibbanan ca labbassu yam saccbikari dvipadasettbo. 432.
Matapitii ^^ abbivadayitva sabban ca natiganavaggam
sattabam pabbajita tisso vijja apbassayi. 433.
Janami attano ^7 satta jatiyo yassayam pbalam vipako ^^
tarn tava acikkbissam tarn ^9 ekamana 2° nisamebi. 434.
Nagarambi Erakakaccbe^^ snvannakaroabam babutadbano^^
3'ObbaEamadena matto so paradaram asevi 'bam.^s 435.
So 'bam tato cavitva nirayambi apaccisam ciram
pakko tato ca uttbabitva makkatiya kuccbim okkami. 436.
Sattabajatakam 24 mam mabakapi yiitbapo nillaccbesi
tass' etam kammapbalam yatba pi gantvana parada-
ram. 437.
So 'bam tato cavitva kalam karitva Sindbavaranile
^ sagaccbi, cd. 2 gocaramana, cd.
3 takulavinayatberani, cd. 4 ona ca ambakabam, cd.
5 sa pann°, cd. ^ kbajjena yam tattba, cd.
7 ayya, cd. ^ nam, cd. 9 puttike, m.
^° santappassa, cd. ^^ dvijati, cd.
^2 rodenti, cd. ^3 nam, cd. ^4 bodbiyam, cd.
^^ pbalaii ca, cd. 16 matapitubi, cd.
^7 attano om. cd. ^s phalavipako, cd.
^9 acikkbiyam tvam, cd. -° etamana, cd.
21 Ekakaccbe, cd. 22 ayam pabutano, cd.
23 asevi tarn, cd. ; asevissam, m. 24 sattabam j°, cd.
I
THERl GATIIA. 7'2. Ofjr,
kanaya ca kbanjaya ca elakiyfi kucchim okkami. llJH.
Dvnclasa vassfmi abam nillacchito ^ darako parivaliitva ^
kiminfi v'atto akallo yatbfi pi gantvfina paradaraiu. 481).
So 'bam tato cavitva govanijakassa 3 gfiviyn jato
vaccho lakbatambo -^ nillaccbito 5 dvildase iiiase. 440.
Te puna ^ nai'igalam abain sakatani 7 ca dbarayami ^
andbo v'atto akallo yatbii pi gantvfina paradfirani. 4 11.
So 'bam tato cavitva vTtbiya dasiya gbare jato
n'eva mabihi na puriso yatba pi gantvilna paradaram. 14*2.
Timsativassambi mato sakatikakulambi darikfx jata
kapanambi appabboge dbanikapurisapatababulambi.^ 448.
Taiu man tato sattbavjlbo ussannfiya vipulfiya vaddbiya ^°
okaddbati vilapantim ^^ accbinditvfi kulagbarassa. 444.
Atba solasame vasse disvana ^^ mam pattayobbanam ^^^
kaiinam oruddba^4 tassa putto Giridasonamanamena. 44o.
Tassa pi aiiila bbariya ^5 silavati guiiavatl yasavatl ca
anuratta ^^ bbattaram tassabam viddesanam ^7 akasi. 446.
Tass' etam kammapbalam yam mam apakirituna gaccbanti
dasi va upattbabantim ^^ tassa pi anto kato mayfi ti. 417.
Tattba n a g a r a m b i k u s u m a n fi m e ti kusuma-
puran ti evam kusumasaddena gabitanfimake nagare.
Idani tarn nagaram PataliputtambI ti sarupato dasseti.
P u t b u v i y ci m a n (1 e ti sakalfiya patbaviyfi mandabbute
Sakyakulakulinayo ti Sakyaknle kuladbitayo. Sa-
kyaputtassa bbagavato sasane pabbajitjlya evam vuttain.
T a 1 1 b a ti tasu dvlsu bbikkbunlsu. B o d b i t b e r i ti
evamnamika tberi. J b a n a j j b Ti y a n a r a t a y o ti loki-
yalokuttarassa jbayane abbirata. B a b u s s u t a y o ti
I nilajjito, cd. ^ paribitva, cd. 3 govanijjakassa, cd.
4 lakbatammo, cd. ^ na laccbito, cd. '' tena puna, cd.
7 sakata, cd. ^ cattbavjiyarambi, cd.; dbarayambim, m.
9 gandbitipurisa°, cd. ; dbanita°, m.
^o vuddbiycl, m. ^^ vilapantT, cd. '- disana, cd.
^3 pattayobb° cd. '^ uruddba, cd.
^5 tassa piya bbariya, cd. ^^ anuvatta, m.
^7 visenam, cd. '^ upattbabanti, cd.
266 LXXII. ISIDASI.
pariyattibahusaccena baliussuta. D h u t a k i 1 e s fi y o ti
aggamaggena sabbaso samugghatitakilesa.
B h a 1 1 a 1 1 h a m k i r i y a ti bbattakiccam nitthapetva.
Kahitamhiti janarahitambi vivittattbane. S ii k b a n i -
s i n n ci ti pabbajjasukbena vivekasukbena ca sukbanisinna.
Ima gira ti idani vuccamana sukba bimaka. A b b b u -
d i r e s u n ti puccbavissajjanavasena katbayimsu. P a s a -
d i k a si ti gatba Bodbitberiya ^ puccbavasena vutta.
E V a m a n u y u il j a m a n a ti gatba sangitikareb' eva
vutta. Ujjeniya ti adika hi sabba pi Isidasiya 'va
vutta.
Tattba p a s a d i k a si ti nipasampattiya passantanam
pasadavaba asi. V a y o pi te a p a r i b i n o ti tuybam
vayo pi na paribino. Patbame vaye tbita si ti attho. Kim
disvana valikan ti kim disam v3^aHkam dosam gbara-
vase adinavam disva. Atbapi^nekkbainmam anu-
y u 1 1 a ti. A t b a ti nipatainattam. N e k k b a m m a m
pabbajjam a n u y u 1 1 a asi.
A n u y u ii j a m ci n a ti puccbiyamana. S a imina 'si ti
yojana. E a b i t e ti suiinattbane. S u n a B o d b i y a -
t b ' a m h i 3 J) a b b a j i t a ti Bodbitteri abam yatba pabba-
jita ambi tarn tarn puranam sunahi.
Ujjeniya puravare ti Ujjeninamake Avantiratthe
uttamanagare. P i y a ti ekadbitubbavena piyayitabba.
M a n a p a ti silacaragunena inanavaddhanaka. D a y i t a
ti anukampitabba.
A t b a ti paccba mayi vayappattakale. Me S a k e t a t o
va r a k a ti Saketanagarato mama varaka mam varenti •+
agaccbf . Uttamakulina tasmim nagare aggakulika
yena te pesita. So settbi pahutadbano tassa
mam 5 sunham adasi tatoti tassa Saketasettbino
sunisam puttassa bbariyam katva maybam pita mam
adasi.
S a y a m p a t a m ti sayaiibe pubbanhe ca. P a n a -
mam upagamma sir as a karomi ti sassuya sasu-
^ pabatigatba te Bodbi°, cd. ^ yathapi, cd.
3 yatambi, cd. 4 varento, cd. ^ tasa mam, cd.
therT gatha. 72. 207
rassa ca santikani upagantvfi sirasfi panrimam karonii.
Tesain p a d e v a n d a mi y a t h ' a m h i a n u s i t t, b fi ti
tehi yatba anusittba aiiibi tatbfi karomi tesaiii aniisillliini »
na atikkammci ti.
Ekavadakam pi ti ekam pi. Ubbif^^ra ti sani-
gantvfi. A s a n a n^ d e m T ti yassa puggalassa aiuiccbavi-
kam tarn tassa demi.
T a 1 1 h a ti parivesanatthane. S a n n i b i t a n ti sajji-
tam biitva vijjamanam. C h a demi ti upaccbindemi.
Upaccbinditva u p a n a y a m T ti upanetva d e m i c a y a n
ti mayam yassa patiriipam tad eva dema ti attbo.
U m m a r a d b 0 t a b a 1 1 b a p Ti d a 3 ti dbovetva gbaram
samupagami.-^
K o c c h a n ti massunam kesanan ca uUikbanakoccbam.
P a s a d a n ti kanbacunnadimukbavilepauam. 5 P a s a -
d ban an ti pi patbo pasadbanabbandam. Anjanan
ti anjananalim.6 P a r i k a m m a k fi r i k fi v i y a ti
aggakulika vibbavasampanna visatiparicarika viya.
Sadbayami ti pacami. Bbajanau ti lobabbaja-
nau ca. DbovantI p a r i c a r a m I ti yojana.
Bbattikatan ti katasamibbattikam. A n u 1 1 a r a n
ti anubbavantam. K a r i k a n ti tassa tassa itikattaljbassa
karikam. N i b a t a m a n a n ti apanitamaaam. U 1 1 b a-
y i k a n ti uttbanaviriyasampannam. A n a 1 a s a n ti tato
eva akusitam. S i 1 a v a t i n ti sihicarasampannani. X a s-
s a t e ti dussati kujjbati bbanati.
A p u c c b a b a m 7 g a m i s s a m i ti abain tumbe apuc-
sbitva^ yattba kattbaci gamissami ti so mama srimiko
attano mataram ca pitaram ca bbanati, kim l)banati ti ce
aba : I s i d a s i y a n a s a b a 9 v a c c b a in ^° e k a g a r e
a b a m s a b a v a 1 1 b u n ti nacembiyain {'?)
D e s s a ti appiya. A 1 a m me ti payqjanam me taya
^ anusittbi, cd. - apanan, cd.
3 ummaradbovan ti liattbapadebi, cd.
■+ sampuccbami, cd. ^ kanna°, cd. ^ °na!i, cd.
7 apuccb°, cd. ^ apuccb°, cd. ^ saba <>in. cd.
^° saccam, cd.
268 LXXII. ISIDASI.
n'atthi ti attho. A p u c c h il li a m ^ g a m i s s a m i ti yadi
me tumhe taya saddliim samvasam icchatha aliam tumhe
apncchitva ^ viddesam pakkamissami. Tassapi mama bliat-
tuno k i ' s s fi ti kim assa. Tava samikassa tassa aparad-
dham 3 vyalikam katam.
N a pi 'ham a p a r a j j li a n ti napi abam tassa kifici
a p a r a j j h i. Ayam eva va patho. N a pi h i m s e m i
ti na badhemi. D u b b a c a n a n 4 ti duruttavacanam.
Kim s a k k a k a t u y e 5 ti kim maya katum ayye sakka.
Yam mam^ viddessate7 bhatta ti yasma akarane-
n'eva bhatta mayham viddessate ^ viddesam 9 cittappako-
pam karoti.
V i m a n a ti domanassika. Puttam anurakkha-
m a n a ti attano puttam mayham samikam cittam anurak-
khanena anurakkhanta. Jin' a m h a s e r u p i n i m ^°
Lac chin ti jina amhase jina vat' ^^ amha rnpavatim
Sirim.^2 Manussavesena carantiya Siridevataya parihina
vata ti attho.
A d (1 h a s s a g h a r a m h i d u t i y a k u 1 i k a s s a ti
XDathamasamikam upadaya dutiyassa addhassa kulaput-
tassa gharamhi mam adasi. Dento ca tato pathamasun-
kato u p a d d h a s u h k e n a adasi. Y e n a mam
vindatha sett hi ti yena snnkena mam pathamam
setthi vindatha patilabhi tato upaddhasuhkena ti yojana.
So p i ti dutiyasamiko pi. Mam p a t i c c h a t i ^3 ti
mam nihari so gehato nikkaddhi. Upatthahantim^4
dasi viya upatthahantim upatthanam karontim.^5 Adu-
s i k a n ti adubbhanakam.
D a ra a k a n ti karufmadhitthanataya paresam cittassa
damakam. Y^atha pare kinci dayanti evam attano kayam
^ apucch°, cd. ^ apucch°, cd. 3 aparajjham, cd.
4 dubbacan, cd. 5 katumayye, cd. ^ yamam, cd.
7 vinde sake, cd, ^ vindesati, cd. 9 viddhesam, cd.
^° jin' amhisi rupini, cd. ^^ ajina vat', cd.
^^ Siri, cd. 13 paticcharati, cd.
^4 upatthahanti, cd., both times. ^^ karonti, cd.
THERI GATHa,
2<tl»
vacam ca d a n t a iii vfipasantain katvu parasabliavafiataya
vivaraiiakaiii.
J a m a t a ti duliitu pati.f X i k k li i p a !> o ii t i n c a
ghatikan ca ti tayfi - parklahitaiu pilotikilkhandau ca
bbikklirdiapalan ca chaddebi.
So pi vasitva pakkliaii ti so pi bbikkbak(. piiriso
maja saddbim addbamasamattani vasitva.
A t h a n a m b b a n a t i^ t a t o ti tarn bbikkbakain mania
pita matcl. Sab bo ca me nfitigano vag<^^o butva
bbanati. Katbani kin te na kirati va idba tuybam
kin nama na kirati na Scidbljati. B b a n a k b i p p a iii
yan te karibiti ti.4
Yada me atta aakkoti yadi maybam attadbino
Idiujisso ce a 1 a m maybam Isidasiyfi taya payojanani
n'atthi. Tasma na s a b a v a c c b a m 5 na pakkbiyam
e k a g b a r e aba m taya s a b a v a 1 1 b u n ti yojana.
Vissajjito gato so bbikkbako pitara vissajjito ya-
tbaruci gato. E k a k i n i ^ ti ekika 'va. x\ p u c c b i t li n a
g a c c b a n 7 ti maybam pitaram vissajjetva gaccbami.
Marituye ti maritu ee. Ya ti vikappattbe nipato.
Gocaraya ti bbikkbfiya. Tatakulam agaccbi ti
yojana.
T a n ti tarn Jinadattam.^ Uttba^'asanam tassfi^
p a n fi a p a y i m ti iittbahitva asanam assa tberiya i)anna-
pesi.
I d h' e V a ti imasmim gehe tbita. P u 1 1 a k a ti sa-
maiiilfivob arena dbitaram annkampento alapati. C a r Ti b i
tarn pabbajitva caritabbam brabmacariyadi d b a m m a n
cara. D v i j a 1 1 ti brabmajati.
N i j j a r e s s a m T ti jlrripessrimi vinapessami.
B 0 d b i n ti saccabbisamljodbim magganauau '° ti attbo.
Aggadbamman ti pbabidbamme arabattu. Y a in
^ dabita pati, cd. - tassa, cd. ^ bbanasi ti, cd.
4 kim tvam bbana yan te kbippam karibi karissati ti, cd.
5 na saccam, cd. ^ ekakika, cd.
7 apuccbitum na g°, cd. ^ Jinarattain, cd.
9 osauam sa, cd. '° maggananaiian, cd.
270 LXXII. ISIDASI.
saccbikari clvipadasettbo ti yam maggapliala-
nibbanasanuitam lokuttaradbammam dvipadanam settbo
sambuddbo sacchi akasi, 1 a b b a s s ii ti yojana.
S a 1 1 a b a m p a b b a j i t a ti pabbajita biitva satta-
hena. Pbassayi ti pbussi saccbakasi. Y a s s a y a m
pbalavipako ti yassa papakammassa ayam siimikassa
amanapabbavasamkhato nissandapbalabbuto vipako. T a m
tava acikkhissan ti tarn kammam tava katbessami.
T a n ti acikkbiyamanam tarn eva kammam tarn va mama
vacanam. E k a m a n a ti ekaggamana. Ayam eva
va patbo.
N a g a r a m b i E r a k a k a c c h e ti evamnamake nagare.
So p a r a d a r a m a s e v i 'ham ti ^ so abam parassa
daram asevi.
C i r a m p a k k o ti babiini vassasatasabassani niraya-
aggina daddho. Tato ca uttbabitva ti tato nirayato
vuttbito^ cuto. Makkatiya kuccbim okkami ti
patisandbim ganbi.
Yiitbapo ti yutbapati. Nillaccbesis ti purisa-
bbavassa laccbanabbutani bijakani nillaccbesi4 mhari.
Tass' etam kammapbalan^ ti tassa maybam evam
atite katassa kammassa pbalam. Yatba pi gantvana
p a r a d a r a n ti yatba tarn paradaram atikkamitva.
T ato ti makkatayonito. S i n d b a v a r a n ii e^ ti Sindba-
varattbe amiatarattbane. E 1 a k i y a ti ajiya.
D a r a k e p a r i v a b i t v a ti pittbim aruyba kumarake
vabitva. Kim in a 'v' atto7 ti abbijatattbane kimi-
paramgato ca butva. At to attito. Akallo ti gilano.
Abosi ti vacanaseso.
V a n i j a k a s s a ti gaviyo vikkinitva jivakassa. Lakba-
tambo ti lakbarasarattebi viya tambebi lomebi saman-
uagato.
T e p n n a^ ti vabitva. N a n g a 1 a n ti siram. Sakatan
I asevi tan ti, cd. ^ vuttbita, cd. 3 nilaccbesi, cd.
4 niccbasi, cd. ^ dbammapb°, cd.
6 Sindharanne, cd. ^ atte, cd. ^ pbuna, cd.
ther! cvatiia. 7*2. 271
ti attbo. And bo v'atto ti kano va liutvfi. At to
pilito.
Y 1 1 ]i i y Ti ti na.Lijavavitbiyani. D a s i y a g li a r e j a t o
ti gbaradfisiya kuccbimbi jato. Vannajatiya ti pi vadaiiti.
N ' e V a 111 a b i 1 fi n a p u r i s o ti ittbl pi piiriso pi na bomi.
Jjitinapumsako ti attbo.
T i m s a t i V a s s a m b i mato ti uapuinsako butvfi tiniPa-
vassakrde mato. S a k a t i k a k u 1 a m li I ' ti senakakule.
D b a n i k a p u r i s a p a t a b a b u 1 a m b 1 2 ti iiiayikanam
pnrisanam adbipatanababiile babiibi inayikebi abbil)bavi-
tabbe.
U s s a n n a y a ti upacitaya. Y i p u 1 a y a ti niabatiya.
Y a d (1 b i y a 3 ti inavaddbiya. Oka d d b a t i ti avakad-
dbati. K u 1 a g b a r a s s a ti mama jcitaknlagebato.
0 r n d d b a t a s s a p u 1 1 o ti assa sattbavrdiassa4 putto
mayi patibaddbacitto n a m e u a G i r i d a s o n a m a .
Avarimdbati attano pariggababbavena gebe karoti.
A n u r a 1 1 a b b a 1 1 a r a n 5 ti bbatta anul)bavati. Tas-
s a b a m v i d d e s a n a m ^ a k a s i n ti tassa bbattuno tarn
bbariyam patividdesauakammam 7 akasi. Yatba tarn so
knjjbati evam patipajji.
1^ am mam a b b i k i r i t u u a ^ g a c c b a n t T ti yam
d a s 1 V i y a sakkaccam upattbabantin9 tattba tattba
patino apakiritva ^° chaddetva anapekkba apagaccbaiiti.
Etam tassa maybam tada katassa paradarikakammassa
patividdesanakammassa " ca nissandapbabim. Tassa pi
an to katomayati tassa pi tatba anunayapfipakam-
massa pariyanto. Idrmi mayji aggamagp^am adbigac-
cbantiya ito param kinci dukkbam attbi ti yam pan* ettba
anantara vibbattam vuttanayatta uttfinattbam eva.
Isidcisiya tberiyfi gatbavaiinana samatta.
Cattalisanipatavaniiana nit tbitTi.
^ tassakatikao, cd. ^ dhanita°, cd. 3 addhiya, cd.
4 sattavahassa, cd. ^ anuvatta Idiattanain, cd.
6 videsanam, cd. 7 satividesami°, cd.
8 abbikiritum na, cd. 9 upattbabantl, cd.
1° assakiritva, cd. " pattividesana°, cd.
272 LXXIII. SUMEDHA.
LXXIIL
M a h a n i p a t e M a n t a v a t i y a n a g a r e ti adika
Sameclhaya tlieriya gatha. Aj-am pi purimabuddhesu
katadhikara tattha tattha bhave vivattupanissa^'am knsalam
upacinanti sakkaccam vimokkhasambhare sambharenti
Koiiagamanassa bhagavato kale knlagehe nibbattitva viniiu-
tam patta attauo sakhihi kuladhitahi saddhim ekajjhasaya
hutva mahantam aramam karetva buddhapamukhassa
bhikkhusanghassa niyyadesi. Sa tena puimakammena
kayassa bheda Tcxvatimsam npagacchi. Tattha yavata-
yukam dibbasampattim anubbavitva tato cuta Yamesu
uppajji, tato cuta Tusitesu, tato cuta Nimmanaratisu, tato
cuta Paranimmitavasavattisil ti anukkamena pancasu kama-
saggesu uppajjitva tattha devarajilnam mahesi hutva tato
cuta Kassapassa bhagavato kale mahavibhavassa setthino
dhita hutva anukkamena viiiiiutam patta sasane abhippa-
sanna hutva ratanattayam uddissa ularapufmakammam
akasi. Tattha yavajivam dhammupajlvini kusaladhamma-
nirata hutva tato cuta Tavatimsesu nibbattitva aparaparam
sugatisu yeva samsaranti imasmim buddhuppade Man-
tavatinagare Koiicassa nama ranilo dhita hutva nibbatti.
Tassa matapitaro Sumedha ti namam akamsu. Tarn
anukkamena vuddhippattam vayappattakale matapitaro
"Varanavatinagare Anikarattassa nama ramio dassama" ti
amantesum. Sa pana daharakalato patthaya attano samil-
navayahi rajakannahi dasljanehi ca saddhim bhikkhunupas-
sayam gantva bhikkhuninam santike dhammam sutvil
cirakalctto patthaya katadhikarataya samsare jatasamvega
sasane abhippasanna paiinavayappattakale kamehi vini-
vattitamanasa ahosi.
Tena sa matapitiinam natinam sammanam sutvana "may-
ham gharavase na kiccam, pabbajissam' ahan" ti aha. Tarn
matapitaro gharavase niyojenta ^ nanappakarena yacite pi
saiinapetum nasakkhimsu. Sa ''evam me pabbajitum lab-
i
niyojento, cd.
THERI GATIIA. 78. O73
bhati 'ti chandam gahetva sayam eva attano kese chinditva
teeva kese Tirabbha patikulamanasikfirani pavattuuti tattba
natikriratriya bhikkbiinTnani santike manasikaravidbanassa
sutapubbatta ca asubbanimittam uppfidetva tattba patba-
majjbrmam adbigaccbi. Adbigatapatbamajjbana ca attaiia
gharfivfise uyyqjetuiu ' upagate matapitaro adikatvA antc-
janaparijanam sabbam rrijakubim sasane al)bippasannaiu
karetva gbarato nikkbamitva bbikkbimupassayaiii gantva
pabbaji. Pabbajitva ca vipassanam pattbapetvri sammad
eva paripakkanana ^ vimuttiparipacaniyanani dliammanam
visesitfiyas cana cirass' eva saba patisambbidabi arabattam
papuni. Tena vuttam Apadaue :
Bhagavati Konagamane samgharamamhi navanivesamhi ^
sakbij'O tini janiyo^ vibciradilnam adcisimba. 1.
Dasakkliattum satakkhattum dasasatakkhattum^' satani ca
satakkhattum
devesu upapajjimba. Ko vado mjlnuse bbave. 2.
Devesu mabiddhika butva7 manusakambi ko vado
sattaratanamahesi^ ittbiratanam abam bbavim.9 3.
Idba sancitakusalam susamiddhakulappaja^°
Dhananjani ca Khema ca abam pi ca tayo jana 4.
Aramam sukatam katva sabbavayavainanditam
buddbapamukhasanghassa niyyadetvfi pamoditfi.^' 5.
Yattha yatthiipapajjami tassa kammassa vjibasa
devesu aggatam patta manussesu tatb' eva ca. G.
Imasmim yeva kappamhi brabmabandbu mahayaso
Kassapo nama namena iippajji vadatani varo.^- 7.
upattbclko mabesissa tada asi uarissaro
Kasiraja KikI nama Baranasipuruttame. 8.
Tassasum satta dhitaro rajakanna sukbedhita
buddbupattbananirata brabmacariyam carimsu ta. 9.
^ uyojetum, cd. "" paripakkata, cd.
3 visositaya, cd. 4 saiigbe c'eva nivesambi, P.
5 sakbiyo vatiyo rajiniyo, P. ^ dasasatakkbattuni nm. P.
7 deve mabiddbika abumba, A.
^ sataratanassa mabesi, P. 9 abani .asi, P.
1° °kuluppajji, P. " samodita, A. '- varatani varo, P.
19
274 LXXIII. SUMEDHA.
Tasam sahayika hutva silesu susamahita
datva danani sakkaccam agare vasatam carim. 10.
Tena kammena sukatena cetanapanidhibi ca
jahitva manusam deham Tavatimsilpaga aham. 11.
Tato cuta Yamam agam ^ tato 'ham Tusitam gata
tato ca Nimmanaratim 2 Vasavattipuram tato. 12.
Yattha yatth' iipapajjami punnakammasamohita
tattha tatth' eva rajiinam mahesittam akarayim. 13.
Tato cuta manussatte rajnuam cakkavattinam
Mandalinaii ca rajiinam mahesittam akarayim. 14.
Sampattims anubhotvana devesu manusesu ca
sabbattha sukhita hutva nekajatisu samsarim. 15.
So hetu so pabhavo "^ tarn miilam satthu sasane khanti
tarn pathamam ^ samodhanam tarn dhammarataya nib-
banam. 16.
Kilesa jhapita mayham bhava sabbe samuhata
nagi va bandhanam chetva viharami anasava. 17.
Svagatam vata me asi buddhasetthassa santike ^
tisso vijja anuppatta katain buddhassa sasanam. 18.
Patisambhida catasso vimokkha pi ca attha me
chalabhiiiiia sacchikata katam buddhassa sasanam ti. 19.
Arahattam pana patva attano patipattim 7 paccavekkhitva
udanavasena :
Mantavatiya nagare raniio Koiicassa aggamahesiya ^
dhita asi Sumedha pasadika sasanakarehi. 448.
Sllavati cittakathika bahussuta buddhasasane vinita
matapitaro upagamma 9 bhanati ubhayo nisametha. 449.
Nibbanabhirataham asassatam^° bhavagatam yadi pi dibbam
kim anga pana tuccha kama appasada bahuvighata. 450.
I Yamasaggam, P. ^ o^.^^i^ p_ 3 sampatti, P.
4 sa pabhavo, P. ^ pathama, A.
^ mama buddhassa santike, A. 7 patipatti, cd.
^ agga om. cd. 9 upasamkamma, cd.
^° asassatam om. cd.
THERI GATUA. 73. 275
Kama katukfi ' asivisiipama yesu muccliita bala
te digluirattam niraye samappita liarifiauto' diikkhitri. 451.
Socanti pfipakamma viuipate pripabuddhino
sada kayena vacfiya ca manasfi ca asamviitri bala.^ 452.
BriLl te diippaimri acetana dukkliasamudayoriiddhri
desente ajfiuant^i na bujjbare ariyasaccani. 45:i.
Saccani amina-^ sambuddhavaradesitani te bahutara aja-
nauta
ye abbinandauti bliavagatam pihauti devesii5 upapat-
tim. 454.
Devesu pi upapatti^ asassata bliavagate aniccambi
ua ca sautasanti bala punappunam jayitabbassa. 455.
Cattriro vinipata dve ca gatiyo kathafici labbbanti ^
na ca vinipatagatanam ^ pabbajja atthi nirayesu. 456.
Anujanatha mam ubhayo pabbajitum dasabalassa pfivacane
appossukka gbatissam 9 jatimaranappahauaya. 457.
Kim bhavagatena ^° abbinanditena kayakalinri asarena
bhavatanbaya uirodha anujauatha pabbajissami. 458.
Buddhanam nppado vivajjito akkhano khano laddho
silani brahmacariyam yclvajivam na diiseyyam. 459.
Evam bhanati Sumedha matapitaro na tava abaram
abariyam " gabattba ^^ maranavasam gata 'va bessami. 460.
Mata dukkbitci rodati pita ca assa sabbaso samabbisjito ^3 .
gbatenti saniiapetum ^4 pasadatale cbama patitam. 461.
Uttbebi puttaka ^5 kim socitena dinna si ^^ Vriraiiavatimbi
rajfi Anikaratto ^7 abbiriipo tassa tvam diDnfi.^^ 462.
AggamabesI bbavissasi ^9 Anikarattassa rrijino bbariya^^
silani brabmacariyain pabbajja dukkara puttaka. 468.
^ kattbaka, cd. - baiinate, cd. 3 bala om. cd.
-^ amma om. cd. 5 bbagavantam yanti d°, cd.
^ uppatti, cd. 7 kattbaci labbanti, cd.
^ vinipatagata, m. 9 gbatiyam, cd. ^° bbagavritena, cd.
^^ abarissam, m. ^- gabattba, cd.
'3 samabbibato, cd. '-^ panfiapetum, cd.
^5 puttike m. ; puttika, cd. ^^' ^\\\vC ambi, cd.
^7 Anikar°, cd. '' dinna, cd.
^9 bbavissati, cd. ^° ariya, m.
276 LXXIII. SUMEDHA.
Eajje ana dhanam issariyam bhoga sukha dabarika pi
bhunjahi kamabhoge vareyyam ^ hotu te putta. 464.
Atha ne bhanati Sumedha ma edisakani^ bhavagatam
asaram
pabbajja va hohitis maranam va"^ tena c'eva vareyyam.^ 465.
Kim iva putikayam asucim ^ savanagandham7 bhayanakam
kunapam abhisamviseyyam ^ gattam 9 sakipaggbaritam ^°
asucipunnam. 466.
Kim iva t'abam jananti vikiilakam mamsasonitapalittam
kimikulalayam sakunabbattam " kalevaram ^^ kissa diy-
yati ^3 ti. 467.
Nibbuybati susanam aciram kayo apetaviiinano
cbuttbo kabiigaram ^4 viya jiguccbamanebi natibi. 468.
Cbaddima ^s nam susane parabbattam nbayanti ^^ jiguc-
cbanta
niyaka matapitaro kim pana sadbarana ^7 janata. 469.
Ajjbosita asare kalevare attbinbarusamgbate ^^
khelassumuccbassavaparipunne ^9 piltikayambi. 470.
Yo nam vinibbbnjitva 2° abbhantaram assa bahiram kayira
gandbassa asahamana saka pi ^i mata jiguccbeyya.-^ 471.
Khandbadbatuayatanani samkhatam 23 jatimuiakam
dukkbam yoniso arucim bbananti 24 vareyyam kissa iccbey-
yam.25 472.
Divase divase tl sattisatani navanava pateyyum kayamhi
vassasatam pi cagbato^s seyyo dukkbassa c'eva kbayo. 473.
^ dhareyyam, cd. ^ edisaka, cd. ; edisikani, m.
3 bohisi, cd. 4 va om. cd. ^ dbareyyam, cd.
^ 'isuci, cd. 7 sasanagandbam, cd. ^ °viseyya, cd.
9 bbastam, m. ^° sakim p°, cd. ^^ sakuna°, cd.
^2 kalevara, cd. ^3 riyati, cd.
14 kalikaram, cd. ^s cbaddbana, cd. ; cbuttbiina, m.
^6 paresam bbattam nayanti, cd. ^7 sadbarano, cd.
18 osamghate, m. ^9 kbelasuccbadassavap°, cd. m.
20 vinibbbajjitva, cd. 21 sakkaram pi, cd.
22 jigiiccbeyyam, cd. 23 samkbatam, cd.
24 anivigananti, cd. 25 iccbeyyum, cd. 26 sangbato, cd.
THERI GATHA. 73. 277
Ajjhupiigacche ghritain ^ yo vinnii evam- satthuno vacauam
digho tesam 3 sanisaro •+ puuappunaiii hannamrinriuani. 474.
Devesu manussesu 5 ca tiracchruiayoniya asurakaye
petesii ca nirayesu ca aparimitri ^ dlyante ghata.7 475.
Nirayesu bahii *^ vinipfitagatassa kilissdmanassa
devesu pi attanam 9 nibbrimisukhri param n'attlii. 470.
Patta te ^° nibbilnam ye yatta dasabalassa pavacane
appossLikka ^^ ghateuti jatimaranappahfmriya. 477.
Ajj' eva tata ^^ abhiuikkhamissam bliogelii kim asarehi '3
nibbinna ^^ me kama vantasama/5 talavatthukata. 478.
Sa c'eva ^^ bbauati pitaram Anikaratto ^7 ca yassa diuua ^^
upayasi pitaruuavuto yareyyam ^9 upatthite kale. 479.
Atha asitanicitamuduke -° kese khaggena chindiya
Sumedha pasadam pidhatvri -^ pathamajjhanam 22 sama-
pajji. 480.
Sa ca tabim samapanna ^3 Anikaratto ^-^ ca agato nagaram
pasade 'va Sumedha aniccasaiiua su bhaveti. 481.
Sa ca 25 manasikaroti Anikaratto ^6 ca aruhi turitam
mauikanakabhusitango kataiijali yacati Sumedham.^/ 482.
Kajje ana dhanam issariyam bhoga sukha daharika pi 28
bhufljclhi -9 kamabhoge kamasukha sudullabha loke. 483.
Nisattbam 3° te rajjam bhoge bhuiijassu dehi danani
ma dummana ahosi matapitaro te dukkhita.3i 434^
I ghata, cd. ~ eva, cd. ^ yo^ m.
4 tesam saro, cd. 5 manussesu, cd. ^ aparimito, cd.
7 diyate ghato, m. cd. ^ babuhi, cd.
9 atanam, m. cd. ^^ tassa te, cd. ^^ apposukka, cd.
12 tata, cd. 13 pasarebi, cd. ^^ nibbana, cd.
i5 vantam s°, cd. ^^ sa c'eva, cd.
17 Anikar°, cd. ^^ ssa sa dinna, cd.
^9 ubhayaya pi tarunavata dhareyyam, m. cd.
20 amitan°, cd. -^ c^ipinatvcl, cd. ^2 ojjbane, cd.
23 sammapanna, cd. -4 Aiiik°, cd. -5 sa 'va, cd.
2^ Aiiik^, cd. 27 Sumedha, cd. ^8 daharika si, m.
29 bhuiljami, cd. 3° nissattham, cd.
31 duve dukkb°, cd.
278 LXXIII. SUMEDHA.
Tarn tarn bbanati Sumedha kamehi anatthika vigatamoha
ma kame abhinandi kamesv' adinavam passa. 485.
Catuddipo raja Mandhata asi ^ kamabbogmam aggo
atitto 2 kalamkato na ca tassa paripiirita icoha. 486.
Satta ratanani^ vasseyya vnttbima dasadisa4 samantena
na c'atthi titti^ kamanam atitta 'va maranti nara. 487.
Asisiiliipuma kama kama ^ sappasiropama 7
ukkopama anudabanti attbikankalasannibha.s 488.
Anicca addbuva kama bahudukkba mabavisa
ayogulo va santatto a,gbamula dukkhapphala.9 489.
Eukkhapbaliipama kama mamsapesupama dukba ^°
supinopama vancaniya kama yacitakupama. 490.
Sattisuliipama kama rogo gando agbam nigbam
angarakasusadisa agbamiilam bhayam vadho. 491.
Evam babudukkha kama akkbata antarayika
gaccbatba na me bbavagate vissaso attbi attano. 492.
Kim mama paro karissati attano sisambi dayhamanambi
anubandbe jaramarane " tassa gbataya^^ gbatitabbam. 493.
Dvaram apapunitvana 'yam ^3 matapitaro Anikarattan ^"^ ca
disvana cbamam ^s nisinne rod ante ^^ id am avoca. 494.
Digho balanam samsaro punappunam ca rodatam
anamatagge pitu marane bbatu vadbe attano ca vadbe. 495.
Assu tbafinam^7 rudbiram samsarani anamataggato saratba^^
sattanam samsaritam ^9 sarabi attbinam ca ^° sannica-
yam. 496.
Sara ^i catiiro' dadbi upanite assutbannarudbiramhi 22
sara ^3 ekakappam attbinam 24 sancayam Vipulena sa-
mam. 497.
I asi, cd. 2 ]^ama titto, cd. ^ sabba rat°, cd.
4 asadisa, cd. s tittbi, cd. ^ kama oni. m. cd
7 sabbaBir°, m. ^ oi^ankala", m. cd. 9 oppala, cd.
1° dukkba, cd. ^^ °marana, cd. ^^ ghataya, m.
13 otvanabam, cd. ^4 Anik°, cd. ^5 disvana mam, cd.
16 rodente, cd. ; rodanti, m. ^7 dbannam, cd.
18 ©to ca atba, cd. ^9 samsaratam, m. ^o q^l om. cd.
21 sara, cd. ^2 ©(ji^annam, cd. ; °rucirambi, m.
23 param, cd. ^^ attbiram, cd.
ther! gatha. 73. 279
Anamatagge samsarato ^ mabim - Jaml)uclipam upanltaiii
kolattbimattagiiHkfi matfipitusv 3 eva na ppalionti, 498.
Sara -^ tiiiakattbain "^ sakbapalasam upaiiitaui anamatag-
gato
pitusu caturangulika gbatika pitupitusv^' eva na ppa-
bonti. 499.
Sara kriiiakaccbapaiu pubbe sainuclde aparato ca yugaccbid-
daip
siram tassa ca patimukkaiii7 inanussablbbambi opam-
mam.^ 500.
Sara rupam pbenapiiidopamassa 9 kriyakaiino asarassa
kbaudhe ^° passa auicce sarabi " niraye babuvigbate. 501.
Sara katasim vaddbente ^^ punappunam tasu tasu jatisu
sara kumbbibibbayani ca sarabi cattari saccani. 502.
Amatambi vijjamane kim tava paiicakatukena pitena ^3
sabba bi kamaratiyo katukatara paiicakatukena. 503.
Amatambi vijjamane kim tava kamebi ye parilaba
sabba bi kamaratiyo jalita kiitbita^^ kupita^s santapita.^^ 504.
Asapattambi ^7 samTme kim tava kamebi ye babusapatta ^^
rajaggicoraudakappiyebi sadbarana kama babusapatta. 505.
Mokkbambi vijjamane kim tava kamebi yesu bi vadha-
bandbo
kamesu bi vadbabandbo kamakama ^9 dukkbani anubbon-
ti. 500.
Adipita tinukka gaiibantam dabanti n'eva muncantam ^°
ukkopama bi kama dabanti ye te na muilcanti. 507.
Ma appakassa hetu kamasukbassa vipulain jabi "^ sukbam
^ samsarato, cd. ^ mabi, cd. ^ matfimatusv, m.
4 sara am. m. 5 tinakattbassa, cd. ^ matfipitusv, cd.
7 paripunnam, cd. ^ upamam, cd.
9 opamaya, cd. m. ^° nandbe, cd. ^^ parabi, cd.
12 vaddbante, cd. ; vaddbente, m. ^^ mitena, cd.
14 kudbita, m. ^^ kupita oni. m. ^^ santappita, cd.
17 asampatt°, cd. ^^ babusamatta, cd.
^9 kamesu bi asakama, m. ; vadbabandbo om, cd.
2o muccantam, m. ^i jabe, cd.
280 LXXIII. SUMEDHA.
ma puthulomo va balisam gilitva paccha vihannasi.^ 508.
Kamam kamesu damassu^ tava sunakho va sankhalabaddho^
khahinti^ khii tarn kama5 chata sunakham va candala. 509.
Aparimitam ca dukkham bahuni ca cittadomanassani
anubhobisikamesuyutto.^ Patinissaja addhuve7kame. 510.
Ajaramhi vijjamane kim tava kamehi ye sujara
maranavyadbigahita ^ sabba sabbattha jatiyo. 511.
Ham ajaramidam amaram idam ajaramarapadam asokam 9
asapattam ^° asambadham akhalitam abhayam nirupata-
pam. 512.
Adbigatam idam bahiihi amatam ajjapi ca labhaniyam idam
yo yoniso payuiijati" na ca sakka aghatamanena.^^ 513^
Evam bbanati Sumedha sankbaragate ratim ^^ alabbamana
animenti ^4 Anikarattam kese'va chamam cbupi ^^ Sume-
dha. 514.
Uttbaya Anikaratto paiijaliko yaci ^^ tassa pitaram so
vissajjetba Sumedbam pabbajitum vimokkhasaccadas-
sa.^7 515.
Vissajjita matapitubi pabbaji sokabbayabhita
cha abhinna sacchikata aggapbalam sikkbamanaya. 516.
Acchariyam abbhutan tarn nibbanam asi rajakannaya
pubbenivasacaritam yatba vyakari pacchime kale. 517.
Bhagavati Konagamane sangbaramamhi navanivesamhi
sakhiyo tini janij^o vibaradanam adasimba. 518.
Dasakkhattum satakkhattum dasasatakkhattum satani ca
satakkbattum
devesu upapajjimba. Ko pana vado manussesu. 519.
Devesu mabiddhika abumba. Manussakamhi ko pana^^ vado.
I Vxbannati, cd. ^ ramassu, cd.
3 sankhanam bandho, cd. ; sankbanubandbo, m.
4 kabanti, cd. ; kahinti, m. 5 kama, cd.
^ kamayutto, m. cd. 7 patinissada andbave, cd.
s °badbi°, cd. 9 idan tamaramaranapaduso, cd.
1° atbapattbam, cd. " payujjati, cd.
^2 aghatamane, cd. ^3 rati, cd. m arunenti, cd.
i5 tbubhi, cd. ^^ yava, cd.
^7 odassami, cd. ^^ pana om. m.
therT gatiia. 73. 281
Sattaratanassa mahesi itthiratanam ahani asi.^ 520.
So beta so pabhavo tain mulam sattbii sasane ^ kbanti
tain patbamain samodbanam tain dbammarataya nil)!);!-
iiam. 521.
Evam katbenti 3 ye saddabanti vacanaiu anomai)arinassa
nibbiudanti l)bavaj];ate nil)l)inditvri virajjantT ti. 522.
Ima gatba abbasi. Tattba M a n t a v a t i y a d a g a r e
ti Mantavati ti evamnamake nagare. R a ii ii o K o n -
c a s s a ti Koucassa naraa raiifio mabesiyfi kuccbimbi jata
dbltii tisi. S u m e d b Ti ti namena Sumedbri. P a s a -
dika4 sasaiiakarebiti sattbu sasanakfirebi ariyebi
dbammadesanaya sasane pasfidika saiijataratanattayappa-
sadakatii
Si lav at! acarasllasampanna. Cittakatba ti
cittadbammakatba. B a b u s s u t a pariyattidbammassa
saiitbitci. B 11 d d b a s a s a n e v i n 1 1 a ti evam pabba-
janti evam nibbanti iti silam iti samadbi iti panna iti
suttanugatena yonisomanasikarena saiigato -^ kilesanam
vinigatatta buddbanam sasane vinlta samyatakayavricfi-
citta. Ubbayo nisametba ti tumbe dve pi mama
vacanam nisametba. Matapitaro iipagantva^
bbanati ti yojana.
Y a d i pi d i b b a m ti 7 devaloke pariyapannam pi
bbavagatam nama sabbam j)i a s a s s a t a m ^ aniccam
dukkbam viparinamadbammam. Kim an gam pana
t u c c b a k a m a ti kim aiigam pana manussakama ye
sabbe pi asata 'va bbjivato tiiccbci ritta sattbadbrirayam
madbubindu viya appassada etarahi ayatin ca vipula-
dukkbataya b a b u v i g b a t a .
K a t u k a ti anittba sappatibbayattbena a s i v i s a -
s a d i s a . Yesu kamesu m u c c b i t a ti ajjbositri.
S a m a p p i t a ti sakammuna sabbaso appita kbittfi upa-
^ asim, m. - savastisane, m. cd. 3 karonti, m. cd.
■^ pasadbita, cd. ^ tangato, cd. ^ ugantva, cd.
7 dibbati, cd. ^ apassapatani, cd.
282 LXXIII. SUMEDHA.
panna ti attbo. H a n n a n t e ti badhiyanti vinipatenti ^
apaye.
A c e t a n a ti attabitacetanaya abbavena acetana.
Dukkbasamudayoruddha ti tanbanimittasamsare
aparuddba. Desente ti catusaccadbamme desiyainane.
A j a n a n t a ti attbam ajananta. N a b u j j b a r e
ariyasaccani ti dukkbadini ariyasaccani no pati-
bujjbanti.
A m m a ti mataram pamukbam katva alapati. Te
babutara ajananta ye abbinandanti bba-
vagatam pihanti^ devesu upapattins ti te
buddbavaradesitani saccani ajananta te yeva ca imasmim
loke babutara ti yojana.
B b a V a g a t 0 a n i c c a m b I ti sabbasmim bbave
anicce '^ devesu upapatti nasassata.5 Evam sante ^ pi
na ca santasanti bala na uttasanti na samvegam 7
apajjanti. P u n a p p u n a m j a y i t a b b a s s a apara-
param upapajjamanassa.
Cattaro vinipata ti nirayatiraccbanayonipeta-
visayaasurayoni ^ ti ime cattaro 'sukbasamussayato
vinipatagatiyo. Manussadevupapattisaiicitc\9 pana dve
ca gatiyo. K a t b a ii c i kiccbena kasirena 1 a b b b a n t i .
Pufinakammassa dukkaratta n i r a y e s u ti sukbarabitesu
apayesu.
A p p 0 s s u k k a ^° ti annakiccesu nirussukka. G b a t i s -
s a ni ti vayamissam " bbavanam anuyunjissami.
Kayak alina asarena kim abbinanditena
ti yojana. Bbavatanbaya nirodba ti bbava-
gataya tanbaya nirodbabetu nirodbanattbam. B u d d b a-
nam u p p a d o 1 a d d b o v i v a j j i t o nirayuppattiadiko
attbavidbo a k k b a n o . K b a n o navamo kbano
laddbo ti 3'ojana. Silani ti catuparisuddbisllani.
^ vinipateti, cd. ^ vibanti, cd. 3 upapatti, cd.
4 anicca, cd. ^ passita, cd. ^ santa, cd.
7 samvega, cd. ^ pittivisayo°, cd. 9 osanjata, cd.
^° apposukka, cd. " vayamisam, cd.
THERI GATIIA. 78. 283
B r a b m a c a r I y a n ti sasaiiabrahmacariyani. N a d u -
s e y y a n ti na kopeyyilmi.
N a t a V a a h a r a in a li a r i y a in g a b a t t b a ti
n'eva tava abani gabattbfi butva fibaram abariyrimi. Sace
pabbajjani ^ na labbissami ni a r a n a v a s a m e v a g a t a
b b a V i s s a m 1 ti e v a in S u in e d b a m fi t a jm t a r o
bb a II a tl ti yojana.
A s s a ti Sumedbaya. S a b b a s o s a m a b b i s a, t o
ti assa pita - sabbaso abbisfitasukbo. Gbatenti safi-
fi a p e t u n ti p a s a d a t a 1 e c b a ma p a t i t a in
Sumedbam matfi ca pita ca gibibbavaya samiapetum
gbatenti vayamanti. Gb a t e n t i (!) pi patbo. So eva
attbo.
Kim socitena ti ''pabbajjani na labbissami" ti
kim socanena. Dinna si Yar a ii a vat i m b i 3 Yara-
navatinagare dinna asi, Dinna si ti vatva puna pi
dinna ti vacanam dalbam 4 dinnabbavadassanattbam.
Eajje ana ti Anikarattassa rajje tava aini pavatti.
Dbanam issariyan ti imasmim kule patikule ca
dbanam issariyam ca. Bboga sukbfi ativiya ittba
bboga ti sabbam idam tuybam upattbitam battbagatam.
D a b a r i k a taruna. Tasma b b u n j a b i k a m a -
b b 0 g e . Tena karaiiena d b a r e y y a m b o t u t e
put t a ti yojana.
N e ti matapitaro. Ma e d i s i k a n i ti evarupani
rajje anadini ma bbavantu. Tasma ti ce aba bbava-
gatam asaran ti adi.
Kim iva ti kim viya.^ Piitikayan ti imam piiti-
kalevaram. S a v a n a g a n d b a n ti visattbagandbam.
Bbayanakan ti avitaraganam bbayavabam. Kuiia-
pam abbisamviseyyam bbastan^ ti kuna-
pabbaritam cammapasibbakain. Sakipaggbaritain7
a s u c i p u 11 n a m nanappakjlrassa asucino ^ puniiain
I pabbajam, cd. ^ pj ^j^ c(j. 3 ovatim pi, cd.
4 dalbim, cd. 5 kimi viya, cd.
^ abbisamviseyyabbattan, cd. ^ pakip^', cd.
^ asuno, cd.
284 LXXIII. SUMEDHA.
hutva sakim ^ viya sabbakalam ^ adhippaggharantam
mama idam ti abhiniveseyyam.
Kim i V a t ' a h a m j a n a n t i v i k u 1 a k a u 3 ti
ativiya patikulam asucihi mamsapesihi sonitehi ca u p a -
1 i 1 1 a m anekesam kimikulanam alayam sakunanam
bhattabhiitam. Kimikulale sakunabhattam ti
pi patbo. Kiminam avasittham sakunanaii ca bbatta-
bbutan -^ ti attbo. Tarn abam kalevaram jananti thita
kammam idani dhareyyavasena kassa kena nama kara-
nena diyyatl 5 ti dasseti tassa tan ca danam kim iva kim
viya boti ti yojana.
N i b b u y b a t i s u s a n a, m a c i r a k a y o a p e t a -
V i n ii a n o ti ay am kayo acirena ca apagatavinnano
susanam nibbuj^bati upaniyati. Chuttbo^ ti cbaddito.
K a 1 i n g a r a m viya ti nirattbakakattbakbandasadiso.
J i g u c c b a m a n e b i 7 n a t i h i ti janebi pi jiguccha-
manebi.
C b a (1 d u n a ^ nam s u s a n e chaddetva. P a r a -
bbattan ti paresam sonasigabxdmam annabbatam.
Nbayanti9 jiguccbanti ti imassa paccbato agata
ti ettaka pi jiguccbamana sasisam nimujjanti nbayanti ^°
pag eva puttbavanto.^^ Niyaka matapitaro viya
attano matapitaro ^dl Kim p a n a ^^ s a d h a r a n a
V i j a t a ti. Itaro 2^ana samubo jiguccbati ti kim eva
vattabbam.
A j j b 0 s i t a tanhavasena abhinivittba. A s a r e ti
niccasaradisararabite vinibbbujitva^s viunanavinibbhogam
katva.
Gandhassa as a bam ana ^4 ti gandbam assa
kayassa a&abanti. S a k a pi m a t a ti attano mata pi.
J i g u c c b e y y a ti kottbasanam vinibbhujanena ^^ pati-
^ pakim, cd. ^ sabbakaram, cd. 3 vikulan, cd.
4 bbutan onli/, cd. 5 dissati, cd. ^ cbuddbo, cd.
7 jiguccbamane, cd. « chaddana, cd. 9 nayanti, cd.
^° nayanti, cd. i^ pbuttbav°, cd. ^^ ]^[^j j^a, cd.
^3 vinibbuj°, cd. 14 abamana, cd.
^5 vinibbhajjanena, cd.
THEra GATiiA. 73. 2^5
kulablifivriya sutthiitarani upattliahauato. K b a u d li a -
d h a t u a y a t a ii a ni ti rupakkbandliadayo ime pafica
khandbfi eakkbudbatuadayo ima aUbfirasa dbfituyo cakkbTi-
yatanadini imfmi dyfidasayatanrini ti evam kbandbadba-
tuyo ;1yatanani c.l ti sabbam idaiu ruparupadbammajrita-
saccasambbuyyapaccayebi katatta s a li k h a t a m na
yidam tasmini bbave pavattamanadukkbam. Jatipacca-
yatta j fi t i m ii 1 a k a m ti evam y o n i s o upayena a r u -
c i m ^ b b a n a n t i viuayariti. I> b fi r e y y a in vivabam.
Kissa kena = karanena iccbisstimi. Silaiii brabma-
cariyam pabbajjadukkarci ti yad etam mfitapitubi vuttain
tassa pativacauam datum d i v a s e ti adi vuttam.
Tattba d i v a s e tl s a 1 1 i s a t a u i n a v a ii a v a p a -
teyyum kayambi ti diue dine tiiii sattisatani tavad
eva nisitanisitabbavena abbinavclui kriyasmim sampatey-
yum. V a s s a s a t a m pi c a g b a t o s e y y o ti niran-
taram vassasatam pi patamano yatbavutto sattigbato
seyyo. Dukkbassa c'eva kbayo ti evam cev'atta-
dukkbassa parikkbayo bbaveyya. Evam mabantam pi
pavattidukkbam adbivasetva nibbanadbigamriya ussfibo
karaniyo ti. Ajjbupagacche ti sampaticcbeyya. Evan
ti vuttanayena idam vuttam boti : yo puggalo anamatag-
gam samsaram aparimanam ca vattadukkbam dlpentam
sattbuno vacanam viniiaya yatbavuttam sattigbataduk-
kbain sampaticcbej^ya tena c'eva vattadukkbassa parik-
kbayo siya ti. Tenaba : d i g b o t e s a m s a m s a r o
p u n a p p u n a m h a n ii a m a n a n a in ti aparfiparam
jatijaravyadbimaranadlbi badbiyamananan ti attbo.
A s u r a k a y e ti kalakaujakadipetasuranikaye. G b a t a
ti kayacittanam upaghata. Babii ti pancavidbabandba-
nadikammakaranavasena pavattiyamana l)abu anekagbfita.
V i n i p a t a g a t a s s a ti sesapayasankbatam vinipatain
upagatassa pi. K i 1 i s s a m ti n a s s a ti tiraccbfinadiatta-
bbcivato abbigbatildibi abadbi3'amanassa.
D e V e s u pi a 1 1 a ii a n ti devassa bbiivesu pi attanam
n'atthi ragaparilahadina sadukkbti savigbatabbavato. Nib-
^ aruci, cd. ^ sandassa keua, cd.
286 LXXIII. SUMEDHA.
b a n a s u k b a p a r a m n ' a 1 1 h i ti uibbauasukbato
param amiam uttamam sukbam nama n'attbi. Lokiya-
siikhassa viparinamasaukbaradukkhasabbavatta. Tenaba
bbagava : nibbanam paramam sukban ti.
P a 1 1 a t e ^ n i b b a n a ij ti te nibbanappatta yeva
nama. Ye yutta dasabalassa pavacane ti
sammasambuddbassa sasane ye yuttapayutta.
Nibbinna ti viratta. Me ti may a. Yantasama
ti sunavamadhusadisa. T al a v a ttb u k a t a ti talassa
cbinditatthauasadisa kata.
Atba ti paccba matapitunam attano ajjbasayam pave-
detva Anikarattassa ca agatabbavam sutva. A s i t a n i -
citamuduke^ ti indanilabbamarasamanavannataya
asitagbanabbavena nicite, simbalikulasamasampbassa-
naya mudiike. Kese kbaggena cbindiya ti attano
kese suuisitena asina cbinditva. P a s a d a n c a p i -
d b a t V a ^ ti attano vasanapasade sirigabbbam pidbaya
tassa dvaram tbaketva 4 ti attbo. P a t b a m a j j b a n a m
samapajjT ti kbaggena cbinne attano kese purato tbapetva
tattba patikulamanasikaram pavattenti yatba upattbite
nimitte uppannam patbamam jbanam bbavam apadetva
samapajji. Sa ca Sumedba tahim pasade samapannajjba-
nan ti adbippayo. Aniccasailna su bbaveti ti
jbanato vuttbabitva jbanam padakam katva vipassanam
pattbapetva yam kiiici rupan ti adina auiccilnupassanam
suttbu bbaveti. Aniccasaiinagabanen'evam ettba dukkba-
saiiiiadinam pi gabanam katam ti veditabbam.
M a n i k a n a k a b h u s i t a n g 0 ti maiiivivittebi bema-
laiikarebi vibbusitagatto.
E a j j b a n a ti adina tbitakaranidassanam. Tattba ana
ti adbipaccam. Issariyan ti 3'aso vibbavasampat-
tibboga. S n k b a ti ittba manapiya kamiipabboga.
D a b a r i k a si ti tvam idani dabara taruiii asi.
N i s a 1 1 b a n 5 t e r a j j an ti maybam sabbam pi tiyo-
janikam rajjam tuybam pariccattam. Tarn patipaj-
^ patta ve, cd. ^ amita°, cd. ^ ^api tbatva, cd.
4 tbakketva, cd. 5 nissattban, cd.
THEHI GATHA. 73. 287
jitvfi b h o <]j e ca b h u u j ass u. Ayani niaiu kame
yeva nimanteti ti. M ft d u m m a u a a h o s i d c h i
d a n a n i yatharuciyfi mahautani danfmi samaiiabrahma-
nesu pavattehi. M a t a p i t a r o t e d u k kbit a doma-
nassappattri tava pabbajjiuidbippfiyaiu sutvfi. Tasma kame
paribbunjantl te pi upattbahanti tesam cittam dukkbain
mocesi. Evam ettba padattbayojanfi veditabbfi.
M ii k a me a b b i n a n d i ti vattbukfimc kilesaka-
mebi abbiuaudi. Atbo kbo tesu kfimesu a d I n a v a m
dosam maybani vacanrinusrirena passa nanacalvkbuna
olokebi.
C Ti t u d d T p 0 ^ ti Jambudipadlnam catunnani maha-
dipanain issaro. Mandbata ti evamnamo raja.
Kamabboginam aggo aggabbuto ilsi. Tenaba
bhagava : Eabu 'ggam attabhavlnam Mandbatfi ktlmabbo-
ginan ti. A t i 1 1 o k a 1 a n k a t o ti caturasiti vassasa-
bassani kumarakilavasena caturasiti vassasabassani opa-
rajjavasena caturasiti vassasabassani cakkavatti raja deva-
bbogasadise bboge bbuiljitva cbattimsa sakkanam ayup-
pamanakalam tavatimsabbavane saggasampattim anubba-
vitva pi kamebi atitto 'va kalaiikato, kamesu na c'assa
p a r i p u r i t a i c c b a .
S a 1 1 a r a t a 11 a n i v a s s e y y a ti ^ satta pi rata-
nani. Y u 1 1 h i m a 3 devo. D a s a d i s fi vyapetva.
SamaDtena samantato purisassa rucivasena yadi pi
vasseyya. A'atba tvam Mandbatu mabarajassa evam
sante pi na vijjati t i 1 1 i k a m a n a m ; kamanani a t i 1 1 a
' V a m a r a n t i n a r a . Tenaba bbagava : na kabapaiia-
vassena titti kamesu vijjati ti.
A s i s u 1 u p a m a k a m a adbikuttanattbena. S a p-
p a s i r u p a m a k a m a sappatibbayattbena. U k k u-
p a m a ti tinukkupama anudabanattbena. Tenaba :
a n u d a b a n 1 1 ti a 1 1 b i k a ii k a 1 a s a n n i b b a ap-
pasadattbena mabavisa ti bab"ibab~idimabavisasadisri
agbadukkbassa mulakaranabbuta. Tenaba riikkbapbahi ti.
^ catudipo, cd. ^ ratanani seyyana ti, cd.
3 vuddbima, cd.
288 LXXIII. SUMEDHA.
E u k k h a p h a 1 ii p a m a angapaccanganam pliali-
bhaiijanatthena. Mamsapesupama bahusadharanat-
thena. Supinupama ittarapaccupattbanattliena
maya viva palobhanato. Tenaha v a n c a n i y a ti
vancaniya ti attbo.
Yacitakiipama ti yacitakabbandasadisa tava
kalikattbena.
Sattisuliipama vinivijjhanattbena. Eujattbe rogo.
Dukkbata sulayo g a n d o. Kilesasu vippaggharanato ^
dukkbuppadanattbena a g b a m. Maranasampapanena
nigbam. Angarakasusadisa mahabbitapanat -
tbena bbayabetutaya ceva vadbababutaya ca b b a y a m
V a d b 0 nama kama ti yojana.
Akkbata antarayika saggamaggadbigamassa
nibbanagamimaggassa ca antarayakaratta ca cakkbubbute
bnddbadibi vutta.
G a c c b a t b a 2 ti Anikarattam sadisam vissajjeti.
K i m 3 mama p a r o k a r i s s a 1 1 ti. Paro anno.
Mama kim nama bitam karissati ti. Attano sisambi
uttamangam ekadasabi aggibi daybamano. Tenaba :
a n u b a n d b e j a r a m a r a n e ti tassa jaramaranassa
sisadabassa. Gbataya4 samuggbataya gbatitabbam
vayamitabbam.
Cbaman ti cbamayam. Idam avoca ti.
D 1 g b 0 b a 1 a n a m s a m s a r o ti adikam samve-
gasamvaddhanakam vacanam avoca : dig bo balanam
s a m s a r o ti. Kilesakammavipakavattabbiitanam kban-
dbayatanadinam patipavattisamkbato samsaro apariiina-
tavatthukanam andbabalanam digho. Buddhaiianena pi
aparicbindatiyo yatba bi anupaccbinna avijjatanbanam
bbavappabandhassa pubbakoti na pannayati. Evam
sarami koti ti p u n a p p u n a m r o d a n t a m aparaparam
sokavasena rudantanam imina pi avijjatanba tarn aparic-
cbinnam tass'eva tesam vibbaveti ti.
Assu tbannam rudbirans ti yam iiativyasa-
^ cipaggbar°, cd. ^ gaccbata, cd. 3 ki, cd.
4 ghataya, cd. s rudbiyan, cd.
THERI (tATHA. 73. "289
ncipliutthriaaui rodantrinam a s s u il ca dfirakakfile ma-
tutthanato pitam thannaiu yafi ca paccattbikebi
ghatitriuam r u cl h i r a in s a m s <i r a lu a n a m a t a f^-
'^ a t o samsarassa auamataggatta [auumatagattilj aviditag-
gatta imiufi dlghena addhunfi s a 1 1 a n a m s a iii s a-
r i t a 111 aparfiparani samsarantanani samsaritaiii s a-
r a t h a tarn ti ca bahukan ti auussarrihi. A 1 1 h i u a m
s a 11 n i c a }' a m tathfi attblnam saniiicaj'am s a r a b i
anussara upadbarebi ti attbo.
Idiiui adinavassabahubhcivani upamaj^a dassetuni :
s a r a c a t u r o 'd a d b i ti gatbam aba. Tattba
s a r a c a t u r o ' d a d b T ti u p a n i t e a s s u t h a n n e
c a r u d h i r a m b I ti iinesam sattanam anamatagge
samsare Scimsarantanam ekekassa pi atthimhi assumbi
tbanne rudbiramhi ca pamanato upametabbe c a t u r o
'dadbl cattaro maliasamudde upamavasena buddhebi
u p a 11 i t e s a r a sarahi. E k a k a p p a m a 1 1 li T n a m
s a 11 c a y a m V i p u I e n a s a m a n ti ekassa pug-
galassa ekasinim kappe attblnam saiicayam Vipula-
pabbatena samam upanitam. Vuttam bi c'etam :
Ekass' ekena kappena puggalass' attbisaucayo
siya pabbatasamo rasi iti vuttam mabesina
so kho panayam akkbato Yepullo pabbato maba
uttaro Gijjbakiitassa Magadbaiiam Giribbajan ti,
M a b a j a m b u d 1 p a m upanitam^ k o I a 1 1 b i-
m a 1 1 a g u 1 i k a m a t a p i t u s v e v a n a p p a b o n 1 1
ti. Jambudipo ti saiikbatam mabapatbavim^ padarattbite
matta darattbike katva tattb' ekekam ayam me matu ayam
me matumatii ti evam vibbajiyamane ta gulika m a t u m a-
t u s V 6 V a n a p p a b o n 1 1 ti. Matamiitusu akkbiiiasv
eva pariyantika gulika parikkbayam pariyadanams gaccbey-
yum na tv eva anamatagge samsare samsarato4 sattassa
^ unitam, cd. ^ opathayj^ q^^ 3 mariyadanam, cd.
"^ samsarato, cd.
20
290 LXXIII. SUMEDHA.
matumataro ti. Evam Jambuclipamahisamsarassa digba-
bhavena upamabbavena upamtam. Manasikaro bi ti.
T i n a k a 1 1 b a s a k b a p a 1 a s a n ti tinaii ca kattbaii
ca sakbapalasan ca. Upanitan ti upamabbavena
upamtam. Anamataggato ti samsarassa anamatag-
gabbavato. C a t u r a n g u 1 i k a pi g b a t i k a ti catu-
raiigulappamanani kbandani. P i t u p i t u s v e v a n a
p p a b 0 n 1 1 ti pitupitamabesv^ eva ta gbatika na ppabonti.
Idam vuttam boti : imasmim loke sabbam tinan ca
kattban ca sakbapabisail ca caturangulika caturangu-
lika katva tattb' ekekam ayam me pitu ayam me
pitamabassa ^ ti bbajiyamane ta gbatika 'va parikkbayam
pariyadanam gaccbeyyum na tv eva anamatagge
samsare samsarato sattassa pitu pitamaba ti. Evam
tinakattbaii ca sakbapabisafi ca samsarassa dlgba-
bbavena upamtam sarabi ti. Imasmim pana tbane
anamataggo 'yam bbikkbave samsaro pubbakoti na paii-
iiayati avijjanivaraiianam sattanam tanbasamyojananam
sandbavatam samsaratam.3 Kim manfiatba bbikkbave
katamam nu kbo babutaram yam va ito imina digbena
addbuna sandbavatam samsaratam amanapasampayoga
kandantanam rodantanam assu punnam paggbaritam yam
ca catiisu mabasamuddesu udakam tan ti adika anamatagga
pali abaritabbam.
Sara k a n a k a c c b a p a n 4 ti ubbayakkbikanam kac-
cbapam anussara. Pubbasamudde aparato ca
yugaccbiddan ti purattbimasamudde aparato ca
paccbimuttaradakkbinasamudde vatavasena paribbba-
mantn jsa yugassa ekam cbiddam. Siran tassa ca
patimukkans ti kanakaccbapassa sisam tassa ca
vassasatassa accayena givam ukkbipantassa sTsassa yugac-
cbidde ^ pavesanaii ca.
Sara manussalabbambi7 opamman ti
na-y-idam sabbam pi buddbuppadadbammadesanade-
^ pita abesum, cd. ^ pitamassa, cd. ^ (^f Samy. xv. 1. 3.
4 sarakakaccbap°, cd. "^ patimokkan, cd.
^ yugga°, cd. 7 para manusse labbimbi, cd.
THERI GATHA. 73. 291
vamanussattalriblie opammani ^ katvfi paunfisrirajjabba-
yassa pi atieca sal)lirivattri. Viittaui hi etain : seyyatlifi
pi bbikkhave puriso mahfisamudde ekacchiddam yugam
khipeyyfi ti fidi.
Sara - riipam phenapiiidopamassfi 3 ti vimaddrisabanato
phenapindasadisassa anekrinattbasannipatato kriyasai'ikba-
tassa kalino niceasarildivirahena asarassa riipam asucidng-
gandbam jeguccbapatikulasabbavam sara. K b a n d b e
p a s s a a u i c c e ti pafica pi upfidanakkbandhe abbavat-
tbeua auicce passa nrinacakkhuna olokebi. S arable
niraye babuvigbate ti babudukkbe mabadukkbe
ca anussara.
Sara k a t a s i m v a d d b e n t e -' ti p ii n a p p u n a lu
t a s u t a s u j fi t i s n aparaparam uppattiya punappunain
katasim ^ susanam alabanam eva vaddhante satte anussara.
Yaddbanto 7 ti va pali. Tvam vaddbento ti yojana. K u m-
b b T 1 a b b a y a n i ti udaraposanattbam akiccakaritava-
sena odakatabbayani. Yiittani hi kumbbilabbayan ti
kbo bbikkhave udakattass' etam adhivacanan ti. S ar ilh i
cattari saccani ti idam dukkham ariyasaccam — pe —
a^'am diikkbanirodhagamini patipada ariyasaccam ti
cattjn-i ariyasaccani yathavato anussara upadharebi. Evam
rajaputti anekrikaravokc'iram avassavasena kamesu sam-
sare ca adinavam pakasetva idani vyatirekena pi tarn
pakasetum a m a t a m h i v i j j a m a n e ti adim aba.
Tattha a m a t a m h i v i j j a m a n e ti sammasambud-
dhena mabakarunaya upanivesadhammamate upalabbba-
mane. K i m t a v a p a n c a katukena p i t e n a ti
apariyesana Tiraka paribbogo vipako cji ti pancasu pi
tbanesu tikbinataradukkhanubandhataya savighatatta
saupayasattci kim tuyham pailcakatukena pancakamaguna-
rasena pitena. Idani vuttam ev' attham pfdvatataram
karonti aba : s a h b a p i k a m a r a t i y o k a t ii k a-
^ opamam, cd. ~ para, cd. 3 opamaya, cd.
4 sarami, cd. 5 vaddhante, cd. ^ katasi, cd.
7 vaddhante, cd.
292 LXXIII. SUMEDHA.
tar a p a ii c a k a t u k e n a ^ ti ativiya katukatara ti
attho.
Ye p a r i 1 a li a ti ye kama sampati kilesaparilahena
saparilaha mahavighcita j a 1 i t a k u t h i t a k u p i t a
santapita^ ti ekadasahi aggibi pajjalita pakkuthita 3
ca hutva tarn samangmam kampanatta santappanatta 4 ca.
A s a m p a 1 1 a m h i ti sampattarahite nikkhamme.
S a m a n e ti sante vijjamane. B a h u s a p a 1 1 a ti vatva
yehi te bahusapatta te dassetum r aj a g gl t i adi vuttam.
Kajiihi ca aggina ca corehi ca iidakena ca appiyehi ca
r a j a g g i c o r a u d a k a p p i y e h i s a d h a r a n a t o te
sattiipama vutta.
Y e s u V a d h a b a n d h 0 ti yesu kamesii kamanimittam
maranapotbanadiparikkileso.5 Andubandhanadibandbo ca
hoti ti attho. K a m e s u ti adi vuttass' ev' attbassa paka-
takaranam. Tattha bi ti hetuattbe nipato. Yasma
kamesii kamahetu ime satta vadbabandbanadukkbani anu-
bbavanti papunanti. Tasma aba : K a m a k a m a nam''
ete asanto. Hina blmaka ti attbo. A b a k a m a t i
va patbo. So ev' attbo. A b a ti bimakapariyayo. Aiia-
lokittbiyo^ nama ti adisu viya. Adipita ti pajjabta.
Tinukka ti tinebi kata ukka. Dabanti ye te na
mnncanti7 ti ye satta tena kamena muilcanti agan-
banti te dabanti yeva. Ye sampati ayatiii ca jbapenti.
Ma appakassa betii ti pubbasarasadisassa^ parit-
takassa kamasukbassa betu. V i p u 1 a m ularam
panitam ca lokuttarasukbam ma j a b i ma cbaddesi. M a
putbulomo va balisam gilitva ti amisalobbeua
babsa^n gibtva9 vyasanam papunanto putbulomo ti laddba-
namo maccbo viya kame apariccajitva ma paccba
vihaniiasi paccba vigbatam i° apajjasi.^^
S u n a k b 0 v a s a n k b a n a b a d d b o ti yatba gad-
^ kattbatara pancakattbakena, cd.
2 kutbika kappita santappita, cd. 3 pakkuttbita, cd.
'^ kampanata santappanata, cd. ^ maranampotb°, cd.
^ °lokittiyo, cd. ? muccbanti, cd. ^ pubbassara°, cd.
9 gilitva. lo vigbatam, cd. ^^ apajji, cd.
THERI GATHA. 73. 293
ilnleua baddlio sunakho ^arukabaudliena ^ baddho iipani-
baddlio annato gautuiii asakkouto tattli' eva paril)bhamati
evam tvani krimataiibaya baddho. Idani k a ni a ni yadi
pi k a m e s u t a v a d a in a s s u iudriyfini damehi.
K a h i n t i k li u t a m k a ma c b a t a s u n a k b a in v a
candalri ti. Kbii ti uiptitamattam. Te pami kfimri
tain tathcl karissanti yatba chatajjbattri sapfdva- suuakham
bibhitva anaj^avyasanam papeuti ti attbo.
Apariinitan ca dukkbam ti apariinanam etta-
kam paricchinditum asakkuneyyam nirayadisu kayikam
dukkbam. B a h li n i c a c i 1 1 a d o m a n a s s a u i ti
citte labbbamanani babiini anekani domanassani cetoduk-
kbani. A n u b h o h i s i ti anubbavissasi. K a m e s u
y u 1 1 o 3 ti kamebi yutto. Te appatinissajjante p a t i n i s-
saja4 addbuve kame^ ti addbuvebi aniccebi vinis-
sara apebi ti attbo.
J a r a m a r a 11 a V y a d h i g a b i t a s a b b a 1 1 h a j a -
tiyo ti yasma hlnadibbedabbinna sabbattba bbavadisu
jatiyo jaramaranavyadbina ca gahita tebi aparimutta tasma
ajarambi nibbane vijjamaue jaradibi aparimuttebi kjlmebi
kim tava payojanan ti yojana.
Evam nibbanaguiiadassanamukbena kamesu bbavesu ca
adlnavam pakasetva idani nibbattitam nibbanagunam eva
pakasenti idam ajar an ti adina dve gatha abbasi.
Tattba idam ajar an ti idam ev' ekam attani jarribha-
vato adbigatassa ca jarabbavahetuto ajar am idam
amaran^ ti ettbapi es' eva nayo. I dam 7 ajaril-
m a r a n ti tad ubbayam ekam katva thomanavasena
vadati. P a d a n ti vattadukkbato muncitukamebi pab-
bajitabbato patipajjitabbato padam. Sokabetiinam abba-
vato sokfibbavabetuto ca a s o k a m . Sapattakaradbam-
mabhavato a s a p a 1 1 a m kilesasambadbabbavato
a s a m b a d h a m . Khalitasankhatanam duccaritruiam
abhavena akkhalitain. Attanuvadadibbayrmam
I gariilabs cd. ^ sopaka. 3 kamayutto, cd.
4 patinissada, cd. 5 addbuvo kamebi, cd.
6 maran, cd. 7 idbam, cd.
294 LXXIII. SUMEDHA.
vattabhayassa sabbaso abhava a b h a y a m . Dukkbapa-
tapanalesassapi abhavena n i r u p a t a p a m . Sabbam
etam amatam amatamahanibbanam eva sandbaya vaclati.
Tarn hi anussayadisiddhena akarena attano upatthahanti
tesam paccakkhato dassenti viya i d a n ti avoca. A d h i -
gatam idam bahuhi amatan ti idam amatam
nibbanam bahuhi anantam aparimanehi buddhadihi ari-
yehi adhigatam natam attapaccakkhatam ^ na kevalam tehi
adhigatam eva atha kho ajjapi ca 1 a b h a n i y a m .
Idani pi adhigamaniyam adhigantum sakka kena labha-
myan ti aha. Y o y o n i s o p a y u n j a t i ti yo puggalo
yoniso upayena satthara dinnaovade thatva yunjati samma-
payogaii ca karoti tena labhaniyan ti yojana. N a c a
sakka aghatamanena yo pana yoniso na payuhjati
tena aghatamanena ca sakka kadaci pi laddhum na sakka
yeva ti attho.
E V a m b h a 11 a t i S u m e d h a, ti evam vuttappakarena
Sumedha rajakamia samsare attano samvegadipani kamesu
nibbedhabhagini dhammakatham kathesi. S a h k h a r a -
gate ratim alabhamana^ti anumatte pi sahkharap-
pavatte ratim avindanti.3 Anunenti Anika rattan
ti Anikarattam rajanam paniiapenti. K e s e v a c h a m a m
c h u p i ti attano khaggena chindetva 4 kese va bhumiyam
khipi chaddesi.
Y a c i t a s s a 5 p i t a r a m so ti so Anikaratto assa
Sumedhaya pitaram Koncarajanam yacati. Kin ti yacati
ti aha ? V i s s a j j e t h a S u m e d h a m p a b b a j i t u m
vimokkhasaccadassa^ ti Sumedham rajaputtim
pabbajitT-m vissajjetha. Sa ca pabbajitva vimokkha-
saccadassa7 aviparitanibbanadassavini hotu ti attho.
Sokabhayabhita ti nativiyogadihetuto sabbasma pi
samsarabhayato bhita^ nanuttaravasena utrasta.9 Sikk h a-
^ °kkhatam, cd. ^ yslH alabbhamana, cd.
3 abhiavindanti, cd. 4 chinde, cd. 5 yava tassa, cd.
^ vimokkhapaccayassa, cd. 7 odasa, cd.
^ bhito, cd. 9 utrasma, cd.
THERf GATIIA. 73. 295
m a n a y a ti sikkhainrmaya samrmaya c h a a b li i il u a
saccliikata tato evaiii aggaplialaiu arahattam sacchi-
katam. Ac c li a r i y a m ' ab 1) h u t a n ta m nibbfmam
1X8 1- V fi j a k a n ii a y a ti rajaputtiyii Sumedhaya kilesehi
parinibbanam abbbutafi ca asi. Chalabhimia va siddhiya
kathau ti ce ? P u b b en i v fi s a c ar it a in yatha
V y a k a r i p a c c Lime kale ti paccbime khandbapari-
uibbanakfile attano pubbenivrisapariyapauuacaritam yatha
vyakasi tatha tarn janitabban ti.
Piibbenivasam pana taya yatbfi vyakatam dassetum
bhagavati Ko nag a mane ti adi vuttam. Tattba
b h a g a V a t i K o n a g a m a n e sammasambuddhe loke
uppanne. S a in g h a r a m a in h i n a v a n i v e s a in h I ti
sangham uddissa abbinavanivesite arame. Sakbiyo
1 1 11 i j a n i y o v i b a r a d a n a in a d a s i m b a ti Dban-
aiijaui Kberna abam ca ti mayam tisso sakbiyo aramam
saiigbassa vibaradjinam adamba.
D a s a kk b a 1 1 u m s a t a kk h a 1 1 u n ti tassa vibara-
danassa anubbavena dasavare d e v e s u u p a p a j j i in h a.
Tato manussesu upapajjitva puna satakkbattum devesu
upapajjimba, tato pi manussesu upapajjitva puna dasasa-
takkhattum sabassavarain devesu upapajjimba, tato pi
manussesu upapajjitva puna satani satakkbattum dasasa-
bassavare devesu upapajjimba. Ko pana vado ma-
nussesu evarn uppannavaresu tava n'attbi. Anekasa-
bassavaram upapajjimba ti attbo.
Devesu m a b i d d b i k a a b u m b a ti devesu uppan-
nakale tasmim tasmim devanikaye mabiddbika mabanu-
bbava abumba. M a nus s a k a m b i ko vado ti manus-
satte labbe mabiddbikataya katba ca n'attbi. Idani tarn
eva manussattabbave ukkam satain mabiddbigatain das-
senti sattaratanassa mabesi ittbiratanam
a h a m asi ti aha. Tattha cakkaratanadlni sattaratanani
etassa santi ti sattaratano cakkavattl. Tassa sattarata-
nassa chadosarabita paiicakalyana atikkantamrmussavau-
na appattadibbavanna ti evamadiguiiasampannagamena
acchariya, cd. - asi, cd.
296 LXXIII. SUMEDHA.
itthisu ratanabhiita aham abosi. So betii ti yan tarn
Konagamanassa bbagavato kale saiigbassa vibaradanam
katam. S o yatbavuttaya dibbasampattiya va betu so
pabbavo tarn mulan ti tass' eva pariyayavacanam.
Sasane kbanti ti sa eva idba sattbu sasane dbamme
nijjbanakkbanti tarn tarn patbamasamodbanan ti. Tad
eva sattbu sasanadbammena patbamam samodbanam
patbamo samagamo tad eva sattbu sasanadbamme abbi-
rataya pariyosane nibbanan ti pbaliipacarena karanam
vadati.
Ima pana catasso gatba tberiya Apadanassa vibbavana-
vasena pavattatta Apadanapajiyam pi ^ sangabam aropita
osanagatba : e v a m k a r o n 1 1 ti yatba maya purimat-
tabbave etarabi ca katam patipannam evam anne pi
karonti patipajjanti. Te evam karonti aba y e
saddabanti^ vacanam anomapaniiassa ti
iieyyapariyantikananataya paripunnapannassa samma-
sambuddbassa vacanam. Y e puggabi saddabantis
evam etan ti okappanti te evam karonti patipajjanti idani
tattba ukkamsagataya patipattitam dassetum n i b b i n -
danti bbavagate nibbinditva virajjanti ti
vuttam. Tass' attbo : ye bbagavato vacanam yatbavato
saddabanti te visuddbipatipadam patipajjanta sabbasmim
bbavagate tebbumike sankbare vipassanapannaya nibbin-
danti nibbinditva pana ariyamaggena sabbaso virajjanti
sabbasma pi bbavagata vimuiicanti ti attbo. Virage ti
ariyamagge adbigate vimutta yeva bonti ti. Evam ettba
tberiyadayo Sumedba pariyosanagatba, sabbagena idba
ekajjbam sangabam ariilba dvasattatiparimana ti, bbana-
varato piaa dvadbika cbasatamatta, tberiya ta sabba pi
yatba sambuddbassa savikabbavena ekavidba kata, asekba-
bbavena ukkbittapaligbunayam. (?) Samkinnaparikkbata
abbuHie sikataya niraggalataya pannabbarataya visaniiut-
tarataya dasa ariyavasesu vuttbavasataya ca. Tatha bi ta
pancaiigavippabina cbalangasamannagata caturaiigavasena
^ °paliyambi, cd. ^ dassabanti, cd.
3 dassabanti. cd.
THERI (JATIIA. 73. 297
ekfirakkba panuiiiifi paecekasaccri samavayatthe saiifLhassa-
ddbakaya saiikhriraratriyri visaimuttaratriya dasa ariyavaeo.
Anavilasamkappri suvimuttacittfi suviiiiuttapafina ca iti
evamadmfi nayena ekavidhfi. Sammuklia parammukba
bhedato duvidba. Ya sattbu dbaramrinakfdo ariyfiya jfitiya
jata MabapajripatTgotamiridayo ta sammukba ^ savika nama.
Y;i pana bbagavato kbandbaparinibbaiiato paccbfi adbiga-
tavisesa ta sati pi sattbu dbammasarlrassa paccakkbabbTive
sattbu ca paresam apaccakkbabbavato parammukba savika
nama. Tatbfi ubbatol)bagapanna vimuttatavaseua idba
pali. Agata pana ubliatobbagavimutta yeva. Tatba
Scipadananapadanabbedabbedato. Yiisam bi purimesu sam-
masambuddbesu paccekabuddbesu savakal)uddbesu va
puniiakiriyavasena katadbikarata sankbati attbi Apadauam
t(i Sclpadana. Yasain tarn n'attbi ta napadana. Tatba
sattbu laddbupasampada ti duvidba. Garudbammapati-
gabambi biddbupasampada Mabripajapatlgotaml sattbu
santikil va laddbupasampadatta sattbu laddbupasampada
nama. Sesa sabba pi sangbato laddbupasampada. Ta pi
ekato upasampanna ubbato upasampanna ti duvidba.
Tattba ya ta Mabapajapatigotamiya saddbim nikkbanta
pancasata Sakiyaniyo ta ekato upasampannTi bbikkbusau-
gbato eva laddbupasampadatta Mabcipajapatigotamim ^
tbapetva itara u1)bato upasampanna, ubbatosangba upa-
sampadatta ebibbikkbu dukkho viya ebibbikkbuni dukkbo
idba na labbbati. Bbikkbuninam tatbii upasampadaya
abbavato yadi evam yan tarn Tbeiigatbaya Subbaddaya
Kundalakesaya vuttam :
Nibacca janum vanditva sammukba panjall abam.
ebi Bbadde ti mam avaca sa me iis' upasampada ti.
Tatba Apadane pi :
ayacito 3 tadil aba ebi Bbadde ti nayako
tadabam upasampanna parittam toyam 4 addasan ti.
^ samsukba, cd. ^ °gotamiya, cd. 3 mayacito, cd.
■+ tiyam, cd.
298 LXXIII. SUMEDHA.
Na y-imam bhikkhunibhavena iipasampadam sandhaya
vuttam, upasampadaya pana hetubhavato ya satthu akan-
khanti sa me as' upasampada ti vuttam.
Tatha hi vuttam Atthakathayam : Ehi Bhadde bhikkbu-
nupassayam gantva bhikkhunlnam santike pabbajjam
upasampajassii ti mam avoca anapesi. Sa satthu ana
mayham upasampadaya karanattji upasampada ahosi ti.
Eten' eva Apadanagathaya pi attho samvannito ti
datthabbo.
Evam BhikkhuDivibhange ehibhikkhuni ti. Idam kathan
ti. Ehibhikkhunibhavena bhikkhunlnam upasampadaya
abhavato jotanavacanam. TathJi upasampadaya bhikkhu-
ninam abhavato yadi evam katham ehibhikkhuni ti
Vibhahge niddeso kato ti. Desanaya sotapattitabhavena
ayam hi sotapatita ta nama katthaci labbhamanassa pi
agahanam hoti.
Yatha Abhidhamme manodhatuniddese labbhamanam pi
jhanangapancavinnanasotapattitataya na uddhatam kat-
thaci desanaya asambhavato yatha tatthevatthuniddese
hadayavatthu katthaci alabbhamanassa pi gahanavasena
yatha thitakam pi niddese yathaha : katamo ca puggalo
thitakappi? Ayam ca puggalo sotapattiphalasacchikiriyaya
patipanno hoti kappassa ca uddayhanavelaya tassa na tava
kappo uddayhati yavayam puggalo sotapattiphalam sacchi-
kareyya ti. Evam idhapi labbhamanagahanavasena vedi-
tabbam. Pai'ikappavacanam sotam sace bhagava bhikkhuni
tava yogyam kinci matugamam ehibhikkhuni ti vadeyya
evam pi bhikkhunibhavo siya ti. Kasma pana bhagava
evam na kathesi ti tatha katadhikaranam abhavato ye pana
anasanna ^annihitabhavato nikaranam vatva bhikkhu ehi
satthu asannacari sada sannihita va tasma te ehibhikkhavo
ti vattabbatam arahanti. Na bhikkhuniyo ti vadanti tarn
tesam mati mattam satthu asannadurabhavassa bhabba-
bhabbabhava siddhatta. Vuttam h'etam bhagavata : sah-
ghatikannam ce pi me bhikkhave bhikkhu gahetva pitthito
pitthito anubandho assama pade padam nikkhipanto so ca
hoti abhijjhalu kamesu tibbasarago vyapannacitto padut-
thamanasankappo mutthassati asampajano asamahito
THERi tiATHA. 299
vibbbaDtacitto pakatindriyo atba kbo so araka va mayhaiu
abafi ca tassa. Tain kissa beta? Dbammaiii so bbikkbave
bbikkbu na passati dbainmain apassanto inaiu na passati.
Yojanasatena cl' pi l)liikkbavo bbikkbu vibareyya so ca boti
anabbijjbalu krunosu na tibbasarago avyapannacitto appa-
diittbamauasaiikappo iipattbitasati sampajano samabito
ekag*^acitto samvutindriyo atba kbo so santike ca maybam
aban oa tassa. Tarn kissa betu ? Dbamoiam bi so bbik-
kbave bbikkbu passati dbammam passanto mam passati ti.
Tasmfi akarauam desato sattbu asannanasannata akata-
dbikrirataya pana bbikkbunmani tattba ayogyata. Tena
vuttam : ebi bbikkbuui dukkbo idba na labbbatl ti.
Evamvidba aggasavika mabasavika pakatisavika ti tividba.
Tattba Kbemfi Uppalavaiiiicl ti imfi dve tberiyo ^ aggasfivika
nam a, kamam sabbfi pi khinasavatberiyo silavisuddbiadike
sampadentiyo catusu satipattbanesu supatittbitacittji, satta
bojjbai'ige yatbasutam bbfivetva maggapatipatiya anava-
sesato kilese kbepetva aggaphale patittbahanti. Tatba pi
yatbfi saddbavimuttato ditthippattassa pafmavimuttato ca
ubhatobbagavimuttassa pubbabbagabbavanavisesasiddbo
iccbito viseso evam abbinibaramabantata pubbayoga-
mabantatji bisasantane satisayaguiiavisesa nippbaditatta
slbldiguiiebi mabanta savika ti mabasavika. Tesu 3'eva
pana bodhipakkbiyadbammesu pamokkbabbavena dhura-
bbutanam sammadittbisammcisamadhinam satisayakicca-
nubhavanibbattiyakaranabhutaya tajjabbinibarabbita ni-
barataya sakkaccam nirantarain cirakfde samlibutaya
8ammapatipatti3^a yathakkamam pannaya samadbimbi ca
ukkamsaparamippattiya avisesam sabbagunebi aggabbave
thitattfi tfl dve pi aggasavika nama. Mabapajapatlgota-
miadayo pana abbiniharamabantataya pubbayogamaban-
tataya ca patiladdbagunavisesavasena mabatiyo savika ti
mabasavika nama. Itara tberiyo Tissfi - Dbira Dbira ti ca
evamadika abbinibaramabantatadlni abbavena pakatisfivika
nama. Ta pana aggasavika viya mabasavika viva canapa-
rinimita atba kbo anekasata anekasabassa niveditabba.
I theriya, cd. ^ Tiya, cd.
300 LXXIII. SUMEDHA.
Evam aggasavikadibhedato tividha. Tatha sumiatavimok-
lihadibhedato tividha patipadadivibhagena catubbidba
indriyadhikavibbagena pancavidba tato patipattiyadivi-
bbagena pancavidba animittavimuttadivasena cbabbidba
adbivimnttibbedena sattavidba dburapatipadavibhagena
attbavidba vimuttivibbageiia navavidha dasavidba ca.
Te pan' ete yatbavuttena dburabbedena vibbajjamana
visati bonti, patipadavibhagena vibbajjamana asiti bonti,
atbava sunnatavimuttadivibbagena vibbajjamana cattabsa-
dbikani dve satani bonti, puna indriyadbika vibbajjamana
satta sabassam rekanti(?) ti. Evani etasam tberinam attano
gunavasen'eva anekabbedabbinnata veditabba. Ayam ettba
sankbepo. Vittbaro pana bettba Tberagatbcisamvainianaya
vuttanayen'eva gabetabbo ti.
Sumedbaya tberiya gatbavainiana samatta.
Mabanipatavannana nittbita.
Ettavata ca :
Ye te sampannasaddbamma dbammarajassa sattbuno
orasa mukbaja putta dayada dbammanimmita.
Sibidigunasampanna katakicca anasava
Snbbiitiadayo tbera tberiyo tberikadayo
tebi ya bbasita gatba anilavyakaranadina
ia sabba ekato katva Tberigatba ti samgabam
aropesum mabathera Tberagatba ti adito.
Tassa attbam pakasetum poranattbakatbatayam
saba yassa mayaraddba atthasamvannana maya.
Sa tattba paramatthanam tattba tattba yatbaraham
pakasani Paramattbadipani nama namato.
Samatta aparinittbaiiam anakubiviniccbaya
dvinavutiparimana paliya bhanavarato.
Iti tarn sankarontena yam tarn adbigatam maya
puiinam tassanubhavena lokanatbassa sasanam.
Obbasetva visuddbaya siLadipatipattiya
sabbe pi debino bontii vimuttirasabbagino.
•Ciram tittbatn lokasmim sammasambuddbasasanam
tasmim sagarava niccam bontii sabbe pi panino.
I
CONCLUSION. 801
Samma vassatu kaloiia devo pi jagatlpati
saddhammanirato lokam dhammen' eva pasasatu ti.
Padaratittliavihavavasina Acariyadhammapalattlierc'iia
kata TherTgathrmaiu atthasamvaniiana nitthitri.
Tassa Atthakatba esa sakalassapi nittbita
ciratthitassa dhammassa, nitthapentena taiu mayri.
Yani pattam kusalam tassa aniil)bavena paiiino
sabbe saddbammarajassa katva dbammaiu sukbavabaiu
Pripunantn visuddbaya sukbaya patipattiya
asokam anupayasam nibbanasukbam uttamam.
Ciram tittbatu saddbammo dbamme bontu sagarava
sabbe pi sada kjxlena sammcl devo pavassatu.
Nibbanapaccayo botu.
Nittbita.
INDEXES.
I.
INDEX OF PROPEE NAMES.
Aiiga, 106
AciravatI, 54
Ailjanavana, 137
Anjanasakka, 152
Aiinakoudaiina, B
Addbakasi, XIX. 30-33
Anathapindika, 200
Anikaratta,* 272, 275, 277, 283
Auopama, 138, 139
Anomanadi, 2
Andbavana, 64, GG, 163
Abbayatberi, XXIII. 41-43, 66
Abbayamata, XXIII. 39-41
Abbirupanandci, XIII. 24-27,
81
Ambapab, XV. 206-214
Aruna, 42, Q6
Ai'unapnra, 213
Arunavatl, 42, 66
Assaji, 3
Ananda (tbera), 44, 144, 146,
148, 154, 156
Ananda raja, 91, 92
Alavika, 62
Alavi, 62
Alara, 62
IsigiHpassa, 192
Isidasi, XXVII. 260-271
Isipatana, 3, 140
U
UjjenI, 39, 261, 262
Uttama, XXI. 46-49
apara Uttama, 49-51
Uttara, 21, 22
apara Uttara, 161, 162
Uddaka, 2
Upaka, 3, 221, 222
Upacala, XXIV. 163, 165-168
Upasama, 12, 13
Uppalavanna, XIV. 18, 104,
114, 131 * 181-199, 239
Ubbirl, XX. 53-57
UmmadantI, 192
UruveLl, 2
E
Erakakaccba, 264
21
806
INDEX OF PROPER NAMES.
0
Okkaka, jjassim
Ogbataka, 14
K
Kakusaudha, 58, 127, 200
Katbavattliu, 135
Kanthaka, 1
Kapila, 73
Kapilavattlm, 3, 11, 25, 36,
152
Kappasikavanasanda, B
Kammassadamma, 87, 89
Kalahavivadasutta, 3
Kassapa (Buddha), 5, 58, 68,
113, 127, 180, 191, 200,
273
Kassapa (the disciple) 69,
73-75
Kala, 223
Kaludriyi, 3
Kasi, 30, 71, 72, 106, 151,
220
Kiki, 17, 103, 113, 127, 130,
180, 183, 192, 273
Kisagotami, XVI. 104, 114,
131, 174-182, 192
Kumbhira, 39
Kururattha, 87, 89
Koiica, 272, 274, 281
Konagamana, 6, 58, 1279 130,
200, 273, 280
Koliya, 72
Kosambi, 44, 45
Kosala, 14, 50, 106, 135
Kosi(ya)gotta, 68, 73
Kb
Kbandadeva, 222
Khemaka Sakka, 25
Kbema, XIII. 18, 101, 114.
126-136, 181, 192, 273
Gaiiga, 145
Gaiigatiriyatthera, 195
Gangadevata, 186
Gandhamadana, 140, 183, 190
Gayaslsa, 3
Gijjbakiita, 33, 51, 106
Giridasa, 260, 265
Giribbaja, 18, 31, 59, 104, 132
Gutta, 157-159
Gb
Gbatikara, 2
C
Candabbaga, 9, 33, 45, 51
Canda, 120-122
Carabbuta, 25
Capa, XXV. 220-228
Gala, XXIV. 162-165, 168
Cittaratba, 247
Citta, 33-35
Culavedallasutta, 19
Jambudipa, 87
Jinadatta, 261, 264
Jivaka Komarabbacca, 250
Jivakambavana, 245, 246, 250
Jiva, 53, 54
Jetavana, 51, 74, 111, 141,
195
Jenta, 27. 28
INDEX OF PROPER NA:\IES.
307
T
Tittbiyfirrima, G8
Tiritavacclia, 192
Tissk, .SO
Tissa, 11-18
Therika, 4-7
Th
D
Dantika, 51-53
Devadaliauagara, 75, 140, 152
Dh
Dhananjaul, 130, 273
Dbammaclinna, XVIU. 5, 15-
20, 59, 75, 104, 114, 131,
181, 192
Dbammasenapati, 168
Dbamma, 23, 24, 104, 114,
131, 180, 181, 192
Dbira, 12
N
Nanda, 72
Nandakumara, 3
Nandamiilakapabbbara, 140
Nandci, 91, 92
Nanduttara, 87-89
Nalakagama, 162
Nala, 223
Neranjara, 224
Pakubl, XXI. 91-95
Patacara, XVII. 18, 47, 49,
104, 108-122, 131, 161,
181, 192
Pandavapabbata, 2
Padumavatl, 39,73, 140, 185-
189
Padumuttara, 14, 15, 53, 69,
82, 91, 95, 99, 102, 112,
129, 150, 180, 190
Paseuadi, 22
Pataliputta, 261, 265
Phigiya, 222
PippaHkumfira, 68
Pukkusa, 222
Piiniia, 9-11
apara Punna, XXII. 199-206
Pb
Pbussa, 15, 213
B
BaudbumatI, 25, 36, 47, 50,
58, 70
Bandbuma, 25, 36, 47, 50
Babunandi, 222
Baranasi, j^dssim
Bimbisara, 3, 39, 66, 127, 131
Bodbittberi, 261, 265
Bodbimanda, 2
Brabmadatta, 73
Bb
BL'aggavassarama, 2
Bbaddajittbera, 3
Bbaddavaggiya, 3
Bbadda Kapiblni, XX. 67-75
Bbadda Kundalakesa, XYIII.
87, 9iM08, 114, 131, 181,
192
Bbadra, 12, 13
Bbaddiya, 222
308
INDEX OF PROPER NAMES.
Bharukacclianagara, 171
Bhikkhadayikci, 18, 103, 104,
114, 131, 181, 192
Bbikkhunl, 18, 104, 113, 114,
131, 181, 192
Bhojauavattliu, 135
M
Magadha, 106, 127, 162
Majjha, 139
Madda, 73, 131
Mantavati, 272, 274, 281
Mandhata, 146, 275, 287
Mahatitthagama, 68, 73
Malianama, 3
Mahanidanasutta, 131
Mahapajapatigotami, XL 3,
140-157
Mahamaya, 141
Mahamoggallana, 3, 76, 77,
87
Mabasatipatthana, 89
Mahasuppabuddha, 140
Mara, 61, 64-67, 135, 157,
158, 163, 164, 198, 199
Mitta, 12, 13
Mittakalika, 89, 90
Mitbila, 125
MucaliD'^a, 150
Mutta, XXI. 8, 9
apara Mutta, XX. 13-15
Metta, XXI. 36-38
Mettika, 35, 36
Meru, 150, 248
Yasadarakft, 3
E
Kajagaha, passim
Kabu, 8, 287
Kahula, 1, 3, 81, 144, 145,
193
EohaninadI, 3
Rohini tberi, XXII. 214-220
Lumbimvaua, 1
V
Vakkali, 28
Vakkula, 8
Vaiikabarajanapada, 220
Vajji, 106
Vaddba, 171-174
Vacidbamata, XXV. 171-174
Vaddbesi, XXIV. 75
Vappattbera, 3
Varanavati, 272, 275, 283
Vasettbi, XVII. 124-126,
231
Vijaya, 159, 160
Videha, 69
Vipassi, 8, 36, 45, 46, 49, 57,
58, 70, 129, 191, 200, 214
Vimalakondanna, 207
Vimala, XXIV. 76, 78
Visakba, 5, 16, 19
Visakba, XVIII. 18, 20, 104,
114, 131, 181, 192
Veluvana, 127
Vesab, imssim
Vessabbu, 57, 58, 200
S
Sakubi, see Pakula
I
INDEX OF rR(~)l'ER NAMES.
309
Sakka, 289
Sanghadayikri, 18, 104, 114,
131, 181, 192
Sanpjba, 24
Safijaya, 8
Sattbikattliera, 2
Satthuka, 99-105
Samanagntta, 18, 104, 114,
131, 181, 192
SamanI, 18, 104, 114, 131,
181, 192
Salakantha, 222
Saketa, 137, 138
Scigala, 68, 73, 131
Sama, 44, 45
apara Sama, XXI. 45, 46
Samavati, 44, 45
Sariputta, 3, 156
Savatthi, passim
Sikbl, 41, 58, m, 200, 213
Sidilbattha, 35
Sindbavaranna, 264
Sitavana, 41
Slsiipacala, XXIV. 162, 168-
170
Sibasenapati, 79
Siba, XXIV. 78-80
Sukka, XXIL 57-61
SucimatI, 73
Sujata (Padumuttara's agga-
savaka), 16
Sujata Pippalaj^aua, 73, see
Pippalikumara
Sujata, 231
Sujata, 2
Sujata, 136-138
Suddbodana, 1, 2(1, 83, 125
Sudbamma, 18, 104, 114, 131,
181, 192
Sundari, XXVI. 228-236
Sundaiinanda, XL 80-8()
Subhadda, 221
Subba Kammaradbita, 236-
245
Subba Jivakambavanika,
XXVII. 245-260
Sumaiigalattbera, 28
Sumaiigaiamata, 28-30
SumanadevI, 73
Sumana, 20, 21
Sumana vuddbapabbajita, 22,
23
Sumitta, 72
Sumedba, XIX. 130, 272-300
SurupasarT, 162
Sulakkbana, 152
Sela, XXlil. 61-65
Sona, 95-99
Soma, XXIII. 66, 67
H
Hamsavati, 15, 16, 53, 54, 61,
62, 67, 69, 82, 92, 95, 99,
102, 108, 113, 127, 129,
150, 174, 180, 182, 190, etc.
II.
INDEX OF WOKDS AND PHEASES
(Nouns and adjectives are generally given in their crude form).
akalla, 270
akkhalita, 293
aggikkhandha, 242
agha, 288
angarakasu, 288
angini, 226
acirakaya, 284
acetana, 282
accliara, 252
accharasanghatamatta, 7C^
ajjhosita, 284
aiijana, 267
atta, 270
attbangika, 142, 160
atthikankala, 287
atitamsa, 233
attana, 285
aduragata, 236
adhikuttana, 65
anamatagga, 289, 290
anagarupanissaya, 242
anavila, 251
animitta, 50
anukampika, 174
anuratta, 271
anusasani, 162
aneja, 245
anomapanna, 296
antarayika, 288
andha, 258
apatha, 255
apapika, 281
appativaniya, 61
appamatta, 239
appassada, 244
appossukka, 282
abbhuta, 233
abhimia (6), 295
abbiyobbana, 211
ayonisomanasikfira, 79
arati, 239
ariyadhana, 240
ariyamagga, 205
ariyasaccani (4), 178, 282, 291
aruci, 285
avitakka, 78
avitivatta, 170
asangamanasa, 259
asapatta, 293
asambadha, 293
asara, 282, 284
INDEX OF WORDS AND PHRASES.
311
asita, 280
asurakuya, '285
asecanaka, Gl, 168
asoka, 293
assn, 289
ahakama, 292
fikincaiina, 240
fidJnava, 23, 287
riyatanani (12), 49, 285
ayatapamlia, 255
cwilacitta, 251
jisava, 94, 173
aharima, 227
I
iiighrdakhu, 256
itthipada, 199
itthibhava, 178
itthirupa, 225
indriya, 168
U
ukka, 287
nkkhalika, 29
njjbita, 256
iincba, 235, 242
uttbayika, 267
uttamakulma, 266
uttamaiigabbiita, 209
uttamattba, 160
udakecara, 204
udadbi (4), 289
udayabbaya, 90
upanTta, 289, 290
upapatti, 282
upauumita, 255
upalitta, 284
upasagga, 242
npasampada, 107
uppala, 254, 255
uppada, 282
ubbigga, 267
ummadana, 243
ummara, 267
ulfira, 173, 220
ullapana, 243
ullolana, 243
ussanna, 271
E
ekaggacitta, 219
ekattha, 94
0
ojava, 168
oddita, 243
opamma, 290
orabbbika, 204
orambbagamanlya, 158
orasa, 236
K
kaiikana, 211
katasi, 291
katuka, 281
kaimaprili, 211
katakicca, 236
kapanika, 178
kammaphala, 270
kaliiigara, 284
kalebara, 254
kalopi, 219
kalyanamittatfi, 174
kanakacchapa, 290
312
INDEX OF WORDS AND PHRASES.
kanana, 210
kamahetuka, 243
kayakali, 282, 291
karika, 267
kimi, 270, 271
kilanaka, 255
kutlnta, 292
kupita, 292
kumagga, 205
kiimbhi, 219
kumbhila, 291
koccha, 267
kottha, 219
koriya, 255
kolatthimatta, 289
Kh
khanda, 211
khandba (5), 49, 99, 285
khalita, 211
khipa, 243
kbematthana, 242
G
ganda, 288
garuka, 251
gulika, 289
gedba, 242
gehavigata, 234
gonaka, 255
Gh
gbatika, 269, 290
ghata, 285, 288
candala, 293
caturaiigulika, 290
cittakatba, 281
cittappamatbin, 243
cirassam, 217
cetopariyanana, 76, 197
cetosamatba, 119
Cb
cbattaka, 29
chanda, 21
cburika, 227
jajjara, 212
jaragbara, 213
jalita, 292
jatimiilaka, 285
jatisamsara, 159
jamata, 269
jina, 268
Tb
tbiti, 241
T
takkari, 226
tantikbilaka, 257
tapaniyakata, 252
tamokkbandba, 10, 65, 160
tana, 242
tapana, 243
tala, 286
tavatimsa (deva), 169
tiladandaka, 212
tuccba, 281
tun, 254
tusita (deva), 169
Tb
tbanaka, 212
tbaiina, 289
<
INDEX OF WORDS AND PHRASES.
813
D
damaka, 'im
dabara, 2:V.), ^251
dayadika, 'I^^^^
dririikacillaka, 257
drilimalatthi, 22r)
dittlii, 165
dibbacakkhu, 94
dubbacana, 268
dubbalika, 211
dessa, 268
debaka, 258
dvangulisamifi, 66
dvijati, 269
Db
dbanika, 271
dbammattba, 244
dbammasamvega, 174
dbammadfisa, 179
dbatu, 20, 21
dhatuyo (18), 49, 285
dbareyya, 285
dbitika, 252
dbutakilesa, 266
dhuttaka, 250
dbuva, 241
N
nangala, 270
nandi, 65, 67, 167
nay ana, 255
nikiijita, 211
nigba, 288
nicita, 286
nibbinna, 286
nimmanaratino (devfi), 169
nirattbika, 258
niraya, 282
nirupatapa, 294
nirupadbi, 233
nirodba, 13, 142
nisaiiba, 28 G
nissaraiia, 233
nibatamana, 267
nekkbamma, 266
pakka, 270
pakkba, 269
paccbada, 253
pancakatuka, 291, 292
patimukka, 290
patinipa, 240
panama, 266
patoda, 174
pattali, 211
padbanapabitatta, 174
panaccita, 257
pabbajja, 251
pabbangura, 95
paramattbasannita, 174
parikamma, 253
parikammakarika, 267
pariklesa, 241
pariddava, 241
paribandba, 242
paribabira, 209
parilciba, 41, 292
palambita, 211
paHgba, 211
palipa, 224
palepa, 213
palokin, 94
pasada, 267
314
INDEX OF WORDS AND PHRASES.
pasadhana, 267
pahita, 212
pahitatta, 143
pahutadhana, 266
patali, 211, 226
patiharikapakkha, 38
pana, 253
pasanda, 164, 165
pavacana, 286
pasada, 253, 286
pasadika, 266, 281
pindita, 259
pitaka, 211
pitisukha, 160
pilikolika, 259
putliu, 241
puthuloma, 292
pubbalhaka, 259
punabbhava, 142
pubbenivasa, 74, 197
purakkbata, 170
purisadammasfirathi, 178
pntikaya, 283
ponti, 269
Ph
phalaka, 212
phalaviprdva, 271
phita, 234
phutika, 212
B
bandha, 241
bandbaniya, 243
balisa, 292
babuayasa, 241
bahuvigbata, 281
bojjbanga, 27, 50, 160
brabmabandbu, 206
Bb
bbattikata, 267
bbavagata, 282, 283
bbavatanba, 282
bhasta, 283
bbavitindriya, 164
bbimsanaka, 252
bbitti, 258
bhimariipa, 242
bbedanadhamma, 254
M
makula, 211
maccbarika, 204
manikundala, 234
manda, 265
madana, 240
manussalabba, 290
mantabbani, 219
mabiddbika, 295
mabila, 271
manusika, 258
maya, 258
migavadhika, 204
muccbita, 282
mnduka, 286
muddika, 212
musala, 29, 118, 161
mala (3), 218
mulamulika, 212
medhaka, 241
momuba, 164
mobana, 240
mobanamukba, 242
yathabhucca, 142
3^ama (deva), 169
INDEX OF WOPtDS AND PHRASES.
31.5
yugaccbidda, 290
yiithapa, 270
yoga (4), 8, 78
yogakkbema, 18
K
rajavaddbana, 240
rana, 244
ranakara, 244
ratana, 287
rittaka, 258
rupparupaka, 258
riipasamnssaya, 98
roga, 288
lakbatamba, 270
lokamisa, 243
lobbana, 240
loma, 199
vajjbagbataka, 204
vattani, 259
vaddbi, 271
vaiinarupa, 139
vadba, 241, 288
vanasandacririnl, 211
vantasama, 286
vandanfi, 143
varaka, 206
valika, 266
vasavattino (devu), 169
vasanuga, 252
vasikata, 226
vada, 295
vasita, 209
vikala, 257
vikulaka, 284
vijja (3), 75, 167
viddesana, 271
vinipata (4), 282
viparTtadassana, 258
vimuttamanasa, 251
vimokkba, 98
virala, 210
vividba, 257
viveka, 64
visamyutta, 236
vissattha, 257
vltaraga, 236
vuttbima, 287
velunali, 212
veilitagga, 209
vyasana, 241
samsarita, 289
samsara, 289
sakantaka, 242
sakipaggbarita, 283
sakunabbatta, 284
sakkaya, 239
saggapaya, 74
sankilesa, 243
Rankbana, 292, 293
saiikbara, 94, 173
sankbaragata, 294
saccani (4), 291
saccribbisamaya, 239
saunojana, 159
sati, 164
satti, 288
santapita, 292
sannibita, 267
sapatta, 242
316
INDEX OF WORDS AND PHRASES.
sapattika, 178
samagga, 143
samauta, 287
samappita, 282
samiissaya, 28, 98, 212
samillaka, 256
samphusana, 250
salomagandliika, 210
sallabandhana, 242
savanagandlia, 283
savighata, 242
sassata, 282
sahavatthu, 269
sakatika, 271
sakuntika, 227
sataka, 205
sanavaka, 209
sapateyya, 240
sadharana, 292
sasanka, 241
sikhara, 255
sitibhava, 244
sila, 282
silasampanna, 168
sihanada, 235
siimsumara, 204
sukkapakkbavisosana, 244
sunka, 32
simfiata, 50
suddbavasana, 239
suddbi, 225
sunakha, 292
supina, 258
suppavedita, 240
surabhikarandaka, 209
^uvisama, 242
susanavaddhana, 254
sukarika, 204
siila, 288
soka, 241
sombha, 257
svagata, 236
H
baritala, 258
harittaca, 235
bataka, 255
hemavanna, 235
COREECTIONS AND ADDITIONS.
When nearly the whole of the text was printed off I
obtained from Professor Griiuwedel in Berlin : (1) A tran-
script of the Apadana MS. belonging to the Phayre Collec-
tion in the India Office. (2) A Sinhalese paper MS. copied for
Professor T. W. Rhys Davids at Kalutara, Ceylon, in 1885.
As these MSS. offer in a certain number of cases better or
equally good readings as those which I could use, I have
thought it advisable to mention these readings among the
corrections and additions.
Griinwedel's transcript is marked by the letter G, Ehys
Davids' MS. by D.
At the same time I had the opportunity to read Mrs.
Mabel Bode's articles : " Women Leaders in the Buddhist
Pieformation " in the Journal of the Ptoyal Asiatic Society
for 1893. Here also I found in a few cases better readings
than those offered by my Paramatthadipani MS.
I am sorry to see that under these circumstances the
list of corrections and additions has become rather too
extensive. E. M.
P. 31 line 3 from bottom read " dutopasampadam " in
one word.
P. 42 line 6 " nangalam padayam' aham," D.
P. 54 „ 2 from bottom ''malika," G.D.
P. 55 „ 14 nwZ " ubbiddham."
P. 58 ,, 17 ,, "ito pi tidivam gata."
P. 62 „ 1 from bottom '' bodhini," G. D.
P. 63 ,, 2 ,, " ajaramaram " G. D.
P. 64 ,, 9 " sabbavositavosana," G. D.
P. 70 ,, 12 " thiipass' ima disa tisso," G. D.
P. 71 „ 14 " sovannam satahatthakam," G. D.
318 COERECTIONS AND ADDITIONS.
P. 72 line 8 read " itthakagharam."
P. 73 „ 7 „ " Mahatitthe.*'
P. 83 ,, 1 „ ''adantadamako."
P. 84 ,, 4 from bottom "na sanha," G. ; " na panha-
kale subliage," D.
P. 85 line 10 read " vadanam."
P. 92 ,, 11 from bottom and p. 93 line 7 from bottom
''Vakula," G- ; " Nakula," D.
P. 98 lines 16 and 17 read " samussayasaddo " and " sa-
mussayo."
P. 99 line 9 read " thitivatthuj' anej' ambi."
P. 115 ,, 11 from bottom read " paricinno maya
sattbci."
P. 127 line 11 from bottom read " Samanaguttadlbi."
P. 130 ,, 8 ,, '' sangharame," G. D.
P. 13] ,, 6 ,, read '' mamanuggababud-
dbiya."
P. Vd'2 line 2 ,, 7-t'a^^ " vijamanam."
P. 140 „ 14 „ „ ''dasim."
P. 141 „ 5 read "anesi."
P. 144 ,, 6 " tabim setapure ramme," G. D.
P. 144 ,, 16 rmfZ " Kbemadikanarp."
P. 144 ,, 4 from bottom *''sabbam," G. D.
P. 145 ,, 18 " taya na yuttam," G. D.
P. 146 „ 16 " thiyo yava," G. ; " piyo yava," D.
P. 146 ,, 5 from bottom " karissam uttame abam,"
D.
P. 147 line 4 " na tarn okkam' ahani puno," G. D.
P. 148 ,, 1 from bottom reac? "gato yattbanarissaro."
P. 152 ,, 10 read " satabi saba pancabi."
P. 153 „ 15 ,, " Na ca me vandanam vira tava pa-
desu komala sampbusissati lokaggam. Ajja gac-
cbami nibbutini.
P. 154 line 1 from bottom read " suriyodaye."
P. 155 „ 9 „ „ "mahiya."
P. 156 ,, 11 read " daddham c'assa sarlrakam."
P. 157 ,, 1 „ "jatavedaso."
P. 163 „ 18 „ " Andbavanam."
CORRECTIONS AND ADDITIONS. 319
P. IS'l line 19 read '' susiinarathiyclhi ca."
P. 188 ,, 9 from bottom read "puttfi assu."
P. 188 ,, 18 rcrtJ ** posrivanikamiilam."
P. 188 ,, 20 ,, 'M)bujissa."
P. 191 ,, 4 from bottom ?'c'rt<^ *'vinayakam pujayitvri."
P. 200 ,, 7 read " Sibanadasuttantadesanaya," and
" udakasuddbikam."
P. 214 line 11 from bottom read '' mahavibhavassa."
P. 220 ,, 4 ,, ,, " ahancbam," and co»?|).
Majjbima Nikfiya, ed. Trenckner, p. 545, " Pali
MisceUany," p. 74,
P. 225 line 14 read " Capa " instead of " Ciipaya."
P. 260 ., 8 from bottom reafZ " sakatikassa."
P. 277 „ 10, and 286 line 9 read '' Ulii vattbukata,"
and eomp. Buddbagbosa's explanation Vinaya
Pitaka, ed. Oldenberg, III. 267.
P. 290 line 3 ff. conip. Journal of tbe PaH Text Society,
1889, p. 210.
UNWIN UROTHERS,
CHILWORTH AND LONDON.
RETURN TO the circulation desk of any
University of California Library
or to the
NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY
BIdg. 400, Richmond Field Station
University of California
Richmond, CA 94804-4698
ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS
2-month loans may be renewed by calling
(415)642-6753
1-year loans may be recharged by bringing books
to NRLF
Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days
prior to due date
DUE AS STAMPED BELOW
sep \ b ^QQQ
t^^^s
U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES
liiiiiiiiiiii
CQDSES7D3b